Medical College of Georgia Catalog, 1995-1997

Augusta, Georgia Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2014

https://archive.org/details/medicalcollegeof00medi_7

About the Cover The MCG Research Center Laboratory, scheduled for completion in 1996, will house initiatives such as telemedicine and immunogenetic research.

The Medical College of Georgia Catalog is published by the Medical College of Georgia, 1120 Fifteenth Street,

Augusta, Georgia 30912. Inquiries for further

information should be addressed to the registrar of the

college or to offices specified in various sections of the

catalog. The Medical College of Georgia is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern

Association of Colleges and Schools to award

certificates and associate, bachelor's, graduate and

professional level degrees.

An Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Educational Institution

The Medical College of Georgia is an affirmative

action/equal opportunity educational institution in that

no person shall, on the grounds of sex, race, color,

creed, national origin or handicap, be excluded from

participation in, or otherwise subjected to,

discrimination in any educational program, activity or

facility.

Academic Calendar 26

Orientation 29 able of Contents Purpose and Goals 29 Application Procedures 29

Admission Criteria 29 Non-Academic Exclusion 30 Associated Dental Sciences 30

General Information 1 Health Information Management 34

Medical Illustration 38 Introduction 1 Medical Technology 38 Institutional Purposes / Occupational Therapy 42

The Augusta Community / Physical Therapy 47 The University System of Georgia 2 Physician Assistant 55 of Georgia Institutions of the University System 3 Radiologic Technologies 57 4 A History of the Medical College of Georgia Respiratory Therapy 66 Degrees Offered 5 Course Descriptions 69 Facilities for Instruction 5

Additional Augusta Area Clinical Resources 7 School of Dentistry 87 Administrative and Service Facilities 8

Computer Facilities 8 Academic Calendar 88 Accessibility to Handicapped 9 Mission 89 Continuing Education 9 Accreditation 89 Accreditation 9 Admissions Information 89 Admission Requirements 9 Fees and Expenses 90 Academic Regulations // Curriculum 91 16 Educational Records Student Academic Review Policies 93 Curriculum Changes 16 Licensure Examinations 95 in Requirements 16 Changes Catalog Special Degree Program 95 Institutional Liability 17 Limitation on Postdoctoral Programs 96 Requirements for Graduation 17 Description of Advanced Education Programs 96 Application for Graduation 17 Course Descriptions 97 Food Services 18 Housing 18 School of Graduate Studies 109 Off-Campus Housing 18

Fees 18 Academic Calendar 110 in 19 Changes Fees and Other Charges Philosophy 112 Governing the Classification of Regent's Policies Objectives 112 Students for Tuition Purposes 19 Dean and Faculty 112 Financial for 21 Assistance Students Degrees 112 Health Service 21 Student Application Procedures 112 Student Responsibilities and Services 22 Admissions 113 Student Discipline. Grievances and Appeals 22 International Applicants 113 Required Withdrawal from the College 22 Fee and Expenses 113 Drug Abuse Policy Statement 23 Scholastic Regulations 113 Patents and Copyrights 23 Classification of Graduate Students 1 13 Medical College of Georgia Policy on the Conduct of Grades, Academic Performance and Progress 1 13 Research 23 Academic Probation and Dismissal 114 Smoke-free Environment Policy 23 Leaves of Absence 114 Participation of Students in Educational Experiences 23 Transfer Credit 114 Use of Animals for Education Purposes 24 Residence and Time Limit 114 Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) Policy Doctor of Philosophy Degree Program 1 14 for Students 24 Doctor of Philosophy/Doctor of Medicine Handicap-Disability Policy 24 (Concurrent Degree) Program 116

The Master of Science Degree Program / 16 iv

The Master of Health Education Degree Program 117 Appendix A 193 Additional Departmental Requirements and Course

Descriptions 118 University System of Georgia 193

School of Medicine 143 Appendix B 195

Academic Calendar 144 General Administration and Academic Deans 195 Accreditation 146 Admission Requirements 146 Appendix C 197 Admission Procedures 147

Financial Aid 147 Full-time/Part-time Faculty 197 Curriculum 147 Clinical/Adjunct Faculty 225

Curriculum Bulletin 149 Promotion and Graduation 149 Other Programs and Administrative Procedures 150

Student Affairs Committee 150 Alpha Omega Alpha 150 Special Programs 151

Affiliated Hospitals Program 151 Postdoctoral Training Programs 151 Internships 151 Residencies 152 Continuing Medical Education 155 Course Descriptions 156

School of Nursing 181

Academic Calendar 182 Philosophy 184 Accreditation 184

Facilities, General Education and Professional 184 Fees and Expenses 185

Financial Aid and Employment Opportunities 185

Student Organizations and Activities 185 Non-Academic Exclusion 185

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program 185

Admission Criteria 185 Application Procedures 185

Technical Standards for Admission to and Retention in the Undergraduate Program 185 Non-Degree Applicants 186

Transfer Credit 186 Immunizations 186

University System and Legislative Examination Requirements 186 Core Curriculum Requirements 186

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Curriculum 187 Course Descriptions 188 To be a major research center of excellence in the

generation and application of biomedical knowl-

edge and technology to human health and disease

and to play an expanding role in biomedical tech- General Information nology transfer into the health-care delivery system.

To develop and provide state-of-the-art health-care

services for the citizens of Georgia and others and

to encourage, test and improve access through the

Introduction use of innovative systems of health-care delivery appropriate to the changing demographics and

This edition of the Medical College of Georgia needs of the people of the state and nation. Catalog provides some essential information about To promote health awareness and disease preven-

Georgia's primary health sciences university. Designed tion for the people of Georgia and the nation in for part of the academic those already a MCG commu- order to extend and enhance the quality of life. nity well prospective students and fac- as as new and It is the intent of the Medical College of Georgia to ulty, the descriptive material will help the reader learn offer a living/learning environment that demonstrates more about MCG— its character, heritage, objectives, and fosters the valuing of health and reinforces the academic programs, distinguished faculty, admissions need for compassion, integrity, competence and ethical to just and degree requirements and procedures name behavior in professional conduct. The Medical College a few. of Georgia will continually strive for excellence in of This catalog also contains detailed descriptions instruction, research and health care in order to effec- many of the courses of instruction and related informa- tively serve those who seek a career, those who seek tion to assist those seeking a program that best meets new knowledge and those who seek care. their needs.

As this material is reviewed, it is hoped the reader Tlie Augusta Community will understand the importance and seriousness of the purpose of the Medical College of Georgia: to provide Augusta is located on the south bank of the Savannah sound, comprehensive academic and clinical programs River midway between the Great Smokey Mountains which will help MCG students become competent, qual- and the Atlantic coast. It is a crossroads of major high- ified health professionals. ways from Atlanta, 157 miles west; Savannah, 133

MCG shall continue to strive for a high degree of miles southeast; and Columbia, S.C., 72 miles east. excellence in its educational programs, research and, Augusta is the second-largest metropolitan market in ultimately, in its ability to provide better health care for Georgia and is also a major medical center with nine all mankind. local hospitals that serve the entire Southeast.

Founded in 1736 by Gen. James E. Oglethorpe,

Institutional Purposes Augusta is Georgia's second-oldest city. Oglethorpe

named the city for Princess Augusta, wife of the Prince The Medical College of Georgia, the state's only health of Wales. Augusta served as the capital of Georgia in research university, sciences has a commitment to the 1778 and again from 1785 to 1795. people of Georgia to train health professionals educate and The city offers a wide spectrum of cultural, social and and biomedical scientists to effectively the health address recreational activities. Located near the huge Lake concerns that people encounter throughout their lifespan. Thurmond Reservoir, the area provides a spot for water In the accepting challenge to improve the quality of skiing, swimming, boat racing, camping and other out- life, as it pertains to health care, it is imperative that the door recreational activities. Augusta is famous for the

Medical College of Georgia be sensitive to the needs of Augusta National and the annual Masters Golf society, be responsible for the tasks undertaken and be Tournament, the blue ribbon of all golfing events. accountable for the use of its resources. Augusta has 1 1 other golf courses in or near the city. In Therefore the Medical College of Georgia broadly addition, Augusta is located near Aiken, S.C., which has defines affirms and the following major purposes: become a center for polo and other equestrian sports. To provide superior health education and training The city is fortunate in having many associations dedi- for prospective practitioners, scientists and educa- cated to the performing and visual arts. Among these

tors at the undergraduate, graduate and postgradu- are the Augusta Opera Association, the only resident ate levels appropriate to the needs of the state of opera company in Georgia: the Augusta Ballet, an Georgia to the national and and global communities "Honor Company" nationally known for the high quality

of which It IS an active member. of Its performances: the Augusta Players; the Augusta 2 General Information

Children's Theatre; the Augusta Symphony; and the institution. The board establishes minimum academic Augusta Art Association. Films, speakers and special standards and leaves to each institution the preroga- events also are otten sponsored by both Augusta tive to establish higher standards. Applications for

College and Paine College. admission should be addressed in all cases to the The Augusta-Richmond County Civic Center seats institutions.

8,658 in the grand arena for concerts, sporting events A core curriculum, consisting of freshman and and a wide variety of other entertainment and conven- sophomore years of study for students whose education activities. Bell Auditorium seats 2,690 people for tional goal of study is a degree beyond the associate smaller concerts, plays and similar stage shows. level, is in effect at the universities, senior colleges and

Augusta is one of the leading medical and paramedi- junior colleges. This curriculum requires 90 quarter- cal centers of the Southeast and has a rapidly develop- credit hours, including 60 in general education- ing and diversified industrial community encompassing humanities, mathematics and natural sciences and textiles, food processing, chemicals, metal working, social sciences—and 30 in the student's chosen major pulp and paper and paper-related products. The area area of study. It facilitates the transfer of freshman and also offers good shopping opportunities which include sophomore degree credits within the University two large shopping malls. System.

The Medical College of Georgia Student Government Instruction is conducted by all institutions.

Association sponsors a full calendar of activities as well as providing tennis courts, a putting green and Public service/continuing education consists of indoor recreation (pool tables, ping pong, weight non-degree-credit courses. room, sauna, pottery room, dark room, etc.). Faculty The non-degree activities are of several types, such and students also may play golf at the nearby 18-hole as short courses, seminars, conferences, lectures and

Forest Hills Golf Course. Students play at a special consultative and advisory services, in a large number of reduced rate. areas of interest. These activities, typically of short

duration, are designed by each institution to meet spe- The University System of Georgia cial educational, informational and cultural needs of the people of the service area of that institution.

The University System of Georgia includes all state- Non-degree public service/continuing education is operated institutions of higher education in Georgia- conducted by all institutions. four universities, two regional universities, 13 senior Typical college-degree-credit public service/continu- colleges and 15 two-year colleges. These 34 public ing education courses are those offered through institutions are located throughout the state. extension center programs and teacher education

A 16-member constitutional Board of Regents gov- consortiums. erns the University System, which has been in operation since 1932. Appointments of board /Jesearc/) encompasses investigations conducted pri- members—five from the state-at-large and one from marily for discovery and application of knowledge. each of the state's 11 congressional districts—are These investigations include clearly defined projects in made by the governor, subject to confirmation by the some cases, non-programmatic activities in other state Senate. The regular term of board members is cases. They are conducted on campuses and at many seven years. off-campus locations.

The chairperson, the vice chairperson and other offi- The research investigations cover a large number cers of the board are elected by the members of the and a variety of matters related to the educational board. The chancellor, who is not a member of the objectives of the institutions and to general societal board, is the chief executive officer of the board and the needs. chief administrative officer of the University System. Most of the research is conducted through the uni-

The overall programs and services of the University versities; however, some of it is conducted through

System are offered through three major components: several of the senior colleges. instruction; public service/continuing education; and The policies of the Board of Regents for the govern- research. ment, management and control of the University

System and the administrative actions of the chancellor

Instruction consists of programs of study leading provide a high degree of autonomy for each institution. toward degrees, ranging from the associate (two-year) The executive head of each institution is the president, level to the doctoral level and certificates. whose election is recommended by the chancellor and

Requirements for admission of students to instruc- approved by the board. tional programs at each institution are determined, The University System Advisory Council, with 34 pursuant to policies of the Board of Regents, by the committees, engenders continual system-wide dialogue AAA AAA A A

General Information

on major academic and administrative matters of all Carrollton 30118 types. It also makes recommendations to the chancel- West Georgia College— h; A,B,M,S,cD lor, to transmit to the Board of Regents as appropriate, Columbus 31993 regarding academic and administrative aspects of oper- Columbus College—A,B,M,S,cD ation of the system. Dahlonega 30597

The Advisory Council consists of the chancellor, the North Georgia College— h; A,B,M vice chancellor and all presidents as voting members; Fort Valley 31030 and it includes other officials and staff members of the Fort Valley State College— h; A,B,M, institutions as non-voting members. The Advisory Marietta 30061

Council's 21 academic committees and 13 administra- Kennesaw State College—A,B,M tive committees are made up of representatives from Marietta 30060 the institutions. The committees dealing with matters of Southern College of Technology—A,B

University System-wide application include, typically, at Milledgeville 31061 least one member from each institution. Georgia College—h;A,B,M,S

State appropriations for the University System are Morrow 30260 requested by, and are made to, the Board of Regents. Clayton State College—A,B

Allocations of the appropriations are made by the board. Savannah 31406

Matriculation fees and non-resident tuition fees for Armstrong State College—A,B,M,S students at all institutions are established by the Board Savannah 31404 of Regents. Matriculation fees are paid by all students; Savannah State College— h; A,B,M matriculation fees and non-resident tuition fees are paid by out-of-state students. Two-Year Colleges Albany 31707 Institutions of the University System of Darton College— ' Georgia Atlanta 30310 '• Atlanta Metropolitan College— h—On-Campus Student Housing Facilities Bainbridge 31717 Degrees Awarded: A— Associate; B— Bachelor's; Bainbridge College—

J—Juris Doctor; M— Master's; S— Specialist in Barnesville 30204

Education; D—Doctor's; cD—Doctorate offered in Gordon College— h; A cooperation with a University System university, with Brunswick 31523 degree awarded by the university. Brunswick College— Cochran 31014

Universities Middle Georgia College— h; A Athens 30602 Dalton 30720

University of Georgia— h; A,B,J,M.S,D Dalton College— Atlanta 30332 Decatur 30034

Georgia Institute of Technology—h; A,B,M,D DeKalb College Atlanta 30303 Douglas 31533

Georgia State University—A,B,M,S,D,J South Georgia College— h; A Augusta 30912 Gainesville 30403

Medical College of Georgia— h; A,B,M.D Gainesville College— Macon 31297 Regional Universities Macon College— Statesboro 30460 Rome 30161

Georgia Southern University— h; A.B,M,S,cD Floyd College— Valdosta 31601 Swainsboro 30401

Valdosta State College— h; A,B,M.S,cD East Georgia College— Tifton 31793

Senior Colleges Abraham Baldwin Agricultural College- Albany 31075 Waycross 31501

Albany State College— h; B.M Waycross College— Americus 31709

Georgia Southwestern College— h; A,B,M,S University System of Georgia

Augusta 30910 244 Washington Street, S.W. Augusta College—A,B,M,cD Atlanta, Georgia 30334 4 General Information

Locations of Universities and Colleges In 1 833, members of the first graduating class received their doctor of medicine degrees. Four stu-

dents were in that graduating class. Today, the univer-

sity offers programs in more than 50 degree fields and

graduates approximately 700 students per year. Gainesville Additionally, graduate training in 44 specialty areas of

•Athens medicine and dentistry is offered to more than 440 residents and interns annually. Augusta^-^ •Morrow Even in the early days of MCG, changes came quickly.

In 1835, MCG moved into its first permanent home at •Milledgeville the corner of Telfair and Sixth streets in Augusta. This

•^^^^^ building, now called the Old Medical College and recently Columbus . renovated as an MCG meeting area, was vacated in •Cochran Fort Valley statesboro \ 1913, when the institution moved to its present midcity

Savannah^ campus. Except for a brief interim during the Civil War,

MCG has operated continuously since its founding. Albany.. ,Tifton •°°"^tunswick From 1913 to 1950, MCG experienced exciting times, Waycross* celebrating its 100th birthday in 1928. Faculty mem-

bers as well as students were called to service in World •Bainbridge .Valdosta Wars I and II. During this period, in spite of strong

efforts to relocate the institution (with both Athens and

Atlanta supported as potential new homes), Augusta

won out as the university's permanent home. Internally, A History of the the faculty moved to dynamically change the curricu- Medical College of Georgia lum, while at the state level the University System of Georgia was established. Founded in 1828, the Medical College of Georgia in In 1950, MCG's long affiliation with the University of Augusta is the health sciences university of the Georgia, begun in 1873, was discontinued. MCG was University System of Georgia. The School of Medicine designated as a separate unit of the University System is among the oldest existing medical schools in the of Georgia and resumed its historic name, the Medical United States. Today, there are four additional schools: College of Georgia. Graduate Studies, which awarded its first degrees in A vital source of MCG's program is its 540-bed teach- 1 951 , was established as a separate school by the ing hospital and its various clinics. The founders of Board of Regents in 1965; Nursing moved to Augusta

• MCG certainly could not have foreseen the rise of a from Athens in 1956; Dentistry was established by the great teaching hospital as part of the MCG medical regents in 1965; and Allied Health Sciences was estab- complex known today. MCG Hospital and Clinics is the lished as a separate school in 1968, incorporating major referral center for the state; patients come to existing MCG programs, one of which had granted its Augusta from throughout Georgia, every other state first degrees in 1964. and numerous foreign countries because of MCG's The university has experienced rapid growth the past rising reputation for the care of complex and difficult 40 years, during which time the campus physical plant diseases. has grown from just three buildings on little more than The founders could not have anticipated the honors 45 acres to more than 90 buildings on approximately and recognition that would mark MCG's first century- 100 acres today. And construction or expansion of and-a-half of service to the cause of health care, health facilities planned over the next few years will continue education and research on behalf of the people of that growth trend. Today, approximately 870 faculty and Georgia. Dr. Virgil Sydenstricker was acclaimed world- 5,450 staff make MCG the city's largest single employer wide when he uncovered evidence that identified the and student enrollment, including residents and specific vitamin deficiencies related to pellagra and interns, is maintained at about 2,550. other diet-related conditions. Dr. Sydenstricker, along MCG was started in two borrowed rooms at the rear with Dr. W. A. Mulherin, also planted the seed for of Augusta's old City Hospital 167 years ago, with its research on sickle cell anemia. Today MCG's sickle cell assets consisting of little more than the vision of its research and clinical program is world renowned. founders. It was in those early years that Drs. Milton Another Medical College of Georgia researcher, Dr. W. F. Antony, Joseph Adams Eve, Lewis D. Ford and later L. Hamilton, developed instruments and techniques that A. Dugas and Paul Eve, with the support of many were vital forerunners of present-day open-heart Augusta citizens, began building the rich heritage that surgery. Yet another area where MCG pioneered MCG now enjoys. General Information 5

research that has brought international acclaim is in School of Dentistry endocrinology, particularly the work of Dr. Robert Doctor of Dental Medicine

Greenblatt.

Other research scientists in recent years have made School of Graduate Studies important contributions to the world's knowledge of Doctor of Philosophy cancer, cardiovascular disease, freezing and preserving Master of Science human organs in surgical techniques and in the use of Master of Science in Clinical Nutrition new dental materials. Master of Health Education

MCG's commitment to quality education, research Master of Nursing and patient care is even stronger today than in the past. Master of Science in Medical Illustration

As it has throughout its history, MCG will continue to Master of Science in Nursing fulfill its purposes and serve the people of Georgia Master of Science in Oral Biology throughout this century and into the next. School of Medicine Degrees Offered Doctor of Medicine

The following degrees and certificates are granted by School of Nursing MCG through its schools: Bachelor of Science in Nursing

School of Allied Health Sciences Concurrent Degrees Associated Dental Sciences School of Graduate Studies—School of Medicine —Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Doctor of Philosophy—Doctor of Medicine —Associate of Science in Dental Hygiene Master of Science—Doctor of Medicine l-lealth Information Management School of Graduate Studies—School of Dentistry —Bachelor of Science in Health Information Master of Science—Doctor of Dental Medicine Management

—Associate of Science in Health Information Technology Facilities For Instruction Medical Technology

—Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology The MCG campus, situated in the approximate center —Certificate in Flow Cytometry of Augusta, is convenient to the downtown business —Certificate in Medical Technology district. Occupational Therapy

—Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy Research and Education Building —Associate of Science in Occupational Therapy The Carl T. Sanders Research and Education Building, Assistant with the William F. Hamilton Wing, is a modern facility Physician Assistant containing classrooms, basic science laboratories, fac- —Bachelor of Science ulty offices, one of the largest electron microscopy lab- Physical Therapy oratories in the country, television services and similar —Bachelor of Science activities related to the instruction program. The Physical Therapist Assistant Research and Education Building is one of the largest —Associate of Science instruction buildings in the University System of Radiologic Technologies Georgia. The building is used primarily for research and —Bachelor of Science in Diagnostic Medical instruction in the basic medical sciences. Research Sonography facilities will be supplemented in late 1995 with a $19 —Bachelor of Science in Radiologic Technology million Interdisciplinary Research Facility. —Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology

—Bachelor of Science in Radiation Therapy Technology Medical College of Georgia Hospital and Clinics —Associate of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology The Medical College of Georgia Hospital and Clinics is —Associate of Science in Radiography a leading tertiary referral center for Georgia and the —Associate of Science in Radiation Therapy Technology region, offering a full spectrum of medical and health —Certificate in Diagnostic Medical Sonography services. As the teaching hospital of an academic medi- —Certificate in Nuclear Medicine Technology cal center, the hospital and clinics is dedicated to devel- —Certificate in Radiation Therapy Technology oping professional and technical knowledge and skills Respiratory Therapy through its support of organized programs of teaching —Bachelor of Science in medicine, nursing, dentistry and the allied health —Associate of Science professions. 6 General Information

MCG Hospital and Clinics opened in 1956 as campus for their clinical, research and teaching needs.

Talmadge Memorial Hospital and was expanded in 1976 They also provide programs and services in collection

with the addition of the Sydenstricker Wing. It now management, reference, distance education and out-

operates 540 beds and more than 80 specialty clinics. reach, education and educational technology, micro-

The new Ambulatory Care Center/Specialized Care computing, and special collections such as history of

Center, which opened in 1992, provides enhanced medicine, consumer health, and telemedicine. emergency and trauma care, and consolidates more The library information system, MERLIN, is part of than 80 specialty clinics. the statewide library system, GALILEO. GALILEO pro-

Thirteen clinical services offer an array of specialized vides access to over 50 databases and services perti-

patient programs. Specialty services include an electro- nent to undergraduate studies. MERLIN, with an physiology laboratory, epilepsy surgery, angiography, emphasis on medical information, provides the online

magnetic resonance imaging and lithotripsy. The hospi- catalog of Greenblatt Library holding and access to tal also is the designated regional trauma center for the more specialized services such as Current Contents,

13-county East Central Georgia Health District. The hos- MEDLINE, other health related databases, and the inter- pital recently expanded its Comprehensive Cancer net. GALILEO and MERLIN are complemented by a

Center and initiated a Chest Pain Center, Asthma Center, comprehensive print reference collection, indexes and and Sports Medicine Center. abstracts, a book collection and 1,200 current journal

The 109-bed Children's Medical Center (CMC) is titles. located on the eighth floor of the Medical College of The Library offers an extensive public computing area

Georgia Hospital. The CMC houses a neonatal intensive- of Macintosh and IBM-compatible microcomputers and care unit which provides extracorporeal membrane oxy- terminals with access to MERLIN and GALILEO and genation, a pediatric intensive-care unit and many other programs for word processing, spreadsheets, graphics, specialized pediatric programs. A free-standing Children's and others. A Library Information Center (LInC) is

Medical Center facility is in the developmental stages. available to provide user services 95 hours a week.

The hospital and clinics is accredited by the Joint Other services within the Library are interlibrary loan,

Commission on the Accreditation of Healthcare self-service photocopy, library assisted photocopy, fax,

Organizations, the national body that establishes and typing rooms, reserve collections, lockers, individual enforces standards of quality for health-care institu- and group study areas, and conference rooms. tions. MCG Hospital is a member of the Council of A barcode attached to MCG identification gives

Teaching Hospitals of the American Association of access to university system library services.

Medical Colleges, the National Association of Children's Hospitals and Related Institutions and the University Georgia War Veterans Nursing Home Hospitals Consortium, a nationwide association of hos- GWVNH is located adjacent to the main MCG campus pitals serving medical universities. and is administered under the auspices of the Medical During 1994-95, MCG Hospital and Clinics had more College. GWVNH is owned by the Georgia Department than 18,000 patient visits and approximately 374,000 of Veterans Service, a state agency. The facility is outpatient visits. dental clinics MCG had 16,000 patient licensed for 192 skilled-care beds, with some in-house visits. In response to the health-care needs throughout medical services provided through the Medical College the state, faculty of the schools MCG conducted 65 of Georgia and the Department of Veterans Affairs community outreach clinics in 19 rural and 9 metropoli- Medical Center. tan Georgia counties. Patient visits in these clinics GWVNH is involved in the educational process totaled almost Additionally, 46,000. 125 telemedicine through clinical experiences for medical and nursing consults were conducted at four rural county locations. students, occupational and physical therapy students

and students in the physician assistant program. In The School of Dentistry Building addition, the medical director of the nursing home The facility is one of the most modern and effec- directs a program to train family practice residents in tively designed buildings for dental education in the long-term care of the elderly. United States. The building contains operatories, laboratories, clinics, classrooms, seminar rooms and fac- Other Instructional Facilities ulty offices geared toward the clinical education of Other facilities used in the instructional program and dental students and research in clinical dentistry and containing classrooms, labs and/or clinics include the basic dental sciences. Auditoria Center, the Psychiatry Building, the Milton

Library Antony Complex's Jennings Wing and Walter L. Building, the Building, the Sickle The Greenblatt Library is a modern, two-story build- Shepeard Murphey ing completed in 1980. Library faculty are available for Cell Center and the Radiation Therapy Center. consultations and as liaisons to academic units on General Information 7

Additional Augusta Area Clinical Resources several medical specialties. A nucleus of full-time faculty at University Hospital working with private physi-

MCG enjoys affiliation and/or clinical agreements with cians and the MCG Hospital staff provides the supervi- the following hospitals in the Augusta area: sion and teaching program.

The Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Dwight David Eisenhower Army Medical Center

Center The Eisenhower Medical Center at Fort Gordon. Ga.. on

The Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center the outskirts of Augusta, is an Army teaching hospital consists of the Uptown Division, a 653-bed neuropsy- with 333 beds, it is a tertiary-care referral center for the chiatric hospital: and the Downtown Division, a 380- southeastern United States. Caribbean and Canal Zone. bed general medical and surgical hospital adjacent to MCG students, directed by MCG faculty, use the clinical the MCG Hospital with a connecting walkway allowing facilities of Eisenhower Medical Center for various edu- easy access. cational programs. In addition, residents in the training

The VAMC provides excellent facilities for the clinical programs there may take clinical rotations in the Medical training of MCG students and housestaff. Full-time fac- College of Georgia teaching hospitals. ulty supervise patient care and student educational programs in both required and elective areas. The VAMC is Georgia Regional Hospital a member of the College Affiliated Hospital Program. Georgia Regional is a state regional psychiatric hospi-

tal designed to treat children and adolescents, adults

University Hospital and geriatric patients. The hospital also has an alcohol

University Hospital is a community hospital, operated and drug-abuse unit. This modern. 262-bed hospital under the Richmond County Hospital Authority. Prior to has affiliation with the MCG School of Medicine the opening of the MCG Hospital, it was for years the Department of Psychiatry and Health Behavior and the primary teaching hospital for the medical school. Schools of Allied Health Sciences and Nursing to pro-

Immediately adjacent to MCG. it is a well-equipped 672- vide clinical training for students and medical residents. bed hospital with a mixture of private (approximately 75 Non-psychiatric health care of Georgia Regional patients percent) and teaching-service patients; it also includes a also is provided by the Medical College of Georgia. major general emergency room.

University Hospital is used for clinical education of Gracewood State School and Hospital

MCG students and as a member of the College Affiliated Gracewood is the state school and hospital for the

Hospitals Program it provides housestaff training in mentally retarded and is dedicated to nurturing the dig- 8 General Information

nity, health and development of the mentally retarded Administrative and Service Facilities who require residential care. The facility serves all age

levels and provides broad services for care, treatment Major facilities that are used primarily for administra-

and training. Students in medicine, dentistry, nursing tive and service purposes include:

and allied health sciences receive clinical training The G. Lombard Kelly Building, which contains

and/or provide care at Gracewood under the direction offices for the president; vice presidents for academic

of resident faculty. affairs, business operations, clinical activities, fiscal

affairs and planning, and student affairs; dean of the

St. Joseph Hospital School of Medicine and Graduate Studies; dean of the

St. Joseph Hospital is a 235-bed, general hospital School of Allied Health Sciences; business affairs; rev-

opened in 1952. The hospital has expanded several enue accounting; the registrar; undergraduate admis- times in response to community needs, including sions; financial aid; legal advisor and institutional

development of a family life center. Students from pro- research and information.

grams in nursing and allied health sciences may receive The Student Center, which houses student govern-

clinical rotations and/or other clinical experience in this ment offices, a cafeteria, the book store, student lounges

hospital, which is located near the MCG campus. and recreational facilities, and student affairs administra-

tive staff. Augusta Regional Medical Center The MCG Annex, which houses the personnel

Augusta Regional Medical Center is a private, general office, facilities planning. Information Services Division, acute-care hospital located in west Richmond County. patient accounting, Physicians Practice Group, purchas-

Opened in mid-1973, the hospital operates 374 beds ing, the comptroller's office, and the Georgia Prevention and includes a regional burn center. MCG nursing and Institute. allied health students may receive clinical experience at this hospital, while medical student rotations under private physician preceptors are also offered. Computer Facilities

Charter Hospital of Augusta Faculty and students have access to a variety of

Charter Hospital is a 63-bed private psychiatric facil- modern computer systems and services available

ity which treats emotional, behavioral and related sub- through the Information Services Division. MCG is a stance-abuse problems of young people age 4 to 19. member of the University System Computer Network

Medical, allied health and nursing students may receive and thereby has access to the University of Georgia

clinical training at this hospital. campus.

For special needs, the use of other computer facilities

Walton Rehabilitation Hospital at the University of Georgia, Georgia State University

Walton Rehabilitation Hospital is a comprehensive and and the Georgia Institute of Technology also may be

intensive rehabilitation hospital with interdisciplinary arranged through the network. These facilities provide a

professionals providing physical medicine and rehabili- wide range of software for research and educational tation to both adults and children. Inpatients and outpa- use. tients are recovering from stroke, head injuries, chronic More than 50 microcomputers including an electronic

pain, spinal injuries, neuromuscular diseases, amputa- classroom are available in the MCG library for use by tion, arthritis, and other disabling illnesses and injuries. students and faculty both on a walk-in and scheduled

This 58-bed hospital helps patients return to the most basis. Also, terminals are available for access to the

independent lifestyle possible. Accredited by the automated Library Information System and academic

Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities, mail and billboard services. A Reduced Instructional

the hospital is sponsored by St. Joseph Center for Life, Set Computer (RISC) 6000 mini-computer is available

Inc. and University Health Services, Inc. to support local statistical computing and special data

analysis.

Other Clinical Resources A series of computer literacy workshops for faculty,

MCG students receive clinical experience in other hos- staff and students on the more popular MS-DOS and

pitals and clinics throughout Georgia and the United Macintosh software products is offered regularly. States as a regular aspect of their educational program. Primary computing resources consist of an IBM

Additional information on the hospitals and clinics that ES/9000 mainframe with a vector processing facility, a

have current formal affiliation and/or clinical agreements NetFrame superserver, and numerous Novell local area

with various programs in the Schools of Allied Health networks within departments across campus. Science, Dentistry, Medicine and Nursing can be

obtained from the dean's office of the appropriate school. General Information 9

Accessibility to Handicapped ination in any educational program, activity or facility. The Medical College of Georgia is committed to an

The Medical College of Georgia's physical facilities effective affirmative action policy. MCG strives to and institutional programs have been modified in recruit, admit and educate a cross-section of qualified accordance with federal law and regulations to allow men and women representing the socio-economic, equally effective access by handicapped persons. racial and cultural diversity of Georgia. This commit-

Structural changes, such as adaptations to public ment is in keeping with our moral, legal and social

restrooms and construction of ramps and curb cuts, responsibility and with the highest ideals and principles have been made to improve accessibility. Special ser- of American higher education. vices may be made available on a reasonable basis in accordance with reported needs of individual handi- Transfer Credit capped students. A maximum of 100 academic quarter hours from a

Further information on handicapped programs and junior college, or 145 hours from a senior college or facilities is available from the Office of Undergraduate other educational institution may be transferred into an

Admissions. undergraduate program. (See the ^'Scholarship" statement under Graduation Requirements.) Continuing Education Courses and credits transferable to an undergraduate program from other colleges or universities must have a

The Division of Continuing Education at the Medical grade point average acceptable to the university, but in no

College of Georgia provides quality educational oppor- case less than 2.00 overall for courses transferred. Credit tunities to health sciences faculty and staff, statewide will not be granted for remedial courses or other courses health-care practitioners and national and international that are basically of a secondary-school level. Individual visitors through its three major components: programs schools/programs may have higher standards for transfer development, conference coordination and a needs credit, in which case those standards apply. assessment extension service. The division offers At the decision of the appropriate academic dean, a and/or accredits broad-based continuing education pro- student transferring into professional programs from grams ranging from workshops and seminars to any institution may be required to have professional telecommunication courses. course work validated by standardized examinations to

gain advanced standing and receive college credit for Accreditation such course work. An application will not be considered from a student who is not in good standing at the insti-

The Medical College of Georgia is accredited by the tution he/she has attended previously, unless officials

Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of at the last institution he/she attended recommend con-

Colleges and Schools to award certificates and associ- sideration of the application. ate, bachelor's, graduate and professional-level degrees. An applicant who wishes to transfer to the university

Accreditation information on individual programs is pre- must submit official transcripts of all course work sented in each program's section of this catalog. attempted from the registrar at every institution of higher

education at which he/she has ever enrolled. Transcripts Admission Requirements sent by the applicant or transcripts without an official seal and registrar's signature will not be accepted.

Admission requirements and application procedures, The total number of hours that may be earned toward including information pertaining to application forms, an undergraduate degree by extension or correspon- personal interviews and pre-entrance testing are listed dence courses, CLEP or ACT-PEP examinations or any within each school's section of this catalog. The most combination of these, shall not exceed one-fourth of up-to-date information can be obtained from the Office the total credit hours required for a degree. Exceptions of Undergraduate Admissions (programs in allied to this policy may be made for CLEP or ACT-PEP cred- health sciences and undergraduate nursing), the School its when unusual circumstances or hardship so war- of Graduate Studies (graduate-degree programs), the rant, in the judgment of the dean of the school con-

School of Medicine-Student Admisssions Office cerned. Credit from correspondence courses and/or

(medicine) or the Office of Student Admissions and extension courses is subject to validation to the satis-

Academic Suport, School of Dentistry (dentistry). faction of the dean of the school concerned.

The university is an affirmative action/equal oppor- Any credit that is more than 10 years old is subject to tunity educational institution in that no person shall, validation to the satisfaction of the dean of the school on the grounds of gender, race, color, creed, religion, concerned. Credits from institutions that are not part of age, national origin or handicap, be excluded from the University System of Georgia or are not accredited participation in, or be otherwise subjected to discrim- by a regional accrediting association are subject to vali- 10 General Information

1 dation to the satisfaction of the dean of the school con- . Must be residents of Georgia, 62 years of age or cerned. older at the time of registration and must present a birth certificate or other comparable written docu- Technical Standards mentation of age to enable the registrar to determine

Qualifications for admission to, and graduation from, eligibility. any school of the Medical College of Georgia requires 2. May enroll as regular or auditing students in courses satisfaction of the following general technical standards: offered for resident credit on a "space available"

fulfill curricular 1 . Sufficient intellectual capacity to the basis without payment of fees, except for supplies,

requirements. laboratory or shop fees. communication with 2. Ability to effect multi-modal 3. Must in general meet all system and institution patients, colleagues, instructors and/or other mem- undergraduate or graduate admission requirements

bers of the health-care community. to include high school graduation, SAT scores and

3. Physical ability to learn and implement the various Special Studies, if enrolling for credit. Institutions faculty. technical skills required by the may exercise discretion in exceptional cases where

4. Sufficient emotional stability to withstand the stress, circumstances indicate that certain requirements uncertainties and changing circumstances that char- such as high school graduation and SAT score

acterize the respective health-care profession. requirements are inappropriate. In those instances

Standards have been developed for individual pro- involving discretionary admission, institutions will

grams for evaluation of prospective and enrolled stu- provide diagnostic methods to determine whether or

dents. These standards are admissions and gradua- not participation in Special Studies will be required continuing revision tion guidelines and are subject to prior to enrollment in regular credit courses.

and improvement. Reasonable prerequisites may be required in certain courses. Readmission of Former Students 4. Will have all usual student and institutional records Former students of the School of Allied Health maintained; however, institutions will not report such Sciences or the School of Nursing who wish to return students for budgetary purposes. to the same program previously attended may contact 5. Must meet all system, institution and legislated the registrar concerning readmission procedures. Other degree requirements such as Regents' Test, Major former students seeking readmission should contact Area Exam and History and Constitution Instruction the appropriate admissions office. or Exams, if they are degree-seeking students.

6. May not enroll in dental, medical, veterinary or law ACT Proficiency Examination Program schools under the provisions of this policy. (Minutes, (ACT-PEP) and College-Level Examination 1976-77, pp. 443-444) Program (CLEP)

The Medical College of Georgia may award credit to Foreign Student Requirements students who successfully pass these tests in applica- Before a formal application can be considered, for- ble academic fields, in accordance with the CLEP and eign applicants to the Schools of Allied Health Sciences ACT-PEP policy available in the Office of Undergraduate and Nursing must provide certain preliminary admis- Admissions. sions information including an official evaluation com-

pleted by our designated evaluation service. Contact the Transient Students Office of Undergraduate Admissions for the name and A student who has taken work in a college or univer- address of this service. Scores on the Test of English as sity may apply for temporary registration at the a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and the Scholastic Medical College of Georgia as a transient student. Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Such a student ordinarily will be one who expects to Examination Board or the ACT (American College return to the college or university in which he/she was Testing Program) scores must be submitted, together previously enrolled. with an estimate of the total amount of money which

toward his education for the Enrollment of Persons 62 Years of Age or Older the student can apply upcoming year. Address all inquiries to the Office of Pursuant to the provisions of an amendment to the Undergraduate Admissions, 170 Kelly Georgia Constitution adopted on Nov. 2, 1976, the Building—Administration, Medical College of Georgia, Board of Regents has established the following rules Augusta, GA 30912. Foreign applicant information for with respect to enrollment of persons 62 years of age the School of Graduate Studies is printed in the or older in units of the University System. To be eligible Graduate Studies section of this catalog. for enrollment under provisions of this amendment such persons: General Information 11

General Education Courses included in the determination of the grade point average:

Augusta College, a senior college within the Grade Description Grade Points

University System of Georgia, may offer selected A excellent 4.0 courses in general education for students registered at B good 3.0 the Augusta campus, Medical College of Georgia. C satisfactory 2.0

Credits and grades for such courses are accepted by D passing* 1.0 the university directly from Augusta College as though F failure 0.0 the courses were taught on the MCG campus. The stu- WF withdrew, failing 0.0 dent must be registered at MCG while taking the The following symbols are approved for use in the courses and all courses taken must receive advanced cases indicated, but will not be included in the determi- approval of the academic dean. nation of the grade point average. MCG students attending the university's programs I— This symbol indicates that a student was doing outside the Augusta area may take certain courses at satisfactory work but, for non-academic rea- selected other University System institutions by regis- sons beyond his control, was unable to meet tering through the Medical College of Georgia. the full requirements of the course. The require-

ments for removal of an / are left to the

Academic Regulations respective schools; however, if a school does

not designate a shorter time period, an / not sat-

Units of Credit isfactorily removed after three quarters in resi-

The unit of credit is the quarter hour. A quarter hour dence will be changed to the grade of F by the equals 55 minutes of class work per week for one quar- registrar. ter, or its equivalent in other forms of instruction. Credit w This symbol indicates that a student was per- given for particular courses is as stated in the course mitted to withdraw without penalty. Any student listings of this catalog, or as defined at the time of reg- who withdraws on or before midterm will istration by the various schools. receive a W. Withdrawals without penalty will

not be permitted after the mid-point of the total

Course Numbering System grading period (including final examinations)

The university offers courses numbered 100 to 299 to except in cases of hardship as determined by students in the lower division of undergraduate schools the appropriate academic dean. and courses numbered 300 to 499 or 3000 to 4999 to This symbol indicates that credit has been given students in the upper division of undergraduate schools. for completion of degree requirements other Graduate courses are numbered from 600 to 999. than academic course work. The use of this Certain courses are offered to undergraduate, graduate symbol is approved only for dissertation and and professional students jointly. Such courses are thesis hours, student teaching, clinical numbered appropriately for each class and degree pro- practicum, internship and proficiency require gram. ments in graduate programs. Courses in the Schools of Medicine and Dentistry are This symbol indicates unsatisfactory perfor- numbered form 500 to 599. Developmental and remedial mance in an attempt to complete degree courses, which do not carry academic credit for gradua- requirements other than academic course tion purposes, have course numbers of 099 and below. work. The use of this symbol approved only for

dissertation and thesis hours, student teaching, Classification of Students clinical practicum, internship and proficiency The classification under which a student registers at requirements in graduate programs. the beginning of each academic quarter will continue — This symbol indicates that a student was given throughout the academic quarter. permission to audit this course. After the last Undergraduate students are are classified as follows: day of late registration, students may not trans- Classifications Hours Earned fer from audit to credit status or vice versa. Freshman less than 45 — This symbol indicates that a student was given Sophomore at least 45

Junior at least 90 *Some curricula do not recognize the D as acceptable Senior at least 135 for meeting graduation requirements. See

School/Program sections for these higher require- Grades ments. The Medical College of Georgia is on the 4.0 grade *Use of this symbol to grade regular academic point average system. The following grades are approved course work must have the prior permission of the for use in the Medical College of Georgia and are President and chancellor. 12 General Information

Late Registration Policy credit for the course via a credit by examination 1. Students failing to register by the last program approved by the respective school's date of regular registration for their school or program, to faculty. (CLEP, AP, Proficiency, etc). include payment of fees, shall be permitted to regis- IP— A t MCG, this symbol designates a course that ter during the time designated for late registration. extends beyond the quarter. A grade is not given However, a late fee of $25 shall be assessed for any until the course is completed. This symbol student registering late. cannot be substituted for an / (Incomplete). 2. In keeping with Board of Regents policy, registration

Grade Changes fees are due and payable at the time of registration.

Any grade recorded by the registrar will be changed in The student cannot be enrolled until all registration accordance with MCG and regents' grading policies upon and other fees are paid in full. receipt from the instructor of a completed Grade Change 3. No student shall be permitted to register after the

Report form. Forms are available from the registrar. last date of late registration, except in cases of

unusual circumstances as judged by the dean of the

Repeated Course Work school concerned or by the president of the Medical

By registering for a course for which credit has College of Georgia. In such cases, the student shall already been received, a student forfeits credit toward be required to pay the late registration fee in addition graduation in the previous course. The final grade for to the regular registration fees. graduation purposes will be the grade in the repeated While reasonable efforts shall be made to inform stu- course; however, all hours attempted and grades dents of registration dates and any changes in the dates earned will appear on the transcript and be used in published in the catalog, it is the student's respon- computing the grade point average. sibility to keep apprised of such changes.

Registration Auditors

Registration for courses must be completed on the Regularly enrolled MCG students may register for dates slated in the academic calendar. courses as auditors. No academic credit shall be

Registration procedures are the responsibility of the awarded to students enrolled on this basis. After the last registrar. Notification of these procedures and any day for registration, no changes from an audit basis to changes in the academic calendars will be sent to stu- credit or from credit to audit will be permitted. Students dents at the appropriate time. auditing courses will be required to pay the regular fees

for enrollment. (See the "Fees" section of this catalog.)

Continuing Enrollment During Breaks in the Courses taken as audits do not count toward financial

Academic Calendar aid eligibility.

All students are considered to be enrolled and in good standing from the time they register for a quarter: Attendance

(1 ) until they register for the next quarter; or (2) Regular, punctual attendance is expected of students through the last day for late registration for the next in all classes and is counted from the first class meet- quarter as shown on the official academic calendar, ing each term. Students who incur an excessive whichever occurs first. number of absences are subject to academic penalty. Specific attendance requirements may be established

Adding and Dropping Courses by individual schools/programs.

Additions to a student's course schedule will not be allowed after the deadline for adding courses set forth Professional Liability Insurance in the academic calendar of the institution offering the Students in the health professions are required to par- course. ticipate in various clinical learning experiences as a pre-

A course may be dropped without penalty up to the requisite to successful completion of programs of study. midterm date set forth in the academic calendar. Many of the clinical facilities where these learning expe-

Following this deadline, a student dropping a course riences take place will only accept students who are will receive a H/f (Withdrew Failing), except in cases of covered by professional liability insurance. Students hardship as determined by the appropriate academic may contact the office of the dean of the MCG school in dean. H/Fgrades will be treated as f grades for grade which they expect to enroll for information on the avail- point calculations. ability and cost of such coverage. Courses may only be added or dropped by following procedures established by the registrar. The refund of Academic Honesty matriculation fees is limited to withdrawal from the The university recognizes honesty and integrity as institution and not for dropping of individual courses. being necessary to the academic function of the institu- General Information 13

tion. Regulations promulgated in the interest of protect- dent. No student of the Schools of Allied Health ing the equity and validity of the university's grades and Sciences, Graduate Studies or Nursing may register degrees and to help students develop standards and without special approval from his/her dean for more attitudes appropriate to academic life are contained in than 20 hours (including audit courses) in any given the Student Handbook or in school honor codes. academic quarter. The School of Medicine does not admit students

Dean's List on a part-time basis. Students may, with appropriate To recognize superior academic performance among approval, carry lesser academic loads than other stu- undergraduates, a Dean's List is compiled quarterly. dents because of academic or scheduling problems.

The achievement of each student who qualifies is However, these students are considered to be commit- acknowledged and noted on the student's permanent ted to full-time pursuit of the M.D. degree. record. To qualify for the Dean's List, a student must The School of Dentistry. All D.M.D. degree-seek- have attempted 12 or more hours of graded academic ing students are considered to be full-time and are work in a quarter and have achieved a grade point aver- expected to devote full-time efforts toward completing age of at least 3.50. For students with Incompletes, requirements for the degree. Most students complete

Dean's List computations will not be made until a grade the program in four calendar years and take a uniform

IS determined. quarterly course schedule. Other students may, with

Dean's List qualifications for the School of Dentistry special permission, complete the degree program in are stated in the school's section of this catalog. more than four years and take a variable quarterly

course load designed to meet their academic or Graduation with Honors scheduling circumstances.

MCG awards undergraduate degrees with honors to The only exception to this rule is for part-time faculty candidates who meet specified standards of academic who may be allowed to register as part-time students in excellence as measured by the grade point average. In order to complete the D.M.D. degree. A limited number order to be considered for a degree with honors, a stu- of special students, who are not degree-seeking, may dent must have completed a minimum of 90 quarter also be permitted to enroll part-time. hours in residence for a baccalaureate degree and 45 hours in residence for an associate degree, and only Planning the Academic Program work taken in residence* will be considered. The The academic program of each student should be honors grade point average is computed beginning with planned in consultation with the academic adviser, the quarter of initial enrollment or with enrollment in major professor or other person as designated by the the School of Nursing for students in this school. dean of the school concerned; however, the student is

The standards are as follows; ultimately responsible for meeting all graduation

Summa cum laude 3.90 requirements for the degree sought. Magna cum laude 3.70 Cum laude 3.50 Withdrawal from the University

Grade point averages will be rounded to the nearest A student who wishes to withdraw must report to the hundredth to determine eligibility. This distinction of registrar to obtain and complete procedures outlined in high academic achievement is placed on the student's the Withdrawal Form. diploma and is noted on the permanent record. A student who is not enrolled for four consecutive

quarters will be administratively withdrawn from the

* Residence credit is defined as taken for college. "courses (See Section of "Refund of Fees. ") which matriculation/tuition fees are paid to the

Medical College of Georgia." Examinations

A student may be required to perform acceptably on Normal Course Load any examination before graduation as deemed appro-

The normal course load may vary with the degree priate by the academic deans, president and/or Board program. Students may be required to register for a of Regents. course load less than the normal course load if this action IS determined to be advisable in the light of the Academic Probation, Dismissal and Suspension student's academic standing or for other reasons. An The following policy applies to all undergraduate pro- undergraduate student who in any quarter registers for grams. Policies for graduate-level programs are stated less than 12 quarter hours and a graduate studies stu- under the appropriate school section of this catalog. dent who registers for less than 10 quarter hours, is considered a part-time student; a student who registers Academic Probation. Any undergraduate student for more hours than these is considered a full-time stu- whose grade point average (GPA) for any quarter is 14 General information

below 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or whose cumulative MCG Regents Testing Program Examination

GPA is below 2.0 at the end of any quarter shall be con- An examination to assess the competency level in sidered on academic probation (subject to the provi- reading and writing of all students enrolled in bache- sions of the following dismissal and suspension poli- lor's-degree programs in University System institutions cies). More stringent departmental probation standards shall be administered. The following statement is the may be applied. policy of the Board of Regents of the University System

of Georgia on this examination: Academic dismissal is the involuntary separation Each institution of the from the university of a student who fails to maintain University System of Georgia academic standards. Any undergraduate student shall shall assure the other institutions, and the system as a whole, be dismissed whenever he/she: that students obtaining a bachelor's degree from

the institution possess literacy competence, that is, cer- 1. Receives a failing grade in all academic courses in tain skills of reading and writing. any quarter in which the student attempts more than minimum one academic course; The Regents' Testing Program has been developed to help in the attainment of this goal. The objectives of the 2. Fails to achieve and maintain at least a 1 .80 cumula- testing program are: to provide systemwide infor- tive GPA for all resident work after 45 hours and a (1) mation on the status of student in the 2.0 for all resident work at the end of any academic competence

year thereafter; areas of reading and writing; and (2) to provide a uni-

of fail 3. Fails to achieve a quarterly GPA of at least 2.0 in the form means identifying those students who to quarter immediately following his/her placement on attain the minimum levels of competence in the areas

probation. of reading and writing.

Any student dismissed for academic reasons and Passing the Regents' Test is defined as having

seeking to be readmitted may reapply for the next passed all components of the test by scoring above the

regular admission date following standard applica- cutoff score specified for each component. The test

tion procedures. may be administered either in its entirety or as one or

Where circumstances warrant, a student dismissed more components depending on the needs of the stu- under the provisions of this policy may be reinstated as dents. If one component of the test is passed, that a student on probation upon written authorization of component need not be retaken; this provision is the dean and subject to conditions of continuation retroactive to all students who have taken the test in established by the dean at the time of reinstatement. any form since the inception of the program

Academic suspension 6\tiers from academic dis- The intent of this policy is that passing the Regents' Test occur before the end of the student's missal in that a time period may be stated after which sophomore return to the program may be permitted. A student who year, that is, before the completion of 105 hours of has been suspended may be advised of any conditions degree credit. Students who fail the test must retake necessary for reinstatement and may be permitted to and pass the test. Each institution shall provide an re-enroll at the appropriate time after meeting these appropriate program of remediation and shall require conditions. deficient students to participate in that program prior to

Individual school/department policy may be estab- retaking the test. lished which dictates that an undergraduate student A student holding a baccalaureate or higher degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher educa- who fails to make at least a C in any course which is tion will not required to the Regents' Test essential to further study in the curriculum of the pro- be complete in order to receive a degree from a University System gram in which he/she is enrolled may be suspended. institution. Where the course is essential to some but not all fur- of the testing ther study, the department may choose to offer the stu- In order to effectively achieve the goals dent a reduced academic load over an increased program, the following MCG policy has been adopted:

1. Initially taking the test: number of quarters to assist the student in completing the program of study. A. Students seeking the baccalaureate degree initially

Courses considered to be essential to further study must take the exam not later than the quarter after should be identified for the student by the school/ they complete 60 hours of degree credit. Transfer with department at the time the student enters the pro- students entering bachelor-degree programs gram. 60 hours or more of credit shall take the test no later than their second quarter of enrollment at MCG. Good Standing and Satisfactory Progress B. Students who fail to take the test by the time A student is considered to be in good standing and specified in this policy must take the test the making satisfactory progress each quarter he/she is next quarter they are enrolled or they will be sus- permitted to enroll as a degree-seeking student. pended. General Information 15

2. Required remedial course work: as the Essay Review Committee. The graders

A. Students must have passed the Regents' Test also will approve the topics to be used on the

before or during the quarter in which they will essay.

have earned 75 hours of degree credit, or they 3) Remediation for the essay will consist of the

must take the appropriate non-degree credit course offered all other students on the MCG

course or courses in remedial reading and/or campus, as well as the course English as a

remedial writing in each quarter of attendance Foreign Language taught at Augusta College.

thereafter until they have passed all components 6. For extraordinary situations, the institution shall

of the test. develop special procedures for certifying the literacy

B. Students must take the Regents' Test each quarter competence of students. A written description of

they take required remediation until all compo- those procedures shall be submitted to the chancel-

nents of the test are passed. lor for approval. A record of the action shall be

C. Students enrolled in Regents' Test remedial reported by the chancellor to the Education

courses are required to attend. Failure to attend Committee of the Board of Regents. Such proce-

the course will result in suspension from MCG dures shall include provision for remediation if under these conditions: needed and formal examination prior to certifying

1) if the student receives more than two unex- competency. Such examination shall equal or exceed

cused absences in the course and the standards of the Regents' Testing Program.

2) if the student subsequently fails either or both 7. Students with a documented learning disability

parts of the Regents' Test, then: and/or severe test anxiety may request a special

a. the student will be placed on probation and administration of the Regents' Test. Documentation

enrolled the next quarter in the appropriate must include an evaluation by a team associated

remedial course. with the Medical College of Georgia. Additional infor-

b. the student will be suspended if he or she mation may be obtained from the registrar's office.

receives more than two unexcused absences In order for a student to receive special accommoda-

during this second remedial course, and tions because of test anxiety, the student must have

again fails either or both parts of the test. enrolled in Regents' Test remediation at least two

3. Students suspended under this policy may appeal or quarters. In addition, there must be substantial evi-

be reinstated in accordance with the same procedures dence that the student has the skills required for

applicable to academically suspended students (See passing the test but because of severe anxiety is

Academic Probation. Dismissal and Suspension and unable to display the skills during a regular test

Appeals sections of the MCG Catalog.) administration.

4. Having passed the Regents' Test shall not be a con- 8. A student may request a formal review of his/her fail-

dition of transfer into a MCG school or department; ure on the essay component of the Regents' Test if

however, all transferring bachelor's degree-seeking that student's essay received at least one passing

students shall be subject to all provisions of this score among the three scores awarded and if the

policy. student has successfully completed the courses in

5. Students whose native language is not English will English composition required by MCG. This review

satisfy the Regents' Test requirement by the follow- will be conducted in accordance with board-

ing: approved procedures, (See the Procedure for the

A. Reading Portion-All international students whose Review Process section of the l\/ICG Catalog.)

native language is not English admitted to an 9. A student who fails both parts of the Regents' Test

undergraduate program must make a minimum of and who is required to participate in remediation

550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language shall be allowed to take the reading and essay por-

(TOEFL). Such a score would satisfy the reading tions of the test in separate quarters.

portion of the Regents' Test.

B. Essay Portion-All students whose native language Procedures for the Review Process—

IS not English will be required to demonstrate Regents' Testing Program

competency in composing an essay. The Board of Regents approved the following proce-

1 ) The hour requirements for taking the essay will dures relating to a student's formal request for review

be the same for international students as it is of his/her failure on the essay component of the

for all other students. For example, students Regents' Test.

must take the test the quarter after which they 1 . The review will be initiated at the campus level, with

complete 45 hours, and must have remediation procedural matters to be determined by the institu-

the quarter after which they complete 75 hours. tion. The on-campus review, however, will be con-

2) The three graders of the essay will be the same ducted by three faculty members designated by the 16 General Information

institution as a review panel. amended. A listing of all students' educational records

2. The on-campus review panel nnay (1) sustain, by maintained by the institution is contained in the Student

majority opinion, the essay's failing score, thus ter- Handbook, which is available from the Division of

minating the review process, or (2) recommend, by Student Affairs. majority opinion, the re-scoring of the essay by the Regent's Testing program central office. The student Curriculum Changes will be notified concerning the results of the on-

campus review. The new knowledge continually emerging in the

3. If the on-campus panel recommends re-scoring of health sciences, changing concepts in the delivery of

the essay, that recommendation will be transmitted health care and consideration of certification and licen-

in writing, along with a copy of the essay, to the sure requirements may necessitate changes in the cur-

office of the System's Director of the Regents' riculum of a given school. However, when such

Testing Program. The director will utilize the services changes are anticipated or made after careful review

of three (3) experienced regents' essay scorers other and evaluation, full consideration will have been given

than those involved in the original scoring of the to the impact these changes might have on the stu-

essay to review the essay, following normal scoring dent's overall academic program during his/her period

procedures for the essay component of the Regents' of matriculation. Consideration will also be given to the

Test. The decision of this panel on the merits of the impact of any changes on the faculty and the institution

essay will be final, thus terminating the review pro- as a whole.

cess. The student will be notified, through the institution, concerning the results of the review. The Changes in Catalog Requirements review process will be initiated at the Medical

College of Georgia by the student contacting the The statements set forth in this catalog are for infor-

Registrar's Office and requesting that his/her essay mational purposes only and should not be construed

be reviewed. as the basis of a contract between a student and this

institution. Educational Records While the provisions of the catalog will ordinarily be applied as stated, the Medical College of Georgia

Official academic records are maintained by the regis- reserves the right to change any provision listed in this trar. Access to these records is governed by the Family catalog, including but not limited to academic require-

Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as ments for graduation, without actual notice to individual General Information 17

students. Reasonable effort will be made to keep stu- 3 Total Credit Requirements. A minimum of 180

dents advised of any such changes. Information on quarter hours (excluding physical education) is

changes will be available in the offices of the president, required for a baccalaureate degree and a minimum academic deans, registrar and student affairs. It is espe- of 90 quarter hours (excluding physical education) is

cially important that students note that it is their respon- required for an associate degree.

sibility to keep themselves apprised of current gradua- 4 Regents' Testing Program Examination tion requirements for their particular degree program. Requirement The University System of Georgia

requires that each student receiving a bachelor's degree Limitation on Institutional Liability from a state-supported college must have successfully completed this examination (See the section on ttie

in the event that an administrative hearing officer or Regents Testing Program Examination in tliis catalog.) a court of record determines that "publications" issued 5 Examinations on the History and

by the institution create a contractual or quasi-contrac- Constitutions of the United States and tual relationship with any person, the amount of dam- Georgia. Examinations on these subjects are ages recoverable by the parties shall be limited to the required of all baccalaureate and associate-degree amount of consideration paid by the person for the students unless exempted by presentation of course privilege of admission, enrollment, continued enroll- credit dealing with these constitutions and histones.

ment or other service rendered by the institution to The examination will be given once each quarter on such person. As used herein, the term "publications" the dates listed m the latest academic calendar for

(without limiting the generality of the normal meaning the appropriate school. Students are advised to meet of the term) shall be deemed to include any and all this requirement early m their academic career. written forms or other documents issued by the insti- 6. Scholarship. An undergraduate degree shall not be tution concerning applications for admission, enroll- conferred on any person whose overall grade point ment or continued enrollment, waivers of liability, con- average (for courses in residence) is less than 2.0. sents to medical treatment, dormitory occupancy and Credit hours in courses with the grade of D shall not any and all other written forms, documents, letters or exceed 20 percent of the total hours (including trans- other materials issued by the university in furtherance fer hours) used as credits for a degree. Individual of its educational mission. curricula may establish higher standards for achieve-

ment, in which case, the higher standards shall apply. Requirements for Graduation Application for Graduation All financial obligations to the institution must be met prior to graduation. Application for graduation must be made by each

candidate on a form obtainable from the following

Requirements for Graduate, Medical and offices:

Dental Degrees Allied Health Sciences—Departments

Requirements for graduate, medical and dental Dentistry—Associate Dean for Academic Affairs degrees are stated in this catalog under the sections for Graduate Studies—Dean the School of Medicine. School of Dentistry and School Medicine—Curriculum of Graduate Studies. Nursing—Advisement and Records

The application form should be completed at least

Requirements for Associate and Baccalaureate one and a half quarters before graduation. The candi-

Degrees date for a degree from the university must attend the

Requirements in addition to those listed below for commencement exercise at which the degree is to be associate and baccalaureate degrees may be stated in conferred, unless he/she is officially excused in writing this catalog under the sections for the School of Allied by the appropriate academic dean.

Health Sciences and the School of Nursing. Only those students who have completed require-

1 Recommendation by Faculty. It is implicit in the ments for the degree by the date of graduation will be

requirements for all degrees conferred by the univer- allowed to participate in commencement exercises and

sity that the faculty of each school recommend each to have their names listed in the program. Exceptions

candidate for a degree as having met all require- to this policy may be made for:

for ments the degree to be conferred. 1 . Students who are expected to complete require-

2 Residence Requirements. Every candidate for a ments within a few weeks following commencement

baccalaureate or associate degree at the Medical either at an affiliated college or at MCG. In the case

College of Georgia must earn a minimum of 45 quar- of those at MCG, this is permitted only upon the rec-

ter hours in residence. ommendation of the dean and the president and the 18 General Information

actual date of completion of requirements must Residence III and the Alumni Center

appear on tfie diploma. These exceptions apply only Single Room: $614 per quarter

to students scheduled for completion of require- Double Room: $383 per quarter

ments prior to the end of summer quarter. The stu- Suite Single: $848 per quarter

dent will receive a mock diploma in the ceremony. Suite Double: $530 per quarter

2. Students enrolled in an academic program with a

restrictive curriculum which provides completion of Residence IV Single requirements only after the normal graduation time Room: $614 per quarter Double Room: per quarter but before Oct. 1. All academic major areas under $383

these guidelines must be approved for special gradu-

ation participation by the academic dean and the Residence V

president. Only an academic major area can be One Bedroom: $1,055 per quarter

,1 per approved, not an individual. The allowance will be Two Bedroom: $1 65 quarter Utilities are included in rate. restricted to undergraduate majors. The student will the rental

receive a mock diploma in the ceremony. The stu- Residence VI dent's name in the program will be footnoted explain-

ing the special circumstances of his/her participation. One Bedroom: $81 1 per quarter Two Bedroom: $892 per quarter

Utilities are not included in rate. Food Services the rental

MCG provides a cafeteria in the Student Center and in Application Procedures and Information the MCG Hospital. Hours of operation are published in Students accepted for admission to MCG and inter- the Student Handbook, which can be obtained from the ested in applying for housing should contact the

Office of Student Affairs, Medical College of Georgia, Housing Office, Medical College of Georgia, DA-205, Augusta, Georgia 30912. Augusta, Georgia 30912-7304.

Housing Off-Campus Housing

College of limited residence The Medical Georgia has Students interested in viewing off-campus housing hall accommodations on the for and apartment campus listings in the Augusta area may contact the Housing single undergraduates, single graduates, professional Office, Medical College of Georgia, DA-205, Augusta students and married students. All accommodations Georgia 3091 2-7304. are air conditioned. In most residence halls, rent includes all utilities. Fees The housing contracts for Residences III, IV and the

Alumni Center stipulate students pay rent for a specified Costs of materials, books, deposits, uniforms, instru- contract period. Payments are in quarterly install- made ments and/or personal expenses are estimated in each for for ments: three the academic year and one summer school's section of the catalog. quarter. Separate housing contracts for the academic The following general fees must be received by the year and summer quarter are offered. Quarterly install- cashier's office on or before registration day to avoid payments are below. ment shown paying a $25 late registration fee. Payments can be per-

An activity fee of $2 per quarter is assessed for all sonally delivered to the cashier's office, room 224 of the residence halls.

General Fees Due Each Quarter Full-time Students

Matriculation Non-Resident Student Healtti Student Activity Total Medical and Dental Residents $1,585 58 25 $1,668 Non-Residents $1,585 3,407 58 25 $5,075 Graduate Program Residents $ 665 58 25 $ 748 Non-Residents $ 665 1,429 58 25 $2,177 Undergraduate Programs Residents $ 665 58 25 $ 748 Non-Residents $ 665 1,429 58 25 $2,177 General Information 19

Administration Building, or mailed to Medical College of of the first 25% (in time) of the period

Georgia, Cashier's Office, Augusta, Georgia 30912. of enrollment 50%

The late registration policy is published in the Academic Withdrawal after the first 25% (in time) of

Regulations Section of this catalog. the period of enrollment but before the

end of the first 50% (in time) of the period

Part-Time Students of enrollment 25%

(Graduate and undergraduate students taking less Withdrawal after the first 50% (in time) of than 12 credit hours) the period of enrollment 0

Matriculation Fee—$56 per credit hour

Non-Resident Fee—$120 per credit hour The refund of fees is limited to withdrawal from the

(In addition to the matriculation fee.) institution and not for dropping of individual courses. Student Health—$58 per quarter Details concerning the refund or repayment of financial

Student Activity—$25 per quarter aid due to withdrawal are available from the Office of

Student Health and Student Activity fees are optional Student Financial Aid. if taking five credit hours or less. Changes in Fees and Other Charges Medical and Dental Students Taking Variable

Course Loads All matriculation charges, board, room rent or

Medical students enrolled in a special curriculum or for other charges listed in this catalog are subject to clinical rotations and dental students enrolled for a quar- change at the end of any quarter. terly schedule that varies from the prescribed four-year curricular schedule shall pay fees at the time of registra- Regents' Policies Governing the tion each quarter in accordance with a fee schedule avail- Classification of Students for Tuition able in the registrar's office and cashier's office. Purposes

Audit Fees The following policies have been adopted by the

Fees for auditing a course are the same as the fees Board of Regents to determine the tuition status of stu- for regular enrollment. (See the Academic Regulations dents:

section for policy regulating course audits.) 1 . (a) If a person is 1 8 years of age or older, he/she

may register as an in-state student only upon a

Acceptance Deposits showing that he/she has been a legal resident

All schools of the Medical College of Georgia require of Georgia for at least 12 months a $50 acceptance deposit which will be credited toward immediately preceding the date of registration, first-quarter matriculation fees. Those accepted appli- (b) No emancipated minor or other person 18 years cants who fail to notify the appropriate admissions of age or older shall be deemed to have gained office of their withdrawal in writing not later than the or acquired in-state status for tuition purposes last day of regular registration of their entering class while attending any educational institution in this shall forfeit their acceptance deposit. state, in the absence of a clear demonstration

that he/she has in fact established legal resi-

Refund of Fees dence in this state.

Unless otherwise mandated by federal or state regula- 2. If a person is under 18 years of age, he or she may tion, students who officially withdraw from school will register as an in-state student only upon a showing receive a refund of matriculation, student health and that his or her supporting parent or guardian has activity fees at the end of the quarter in which the with- been a legal resident of Georgia for a period of at drawal IS made. Students who officially withdraw from least 12 months immediately preceding the date of school with a clean record within the time specified after registration. the scheduled registration date may receive refunds of 3. If a parent or legal guardian of a minor changes his matriculation, student health and activity fees as listed: or her legal residence to another state following a

period of legal residence in Georgia, the minor may

Formal Withdrawal Refund continue to take courses for a period of 12 consecu-

On or before the first day of class 1 00% tive months on the payment of in-state tuition. After

Withdrawal after the first day of class but the expiration of the 12-month period, the student

before the end of the first 10% (in time) may continue his or her registration only upon the

of the period of enrollment 90% payment of fees at the out-of-state rate.

Withdrawal after the first 10% (in time) of 4. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia is

the period of enrollment but before the end appointed as guardian of a non-resident minor, such 20 General Information

minor will not be permitted to register as an in-state approved by the president, based upon the

student until the expiration of one year from the date president's judgment that the international stu-

of court appointment and then only upon a proper dents' circumstances and/or the best interest of

showing that such appointment was not made to MCG warrant a non-resident fee waiver. Each

avoid payment of the out-of-state fees. case is considered on its merit. Financial need

5. Aliens shall be classified as non-resident students; and other hardship factors will be considered.

provided, however, that an alien who is living in this The number of international student waivers country under an immigration document permitting cannot exceed the quota approved by the Board

indefinite or permanent residence shall have the of Regents, which is 1 percent of the fall quarter

same privilege of qualifying for the in-state tuition as enrollments for the academic year concerned.

a citizen of the United States. (c) full-time employees of the University System,

6. Waivers: An institution may waive out-of-state tuition their spouses and their dependent children;

for: (d) non-resident graduate students who hold teach-

(a) non-resident students who are financially depen- ing or research assistantships requiring at least

dent upon a parent or spouse who has been a one-third time service at MCG;

legal resident of Georgia for at least 12 consecu- (e) full-time teachers in the public schools of

tive months immediately preceding the date of Georgia and their dependent children. Teachers

registration; provided, however, that such finan- employed full-time on military bases in Georgia

cial dependence shall have existed for at least 12 shall also qualify for this waiver;

consecutive months immediately preceding the (f) career consular officers and their dependents

date of registration; who are citizens of the foreign nation their

(b) international students who are on a student visa, consular office represents and who are sta-

and: tioned and living in Georgia under orders of their

1) are sponsored by a recognized non-profit U.S. respective governments. This waiver shall apply

organization and at least 50 percent of the stu- only to those consular officers whose nations

dent's cost of attending MCG is paid by the operate on the principle of educational reciproc-

organization. (Cost of attending includes all ity with the United States;

expenses as determined by the Office of (g) military personnel and their dependents sta-

Student Financial Aid for a typical student tioned in Georgia and on active duty unless such

budget); or military personnel are assigned as students to

2) are recommended by their school dean and system institutions for educational purposes; General Information 21

(h) enrolled Medical College of Georgia students dents of eligible students, over age 6, may receive medi-

who are legal residents of out-of-state counties cal and psychological services at the Student Health

bordering on Georgia counties where a Medical Center on a fee-for-service basis.

College of Georgia campus is located. Emergency services are provided by the Medical

In addition to the above, students in certain degree College of Georgia Hospital Emergency Service. Charges

programs may qualify for a non-resident fee waiver are the student's responsibility; only those services pro-

under the academic common market. Information on vided at the Student Health Center are covered by the these waivers is available through the admissions office student health fee. We strongly recommend supplemen- of application or the registrar. tal health care coverage to cover those expenses not

A student is responsible for registering under the provided at the Student Health Center.

proper residency classification. A student classified as Medical services include: diagnosis and treatment of a non-resident who believes that he/she is entitled to be acute and chronic illnesses, gynecological and contra-

reclassified as a legal resident and those who believe ceptive services and office laboratory studies. Dental they qualify for a fee waiver may petition the registrar services include: prophylaxis, radiographs, exams and for a change in status. The petition must be filed no minor restorations. Psychological services include:

later than 60 days after the quarter in order for the stu- stress management, individual/couples/family therapy, dent to be considered for reclassification or the waiver assertiveness training and crisis intervention. for that quarter. If the petition is granted, reclassifica- Medical records are confidential and will be released tion will not, and a non-resident fee waiver may not, be to no one without the student's written consent except

retroactive to prior quarters. The necessary forms for in a life-threatening situation. this purpose are available in the registrar's office. Utilization of the Student Health Service as your pri-

Questions concerning residency for fee-payment mary-care provider will help keep your total health care and/or admission purposes should be directed to the cost to a minimum. appropriate office below:

Enrolled stutlent^ReQ\s\[afs Office, 171 Kelly Student Health Insurance

Building- Administration All students are strongly urged to have health insurance.

Applicants for admission—m\\ inquiries to the The MCG Student Government Association sponsors a office indicated below, Medical College of Georgia, student health insurance plan for enrolled students.

Augusta, GA 30912: Information on student health insurance is available to

Director of Admissions, School of all applicants accepted for admission and to enrolled

Medicine students upon request. The plan is strictly an agree-

tof/sfry— Director of Student Admissions and ment between each individual student and the insur-

Academic Support, School of Dentistry ance company. Undergraduate Nursing or Allied Health

Sciences— Oti\ce of Undergraduate Admissions Immunization Policy Graduate Studies—Dm, School of Graduate This policy was established to protect MCG students

Studies from certain contagious diseases and to ensure compli-

ance with Board of Regents policy. The following Financial Assistance for Students immunization requirements of the Medical College of Georgia are subject to periodic review and modification.

The Office of Student Financial Aid administers finan- With the concurrence of the president and chancellor of

cial aid programs and provides assistance in financial the University System of Georgia, individual schools

planning for attendance at the Medical College of may require additional immunizations.

Georgia. Students who are concerned about financing Ail entering MCG students must provide the MCG

their education should contact the Office of Student Student Health Service (or other designated office) with

Financial Aid, 2013 Administration Building, Medical sufficient evidence that they are currently fully immu-

College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia 30912-7320. nized against mumps, rubella (German measles), rube-

ola (red measles), diphtheria, polio and tetanus, and Student Health Service have had a tuberculin test (PPD) within one year prior to first enrollment at MCG. Failure to do so shall be

The Student Health Service is designed to provide pri- grounds for not allowing the entering student to regis-

mary care for students' medical, dental and psychologi- ter as an MCG student.

cal needs while attending the Medical College of Georgia. The director of student health may grant exceptions

Appointments are required with acute care being pro- for individual students in cases in which, in the direc-

vided on a walk-in basis. Students who have paid the tor's judgment, sufficient grounds based upon medical

student health fee are eligible for these services. Depen- or religious reasons exist to exempt the student. 22 General Information

In cases in which compliance with this policy prior to a committee composed of three members of the faculty first enrollment is not feasible for the enrolling student, of the institution or shall utilize the services of an such as a late accepted student, the director of student appropriate existing committee. This committee shall health may grant up to a one-month extension for the review all facts and circumstances connected with the student to comply. Students granted a time extension case and shall within five days make its findings and shall be allowed to register provisionally and shall be report thereon to the president. After consideration of disenrolled if in non-compliance after the time exten- the committee's report, the president shall within five sion expires. days make a decision that shall be final so far as the

institution is concerned. Student Responsibilities and Services 2. Should the aggrieved person be dissatisfied with the decision, application may be made to the Board of

Services available to students, as well as the stu- Regents, without prejudice, for a review of the decision. dents' responsibilities, are outlined in the Student The application for review shall be submitted in writing

Handbook ^\]\c\] is published by the Division of to the executive secretary of the board within 20 days,

Student Affairs. Students are responsible for knowing following the decision of the president. This application its content. Copies are available from the Division of for review shall state the decision complained of and

Student Affairs. the redress desired. A review by the board is not a

matter of right, but is within the sound discretion of the

Student Discipline, Grievances and board. If the application for review is granted, the Appeals board, or a committee of the board or a hearing officer appointed by the board shall investigate the matter

Students are expected to act in a manner which will thoroughly and report their findings and recommenda- be a credit to themselves and to the institution. tions to the board. The board shall render its decision

Additional information regarding student responsibili- within 60 days of the filing date of the application for ties and the judicial system is contained in the Student review or from the date of any hearing which may be

Handbook un6e[ "Student Conduct Code." Also, indi- held thereon. The decision of the board shall be final vidual schools with honor codes provide copies at the and binding for all purposes. respective dean's office. Required Withdrawal from the College Grievances

For a student who reasonably believes he/she has A student may be administratively withdrawn from been discriminated against on the basis of race, gender, the Medical College of Georgia when in the judgment of handicap or religion or who has been subjected to the dean of the school it is determined that the student sexual harassment, the Student Handbook {^\}^en6\x exhibits behavior which: (a) poses a significant danger

C) outlines grievance procedures he/she must follow in or threat of physical harm to the student or to the seeking redress. person or property of others, or (b) causes the student

to interfere with the rights of other members of the uni-

Appeals versity community or with the exercise of any proper

Students subjected to disciplinary action by the insti- activities or functions of the university or its personnel, tution shall have the appeal rights published in the or (c) causes the student to be unable to meet institu-

Student Handbook or in the school honor codes dis- tional academic, disciplinary or other requirements for tributed to each enrolled student. admission and continued enrollment, as defined in the

Students dismissed or suspended for academic rea- student conduct code, MCG Catalog, Student sons, and applicants for admission who feel their appli- Handbook din6 other publications of the university, or cations have not been given due consideration, should (d) casts doubt upon a student's character and/or on first appeal to the department and/or school concerned the potential capabilities as a health science or basic and follow their established appeal procedures. science professional. Prior to making a decision, the

After the above channels have been followed, any dean may consult with the student's parents and per- applicant who feels his/her application was not given sonal physician, if any, and other health professionals due consideration, and any expelled, dismissed or sus- as appropriate. pended students, shall have the right to appeal in Except in emergency situations, a student shall, upon accordance with the following procedures as specified request, be accorded an appropriate hearing prior to by the Board of Regents: final decision concerning his/her continued enrollment

1. The person aggrieved shall appeal in writing to the at the university. The applicable procedures will be president within five days of the action of which he determined by the nature of the activity or conduct complains. The president shall within five days appoint involved. Disciplinary issues will be addressed in accor- General Information 23

dance with the requirements of the student conduct he/she has developed a potentially patentable or copy- code and academic issues will be reviewed as required rightable work should contact either the Office of Legal by applicable procedures for academic matters. Advisor or the Office of Grants and Contracts.

Drug Abuse Policy Statement Medical College of Georgia Policy on the Conduct of Research The following statement of policy is designed to emphasize, in fairness to all members of the university It is the policy of the Medical College of Georgia to community, possible repercussions of the illicit use of maintain the highest ethical standards and integrity in drugs or alcohol. In addition to the policies of MCG and the conduct of research and in the publication of the Board of Regents concerning abuse of drugs and research results carried out by its faculty, students and alcohol, there are numerous and serious sanctions staff. imposed under state and federal laws regarding the In the event of an alleged instance of research mis- unlawful possession, distribution or use of illicit drugs conduct, there will be a prompt and thorough investiga- and alcohol. tion utilizing existing MCG procedures including appro-

The use of illegal drugs such as marijuana, cocaine priate due process (See MCG Faculty Manual— and LSD carries serious penalties. Under Georgia law, "Resignation and Removal;" "Faculty Grievances". mere possession of an illegal drug may constitute a Research misconduct is defined as the participation, felony and could result in serious monetary fines, as either individually or jointly, in: well as imprisonment for 20 years or more. Similarly, 1. a serious deviation, such a fabrication, falsification or the unauthorized use of legal prescription drugs may plagiarism, from accepted practices in carrying out constitute a felony and also carries serious penalties. research or in reporting publication of the results of

Recent laws enacted in Georgia add serious sanc- research; or tions for any persons convicted of a drug-related 2. material failure to comply with federal, state or insti- crime (i.e., possession, use or distribution). These tutional policies affecting specific aspects of the con- sanctions include immediate dismissal from any duct of research—e.g., the protection of human sub- public college or university (including MCG), loss of jects and the welfare of laboratory animals. or ineligibility for any professional license (e.g., Sanctions invoked against individuals found guilty of medicine, nursing or dentistry) and ineligibility for research misconduct may range from an informal repri- employment by any state agency. mand to dismissal, depending on the severity of the

While not an illegal drug perse, alcohol may also be offense. If such misconduct involves the integrity of abused and may result in criminal penalties. Persons publications, the appropriate editorial body will be noti- convicted of operating a motor vehicle while under the fied. If extramural agencies are involved in the influence of alcohol may lose their drivers' license, research, they will be notified as appropriate. receive substantial fines or even go to prison.

It is the policy of the Medical College of Georgia that Smoke-free Environment Policy students committing criminal acts on or off campus The Medical College of Georgia, as the health sci- will be treated as citizens of the community. Clearly, ences university for the state of Georgia, is committed MCG cannot protect members of its community—and to promoting a healthy environment for all Georgia citi- this would include faculty and staff, not just stu- zens including students, employees and patients of the dents—who commit criminal offenses. This applies to Medical College of Georgia. Since Jan. 1, 1990, the drug-related crimes as well. Medical College of Georgia has been a "smoke-free" It should not be inferred from the statements above institution. The use of tobacco products by any person that MCG is indifferent about what happens to members while in an MCG building or vehicle is prohibited. of its community; rather we have a deep concern for Provided that certain requirements are met, exceptions those who find themselves in violation of the law and it to the policy may be granted for private rooms in resi- IS for this reason that we have included this statement. dence halls, long-term patients of the Georgia War Veterans Nursing home and patients whose physician Patents and Copyrights prescribes "smoking privileges" which are properly

The Medical College of Georgia has enacted patent documented in the patient's chart. and copyright policies which apply to all MCG students, as well as to faculty and staff. The policies control the Participation of Students In Educational ownership and disposition of all patentable and copy- Experiences rightable works produced with the use of any MCG The Medical College of Georgia is committed to pre- resources. Copies of these policies are available from senting an exemplary educational experience of high the Office of Legal Advisor. Any student who believes quality for all its students. In meeting this goal, the 24 General Information

components of each course of instruction and of each on HIV infection (MCG Hospital and Clinics "Policy and educational program is carefully selected for its content Procedure" A.3.0 through A.3.4). and suitability. It is incumbent on students who antici- The Medical College of Georgia will carefully con- pate problems in carrying out any part of their curricu- form to state and federal laws regarding discrimination lum because of moral, religious or other reasons to against students with HIV infection. All information consult with the appropriate program or course director pertaining to the condition and/or clinical assignment prior to enrolling. Each problem will be carefully con- of a student with known or potential HIV infection or sidered in an attempt to resolve the difficulty in a AIDS will be considered confidential information. manner consistent with MCG's educational standards. Additional information and counseling about AIDS

However, the institution is not obligated to provide and related issues can be obtained from the Student alternative educational experiences or to waive required Health Center of Hospital Epidemiology. parts of its courses or programs. Handicap-Disability Policy Use of Animals for Educational Purposes In accordance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation

The Medical College of Georgia uses experimental Act of 1973 and The Americans With Disabilities Act, it animals for educational purposes only when the edu- is the policy of the Medical College of Georgia to cational value of the exercise requires their inclusion insure that all students with disabilities are afforded and when alternative procedures are not suitable to equal opportunity and access to programs and facili- meet the teaching objective. All federal, state and local ties. Students are encouraged to identify their disability laws regarding the humane use of animals are care- so that the medical college can determine what rea- fully followed. sonable accommodation may be made.

Please contact Ms. Elizabeth Griffin, Director of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome Undergraduate Admissions or Mr. James McLeod, (AIDS) Policy for Students Registrar, to self-identify. Students who believe that they have been discrimi-

This general policy recognizes the diversity of the nated against on the basis of a disability should refer to academic and clinical requirements of the various Appendix D for the university's procedures of remedies. schools and departments. Specific information regarding particular programs can be secured from the appropriate department and/or dean. In general, however, all students should be aware of the following;

The curricula will incorporate the basic principles of infection control and prevention. It is the responsibility of each student to be knowledgeable of such principles and strictly adhere to the universal precautions presented.

Any student with patient-care responsibilities who knows or has reason to believe that he/she has human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection is required to immediately report this information to the Medical

College of Georgia hospital epidemiologist in accordance with hospital policy and to his/her respective dean. Failure on the part of the student to report a known HIV infection may result in disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal.

Suspected HIV exposure by students of the Medical

College of Georgia, or by students sponsored through a program of the Medical College of Georgia, during the course of their assigned duties should be reported immediately by the student to their clinical supervisor in accordance with the policies of the hospitals in which they have assigned duties. Students participating in clinical activities at the Medical College of

Georgia Hospital and Clinics are subject to its policies Uchool of Allied Health Sciences

Dean—\)\ Biagio J. Vericella Associate Dean for Academic Affairs

—Dr. Nancy D. Prendergast Assistant Dean for Clinical Affairs

—Patricia K. Findling-Sodomka Assistant Dean for Business Affairs

—Constance A. Singleton A iicademic Calendar

School of Allied Health Sciences

Note: Due to their unique calendars, items pertaining only to the dental hygiene program or physical therapy seniors are

italicized.

Fall Quarter 1995 1996

Early Start Programs: Physical therapy seniors registration August 31 TBA

Physical therapy seniors classes begin September 1 TBA

New physician assistant and respiratory therapy (BS)students register August 21 August 19

New physical therapy assistant students register August 21 August 19

MCG classes begin for early start students August 21 August 19

Last day for late registration/schedule changes for all early start students* August 24 August 22 Dental hygiene registration/orientation August 23-29 August 28- September4 Dental hygiene classes begin August 30 September 5 Labor Day holiday September 4 September 2 New radiologic technology students register** Septembers September 4 New student general orientation September 14 September 12

All other new allied health students register*** September 14 September 12

All returning students register September 18 September 16

Exemption examinations given at MCG for U.S. and Georgia History and Constitution September 18 September 16 Augusta College classes begin September 18 TBA MCG classes begin September 19 September 17

Last day for late registration/schedule changes* September 22 September 20

Dental hygiene pre-registration tor winter quarter and midterm October 6 October 11

Pre-registration for winter quarter October 12-26 October 11-25

Physical therapy seniors midterm: last day to drop a course without penalty October 20 TBA

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty October 23 October 22

Last day to apply for March graduation October 23 October 22 Regents' Test October 23 TBA

Dental hygiene last day of classes November 14 November 19 Dental hygiene examinations November 15-21 November 20-26 Thanksgiving recess November 22-24 November 27-29

Last day of classes November 30 November 26

Examinations December 1, 4-6 December 2-5 Term ends Decembers December 5

Extended lab week ends (physician assistant program) December 13 December 12 Physical therapy seniors quarter ends December 14 TBA

Extended clinical practice ends (nuclear medicine and diagnostic December 15 December 13 medical sonography) 1 S 6

School of Allied Health Sciences

Winter Quarter 1995-1996 1996-1997

New radiologic technology student register Decembers TBA New radiologic technology classes begin December 6 TBA Dental hygiene registration November 21 & 27 November 26 & December 2 Dental hygiene classes begin November 27 December 2 Dental hygiene Christmas holidays December 16- December 19- January 2 January 5 Registration January 3 January 3

Exemption examinations given at MCG for U.S. and Georgia History and Constitution January 3 January 6 TD A Augusta College classes begin January 4 IdA MCG classes begin January 4 January 6

Last day for late registration and schedule changes* January 10 January 9

Last day to apply for June graduation**** January 12 January 10

Martin Luther King, Jr. holiday January 15 January 20

Dental hygiene pre-registration for spring quarter and midterm January 29 January 27

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty February 7 February 7 Regents' Test February 12 TBA

Pre-registration for spring quarter February 2-16 February 3-17

Dental hygiene last day of classes February 28 March 4 Dental hygiene examinations February 29- March 5-11 March 6

Last day of classes March 11 March 12

Examinations March 1 2-1 March 13 &14, 17 & 18 Term ends March IS March 18

Spring Quarter 1996 1997

Dental hygiene registration March 0 & 11 March 11 & 12

Dental hygiene classes begin March 1 March 12 Registration (included RT. seniors) March 19 March 19

Exemption examinations given at MCG for U.S. and Georgia History and Constitution March 19 March 19 MCG classes begin March 20 March 20 Augusta College classes begin March 28 TBA Health information management/health information technology classes begin March 25 March 24

Last day for late registration and schedule changes* March 25 March 25

Spring vacation (for applicable programs) April 8-12 April 7-11

Dental hygiene midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty April 23 April 25

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty May 3 April 29

Last day to apply for August graduation May 3 April 29 Regents' Test May 6 TBA

Pre-registration for summer and fall quarters (includes dental hygiene) May 1-15 May 2-1 Dental hygiene last day of classes May 29 May 30 Last day of classes May 30 May 30 Dental hygiene examinations May 30-June 5 June 2-5

Examinations May 31, June 3-5 June 2-5 Examinations (graduating students-Spring 1997) June 2-4 Dental hygiene term ends Junes June 5 Term ends Junes June 5 Graduation Junes June 7 28 School of Allied Health Sciences

ounimer miarwr iQQR 1007

.limp 17 Jiinp 1fi ncy loll auui i

Exernption examinations given at MCG for U.S. and Gsorgia History and rinn^titiitinn June 17 June 16 MCG classes begin June 18 June 17 Augusta College classes begin June 19 TBA

Last day for late registration and schedule changes* June 21 June 20 Independence Day holiday July 4 July 4

Pre-registration for fall quarter July 12-26 July 14-28 Regents' Test July 22 TBA

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty July 22 July 21

Last day to apply for December graduation July 22 July 21

Last day of classes August 23 August 22 Examinations August 26-29 August 25-29 Term ends August 29 August 29

*A late fee is assessed beginning the day after the student's scheduled registration day.

**New radiologic students taking only Augusta College courses will register with ail other new AHS students.

* * ^Specific times will be sent to all new students.

* * * 'To ensure diploma is received in time for graduation. 4. Dissemination of advanced knowledge and discov- ered information through publications and other Q avenues of communication. Uchool of Purpose and Goals Allied Health Sciences —Preparation of qualified allied health practitioners; —development and implementation of competency-

based educational curricula that will meet the needs

of students;

The School of Allied Health Sciences at the Medical —provision of continuing education programs for

College of Georgia was established as an administrative allied health practitioners; entity in 1968. Prior to this date, a master of science —promotion of cooperation among the departments program in medical illustration and bachelor of science and schools of the Medical College of Georgia to in health information programs management, medical provide interdisciplinary educational programs; technology and radiography had been active; in 1967, —collaboration with people of Georgia in surveying the dental hygiene program was initiated. Since then, health-care needs and fulfilling these through allied programs in physical therapy, occupational therapy, health education programs and research; physician assistant, nuclear medicine technology, respi- —creation of public awareness for allied health practi- ratory therapy, diagnostic medical sonography and tioners and their roles in the delivery of health care; radiation therapy technology have been added. In addi- and tion, the associate of science degree is awarded in —generation and application of new knowledge for the dental hygiene, health information technology, nuclear betterment of health services. medicine technology, occupational therapy assistant, physical therapy assistant, radiation therapy technology Application Procedures and radiography. Professional certificate programs are offered in diagnostic medical sonography, nuclear Application forms with instructions for completing medicine technology, radiation therapy technology, the admission procedure may be obtained from the medical technology and flow cytometry. The master of Office of Undergraduate Admissions. health education (M.H.E.) degree program is available Early application is recommended. No application fee in dental hygiene, health information management, is required. medical technology, occupational therapy and physical therapy. In addition, a new master of science interdisci- Admission Criteria plinary degree program was approved in 1993. In 1994,

285 degrees were awarded in all areas and at all levels Departments in the School of Allied Health Sciences in allied health. use basically the same criteria for admission. Some Information pertaining to application, admission, fees departments pay particular attention to grades in spe- and expenses, loans and scholarships can be found in cific prerequisite courses; some are more concerned each department's section of this book or in the General with overall grade point average. The importance of Information section of the catalog. previous health-care experience varies from program to

program. Each department has its own philosophy as

Orientation to the weight to be assigned to each criterion. But gen-

erally, the selection criteria are as follows; Consistent with the of the purposes Medical College a. Cumulative grade point average of Georgia, the goals of the purposes and School of b. Grade point average in sciences and math Allied Health Sciences are on the belief that based an c. Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT)—verbal and math atmosphere of academic scholarship and investigation scores or American College Testing (ACT) scores results in: d. References

1 . Faculty who can be facilitators, mentors, fellow e. Personal interview

learners and role models for students; f. Knowledge of the field

2. An educational process which is responsive to vari- g. Completion of prerequisite general education course- ability in student aptitude, interest and motivation; work

3. Students who can develop the ability to make deci- Preference will be given the applicant who has

sions and become more independent in seeking demonstrated superior academic ability. The applicant

higher levels of excellence in their personal and pro- must present evidence of graduation from an accred-

fessional lives; and ited high school or its equivalent. Preference will be 30 School of Allied Health Sciences

given the applicant wlio tias emphasized high school The graduate will have developed knowledge and subjects in the sciences (mathematics, chemistry, skills in the prevention of dental disease which is the physics, biology) and the liberal arts. Students entering primary duty of the dental hygienist. Other skills devel- bachelor-degree programs who graduated from a oped during training include taking and recording medi-

Georgia high school in 1988 or later should have com- cal and dental histories, performing an oral inspection, pleted the college preparatory curriculum as set forth exposing and processing dental radiographs, removing by the University System of Georgia. Freshmen enter- deposits and stains from teeth, polishing teeth, applying associate-degree programs should have completed ing preventive agents, preparing diagnostic casts and the following minimum high school credits from an other duties that may be assigned by the dentist which accredited high school: are legal in the state of Georgia.

Units Graduates are eligible to take the National Board English 4 Dental Hygiene Examination and State Board

Mathematics (must include one unit of algebra) 2 Examinations for Dental Hygiene.

Science (general biology, chemistry, physics) 2 Additional clinical experiences are afforded baccalau-

Social studies (one unit of American history) 4 reate-degree students in a variety of clinical settings

Other academic units 2 during the second year of the program.

Unrestrictive electives 2 High school-level test of General Education Develop- Accreditation ment will be accepted.

The program in dental hygiene is accredited by the Non-academic Exclusion Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association.

Any student may be denied permission to continue enrollment in the School of Allied Health Sciences if, in Admission Requirements the opinion of the faculty, the student's knowledge, character, or mental or physical fitness cast grave Associate of Science Degree Dental Hygiene doubts upon his potential capabilities as a practitioner Program in the field of training. 1. Applicants must have graduated from an accredited

high school or its equivalent.

2. The cumulative grade point average should be 75 or

greater.

3. Applicants must have completed one academic year

Associated Dental Sciences of high school biology or one course in college biol-

ogy with lab.

4. A strong math/science academic background, includ- General ing the study of chemistry is recommended.

5. All associate of science degree programs will accept In cooperation with the School of Dentistry, this scores on the Collegiate Placement Examination department offers programs leading to the associate of (CPE) in lieu of SAT or ACT scores. science and bachelor of science degrees in dental 6. Please note: 25 quarter credit hours in general edu- hygiene. General education courses required in the cation are contained within the associate of science curriculum are offered at Augusta College. A pilot in dental hygiene curriculum, Augusta campus. They external associate degree program in dental hygiene is must include: English 101, speech, sociology and offered in Rome, Ga., with the cooperation of Floyd college mathematics. Any or all of these courses College. may be taken at an approved accredited institution A baccalaureate program for practicing dental hygien- prior to admission into the program. ists who are graduates of an accredited dental hygiene 7. A campus visit is advised prior to admission. program is offered with emphasis on education and 8. Three letters of reference are required. advanced clinical skills. Prospective candidates should 9. Preference is given to Georgia residents. write the department chairman for further information.

Bachelor of Science Degree Dental Hygiene Objectives Program

1 . Two years of study at an accredited college of the The associate and baccalaureate degree programs in student's choice precede admission to the baccalau- dental hygiene have been designed to prepare gradu- reate program. A balanced program of studies in the ates for clinical practice under the supervision of a liberal arts and sciences is preferred. The curriculum licensed dentist. School of Allied Health Sciences 31

for the freshman and sophomore years must show a Pilot Program in Rome, Georgia

minimum of 90 quarter hours or 60 semester hours An external associate degree program in dental

of acceptable work. hygiene is offered in Rome, Ga., in cooperation with

All students must complete the core curriculum Floyd College. Information and applications for this

below prior to entering MCG. program are available through the Undergraduate

Admissions Office at the Augusta campus. Humanities Quarter Hours English (composition) 5 Application Procedures English (literature) 5 Speech 5 The Admissions Committee selects the applicants

Electives (selected from English, who seem best qualified for dental hygiene from among

foreign language, advanced speech, those who apply. Application forms are available from humanities, the arts) _5_ the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Early applica-

tion is recommended. All applications received by Aug. 1 Total ~W of the year of matriculation will be considered.

Math and Natural Sciences Quarter Hours Math 5 Estimated Fees and Expenses General chemistry with lab 5

Biology with lab 5 Matriculation and other fees common to all programs

Additional chemistry or biology with lab 5 are stated in the General Information section of the cat-

Total alog. Estimated additional expenses specific to dental hygiene are shown below. These figures are based Social Sciences v Quarter Hours upon the normal experience of our students. In some Sociology 5 cases, costs may be higher.

Political science* 5 First Year Second Year

History (preferably U.S. history)* 5 Books and supplies $ 528 $177

Electives (selected from psychology, Instruments/equipment 570 570 sociology, philosophy, communi- Uniforms 140 35

cation theory, social psychology, Liability insurance 15 15 educational psychology) 5 Other (travel, graduation, etc.) 90 60 ~20~ Total Total $1,343 $857

*These courses must satisfy the Georgia legislative Financial Aid requirements. (See Requirements for Graduation in

the section of this catalog.) General Information Refer to the General Information section of this catalog. Exemption examinations may be taken by both in-

and out-of-state students to satisfy the legislative Curriculum requirements; however, no academic credit is

given. Dental Hygiene—Associate Degree Program Augusta Campus** Courses Supportive to Major Quarter Hours

Electives (recommended courses First Year supportive to the dental hygiene major Fall Quarter Credit Hours would include additional chemistry, PHYD132 Anatomy and Physiology 6 biological sciences, nutrition, behavioral

BIO 131 Biochemistry for Dental Hygiene 1 3 sciences, computer science, foundations DH100 Pre-Clinical Dental Hygiene 6 of education and educational psychology.) 30 DH110 Introduction to Patient Care 2 Total 30 DH120 Dental Anatomy and Morphology 2

Total Quarter Hours 90 Total 19

2. The cumulative grade point average of all transfer Winter Quarter Credit Hours credit must be a minimum of 2.0 (on a 4.0 system).

BIO 1 32 Biochemistry for Dental Hygiene II 3 3. SAT or ACT scores.

DAU124 Dental Auxiliary Utilization 1 4. A campus visit is advised prior to admission.

DH101 Clinical Dental Hygiene I 5 5. Three letters of reference are required.

DH 1 1 1 Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture I 3 6. Preference Is given to Georgia residents. 32 School of Allied Health Sciences

Interpersonal Communication and DH145 *Courses taken through Augusta College. Rpha\/inr Mnrlifip^itinn DcllaVlUl IVIUUI 1 luaiiui 1 2 * *Curriculum and course descriptions for the Rome MIR IVIID 1 OU Microbiology 2 external campus program available upon request. RADD128 Dental Radiology 2

Total 18 Dental Hygiene—Baccalaureate Degree Program

Junior Year Spring Quarter Credit Hours Fall Quarter Credit Hours DH125 Dental Materials 2 PHYD 332 Anatomy and Physiology 6 DH102 Clinical Dental Hygiene II 5 BIO 331 Biochemistry for Dental Hygiene i 3 DH112 Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture II 2 DH300 Pre-Clinical Dental Hygiene 6 PATH 130 Pathology 4 DH310 Introduction to Patient Care 2 PER 160 Periodontics 1 DH 320 Dental Anatomy and Morphology 2 RADD130 Laboratory Radiology 1 Total 19 0MD131 Nutrition 2

Total 17 Winter Quarter Credit Hours

BIO 332 Biochemistry for Dental Hygiene II 3 Summer Quarter Credit Hours DAU 324 Dental Auxiliary Utilization 1

ENGIOr English Composition 1 5 DH301 Clinical Dental Hygiene 1 5 MAT 107* College Algebra 5 DH311 Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture 1 3 spcior Fundamentals of Speech 5 DH345 Interpersonal Communication and

Total 15 Behavior Modification 2 MB 330 Microbiology 2 First- Year Total 69 RADD 328 Dental Radiology 2

Second Year Total 18

Fall Quarter Credit Hours Spring Quarter Credit Hours DH200 Clinical Dental Hygiene III 7 DH302 Clinical Dental Hygiene II 5 DH211 Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture III 2 DH312 Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture II 2

DH 224 Intramural Clinic 1 1 DH 325 Dental Materials 2 DH 241 Introduction to Public Health 4 PATH 330 Pathology 4 PHM 230 Pharmacology 4 PER 360 Periodontics 1 RADD228 Radiology Technique 1 RADD 330 Laboratory Radiology 1 Total 19 OMD 331 Nutrition 2

Total 17 Winter Quarter Credit Hours

DH 201 Clinical Dental Hygiene IV 7 First-Year Total 54

DH 212 Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture IV 2 Senior Year DH 225 Intramural Clinic II 1 Fall Quarter DH 242 Public Health Field Experience 2 Credit Hours OMD 220 Oral Medicine 2 DH400 Clinical Dental Hygiene III 7 PER 261 Periodontics Seminar 2 DH411 Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture ill 2 DH441 Introduction to Public Health 4 RADD 229 Radiology Technique 1

DH465 Dental Specialty Clinic 1 1 Total 17 PHM 430 Pharmacology 4

RADD 428 Radiology Technique 1 Spring Quarter Credit Hours Total 19 DH 202 Clinical Dental V 4-6

DH213 Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture V 2 Winter Quarter Credit Hours DH214 Dental Hygiene Seminar 1 DH401 Clinical Dental Hygiene IV 7 socior Sociology 5 DH412 Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture IV 2 RADD 230 Radiology Technique 1 DH442 Public Health Field Experience Prep. 2 DH 270 Externship 4 DH466 Dental Specialty Clinic II 2 Total 15-17 OMD 420 Oral Medicine 2 Second-Year Total 51-53 PER 461 Periodontics Seminar 2

Seven-Quarter Total 120-122 RADD 429 Radiology Technique 1

Total 18 School of Allied Health Sciences m

Spring Quarter Credit Hours Academic Dismissal

DH 402 Clinical Dental Hygiene V 4-6 A. Automatic academic dismissals

DH413 Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture V 2 1 . The following conditions will result in dismissal:

DH414 Dental Hygiene Seminar 1 a. A cumulative GPA below 1 .2 at the end of the

DH 447 Public Health Seminar I 3 first quarter;

DH 467 Dental Specialty Clinic III 1 b. cumulative GPA below 1 .6 at the end of the

RADD 430 Radiology Technique 1 second quarter;

DH 470 Externship 4 c. cumulative GPA below 2.0 at the end of the third,

fourth, fifth, sixth quaters; Totai 14-16 and seventh

d. Earning 8 quarter hours of F during a single quarter Second-Year Total 51-53 the first year or earning 15 quarter hours of F Program Total 105-107 during the first year of the curriculum

e. Academic probation for three of four consecutive

quarters;

Academic Standards f. Two failures of a required course.

Refer to the General Information section of this catalog. Students dismissed under the provisions of the auto-

matic academic dismissal policy may appeal to the dean.

The dean may uphold the dismissal or reinstate the stu- Student Evaluation dent as a regular student, or a special student on an

altered curriculum, or as a student on academic probation. The Student Evaluation Committee The dean's decision is final for the School of Allied Health Academic progress of students is monitored by the Sciences. Student Evaluation Committee. At the end of each quarter, Any first-year student subject to dismissal under the and at any other time deemed appropriate by the commit- provisions of the automatic dismissal policy may petition tee, the Student Evaluation Committee reviews and evalu- the Student Evaluation Committee to repeat the first year ates each student s performance and recommends one of of the curriculum during the next regularly scheduled aca- the following to the chairman of the DADS: demic year. The Student Evaluation Committee will recom- 1 . continued enrollment as a regular student, special stu- mend to the DADS chairman whether the student should dent or student on academic probation; be allowed to repeat the first year The chairman's recom- 2. repeating of course work or a portion of the curriculum mendation will be communicated to the dean. in any deficient areas, as appropriate; or B. Other conditions for dismissal 3. dismissal.

1 . Any student on academic probation may be con-

sidered by the Student Evaluation Committee for Failing Grades dismissal. When a student fails, the course must be repeated. Students being considered for dismissal under the However, only those students who have demonstrated

provisions of Section B.1 ., above, have the right to a satisfactory attendance and academic/clinical efforts as heanng before the Student Evaluation Committee prior defined at the beginning of the course by the course direc- to a final recommendation. The dean may rescind, alter tor may repeat a course. Students may be required to or uphold the recommendation. The dean's decision is repeat an entire course, selected courses, a complete aca- final for the School of Allied Health Sciences. demic year or withdraw from the program.

Appeal of Dismissal

Special Students Any student may appeal a dismissal decision to the

Any student who, as a result of academic deficiencies, is dean of the School of Allied Health Sciences. The required to study in an altered curriculum (e.g., more dean's decision may be appealed to the president in courses, fewer courses or different courses than the stu- accordance with MCG policy (see Student Handbook). dent s class would normally be taking) will be considered a special student. All F and D grades must be Readmission repeated. Students dismissed from the Department of

Associated Dental Sciences may apply for admission to

Academic Probation the next regularly scheduled entering class by submitting the standard application for admission and follow- Any student whose GPA for any quarter is below 2.0 (on a ing normal admissions procedures. 4.0 scale) or whose cumulative MCG GPA is below 2.0 at the end of the quarter will be on academic probation subject to the provisions of the following dismissal policies. Graduation Requirements

Refer to the General Information section of this catalog. 34 School of Allied Health Sciences

Master of Health Education application by the Office of Undergraduate Admissions after completion of all procedures and departmental

The Department of Associated Dental Sciences offers review of application materials. educational programs at the graduate level to prepare dental hygienists for careers in dental hygiene educa- Financial Aid tion and administration. Upon completion of requirements, candidates are awarded the master of health Information on financial aid can be found in the education degree. For details, refer to the School of General Information section of this catalog. Graduate Studies section. The American Health Information Management Association has limited funds for loans to senior stu-

dents in this program. Additional sources of support would be scholarships from professional organizations

and financial aid, in various forms, from local hospitals Health Information in need of personnel with special expertise in health information management. Information regarding these Management loans and scholarships may be secured from the Department of Health Information Management.

Academic Promotion and Graduation General Students must make a C or better in all professional

courses to continue in either program. This department offers two undergraduate pro- Health information management students must pass grams: one leading to a bachelor of science degree in a comprehensive examination to enroll in HIM 462, health information management and one leading to an Directed Practice IV. associate of science degree in health information tech- Health information technology students must pass a nology. Graduates of both programs are eligible to comprehensive examination to be recommended for write a national examination given by the American graduation. Health Information Management Association. Upon passing the appropriate exam, the bachelor of science Non-academic Exclusion graduate is awarded the credentials R.R.A. (Registered

Record Administrator) and the associate of science A student may be denied permission to continue graduate is awarded the credentials A.R.T (Accredited enrollment in either program if in the opinion of the fac- Record Technician). The department also provides a ulty, the student's knowledge, character, mental or master's degree program. For details refer to the physical fitness cast grave doubts upon his compe- School of Graduate Studies section of this catalog. tence as a health-care professional.

Accreditation Bachelor of Science—Health Information Management Both the health information management program and the health information technology program are The health information manager is responsible for accredited by the Commission on the Accreditation of planning and managing the medical information devel- Allied Health Educational Programs (CAAHEP) in coop- oped during the diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation eration with the American Health Information of patients in all types of health-care settings. Management Association's Council on Accreditation. The academic program includes study and experience

in management techniques, medical terminology, medi-

Application Procedures cal science, systems analysis, computer applications

and techniques related specifically to medical and Application materials may be obtained from the Office health information management. of Undergraduate Admissions. No application fee is required. Objectives Early application is strongly recommended but applications will be accepted through for classes August To provide courses of study and experience which beginning in September. lead students to develop the following competencies: A personal interview on the MCG campus with faculty 1 . Planning and developing medical and health record members is required. systems appropriate for varying sizes and types of Applicants will be notified of final action on their health-care facilities, organizations and agencies. School of Allied Health Sciences 35

2. Managing clerical and technical personnel. the department chairman. This letter should be sent

3. Space planning, budgetary control, selection of at the time the application is mailed.

equipment and supplies. 2. An onsite interview, with two faculty members, which

4. Evaluating the effectiveness of departmental services. indicates a strong probability of successful comple-

5. Designing systems to assure the privacy and confi- tion of the program, is required of each candidate.

dentiality of health information. 3. Candidates must have 90 quarter hours of transfer-

6. Developing systems for information retention and able credit with an overall C average.

retrieval. 4. The 90 quarter hours must include the courses listed

7. Collecting and analyzing patient-care data. below. All students must complete the core curricu-

8. Providing administrative and clinical information lum prior to entering MCG.

for institutional management and the evaluation of

patient care. Humanities Quarter Hours

9. Assisting the development and coordination of pro- Composition 5

grams to assess the quality of care and the utiliza- Literature 5

tion of services. Speech 5

10. Developing in-service educational materials. Elective (composition or literature

11. Participating in hospital and medical staff commit- preferred) 5

tee functions. Total 20

Opportunities Mattiematics and Natural Sciences Quarter Hours

health is typically The information manager employed Mathematics (to include college algebra) 5 in a hospital as a departmental manager, having both Chemistry 5 clerical technical his/her direc- and employees under Two-course sequence in biology with lab 10 tion. Current developments in the medical v\/orld are Total 20 shifting the work environment to include extended-care facilities, governmental agencies, health insurance Social Sciences Quarter Hours companies, ambulatory care and other facilities. History (U.S. history recommended) 5 Nationally there is a demand for health information Government/Political Science 5 managers. Every geographic region, including the Electives (choose from philosophy, southeastern United States, exhibits an overall shortage psychology, sociology, economics) 10 of health information managers. Because the average- Total 20 sized hospital typically employs only two to three professional health information managers, the person Courses Supportive to HIM Quarter Hours defining his employment market narrowly cannot always Two-course sequence in anatomy and exercise his first choice in a specific hospital or city. physiology (with lab) 10 Experienced health information professionals have Accounting 5 readily available opportunities to advance to higher Electives (choose from data processing, level management and consulting positions within the accounting, management, additional health-care industry. biological or social sciences, or other

of personal choice) 15 Admission Requirements Total 30

Applicants may attend any accredited college or uni- Total Quarter Hours 90 versity for the freshman and sophomore years; however, all MCG admission requirements must be met. Curriculum

Specific Requirements for Health Information The curriculum is six quarters long and includes Management practice in hospitals in addition to the lectures and lab- 1. A minimum grade point average of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale oratory experiences which take place on the MCG and a combined score of 750 on the original campus. Scholastic Aptitude Test, or its equivalent ACT or SAT The curriculum which follows is representative of the recentered score.are required. Students having a GPA course distribution. Because professional needs are or SAT score less than the required minimum who changing with new developments in health-care deliv- believe there are extenuating circumstances which ery, the curriculum is constantly under evaluation for should be considered may submit a letter of appeal to revision. The departmental faculty reserves the right to 36 School of Allied Health Sciences

make adjustments in the curriculum as necessary to HIM 453 Management Lab assure the development of required competencies. HIM 462 Directed Practice IV

Total 15 Junior Year Senior Year Total Credit Hours 46 Fall Quarter Credit Hours HIM 301 Medical Terminology 3 *See course description under Non-departmental HIM 310 Theory of Health Information Courses. Management I 4 HIM 328 Health Information Systems Applications 4 Estimated Additional Expenses Specific to Health HIM 350 Management I 4 Information Management

HIM 360 Directed Practice I . 2 These figures are based on the normal experience of Total 17 our students. In some cases, costs may be higher. Junior Year Senior Year Winter Quarter Credit Hours Books and supplies $ 800 $400 HIM 315 Coding! 3 Lab coats 50 0

HIM 330 Health Information Systems I 3 Professional insurance 15 15 HIM 351 Management II 5 Other (travel, graduation, HIM 361 Directed Practice II 2 etc.) 0 310*

HIM 401 Fundamentals of Medical Science I 5 Post Graduation Registry HIM 422 Legal Concepts for the Health Field 3_ Exam fee — 140 Total 21 Total 865 $865

Spring Quarter Credit Hours *During the spring quarter of the senior year, students HIM 312 Theory of Health Information leave the Augusta area for a six-week administrative Management III 3 affiliation. Living expenses and travel costs incurred HIM 316 Coding II 3 during affiliation are the responsibility of the student. HIM 332 Health Information Systems II 3 These costs vary according to location. (Matriculation HIM 352 Management III 4 and other fees and expenses are listed in the General HIM 402 Fundamentals of Medical Science II 5 Information section of this catalog.) Total 18

Junior Year Total Credit Hours 56 Associate of Science—Health Information Technology Senior Year The health information technician analyzes and evalu- Fall Quarter Credit Hours ates highly sensitive data in health records; compiles HIM 41 5 Theory of Health Information various types of administrative and health statistics; Management IV 5 supervises the release of health information; maintains

HIM 430 Research Design and Methodology I 5 and utilizes a variety of manual and/or automated stor- AHS 380* Health-Care Seminar 4 age and retrieval systems; and supervises the day-to- Total 14 day operations in a medical record department.

The academic program includes detailed instruction Winter Quarter Credit Hours in medical, administrative, ethical, legal, accreditation HIM 417 Theory of Health Information and regulatory requirements for health-care delivery Management VI 4 systems.

HIM 431 Research Design and Methodology II 5

HIM 494 Health Information Systems 1 1 5 Objectives AHS 425* Budgeting and Finance for

Health Care 3 To provide courses of study and experience which

Total 17 lead students to develop the following competencies:

1. Supervising day-to-day operations of a medical HIM (Optional 499 Honors Course) (max. 5) record department, within the confines of existing

policies. Spring Quarter Credit Hours 2. Collecting and analyzing patient-care data for quality HIM 425 Seminar 3 assurance. School of Allied Health Sciences 37

3. Performing concurrent medical record review activities. 4. The 45 quarter hours must include the courses listed

4. Coding and sequencing diagnoses and operative pro- below.

cedures for reimbursement as well as future medi-

cal care. Area I Humanities Quarter Hours

5. Responding to requests for health information, Composition 5

within the confines of existing policies. Speech 5

6. Writing and/or revising job descriptions. Total 10 7. Storing and retrieving data from computerized health

information systems. Area II Mattiematics and Natural Sciences 8. Monitoring accuracy of quantitative analysis of Quarter Hours

health records. Math (to include college algebra) 5

9. existing or filing Maintaining manual automated sys- Two-course sequence in anatomy and

tems for active and inactive primary records. physiology (with lab) 10 10. Abstracting data from health records for statistical Total 15 purposes, research, special studies and educational programs. Area III Social Sciences Quarter Hours

History (U.S. history recommended) 5 Opportunities Government/Political Science 5

Total 10 Opportunities in health information technology are excellent at present and the future outlook is also excel- Area IV Electives Quarter Hours lent. Health information technicians are employed by Electives (choose from data processing, hospitals, clinics, medical research centers, health accounting, management and additional agencies, local and state health departments and medi- biological or social sciences) 10 cal departments of insurance companies. Total There is a national shortage of health information 10 technicians. Every geographic region, including the Total Quarter Hours 45 Southeast United States, exhibits an overall shortage of medical record technicians. Experienced health infor- Curriculum mation professionals have readily available opportunities to advance to higher level management and con- The curriculum is four quarters long and represents sulting positions within the medical and health-care the professional tract. This experience includes, but is industry. not limited to, laboratory and clinical experience at local

health-care facilities.

Admission Requirements The curriculum which follows is representative of the

course distribution. Because professional needs are Applicants may attend any accredited college or uni- changing with new developments in health-care deliv- versity for the freshman year; however, all MCG admis- ery, the curriculum is constantly under evaluation for sion requirements must be met. revision. The departmental faculty reserves the right to

make adjustments in the curriculum as necessary to Specific Requirements for Health Information assure the development of required competencies. Technology

1 . A minimum grade point average of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale Sophomore Year and a combined score of 750 on the original Fall Quarter Credit Hours Scholastic Aptitude Test, or its equivalent ACT or HIT 201 Medical Terminology 3 SAT recentered score, are required. Students having HIT 210 Theory of Health Information a CPA or SAT score less than the required minimum Technology I 4 who believe there are extenuating circumstances to HIT 228 Health Information Systems be considered may submit a letter of appeal to the Applications 4 department chairman. This letter should be sent at HIT 250 Management 4 the time the application is mailed. HIT 260 Directed Practice I 2 2. An onsite interview, with two faculty members, which Total 17 indicates a strong probability of successful comple-

tion of the program, is required of each candidate. Winter Quarter Credit Hours 3. Candidates must have 45 quarter hours of transfer-

HIT 215 Coding I 3 able credit with an overall C average. HIT 222 Legal Concepts for the Health Field 3 38 School of Allied Health Sciences

HIT 230 Health Information Systems I 3 have a love of art and science as well. The curriculum pro-

HIT 240 Fundamentals of Medical Science I 5 vides instruction in basic medical sciences, advanced art

HIT 251 Management II 5 skills, visual problem-solving and production of instruc-

Total 19 tional visuals for the major communication media.

The medical illustration program is under the School

Spring Quarter Credit Hours of Graduate Studies and offers a master of science

HIT 21 2 Theory of Health Information degree in medical illustration. Please check the Graduate Studies section for detailed information Technology III 3 and course descriptions. HIT 216 Coding II 3

HIT 241 Fundamentals of Medical Science II 5

HIT 252 Management III 4 Total 15 Medical Technology

Summer Quarter Credit Hours

HIT 213 Theory of Health Information Medical technologists' primary responsibilities are to Technology IV 5 help diagnose and treat disease by reliable performance HIT 245 Laboratory/Transcription Supervision 5 and interpretation of clinical laboratory tests. Their

HIT 261 Directed Practice II 2 skills involve the complex analysis of blood or other AHS 280* Health Care Seminar 2_ patient specimens, problem identification and solution 14 Total and confirmation of results. They also establish and monitor quality-control programs and may design and Sophomore Year Total Credit Hours 65 modify procedures.

Basic knowledge of test procedures for blood bank- Estimated Additional Expenses Specific to ing, chemistry, hematology, immunology and microbi- Health Information Technology ology is required. Medical technologists also have

administrative and educational duties. They must have These figures are based on the normal experience of the capability and resourcefulness to assume responsi- our students. In some cases, costs may be higher. bility and accountability for accurate results and to Sophomore Year supervise and educate others. In any case, the technol- Books and supplies $1,000 ogist must have a knowledge of both normal and dis- Lab coats 50 ease states and recognize interdependency of tests to Professional insurance 15 evaluate a patient's test results. Other (graduation, instruments, etc.) 60 Numerous and varied opportunities for employment Post Graduation Registry Exam fee 140 exist. Medical laboratories range from those that are Total $ 1,265 large, highly complex, high-volume, automated and

computerized to small, compact settings using a larger (Matriculation and other fees and expenses are listed in proportion of manual tests. Technologists also find work the General Information section of this catalog.) in industry, sales, consulting, research and education.

Objectives Medical Illustration The primary objectives of the Department of Medical

Technology are to help students achieve entry-level

competency in the profession, to provide appropriate Medical illustrators are highly trained specialized artists educational experiences and to help meet the man- who create visuals which communicate complex scien- power needs of the profession. tific ideas and make them understandable. Their work is A graduated educational experience allows the stu- seen in a variety of media including print publications, dent to gain increasing confidence and competence in slides, computer graphics, TV and film, exhibits, three- the variety of subjects which are to be mastered. dimensional models and prosthetic devices. Medical illus- Several curriculum options are available to students trators must not only be able to create extremely realistic who are at different levels of experience or education. drawings, but at times depict concepts and relationships These are a two-year program that begins in the junior that even the camera cannot see—thereby graphically year (2+2 program), a program for associate-degree clarifying information for the learner. laboratory professionals (MLT articulation) and a post- Because the medical illustrator relies on his understand- baccalaureate one-year program for science majors ing of anatomical and medical subject matter, he must 05

School of Allied Health Sciences 39

(4+1 ). Each of these options qualifies the graduate for Mathematics and Natural Sciences Quarter Hours national certification examinations. Curriculum content Math: college algebra or above 5

is continually reviewed and revised to reflect state-of- General inorganic chemistry with lab 1

the-art technology and knovi/ledge in the field. Elective (choose from chemistry, computer

science, mathematics, physics, statistics ) 5

Accreditation Total 20

The MCG curriculum in medical technology is accred- Social Sciences Quarter Hours ' ited the Committee on Allied Health Education and by History of the United States 5 Accreditation of the American Medical Association in Political science (government) 5 collaboration with the National Accrediting Agency for Electives (choose from anthropology, history, Clinical (NAACLS). Laboratory Sciences geography, social science, psychology) 10

Total 20 Admission Requirements

Courses Supportive to Major Quarter Hours There are three types of admission requirements Biology (must include five to 10 hours of depending on the type of curriculum to be followed. anatomy and/or physiology) 1 Applicants may be: (1) freshman or sophomore college Microbiology 5 • students applying for junior-year transfer into the 2+2 Organic chemistry 5 curriculum; (2) certified medical laboratory technicians Computer science 5 (MLTs); (3) science majors with baccalaureate degrees Total 30 for the one-year (4+1 ) bachelor's degree or certificate program. Total Quarter Hours 90

Factors considered in selection of applicants in the

first three categories above include academic achieve- 2. Associate degree MLT or CLT articulation applicants

ment, SAT scores or other placement exam scores, rec- (deadline April 1):

ommendations and evaluation of a personal interview. Applicants must be certified by a nationally recog- The minimum acceptable math science grade point nized agency.

average depends on the program (see following infor- Prerequisites as listed in A. and B. above are the

mation). Preference will be given to applicants who same as those for the 2+2 transfer students. All stu-

have demonstrated superior ability in all academic dents complete the last four quarters of the senior

areas. Faculty reserve the right to reject applicants who, year.

based on supporting data, show questionable potential 3. Post-baccalaureate one-year (4+1) applicants (dead- for the profession. line Feb. 1):

All bachelor's degree program applicants must satisfy Applicants must have a degree in biology, chem-

the U.S. and Georgia history and constitution require- istry, microbiology or a related science field. This

ments by course work or examination. All science pre- must include 24 quarter hours of biological science

requisite courses must be acceptable toward a science that includes immunology and microbiology: 20 quar-

major. Pass/fail courses, survey courses or courses with ter hours of chemistry that includes biochemistry; and

D or F grades will not be accepted as prerequisites. A five quarter hours of mathematics, A math science

math, organic chemistry and microbiology course must grade point average of 2.75 is required. Other prereq-

have been taken within the last seven years. Other uisites depend upon whether the applicant chooses

requirements are: the certificate or baccalaureate degree option. Degree

1 . 2+2 transfer applicants (deadline April 1 ): option candidates must meet all the core require-

All bachelor's degree candidates must complete the ments as described in A. and B. above for the 2+2 core curriculum prior to entering MCG. The mini- students. 4+1 students begin summer quarter and

mum acceptable math science grade point average complete a four-quarter senior year. This highly

IS 2.5 (scale of 4.0). competitive program has limited space. Humanities Quarter Hours Composition 5 Application Procedures Literature 5

Electives (choose from English, humanities, Application forms with instructions may be obtained

literature, religion, art, philosophy, foreign from the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Deadline

language, speech, music) 10 for applications is April 1. Applications submitted after

Total 20 that date will be considered on a space-available basis

until Aug. 1 for fall admission. 40 School of Allied Health Sciences

Estimated Fees and Expenses Specific to Wmter Quarter Credit Hours Medical Technology MTC 370 Microbiology Laboratory 2 MTC 375 Basic Immunology 5

These figures are based upon the normal experience MTC 383 Introductory Hematology and Body of our 2+2 transfer students. In some cases, costs may Fluids 4 be higher. MTC 384 Hematology and Body Fluids

First Year Second Year Laboratory 4 Books and supplies* $ 659 $82

Uniforms, lab coats** 48 48 Spring Quarter Credit Hours Other (memberships, MTC 348 Medical Mycology 3 graduation, etc.)*** 90 243_ MTC 349 Medical Parasitology 3 MTC 364 Lab and Quality Total $797 $373 Math Control 3 MTC 492 Case Presentation 2

: . MTC 493 Immunology , 2 *Matriculation and other fees are stated in the '2 Ethics General Information section of this catalog. AHS310

**Lab coats are to be worn in the student laboratories Miscellaneous Courses Credit Hours at all times. During clinical practicum—senior Education year—female students are required to wear white MTC 309 1

uniforms and white shoes; male students are MTC 385 Body Fluids 2

required to wear shirts with tie, trousers, and short

white lab coats. Senior Year, Two-Year Curriculum

***Student membership in national and state profes- Summer—Fall Quarter Credit Hours

sional organizations encouraged but not required. MTC 440 Clinical Chemistry II 5 MTC 447 Diagnostic Microbiology Laboratory 4 Financial Aid MTC 448 Diagnostic Microbiology 5 MTC 472 Immunohematology Related to Refer to General Information section of this catalog. Transfusion Service 9

• MTC 466 Clinical Chemistry I 5

Curriculum MTC 481 Clinical Hematology II 9

There are three possible curriculum tracks: (1) a two- Winter—Spring Quarter Credit Hours year bachelor of science degree program (2+2) for stu- MTC 442 Clinical Practicum Chemistry 8 dents transferring in from other undergraduate institutions; MTC 449 Clinical Practicum Microbiology 8 (2) a one-year bachelor of science degree articulation pro- MTC 473 Clinical Practicum Blood Bank 8 gram for MLT or CLT certified laboratory technicians (MLT MTC 482 Clinical Practicum Hematology 8 articulation); and (3) a one-year post-bachelor's degree MTC 475 Clinical Practicum Immunology 8 program leading to either a bachelor of science degree or a certificate of completion in medical technology. Winter Quarter Credit Hours Descriptions of these programs are given below.

MTC 430 Management, Unit I 1 Classroom and laboratory experiences are provided on the MCG campus or through distance learning. Spring Quarter Credit Hours Clinical experiences are planned at hospitals throughout

MTC 431 Management, Unit II 1 the state. Students obtain a broad base of experience in a variety of practical settings. Miscellaneous Course Qfferings

Two-year curriculum, 2+2 transfer students. MTC 493 Directed Individual Study-— Variable The two-year bachelor of science program covers the Immunology junior and senior years. The seven-quarter course of MTC 494 Directed Individual Study Variable study begins fall quarter. MTC 495 Directed Individual Study- Blood Bank Variable Junior Year MTC 496 Directed Individual Study- Fall Quarter Credit Hours Chemistry Variable CMB 345* Biochemistry 5 MTC 497 Directed Individual Study- HIS 303** Medical Terminology 2 Hematology Variable MTC 307 Introduction to Medical Technology 2 MTC 498 Directed Individual Study- AHS400 Education 3 Microbiology Variable AHS 405 Management 3 School of Allied Health Sciences 41

MTC 499 Directed Individual Study- Admission to Senior Standing Instrumentation Variable

MTC 432 Management/Education Topics 1 Students must satisfy the prerequisite requirements

of the essentials of the National Accrediting Agency for MLT Articulation Clinical Laboratory Sciences before admission to senior

National certification by agencies recognized by the standing. These requirements are incorporated into the state of Georgia; 45 quarter hours of professional credit department's prerequisites and junior courses.

may be awarded for certification to registered technicians, thereby providing advanced placement in the Academic Promotion and Graduation program. Applicants who are recently registry-eligible may be admitted contingent upon certification. MLT Refer to the General Information section for further

Artcilulation students enter as seniors. policies and procedures concerning academic proba-

tion and academic suspension.

One-year post-baccalaureate (4+1) Promotion from one year to the next in the program Students begin summer quarter and take senior depends on satisfactory completion of each year's work. classes with the other students. Additional course work Promotions are considered on the basis of recommendation by individual instructors or departmental evalua- is also added to this curriculum; therefore course num- tions, and on the student's total record. bers differ from the 2+2 course numbers. Students must earn a C or better in each course,

unless otherwise indicated, to continue in the program. Summer Quarter Credit Hours The faculty determines the methods of evaluation, MTC 447 Diagnostic Microbiology Laboratory 4 and evaluates each student individually in compliance MTC 448 Diagnostic Microbiology 5 with MCG and departmental guidelines. Major area MTC 450 Microbiology 1 examinations are required at the end of the fourth year. MTC 470 Immunohematology/lmmunology 10 The student must pass major area examinations prior MTC 311 Venipuncture Practice 1 to graduation.

Fall Quarter Credit Hours Master of Health Education and Master of MTC 440 Clinical Chemistry II 5 Science MTC 485 Hematology/Fluid Analysis 11

MTC 312 Venipuncture Theory 1 The Department of Medical Technology provides an

Clinical I MTC 466 Chemistry 5 educational program offering courses at the graduate

level to prepare participants for careers in more highly Winter—Spring Quarter Credit Hours skilled clinical practice, teaching, and administration. MTC 442 Clinical Practicum Chemistry 8 Upon completion of requirements, candidates are MTC 449 Clinical Practicum Microbiology 8 awarded the degree of master of health education or MTC 473 Clinical Practicum Blood Bank 8 master of science. (For details refer to School of MTC 475 Clinical Practicum Immunology 8 Graduate Studies section of this catalog.) MTC 482 Clinical Practicum Hematology 8

Flow Cytometry Winter Quarter Credit Hours

MTC 430 Management I 1 Program Objectives

The primary objectives of the flow cytometry program Spring Quarter Credit Hours are to prepare medical technologists to operate flow

MTC 431 Management II 1 cytometers in general hospital laboratories, transplanta-

tion programs, genetics studies, cancer and HIV *School of Medicine course descriptions research and industry. Graduates of the flow cytometry **See Health Information Management course certificate program may look forward to advancement to descriptions administrative, management, and educational positions,

depending upon capability and experience. Special Distance-Learning Courses Credit Hours Opportunities are available for graduate education in 471 MTC Immunology/lmmunohematology 6 immunology, microbiology, biochemistry and manage- Lecture ment categories. MTC 483 Hematology Lecture 6 Program Description

Flow cytometry is a new health laboratory profession

that uses instrumentation and data analysis for 42 School o1 Allied Health Sciences

research and clinical applications. Flow cytometry pleted a bachelor's degree in medical technology and

instruments are used to detect cancer cells; perform who have national certification such as MT (ASCP) or

compatibility testing for transplant screening; monitor CLS (NCA) or who are eligible to take national certifica-

AIDS patients; perform AIDS research; isolate chromo- tion exams. The graduate will receive a certificate of

somes; and do a wide variety of genetic tests and cell completion of the flow cytometry program.

marker classification. Flow cytometry operators are Students are accepted for admission fall and spring

responsible for equipment calibration, operation and quarter on a space-available basis. Classroom and labo-

maintenance, sample preparation, data analysis and ratory experiences are included to ensure the graduate is

clinical interpretation. well-prepared to succeed as a flow cytometry operator.

' Admission Requirements Fall Quarter ' Credit Hours

Admissions decisions are based upon grade point MTC 477 Introductory Flow Cytometry 2

average, personal interviews, recommendations and MTC 487 Introduction to Flow Cytometry assessment of the applicant's motivation and personal Lab 7

qualities needed for successful completion of the pro- MTC 467 Lab Conference I ^__ In general, applicants should gram. meet minimum Total 10 GPAs, but work experience will also be considered. All applicants hold bachelor's in must a degree medical Winter Quarter Credit Hours technology and have national certification in medical MTC 478 Intermediate Flow Cytometry 1 technology, either MT (ASCP) or CLS (NCA), or be eli- MTC 488 Intermediate Flow Cytometry Lab 8 gible to take these exams. Work experience in MTC 468 Lab Conference II immunology or hematology is desired but not required. Total 10

Application Procedures Spring Quarter Credit Hours Application forms may be obtained from the Office of MTC 479 Advanced Flow Cytometry 1 Undergraduate Admissions, l\/ledical College of MTC 489 Advanced Flow Cytometry Lab 8 Georgia, Augusta, Georgia 30912. For the best chance MTC 469 Lab Conference III of acceptance, application should be made at least six Total 10 months before the quarter one wishes to enter. Earlier application is strongly advised. Academic Standards Applicants may enter fall quarter. Refer to the General Information section of the

catalog. Estimated Expenses Specific to Flow Cytometry These figures are based upon the normal experience Certificate Requirements of our students. In some cases, costs may be higher. The faculty of the flow cytometry program makes rec-

ommendations for awarding the certificate based on a Books/supplies $430 student's ability to develop qualities considered essen- Uniforms/lab coat 44 tial for the profession Other (field trips, exam fees) 1 35

Totals $ 609 Occupational Therapy Matriculation and other fees are in the General

Information section of this catalog. General Financial Aid

Financial aid and other assistance is available. The Occupational therapy is a health profession which

Medical College of Georgia participates in all federal contributes to the physical and emotional independence student aid well private pro- programs as as state and and well-being of an individual through the use of grams. The goal of the institution is to help students selected activities. The focus of occupational therapy is secure necessary funds for their education MCG meaningful involvement in problem-solving tasks and through grants or scholarships, loans, a service com- productive performance to promote and maintain or mitment program employment. health, evaluate behavior, diminish dysfunction and

pathology, and enhance the capacity to function with

Curriculum satisfaction to self and others. The Medical College of Georgia offers the certificate The frame of reference of occupational therapy is in flow for program cytometry those who have com- derived from the biological and behavioral sciences School of Allied Health Sciences m

with particular emphasis on those aspects related to Research

man's acquisition and integration of behavior necessary The department is committed to generating and

for self-care, productivity and social development. applying new knowledge in its educational and service

programs. It fosters an atmosphere supportive of col-

laborative research relationships which variety of Objectives use a methods. Communication of knowledge regarding edu-

cation and the profession is facilitated through publica- In agreement with the mission of the Medical College tions presentations. of Goergia, the Department of Occupational Therapy and

provides health education and training, participates in

the generation and application of research, provides Seryice

health-care services and collaborates with organizations The department faculty provides service to the com-

which influence health care education and delivery. munity and to professional organizations. These services include providing direct or consultative services and Education active participation in local, state and national profes-

The Department of Occupational Therapy provides sional organizations. The goal of these services is to the effectiveness of multiple to educational programs at the technical, professional and demonstrate approaches identifying well to post-professional levels. The programs emphasize pur- and resolving problems, as as demonstrate responsible action accommodating and poseful activity, the concept of adaptation in diverse toward

populations and the development of the values and Influencing the changing systems of health-care delivery.

ethics of the profession. The technical program prepares occupational therapy Opportunities

assistants to work in community and institutional set-

tings which provide direct services to individuals with The registered occupational therapist works in health centers, special schools, public limitations In occupational performance. They are pre- neighborhood health and other agencies, nursing homes, pared to perform all tasks in the current entry-level role community

delineation of the American Occupational Therapy general and special hospitals, clinics and rehabilitation

Association, with special emphasis on tasks preparing centers as well as in private practice and in colleges universities. them to practice In Georgia. and The professional program prepares occupational There is an acute shortage of registered occupational

therapists. of positions at all levels are wait- therapists to practice as generalists in community and Thousands

institutional settings. They can perform the services ing to be filled and new positions are being created. in of the included in the current entry-level role delineation of Occupational therapy assistants work many the American Occupational Therapy Association. The same settings as occupational therapists, but employ-

department's philosophical approach to education and ment opportunities are particularly prevalent In nursing

occupational therapy enables graduates to describe the homes, mental retardation and mental health facilities.

theory and apply the techniques and skills of the pro- Public school systems, rehabilitation centers and hospitals are also seeking occupational therapy assistants. fession in any environment; to interact with others in a manner which promotes collaboration and cooperation; The need for qualified occupational therapy assis-

and to be self-directed In increasing their knowledge tants exists throughout Georgia and the neighboring

and skills to keep abreast of a dynamic profession. states.

They are encouraged to maintain a critical attitude

toward the theory and application of the knowledge of Accreditation

the profession and to participate in the development of

this knowledge. The professional curriculum in occupational therapy

The post-professional programs emphasize the at MCG is accredited by the Accreditation Council for

preparation of occupational therapists to assume the Occupational Therapy Education.

of is roles of educator master clinician and researcher in A bachelor science degree awarded upon suc-

academic or clinical settings. Students acquire knowl- cessful completion of the curriculum and fulfillment of

edge of the theories of occupational therapy and those the requirements of fieldwork.

theories related to their interest area, and develop The associate of science degree program for the

research skills. preparation of occupational therapy assistants is

The department also provides continuing education accredited by the Accreditation Council for

opportunities for therapists to maintain and update Occupational Therapy Education.

their knowledge of the profession needed for the roles Graduates are recommended to sit for the national

of clinician, researcher and educator certification examinations administered by the American Occupational Therapy Certification Board. .

44 School of Allied Health Sciences

Graduates are eligible to apply for licensure which is the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. required in Georgia and some other states. CPR certification and completion of a first aid course

are required prior to enrollment in the occupational therapy assistant program. Occupational Therapy Assistant Program

Application Procedures Admission Requirements Applications should be submitted between Jan. 1 and Applicants may attend any accredited college or uni- April 1 of the year of anticipated enrollment. Early appli- versity for the freshman year; however all requirements cation is recommended. No application fee is required. of the Medical College of Georgia must be met. To be 1. Application forms with instructions and "Tips for considered for admission to the program the applicant Prospective OT Students" may be obtained from the must meet the minimum requirements of a 2.3 grade Office of Undergraduate Admissions point average and a minimum score of 400 math and 2. Applications must be filed no later than April 1 of the 400 verbal on the original Scholastic Aptitude Test or year in which one is applying for admission. its equivalent on another standardized test or recen- Application packet must be complete by June 1 tered SAT. Preference is given to residents of Georgia 3. Applicants must have completed or submitted a plan and to those applicants with demonstrated superior to complete all prerequisites before initial enrollment. academic ability. 4. A self-report of grades should be sent at the end of Prospective applicants are encouraged to contact the each quarter as completed. Office of Undergraduate Admissions early in their aca- 5. A minimum grade of C (on a 4.0 system) must be demic careers to ensure completing the necessary pre- made in each of the prerequisite courses. Class size requisites. It is strongly suggested that applicants is limited and not all applicants who meet minimum obtain some knowledge of the field of occupational requirements may be selected. Selection of appli- therapy through practical experience before applying. cants begins in May of each year. All students must complete the core curriculum below, 6. The Department of Occupational Therapy hosts an receive CPR certification and complete a first aid open house each summer for accepted students and course prior to enrollment in the program. Accepted select alternates. Attendance is recommended but students are admitted to the program at the beginning not required. of each fall quarter.

Prerequisite Courses Estimated Additional Expenses Specific to Area l-Humanities Quarter Hours Occupational Therapy Assistant

Composition 5 These figures are based on the normal experience of Literature 5 our students. In some cases, costs may be higher.

Total 10 Travel expenses may be as much as $1 ,500 higher or

more, depending on the number and location of clinical Area ii-Matliematics and placements. Natural Sciences Quarter Hours Algebra or other math 5 Books and supplies $429 Anatomy and physiology (sequence) 10 Uniforms 48

Total 15 Professional liability insurance 15 Other (travel, graduation, etc.) 500

Area Ill-Social sciences Quarter Hours Total $ 992 History 5 American government* 5 Curriculum Sociology 5 At MCG, occupational therapy assistant education

Psychology 5 involves a three-quarter course of study after comple-

accredited college or uni- Total 20 tion of one year of study at an versity of the student's choice. The MCG curriculum Total Hours 45 covers the sophomore year. Occupational therapy

assistant classroom, laboratory and clinical experiences *^ political science course including American are included. Government is acceptable. The entry-level occupational therapy assistant will be

able to: A minimum grade point average of 2.3 in the prereq- 1 . Perform and analyze daily living skills and activities uisite course of study is required. For further informa- related to self-care, work, play and leisure. tion contact the Department of Occupational Therapy or 2. Help assess patient's/client's occupational perfor- School of Allied Health Sciences 45

mance capacities and limitations. course prior to enrollment in the program.

3. Help plan and provide occupational ttierapy services. All students must complete the core curriculum

4. Plan and provide activities to improve functional below prior to entering MCG.

performance, prevent disability and promote healttiy Prerequisite Courses environments in long-term care settings. Humanities Quarter Hours 5. Provide activities to promote normal growtti and Composition 5 development. Literature 5 6. Teach patients/clients adapted mettiods for self- Electives (e.g., speech, foreign language, care, work and leisure activities so ttiey can cope m art, music, drama, philosophy, religion, the community. or additional English courses) 10 7. Communicate and interact effectively with Total 20 patients/clients, health care professionals and the community. IVIatfiematics and Natural Sciences Quarter Hours 8. Participate in a supervisory relationship as indicated Biology sequence with lab 10 by the requirements of the setting. General chemistry with lab 5 9. Provide support services for the maintenance, rou- Mathematics 5 tine management and evaluation of the occupational Total 20 therapy department.

10. Demonstrate attitudes and behavior congruent with Social Sciences Quarter Hours the values of the profession. History 5 American government* 5 Required Courses General psychology 5 OTA 225 Occupational Therapy Assistant Practice Introductory sociology 5 OTA 230 Developmental Tasks Total 20 OTA 235 Practice Skills for Physical Disabilities * A political science course including American OTA 236 Practice Skills for Pediatrics Government is acceptable. OTA 237 Practice Skills for Psychosocial Dysfunction Courses Supportive to Occupational OTA 240 Treatment Methods Therapy Quarter Hours OTA 250- Fieldwork Experience Physics (or physical science which 251-252 (12 weeks full-time) includes physics) 5

Abnormal psychology (or equivalent) 5 Advanced sociology 5

Occupational Therapist Program Electives (in order of preference: anatomy and physiology, Admission Requirements statistics or additional humanities or Applicants may attend any accredited college or uni- science courses) 15 versity for the freshman and sophomore years; however, Total 30 all requirements of the Medical College must be met.

To be considered for admission to the program the Total Quarter Hours 90 applicant must meet the minimum requirements of a

2.5 overall grade point average, a 2.5 math/science CPR certification and completion of a first-aid course grade point of average and a minimum score 400 math are required prior to enrollment in the occupational and 400 verbal on the original Scholastic Aptitude Test therapy program. or Its equivalent on another standardized test or recen- Interested applicants should contact the Office of tered SAT Preference is to of given residents Georgia Undergraduate Admissions as early in their academic and to those applicants witti demonstrated superior program as possible. academic ability. Prospective applicants are encouraged to contact the Application Procedures Office of Undergraduate Admissions early in their aca- Applications should be submitted between Oct. 1 and demic careers to ensure completing the necessary pre- March 1 of the year of anticipated enrollment. Early requisites. It is strongly that applicants suggested application is recommended. obtain some knowledge of the field of occupational 1 . Applications forms with instructions and "Tips for therapy through practical experience before applying. Prospective OT Students" may be obtained from the

All students must complete the core curriculum below, Office of Undergraduate Admissions. receive CPR certification and complete a first-aid 2. Applications must be filed no later than March 1 of 46 School of Allied Health Sciences

the year in which one is applying for admission. the student derives knowledge and understanding of the

Application packet must be complete by April 1. body and its systems. The human development compo-

3. Applicants must have completed or submitted a plan nent serves to identify those aspects of most concern to

to complete all prerequisites before initial enrollment. occupational therapy and as a vehicle for analysis of

4. A self-report of grades should be sent at the endo to activities in which man engages at various ages and

each quarter as completed. stages of life. Concurrently, disease and dysfunction in

5. A minimum grade of C (on a 4.0 system) must be man are studied with the major emphasis on contempo-

made in each of the prerequisite courses. If course rary health problems and issues.

work is 10 years or olders, some math/science Laboratory, clinical, and community experiences are

course work may need to be repeated. Class size is used extensively to provide active involvement of the

limited and not all applicants who meet minimum student. Major emphases are on the social-cultural

requirements may be selected. Selection of highly milieu of the community and examination of the devel-

qualified applicants may begin as early as February opment of the individual's capacities and roles in the

of each year, but will not be completed until late May. family, school and community. The adaptation and mod-

6. The Department of Occupational Therapy hosts an ification of activities, design of adaptive equipment and

open house each summer for accepted students and devices, prosthetics and orthotics are included in labo-

select alternates. Attendance is recommended but ratory and field experiences. A minimum of eight

not required. months of full-time fieldwork experience is required.

The entry-level occupational therapist will be able to:

Estimated Additional Expenses Specific to 1. Demonstrate ability to assess individual's function in

Occupational Therapy relation to life space influence, including strengths

Students accepted into the program must be pre- and weaknesses related to occupational performance

pared to travel throughout the southeastern United and performance components.

States to complete the fieldwork requirements during 2. Provide occupational therapy services, including the senior (second) year of study. Some travel also will assessment, intervention, program planning and

be required in the Central Savannah River Area during implementation and discharge planning. the junior (first) year. These figures are based upon the 3. Provide services to promote normal growth and

normal experience of our students. In some cases, development, prevent deficits, and maintain, restore costs can be $1,000 higher or more, depending on the or enhance function. Treatment will address voli- senior year fieldwork sites. * (Financial assistant for tion/motivation and follow a continuum of adjunctive these additional expenses cannot be guaranteed methods enabling activities, purposeful activities and although every effort will be made to assist students occupational pertormance. with major financial problems.) 4. Initiate and participate in collaborative and coopera-

First Year Second Year tive interactions with others (including intra- and

(Junior) (Senior) inter-disciplinary professionals, individuals, family

Books and Supplies $ 800 $ 400 members or care givers) to achieve desired goals in Uniforms 48 48 occupational therapy and health care.

Professional Liability 5. Demonstrate the ability to manage and evaluate

Insurance 15 15 occupational therapy services including patient care, Instruments/Equipment 25 — departmental operations, documentation and the

Other (fieldwork travel supervision of COTA's aides, volunteers and stu-

graduation, etc.) 600 1,000 dents.

6. Demonstrate professional behavior which incorpo- Total $1,488 $ 1,463 rates values and attitudes congruent with the current Curriculum AOTA Code of Ettiics and Standards of Practice of the profession. The occupational therapy curriculum is designed as a 7. beginning competencies in scientific continuum of learning experiences organized to facilitate Demonstrate inquiry, research methodology and scholarly writing personal and professional growth of the student. It will contribute to the validation and develop- includes a variety of electives and the opportunity for which of occupational therapy theory practice. the student to select a specialized fieldwork setting. The ment and 8. Demonstrate the ability to identify, approach and main objective of the program is to prepare the student issues in occupational therapy and health as a clinician. pursue will profession to The curriculum has three major components: human care which contribute to the and

biology, the developmental process and interruptions to society. Participate in the promotion of occupational therapy the process, and alternatives to dysfunction. The human 9. through professional organizations, government biology component is the basic structure from which School of Allied Health Sciences 47

bodies and human service organizations. financial problems.

10. Demonstrate ability to initiate and direct one's own personal and professional growth and to provide Academic Promotion and Graduation leadership in the development of the profession. See the General Information section of this catalog

for academic probation and suspension policies. Required Courses A student who earns less than a C in any course may ANM 330-331 * Anatomy be suspended. A student suspended for academic rea- PHY 311-312* Physiology sons may reapply following standard admission proce- OTH 300 Foundations of Occupational Therapy OTH301 Human Development dures. OTH 302 Basic Principles of Occupational Therapy Non-academic Exclusion OTH303 Basic Media A student may be denied permission to continue OTH 304 Group Process in Occupational enrollment in the Department of Occupational Therapy Therapy

if, in the opinion of the faculty, the student's knowledge, OTH 305 Advanced Media character or mental or physical fitness casts grave OTH 312 Concepts of Dysfunction doubts upon potential capacities as a student or practi- OTH 321 Basic Practice Skills in Occupational tioner in the field of occupational therapy. Therapy OTH 332 Kinesiology

OTH 400 Occupational Therapy Applied to Financial Aid Psycho-social Dysfunction In addition to the sources of financial aid available to OTH 401 Psycho-social Fieldwork Experience all MCG students, some sources are available specifi- OTH 405 Occupational Therapy Applied to cally for students enrolled in occupational therapy cur- Pediatrics ricula. For information on these sources contact: OTH 41 0 Occupational Therapy Applied to Chairman, Department of Occupational Therapy, Physical Dysfunction Medical College of Georgia. OTH 41 1 Physical Dysfunction Fieldwork Experience

OTH 41 5 Occupational Therapy Applied to Master of Health Education

Geriatrics The Department of Occupational Therapy provides an OTH 435 Occupational Therapy Administration educational program at the graduate level to prepare OTH 450 Special Fieldwork Experience occupational therapists for careers as a more highly OTH 455 Research Design and Methodology skilled practitioner, clinical educator or academic edu-

cator. The applicant must have at least one year of Elective Courses experience as a practicing occupational therapist and a OTH 41 8 Occupational Therapy in the School minimum total score of 1000 on the Aptitude Test on Systems the Graduate Record examination. Upon completion of OTH 420 Occupational Therapy in a Specialized requirements candidates are awarded the degree of Setting master of health education. OTH 421 Investigation of a Problem For details refer to School of Graduate Studies sec- OTH 424 Advanced Splinting Techniques tion of this catalog. OTH 426 Physical Agent Modalities in Occupational Therapy OTH 427 Cognitive Recognition OTH 441 Research Project Physical Therapy

*See School of Medicine course description

General Special Needs

Physical therapy is one of the allied health profes- Students who are accepted must be prepared to travel sions dedicated to the rehabilitation of handicapped to facilities throughout the Southeast to complete the individuals. As a member of the health team the physi- full-time fieldwork requirements. Financial assistance cal therapist uses a variety of therapeutic measures to for these expenses cannot be guaranteed although every help the patient regain maximum function possible effort will be made to assist the students with major within the limits of his disability. The physical therapist 48 School of Allied Health Sciences

must be able to determine the extent of functional loss —Be sensitive to the needs of each individual as well and then plan and implement an appropriate therapeu- as the the changing health needs of society as a whole. tic program. In clinical settings physical therapists —Maintain a flexible attitude toward new developments function as administrators, researchers, consultants, and participate in the improvement of physical therapy and educators. The physical therapist has completed a practice. four-year program leading to a bachelor of science in physical therapy. Competencies: At the completion of this program the

The physical therapist assistant works within a physi- graduate should be able to: cal therapy service administered by a professional 1 .0 Determine the physical therapy needs of any physical therapist. The assistant functions as a physical patient referred for treatment. therapy team member who contributes to total patient 1.1 Recognize normal structure and function of care by performing routine treatment procedures in the human organism from conception to accordance with planned programs, and by helping the death. physical therapist carry out complex procedures and 1 .2 Recognize areas in which structure and programs. He also carries out designated tasks function are abnormal. required for efficient operation of the physical therapy 1 .3 Select appropriate methods to assess the service. The physical therapist assistant performs his degree of function, dysfunction or abnormality. duties under the guidance and supervision of the physi- 1 .4 Perform (modifying if necessary) and record cal therapist to whom he is directly responsible. The the results of necessary evaluative proce- physical therapist assistant is a graduate of a two-year dures to assess the function of appropriate course of study with an associate of science degree in systems including: physical therapy. —neurological;

The Department of Physical Therapy also provides —musculoskeletal; educational programs at the graduate level to prepare —cardiovascular; participants for careers in clinical and academic educa- —pulmonary; tion or clinical specialization. Upon completion of —integumentary. requirements, candidates are awarded the degree of 1 .5 Interpret the results of evaluative proce- master of health education or master of science. For dures. details refer to the School of Graduate Studies section 1 .6 Determine initially and on a continuing basis of this catalog. the nature and extent of the patient's need

Applicants should be aware that a proposal for for treatment and the potential of the patient replacing the Bachelor of Science Degree program to respond to specific forms of treatment. with a Masters in Physical Therapy degree program 2.0 Develop a plan of action to meet the individual's has been approved at the Medical College of Georgia physical therapy needs. and submitted to the Board of Regents for approval. If 2.1 Integrate scientific theory with the results of the Masters Program is approved, the Bachelor of patient evaluation to establish realistic long-

Science program will be discontinued effective Fall and short- term goals which correlate with

Quarter 1996. each other and consider economic, cultural

and social influences (within the community,

family and patient) that may affect the out-

Objectives come of the plan.

2.2 Develop viable alternatives for treatment. Physical Therapy 2.3 Select the most appropriate procedures Goal: The goal of the baccalaureate curriculum is to available in terms of clinical outcomes, cost- develop problem-solving physical therapists by provid- effectiveness and potential for achieving ing learning experiences that enable each student to long- and short-term goals. gain the knowledge and skills necessary to meet the 2.4 Reassess the plan of action in relation to the physical therapy needs of society. patient's response and modify the plan as Upon completion of the program the graduate will: necessary. —Be able to function in administrative, clinical, consul- 3.0 Implement the physical therapy plan of action tative, educational and research areas as a provider of designed to: maintain and restore strength, health-care services within the scope of the physical endurance, coordination, relaxation and range of therapy profession. motion to: —Seek out opportunities to continue the development —promote healing; of personal humanistic qualities and scientific abilities —relieve pain; while striving for excellence in personal and profes- —improve functional level. sional activities. School of Allied Health Sciences 49

3.1 Determine the type, time and intensity of nature of education in the clinical practice of

procedures to be used. physical therapy.

3.2 Determine the personnel preferred for the 7.2 Develop clear, concise and appropriate learn-

administration of each aspect of treatment. ing objectives for patient education, in-ser-

3.3 Effectively perform treatment procedures in vice and continuing education activities.

a manner appropriate to the patient's status. 7.3 Select and implement appropriate teaching

3.4 Prepare patients, treatment area and equip- methods and learning activities to accom-

ment in a manner that assures the patient's plish stated objectives for a given situation.

dignity, safety, privacy and treatment effi- 7.4 Evaluate the effectiveness of learning exper-

ciency. ences.

4.0 Communicate appropriately and effectively with 8.0 Apply the basic principles of statistics and

patients and families, colleagues and the public. research methodology within the practice of phys-

4.1 Consistently use effective written, oral and ical therapy.

non-verbal communication skills. 8.1 Critically analyze new concepts and findings

4.2 Provide psycho-social support for patients provided by others.

and their families. 8.2 Use the scientific method to resolve simple

4.3 Function as an effective member of the problems related to the practice of physical

health-care team or other working group. therapy.

4.4 Recognize and respect individual, cultural, 8.3 Accept the value of research in physical therapy.

socioeconomic and religious differences in 9.0 Contribute to the quality of health of the commu-

people. nity and to improvement of the effectiveness of

4.5 Recognize and understand one's own per- the health care system of the community.

sonal reaction to illness and disability. 9.1 Recognize and respond appropriately to the

4.6 Recognize and respond appropriately to the problems and issues within physical therapy

frustrations, anxieties and other stresses and the health-care system of the community.

patients and families may experience as well 9.2 Effectively participate in the community in a

as the mechanisms they employ to cope with manner that reflects an acceptance of the

those stresses. role of the physical therapist in the health-

5.0 Adhere to safe, ethical and legal practice. care system.

5.1 Recognize and understand one's own limita- 9.3 Participate in and appreciate the function of

tions in the practice of physical therapy. appropriate national associations.

5.2 Recognize and understand the priority of 10.0 Accept that being a professional is a continuing

safety in dealing with another individual's process and assume responsibility for profes- physical and mental well-being. sional growth and development.

5.3 Accept responsibility for one's own actions 10.1 Assume the responsibility for one's own

and their consequences. learning.

5.4 Make decisions within the scope of practice 10.2 Perform in a manner which reflects an

as a physical therapist. acceptance of the value of professional

6.0 Apply the administrative principles of planning, behavior.

organization, supervision, control and evaluation 10.3 Recognize the boundaries of the basic edu-

while working within or managing a physical ther- cational program and pursue a variety of

apy service. resources to expand those boundaries in

6.1 Demonstrate effective leadership and super- future professional growth and development. visory techniques.

6.2 Recognize the impact of external agencies or Physical Therapist Assistant

departments on the management of a physi- Goa/. The goal of the physical therapist assistant pro-

cal therapy service and respond to those gram is to enable the student to gain the knowledge

agencies or departments with appropriate and skills necessary to function effectively as a physical

actions. therapist assistant and be a contributing member of

6.3 Plan a physical therapy service in any setting. any physical therapy service.

6.4 Appreciate the importance of good manage- Upon completion of the educational program the

ment practice to the daily operation of a graduate will:

physical therapy service. —Be able to function as a provider of health-care ser-

7.0 Apply the basic educational concepts of teaching vices within the scope of physical therapy practice,

within the clinical practice of physical therapy. —Seek out opportunities to continue development of

7.1 Recognize and appreciate the pervasive personal humanistic qualities while striving for excel- 50 School of Allied Health Sciences

lence in personal and physical therapy activities. tion in practice as a physical therapist assis-

—Be sensitive to the needs ot each individual encoun- tant. tered as well as the changing health needs of society as 4.2 Make decisions within the scope of practice a whole. as a physical therapist assistant.

—Maintain a flexible attitude toward new developments 4.3 Recognize and understand the priority of in physical therapy. safety in dealing with another individual's

physical and mental well- being.

Competencies: At the completion of this program the 4.4 Accept responsibility for one's own actions graduate should be able to: and their consequences.

1 .0 Help the physical therapist determine the physical 5.0 Participate in the effective operation of a physical

therapy needs of any patient referred for treatment therapy service under the direction of a physical

by gathering data. therapist.

1 .1 Perform and record standardized evaluation 5.1 Perform clerical functions which contribute

techniques. to the efficient operation of a physical ther-

1 .2 Help the physical therapist perform complex apy department.

evaluation procedures. 5.2 Appreciate the importance of good manage-

1 .3 Recognize areas in which structures and ment practices in the daily operation of a

function are normal or abnormal. physical therapy service.

1 .4 Recognize and report to the physical thera- 5.3 Perform appropriate maintenance functions

pist changes in the patient's status that will designed to maintain:

affect the treatment plan. —equipment and supplies

2.0 Implement the designated physical therapy plan of —appropriate environmental conditions

action. 5.4 Effectively supervise other supportive

2.1 Apply designated treatment procedures in an personnel.

effective manner that reflects an understand- 6.0 Apply selected educational procedures in patient,

ing of each patient's status (physical, emo- staff and clinical education.

tional, cultural, socio-economic). 6.1 Recognize the importance of teaching as a

2.2 Help the physical therapist perform complex function of the physical therapist assistant.

treatment procedures. 6.2 Implement appropriate teaching methods to

2.3 Prepare patients, treatment area and equip- accomplish stated goals for a given situation.

ment in a manner that assures the patient's 7.0 Function as an effective health-care provider

dignity, safety, privacy and treatment efficiency. within the community and health-care system.

2.4 Recognize and respond to acute changes in 7.1 Understand the basic organization and func-

the patient's physiological or emotional state. tion of the health-care system.

2.5 Modify treatment procedures as indicated by 7.2 Recognize major issues and trends which

the patient's response. have influence on the field of physical therapy.

3.0 Communicate appropriately and effectively with 7.3 Interpret within the community the profes-

patients and families, colleagues and the public. sion of physical therapy and the role of the

3.1 Consistently use effective written, oral and physical therapist assistant.

non-verbal communication skills. 7.4 Participate in and appreciate the function of

3.2 Provide desired psycho-social support of appropriate national professional associations.

patients and their families. 8.0 Accept that being a health-care provider is a con-

3.3 Function as an effective member of the tinuing process and assume responsibility for

health care team or other working group. continued development.

3.4 Recognize and respect individual, cultural, 8.1 Assume responsibility for one's own learning.

socioeconomic and religious differences in 8.2 Perform in a manner which reflects an

people. acceptance of the value of becoming a physi-

3.5 Recognize and understand one's own per- cal therapist assistant.

sonal reactions to illness and disability. 8.3 Accept the value of and participate in activi-

3.6 Recognize and respond appropriately to the ties for continued development:

frustration, anxieties and other stresses participate in appropriate continuing educa-

patients and families may experience as well tion programs;

as the mechanisms they employ to cope with read and interpret appropriate literature;

those stresses. discussion with colleagues.

4.0 Adhere to safe, ethical and legal practices.

4.1 Recognize and understand one's own limita- School of Allied Health Sciences 51

Post Professional Programs A student who earns a grade of F in any course or unit is subject to dismissal from the program. Master of Health Education

The objective of the program is to prepare academic Non-academic Exclusion and clinical faculty for associate-degree and entry-level A student may be denied permission to continue programs in physical therapy. Students who have com- enrollment in the Department of Physical Therapy if, in pleted their education as physical therapists are pro- the opinion of the faculty, the student's knowledge, vided a graduate-level program to meet their specific character or mental or physical fitness casts grave needs and objectives to become more highly skilled doubts upon his potential capacities as a physical ther- educators and practitioners apist assistant, physical therapist or physical therapy

educator. Master of Science

This IS a traditional research-based degree for stu- Financial Aid dents who have completed an educational program in physical therapy and are licensed to practice. It is Refer to General Information section of this catalog. designed to prepare individuals to enter into the In addition to sources of financial aid available to all research process and to develop an area of clinical spe- MCG students, there may be aid available specifically cialty. In this program, students have a great deal of for students enrolled in the physical therapy curriculum. flexibility in designing their program of study. For more information contact: Chairman, Department of

Physical Therapy, Medical College of Georgia. Accreditation Associate of Science Degree The bachelor of science program is accredited by the

Commission for Accreditation of Physical Therapy Admission Requirements

Education. Graduates are eligible to take the licensing Applicants may attend any accredited college or uni- examination required to practice physical therapy. vesity for the freshman year; however, all requirements

The associate of science program is accredited by the of the Medical College of Georgia must be met.

Commission for Accreditation of Physical Therapy Preference will be given those applicants with demon-

Education. Graduates are eligible to take the licensing srated superior academic ability. Prospective applicants examination required to practice as a physical therapist are encouraged to contact the Department of Physical assistant. Therapy early in their academic careers to ensure com-

pleting the necessary prerequisites. It is suggested that Academic Promotion and Graduation applicants obtain some knowledge of the field of physical therapy through practical experience before inter- Refer to the General Information section of this catalog. view. Accepted students are admitted to the program at Final grades for academic courses and units taught the beginning of each fall quarter. by the physical therapy faculty are given on an A, B, C, or F scale. The grade of D is not acceptable in any Specific Requirements course taught faculty. If student earns in by MCG a a D The curriculum for the freshman year must show a a course taught outside the Department of Physical minimum of 45 quarter hours of acceptable work

Therapy, is failing the grade considered a grade and the including the following courses: student is subject to dismissal from the program.

Students must meet the minimum level of proficiency Humanities Quarter Hours established for each course or unit. Minimal level of Composition 5 proficiency is usually at the 75 percent or percent 80 Humanities (select from courses in art, level (as specified by each instructor) of correct creative writing, humanities, languages, responses in written, oral and/or practical examinations literature, music, religion, journalism, and plus satisfactory completion of other course require- speech) 5 ments. This applies to courses taught by the physical Jotai 10 therapy faculty.

Satisfactory progress through the curriculum l\/lattiematics and Natural Sciences Quarter Hours depends on satisfactory completion of each course/unit Physical science or physics 5 at the time the course/unit is offered. General biology (with lab) 5 Incompletes may be given in any course or unit Mathematics 5 under extenuating circumstances at the discretion of Total 15 the instructor(s). Incompletes must be made up in accordance with MCG policy. 5

52 School of Allied Health Sciences

Social Sciences Quarter Hours Students professional liability insurance 1

Psychology 5 Other (travel for clinicals) 1,000

History 5 Total $ 1,684 Political science 5

Total 15 *Matriculation and other fees are stated in the General Information section of this catalog.

Major Area (Electives) Quarter Hours

(Select from any area of interest. The Curriculum

Department of Physical Therapy At the Medical College of Georgia, physical therapist

encourages flexibility in meeting assistants' education involves a 13-month (four-quar-

admission requirements. Students are ter) course of study after completing one year at an accredited encouraged to take courses in a broad college.

spectrum rather than concentrate The curriculum covers the sophomore year only,

all their effort in the sciences.) leading to an associate of science degree with a major

in physical therapist assistant. Integrated within the 13 Total months of classroom and laboratory experiences are

Total Quarter Hours 45 student internships at clinical facilities in various parts of the country.

Application Procedures The curriculum has been planned to meet the stan-

Application forms may be obtained from the Office of dards for physical therapist assistant education estab-

Undergraduate Admissions. lished by the Commission for Accreditation of Physical

Applications should be submitted between Jan. 1 and Therapy Education.

May 1 of the year of anticipated enrollment. Early appli- Starting with fall quarter of the sophomore year, the cation is recommended. A transcript should be sent at curriculum is divided into a unit system rather than the end of each quarter as completed. No application quarters. The student's time off is between units and fee is required. may differ from that of the rest of the School of Allied

1 . Applications must be filed no later than May 1 of the Health Sciences. For a better understanding of this cat-

year in which one is applying for admission in August. alog, however, the courses have been outlined in quar-

2. A personal interview will be scheduled for the ters. The specific order of the courses may change

prospective student after application and transcripts depending on faculty availability among the depart-

have been filed. ment's programs. The following schedule is offered as

3. Applicants must have completed, or submit a plan to a sample schedule:

complete before initial enrollment, at least 45 quarter

hours (30 semester hours) exclusive of physical Sophomore Year education with a minimum average (on a 4.0 Fall Quarter Credit Hours PTA 201 Functional 6 system) of C (2.0) overall and a minimum grade of C Anatomy Physiology 6 in all mathematics and science courses. PTA 202 Human Introduction to Health Care 3 4. A grade of D is accepted only at the discretion of the PTA 203

PTA 240 Clinical Practicum 1 1 department. Class size is limited and not all applicants

who meet minimum requirements may be selected. PTA 220 Topics in Physical Therapy 1 5

Selection of applicants begins in May of each year. Total 21

Estimated Additional Expenses* Specific to Winter Quarter Credit Hours Physical Therapist Assistant PTA 221 Topics in Physical Therapy II

Students accepted must be prepared to travel to facil- (Unit 2 Orthopedics & Unit 3 ities throughout the United States to complete the clini- Chronic Dysfunction) 14 cal practicum during the sophomore year of study. PTA 241 Clinical Practicum II 1 These figures are based on the normal experience of PTA 245 Health Care Communications 5 our students. In some cases, costs may be higher. Total 20 Travel costs can be $1 ,000 higher or more, depending on clinical practicum site. Financial assistance for these Spring Quarter Credit Hours additional expenses cannot be guaranteed although PTA 222 Topics in Physical Therapy III every effort will be made to assist students with major (Unit 4 Spinal cord & Unit 5 PVD) 7 financial problems. PTA 242 Clinical Practicum III (full-time) 5 Sopiiomore Year PTA 231 The Health Care System 4 Books/supplies $ 569 Total 16 Uniforms 100 School of Allied Health Sciences m

Summer Quarter Credit Hours Allied Health Sciences, students are encouraged to take

PTA 223 Topics in Physical Therapy IV courses that interest them. All students must complete

(Unit 6 Cardiopulmonary and the core curriculum below prior to entering MCG. Unit? Neurology) 11 Humanities Quarter Hours PTA 243 Clinical Practicum IV (full-time) 6_ Composition 5 Total 17 Literature 5

Humanities (select from courses in art, Bachelor of Science Degree creative writing, humanities, languages, music, literature, religion, journalism, Admission Requirements speech.) __1P„ Applicants may attend any accredited college or univer- Total 20 sity for the freshman and sophomore years; however, all requirements of the Medical College of Georgia must be Mathematics and Natural Sciences Quarter Hours met. Preference will be given to applicants who have Mathematics (select from college algebra, demonstrated superior ability in all academic areas. In trigonometry, advanced mathematics.) 5 planning course work for the first two years, the student Biology (select two laboratory courses in general should seek a broad base of experiences to help identify biology, zoology, comparative anatomy, areas of interest and competence and give a wide back- embryology, genetics. The third ground to meet the varied challenges of modern society. It biology does not require a is strongly suggested that applicants obtain some knowl- laboratory. Only one botany course will edge of the field of physical therapy through practical be accepted in this area.) 15 experience before interview. Physical therapy is a profes- Total 20 sion which requires a knowledge of human behavior, phys- Quarter Hours ical and psychological, and a knowledge of man's history, Social Sciences literature, art, music, communicative skills, society past History 5 and present, economic problems, educational patterns and Political science 5 business methods. Prospective applicants are encouraged Psychology 10 to contact the Department of Physical Therapy early in Total 20 their academic careers to ensure completing the necessary Courses Supportive to Physical Therapy prerequisites. Students are admitted to the program fall Quarter Hours quarter each year. Physics with lab (Select two courses with

Admission requirements for the proposed Masters in laboratories covering mechanics and

Physical Therapy degree will be: electricity. Other laboratory courses may

Baccalaureate degree that includes the following include heat, light, sound and magnetism.) 10

specific courses: Electives (Select elective courses from Physics-1 full academic year anthropology, geology, geography, Human anatomy and physiology-1 course with lab economics, psychology, sociology,

Biology-1 course with lab history, chemistry. The chemistry course with lab Chemistry-1 requirement may be satisfied if the

One additional course with lab in either biology, student has a high school course in

chemistry or human antomy and physiology which C or better was earned. However, Six courses in the humanities and social sciences that if the student had no high school include at least one course in psychology. chemistry, one college course

GRE score of 1000 with a laboratory will be required.) 20 Overall GPA of 3.0 or 3.4 in last 60 quarter hours Total 30 GPA of 3.0 in all prerequisite course work with no grade

lower than a C. Total Quarter Hours 90

All applicants, regardless of degree program, are Application Procedures expected to have 100 hours of observational experience in Application forms may be obtained from the Office of a variety of physical therapy settings. Undergraduate Admissions. Applications should be submitted between Sept.1 and

Specific Requirements Feb. 1 prior to anticipated enrollment. Early application is

The Department of Physical Therapy encourages flexi- recommended. Applicants should submit a list of current

bility in meeting its requirements. In addition to general and/or planned courses and credits. No application fee is

admission requirements by MCG and the School of required. 54 School of Allied Health Sciences

all 1 . Applications must be filed no later than Feb. 1 ; pro- possible are additional topics of study. Students are

cedures must be completed by Feb. 1 of the year in also introduced to basic research procedures, supervi-

which one is applying for admission in September. sory and management activities and educational sys-

2. The Department of Physical Therapy may require a tems in health care.

personal interview as part of the application proce- Classroom, laboratory, clinical and independent study

dure. Due to the large number of qualified applicants, experiences are provided. Clinical facilities are selected

not all applicants are invited to interview. Interviews to provide a broad base of experiences in a variety of

are scheduled monthly from January through March. settings.

3. Applicants must have completed, or submit a plan to Starting winter quarter in the junior year, the curricu-

complete before initial enrollment, at least 90 quarter lum is divided into a unit system rather than quarters.

hours (60 semester hours) exclusive of physical Students' time off is between units and may differ from

education with a minimum grade point average (on a the rest of the School of Allied Health Sciences. For the

4.0 system) of C (2.0) overall and C+ (2.5) in the sci- better understanding of the catalog, however, the ences and mathematics. courses have been outlined in quarters. The specific 4. grade of D is accepted only at the discretion of the A order of courses may change depending on faculty department. availability among the department's programs. The fol- Selection of applicants who meet admission require- lowing is offered as a sample schedule. ments begins in April of each year. Applicants will be notified of final action on their application in April. Junior Year

Fall Quarter Credit Hours Estimated Additional Expenses* Specific to ANM 350 Musculoskeletal Anatomy 7 Physical Therapy PHY 31 1 Principles of Human Physiology 5 Students accepted into the program must be pre- PT310 Dynamics of Human Movement 11 pared to travel throughout the United States to complete the internship requirements during the senior year Winter Quarter Credit Hours of study. PT313 Musculoskeletal Problems 1 9 Some travel will also be required to facilities in the PT 340 Health-Care Communications 5 Southeast during the junior year. These figures are based upon the normal experience of our students. In some cases, costs may be higher. Travel costs can be $2,000 Spring Quarter Credit Hours higher or more, depending on the senior-year internship PT 315 General Medical Problems 1 8 site. Financial assistance for these additional expenses PT 320 Clinical Experience I 2 cannot be guaranteed although every effort will be made PT 341 Professional Issues 3 to assist students with major financial problems. Summer Quarter Credit Hours

Senior Year Junior Year PT415 Musculoskeletal Problems 2 12 Books/supplies $563 $292 PT 417 General Medical Problems 2 6 Uniforms 50 125 PT 418 General Medical Problems 3 6

Student professional PT 430 Research in Physical Therapy 5

liability insurance 15 15 PT435 Life Span Development 5

Other (travel for clinicals) 200 1,600 Senior Year Total 828 $2,032

Fall Quarter Credit Hours

*Matriculation and other fees are stated in the General PT413 Neurological Problems 14

Information section. PT420 Clinical Experience A 4 PT 434 Teaching/Learning Processes 3 Curriculum Winter Quarter Credit Hours The curriculum covers the junior and senior year Clinical Experience B 6 including the intervening summer, leading to a bachelor PT421 Designs for Administration 6 of science degree with a major in physical therapy. PT432

Detailed study of normal human function, structures Spring Quarter Credit Hours and systems is integrated with study of various patho- PT422 Clinical Experience C 6 logical conditions which interfere with function. The Health Issues 4 medical, surgical and therapeutic procedures which are PT431 Care

- ' 2 used to help the patient regain the maximum function PT441 Case History Review PT442 Independent Study 2 0 School of Allied Health Sciences

Master of Health Education selects those judged to have the greatest potential for success in the program and profession. The Department of Physical Therapy provides an edu-

Consideration is given to the totality of all cational program at the graduate level to prepare physi- credentials including: the demonstrated level and pattern of cal therapists for careers as clinical or academic educa- (1) academic achievement, SAT or ACT scores, rec- tors. An applicant must have at least two years of (2) (3) ommendations provided individuals experience as a practicing physical therapist and be by of the applicant's choosing, assessment of the less tangible accepted for admission by the dean of the School of (4) qualities of personality, maturity, knowledge of physi- Graduate Studies. Upon completion of requirements, cian assistant profession and motivation. candidates are awarded the degree of master of health These latter education. qualifications are assessed by means of personal interview conducted by invitation only. Previous For details refer to School of Graduate Studies sec- health-care experience is desirable but not required. tion of this catalog.

Academic Requirements

Consideration for admission is given to all applicants Physician Assistant who can meet the following specific criteria by the time of enrollment:

1 . A minimum combined score of 800 on the original

The physician assistant is a skilled professional quali- Scholastic Aptitude Test (or comparable ACT scores

fied by academic and clinical training to provide medi- or recentered SAT scores). This requirement is

cal and health-care services under the supervision of a waived for candidates who hold a bachelor's degree.

licensed physician. In most settings physician assis- 2. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.50 tants obtain medical histories, perform physical exami- (4.0 scale) both overall and in attempted math/sci-

nations, order and interpret laboratory and other diag- ence courses. Physical education courses are not

nostic studies and assess and manage common included in the computation of the cumulative grade

illnesses. Disease prevention and health-promotion point average. activities, counseling and patient education are other 3. Ninety quarter (60 semester) hours of transferable

important services provided by physician assistants. credit from an accredited institution. All students

Practice options for the certified physician assistant must complete the core curriculum below prior to are as varied as the many disciplines within the field of entering MCG.

medicine. The Medical College of Georgia physician 4. Students for whom English is a second language assistant program offers a comprehensive (generalist) must achieve a minimum score of 610 on the Test of education which allows graduates to become employed English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). in many specialty areas. Individually negotiated roles are determined by the needs of the medical practice Humanities Quarter Hours and community, interests and training of the supervis- Composition 5 ing physician and the physician assistant and state reg- Literature 5 ulations. Electives (suggested electives: art,

Physician assistants in the state of Georgia practice literature, music, philosophy, foreign under the provisions of the Physician Assistant Act, the language, religion) 10

Rules of the Composite State Board of Medical Total 20 Examiners and an approved job description. Successful completion of the National Certifying Examination for IVIattiematics and Natural Sciences Quarter Hours Physician Assistants is required. Chemistry with lab (for science majors) 1

Organic chemistry (survey course preferred) 5 Accreditation Algebra 5

Total 20 The Physician Assistant Program is fully accredited by the American Medical Association, Commission on Social Sciences Quarter Hours Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs. History* 5 Political science* 5 Admission Requirements Policy General psychology 5

Electives (suggested electives in order Applicants may attend any accredited college or uni- of preference: general sociology, versity for the freshman and sophomore years; however, psychology, history) 5 all requirements of the Medical College of Georgia must be met. The physician assistant admissions committee Total 20 0 56 School of Allied Health Sciences

Courses Supportive to Physician Assistant Major The application deadline is Jan. 1. Applications

Quarter Hours received after this date are considered only on a space-

General biology (for science majors) 1 available basis. Because applications are reviewed con-

Electives (although not encouraged, tinuously beginning in the fall, early application is

non-science electives will be considered. encouraged. Applicants who are not selected may reap-

Suggested electives in order of preference: ply for future consideration. Preference is given to anatomy, physiology, microbiology, Georgia residents.

histology, genetics, zoology, biology, Personal interviews are required and will be sched- embryology, physics) 20 uled by the Physician Assistant Department.

Total 30 Estimated Additional Total Quarter Hours 90 Expenses Specific to the Physician Assistant Department

*These courses must satisfy Georgia legislative These figures are based on the normal experience of requirements. The state of Georgia requires that our students. In some cases, costs may be higher. any student receiving a degree from any institution First Year Second Year in the University System will have demonstrated a

Books and supplies $ 555 $ 1 94 proficiency in United States and Georgia constitu- Instruments 729 — tion and history. Exemption examinations may be Uniforms 48 48 taken by both in- and out-of-state students; how- Other (travel, graduation, etc.) 175 243 ever, no credit hours are earned by examination. Professional liability insurance 61 61 Electives may be substituted for these courses if Certifying examination fee — 410 these requirements have been met by the exemp-

tion examination. Total $1568 $956

Technical Standards for Admission Financial Aid

Qualification for admission to, and graduation from, See General Information section of this catalog. the Medical College of Georgia School of Allied Health

Sciences requires satisfaction of the following technical standards: Curriculum

1. Sufficient intellectual capacity to fulfill the curricular

requirements of the various basic medical science The curriculum of the Department of Physician

and clinical courses. Assistant as presented below can be completed during

2. Ability to effect multimodal communication with 24 consecutive months. Due to the dynamic nature of

patients, colleagues, instructors and other members the profession, required courses and clinical rotations

of the health-care community. may change. Curricular changes may result in additional requirements. for 3. The physical ability to learn and implement the vari- Students are responsible com-

pletion of all requirements appropriate the ous technical skills required by the faculty to facili- deemed by

tate preparation for the dependent practice of faculty. The program is conducted as a sequence of

medicine and the provision of health care. three phases; Phase I is the only period of training

is entirety 4. Sufficient emotional stability to withstand the stress, which completed on the MCG campus. (See

uncertainties and changing circumstances that char- Special Needs below)

acterize the dependent practice of medicine. Phase I consists of both basic science and clinically

Technical standards have been developed by the related didactic courses. It is provided during the fall,

winter and spring quarters of the first year. The fall Physician Assistant Department for use in evaluation

of prospective students. These standards are admis- quarter is extended from mid-August to mid-December.

sions guidelines and are subject to continuing revi- All courses are required and must be successfully com- sion and improvement. pleted prior to beginning Phase II.

August Credit Hours Application Procedures ANM 332* Systemic Anatomy 7

Information and application forms may be obtained Fall Quarter Credit Hours from the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, Medical

CMB3ir Physiology I 5 College of Georgia, Augusta, GA 30912. PAD 302 Medical Terminology 1 Applicants are encouraged to contact the Physician PAD 308 Physical Diagnosis 6 Assistant Department for information regarding the

PAD 328 Clinical Medicine I 7 program and assistance in the application process. School of Allied Health Sciences 57

PAD 347 Communication Skills for during either the summer or fall quarter following com-

Physician Assistants pletion of Phase II. The scheduling of the preceptorship

is of Total 28 dependent on the number and duration electives.

It is ideal for this required experience to be completed

Winter Quarter Credit Hours in the practice with which the student anticipates ANM33r Neuroanatomy 6 employment immediately following graduation.

CMB312* Physiology II 5

PAD 329 Clinical Medicine II 9 Academic Promotion and Graduation

PAD 348 Psychosocial Issues in Health Care Graduation and uninterrupted progress through the curriculum requires that the student obtain a grade of C Total 22 or higher in each required course. Continued enroll-

ment may be denied for failure to successfully com- Spring Quarter Credit Hours plete any required course at the time it is offered. CMB310* Microbiology 5 After successful completion of the program, the stu- PHM 303* Pharmacology 5 dent is awarded a bachelor of science degree as a PAD 331 Clinical Medicine III 9 physician assistant and is eligible to sit for the National PAD 343 Surgical and Acute Care 4 Certifying Examination offered by the National PAD 326 PA Seminar 1 Commission on Certification of Physician's Assistants. Total 24 Students and PA graduates with a bachelor of science

degree will be eligible to apply to the School of Allied 'See School of Medicine for course descriptions. Health Sciences master of science program.

Phase II consists of four consecutive quarters of Special Needs required clinical rotations (completed during the first summer through the second spring quarter); and six All students must be prepared to travel to facilities in weeks of elective clinical rotation(s). Required didactic Georgia and South Carolina during Phases II and III. courses are presented as on campus seminars between Financial assistance for these additional expenses clinical rotations. cannot be guaranteed.

Required Clinical Rotations Credit Hours

PAD 404 Internal Medicine 12 PAD 418 Surgery 12 Radiologic Technologies PAD 403 Family Medicine 12

PAD 405 Pediatrics 12 PAD 406 Obstetrics & Gynecology 12 General PAD 420 Emergency Medicine 12

PAD 407 Mental Health 12 Radiologic technologies is a comprehensive term that

PADE Elective 12 applies to the science of administering ionizing radia-

Total 96 tion and other forms of energy to provide technical information and assistance to the physician for the

Required Didactic Courses Credit Hours diagnosis and treatment of diseases and injuries. This field offers four specific career paths: radiography (X- PAD 421 Advanced Cardiac Life Support 1 ray), nuclear medicine technology, radiation therapy PAD 422 Concepts in Health Care Delivery 1 technology and diagnostic medical sonography. Most PAD 423 Geriatrics 1 PAD 424 Health Promotion and Disease of these careers are among imaging modalities, pro- Prevention ducing film products of human anatomy and/or physi-

PAD 426 Clinical Pharmacology ology. Computer tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MR!) are among the newest imaging Total technologies in these radiologic sciences. Although

they are closely related, each involves special instru- Phase III is the final phase of training prior to gradua- mentation, techniques of application, safety practices tion. It consists of a seven- to eight-week clinical pre- and patient services. ceptorship (PAD during the student is 401 ) which The radiographer ex^mms the patient for broken expected to integrate the knowledge, skills and experi- bones, ulcers, tumors, diseases or malfunctions of var- ence gained during his/her formal training. The precep- ious organs by producing diagnostic images, ready for torship site is selected by the student and is served the physician's interpretation. In many instances, the 58 School of Allied Health Sciences

radiographer works independently, while for some Objectives advanced procedures the radiologist and radiographer work together as a team. Responsibilities include: The Department of Radiologic Technologies offers image production through positioning of patients and education in the four modalities in a vanety of formats operation of clinical instrumentation, radiation safety, that provide multiple career pathways for radiologic patient care, quality control and image manipulation professionals. and processing. Associate curricula prepare persons toward certifica-

Employment opportunities are abundant and varied tion as entry-level technologists in radiography, nuclear for qualified radiographers, including work in hospitals, medicine, or radiation therapy technology. These certi- physician's offices, public health projects, industrial fied technologists fill critical positions in many kinds of medical clinics and industrial radiography. health-care facilities.

The nuclear medicine teclnnoiogistMs in the diag- Certificate curricula provide intense specialized edu- nostic process by producing images or dynamic stud- cation in nuclear medicine, diagnostic medical sonogra- ies of the function and structure of the patient's body phy or radiation therapy for select individuals with pre- organs through the use of radioactive pharmaceuticals. vious medical certification. Individuals with a

Responsibilities include: radiation safety, quality con- baccalaureate degree, which includes credits in certain trol, radiopharmaceutical preparation and administra- math/science requirements, may also be eligible to tion, performance of clinical diagnostic studies, collec- matriculate in programs leading to certification in tion and preparation of biologic specimens, conduction nuclear medicine or sonography. Multi-competency of laboratory studies and operation of computers for technologists serve in expanded roles with such dual- data analysis. service capabilities.

Nuclear medicine technologists find numerous job Baccalaureate curricula provide dynamic programs of opportunities in hospitals, outpatient clinics, cardiology advanced specialty education for certified technologists clinics, public health institutions, research institutions who seek the concepts and skills of the administrative, and in the sales and installation of new equipment and educational, technical or scientific professional. Selected products. study in these topic? allows technologists to fill

The radiation therapy tectinologist is a professional expanded roles within the system of radiologic service. with the knowledge and skills to accurately administer The faculty of the department strives to promote high-energy X-rays for therapeutic purposes. public awareness of the professions and to meet the

Responsibilities of this technologist may include: deliver- needs of the professions and the community through ing a planned course of radiotherapy with minimum education, research and service. supervision, assurance of the safety of patients and other personnel, quality control, maintenance of treatment Accreditation records and assisting with patient treatment planning.

Employment opportunities abound for the certified Programs offered through radiologic technologies are radiation therapy technologist who is qualified to work in approved by the Board of Regents of the University System major cancer treatment centers, hospitals having high- of Georgia and are accredited by the appropriate profes- energy radiation units for therapy and research facilities. sional review committees, where applicable. The diagnostic medical sonographer provides the supervising physician (sonologist) with medical images Admission Requirements and physiologic data by use of diagnostic sound waves.

The sonographer applies a knowledge of human Entering class size is limited, so early application is anatomy ana patho-physiology to the production of advised. Applicants who meet minimum qualifications

images that are individualized to meet specific patient are scheduled for a personal interview. Factors consid- situations and needs. ered in selection include academic record and achieve-

Sonographer responsibilities include: image produc- ment, knowledge of the career(s), SAT/ACT or place- tion through patient positioning and operation of clinical ment exam scores where applicable, recommendations

instrumentation, patient care, quality control, technical and evaluations from the personal interview. assistance with interventional procedures, image manip- The department has developed technical standards

ulation and processing and the preliminary interpreta- for the psychomotor capabilities required for each

tion of the ultrasound examination for the sonologist. career area. Individuals will be evaluated according to

Increasing demand for sonographic services has the standards, which are available upon written request.

provided sonographers with job opportunities in vari- Specific admissions requirements and course prereq-

ous service divisions of hospitals and medical clinics, uisites for individual programs can be obtained from

physician's offices, public health institutions and the program director of the division for which applica-

research facilities. tion is sought. School of Allied Health Sciences 59

Application Procedures these technological services, periodic revision of curricula is performed. In the event necessary

Application must be made though the Office of curricular/graduation requirement changes are applied

Undergraduate Admissions. All programs except one to enrolled students, such changes will be made known

begin with fall quarter. Select applicants for the associ- to the students. It is then the responsibility of each stu-

ate radiography program may start in winter quarter dent to meet the specified requirements. In such cir-

(see program section). cumstances every effort will be made to minimize pos-

Refer to the General Information section of the cata- sible negative impact on a student's curricular plans,

log for additional information. especially as pertains to anticipated time of program completion. Estimated Fees and Expenses Programs Information regarding quarterly tuition and fees for

residents and non-residents is found in the General Courses of study available through the Department of

Information section of the catalog. Generally, uniforms Radiologic Technologies are:

are required as a one-time program expense; and Associate of Science in Radiography

annual fees such as professional dues, liability insur- Associate of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology

ance and campus parking should be anticipated in addi- Associate of Science in Radiation Therapy Technology

tion to quarterly textbook expenses. Certificate in Nuclear Medicine Technology

Information on financial aid is in the General Certificate in Radiation Therapy Technology

Information section of the catalog. Certificate in Diagnostic Medical Sonography

Bachelor of Science in Radiologic Technology Academic Standards Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Medicine Technology Bachelor of Science in Diagnostic Medical Sonography

Refer to the General Information section for institu- Bachelor of Science in Radiation Therapy Technology tional academic standards.

Students in all departmental programs must earn a Associate Curricula grade of C or better in required major area courses to These are two-year programs (six to seven quarters for receive program credit. (Major area courses are 1 ) all radiography) which lead to certification in radiography, professional courses, 2) math/science courses in the nuclear medicine, or radiation therapy. Applicants should core area and 3) area IV courses in programs where have a strong applicable. Additionally, certain moral, ethical and math/science academic background and a college preparatory behavioral standards are expected of students aspiring curriculum. Each program includes didactic and professional well clinical to careers in health science. The department therefore courses, as as

requires compliance with policies and procedures experience (practicums) under the supervision of technologists in area hospitals. which govern conduct both as a student in the univer- Applicants must have SAT or converted sity and as a student in a professional program. These ACT sub-

regulations are considered academic standards within scores of 400 in both verbal and math or equivalent recentered SAT scores; or must evidence satisfactory the scope of clinical practicum courses in the curricu- scores in the Collegiate (CPE); lum. Specific policies and procedures are given to the Placement Exam or must student upon matriculation. show satisfactory completion of algebra and English composition through a regionally accredited college. The student who receives a D or F in clinical Applicants with college background must be in good practicum may be denied permission to continue in academic standing at the last college attended subsequent clinical practicum. The department promo- and must not be on probation for the last period of enrollment. tions committee will review the student's performance A quarter/semester grade point average of and will make an appropriate recommendation. less than 2.0 on a 4.0 scale is considered probationary by the depart- Graduation Requirements ment. Details regarding tests and score requirements are available upon request. Applicants are strongly

to complete core prior to The General Information section contains institutional encouraged courses entering the program. graduation requirements for all degree candidates. Each program has an identified curriculum which must be successfully completed, which includes a designated Associate of Science Degree—Radiography

number of clinical experience hours, as well as compe- The radiography (X-ray) program is six to seven tency assessments. Specific data is given to each stu- quarters long and is offered with two tracks. Track one dent upon enrollment. Due to the dynamic nature of includes the liberal arts components of the associate 60 School of Allied Health Sciences

degree; however, the availability of coure courses Summer 1 (Track 2) Quarter Hours according to the schedule printed below cannot be RTR143B Clinical Practicum 8 8~ guaranteed. Students begin in September. Total

Track two is for applicants with transferable college course work in the following: Fall 2 (Track 1 & 2) Quarter Hours Quarter RTR 21 1 Radiographic Procedures III 3 Hours RTR 221 Radiographic Technique II 3 English composition 5 RSC113 Psychology of the III 2 Algebra 5 RTR 241 Clinical Practicum 5_ Social science* 5 Total 13 Anatomy** 5

Winter 2 (Track 1 & 2) Quarter Hours *U.S. and Georgia history and constitution require- RSC 202 Imaging & Therapeutic Modalities 2 ments must be met for the associate-degree. These RTR 242 Clinical Practicum 7 may be satisfied by course or by exam; however, five RTR 231 Radiologic Science II 3 quarter hours in the social science area is required. Total lF~ * *Most liberal arts colleges offer a science course

sequence titled Anatomy and Physiology I and II. All

Spring 2 (Track 1 ) Quarter Hours human anatomy is prerequisite for a winter quarter RTR 251 Seminar 4 program start; therefore, the entire course sequence RTR 243 Clinical Practicum 8 (two courses) may be necessary to meet the requirement. Total 12

Track two students begin m December. Spring 2 (Track 2) Quarter Hours

Graduates are eligible to sit for the certification exam- RTR 251 Seminar 4 Clinical ination in radiography offered by the American Registry RTR 243 Practicum 4 of Radiologic Technologists. Total 8

Curriculum *History and constitution graduation requirements

Fall 1 (Track 1 only) Quarter Hours must be met. These may be satisfied by course or by

Liberal Arts (English Composition I) 5 examination; however, a total of five quarter hours of

Liberal Arts (American History)* 5 social science IS required.

Anatomy 5

Total 15

Associate of Science Degree— Winter 1 (Track 1 & 2) Quarter Hours Nuclear Medicine Technology Physiology (where applicable) (6)

RSC111 Introduction to Radiologic Applicants must demonstrate success in college Professions 2 algebra prior to admission. The department strongly

RTR111 Radiographic Procedures I 5 recommends that applicants complete the liberal arts

RTR131 Radiologic Science I 2 component (courses marked with * and **) prior to RTR141 Clinical Practicum 3__ admission to the program. Applicants who have already Total 12-18 completed the required liberal arts curriculum may

complete the professional curriculum in four or five Spring 1 (Track 1 & 2) Quarter Hours quarters.

RTR112 Radiographic Procedures II 4 Graduates are eligible to sit for the registries listed under

RTR121 Radiographic Technique I 4 the Certificate-Nuclear Medicine Technology Program. RSC 233 Radiation Health 3

RTR 142 Clinical Practicum 4 Curriculum Total 15 Fall 1 Quarter Hours

NMT141 Introduction to Clinical Practicum 3

Summer 1 (Track 1) Quarter Hours RSC 113 Psychology of the III I Liberal Arts (Algebra) 5 ANM310 Survey of Human Anatomy** 5 Liberal Arts (American Government)' 5 College Composition r 5 RTR143A Clinical Practicum 4 Total 15 Total 14 School of Allied Health Sciences 61

1 Quarter Hours Winter Associate in Science Degree—Radiation NMT142 Clinical Practicum 2 Therapy Technology PHY 210 Introductory Human Physiology'* 6

College Algebra* 5 An applicant must demonstrate success in college

RSC111 Introduction to Radiologic math at the pre-calculus level. Graduates are eligible to

Professions 2 sit for the radiation therapy certification examination

Total 15 offered by the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists.

Spring 1 Quarter Hours AHS310 Biomedical Ethics 2 Curriculum

NMT143 Clinical Practicum 3 Fall 1 Quarter Hours Physical Science or Physics* 5 RTT201 Introduction to Radiation Therapy 4

American Government* 5 ANM310 Survey of Human Anatomy 5 15~ 107 Total MAT College Algebra' 5 HIM 303 Medical Terminology 2

Summer 1 Quarter Hours Rni41 Clinical Practicum 1

NMT144 Clinical Practicum 4 Total 17 General Chemistry r 5

U.S. History* 5_ Winter 1 Quarter Hours Total 14 PHY 210 Introduction to Physiology 5 ENG 101 College Composition 1' 5

Fall 2 Quarter Hours POL 101 American Government' 5

PCS 231 Introduction to Radiation Physics 4 RSC 202 Therapeutic Modalities 2

PCS 221 Computers in Radiologic Sciences RTT142 Clinical Practicum 3

or Basic Programming* 3 Total 20 NMT241 Clinical Practicum 6

NMT211 In vivo Nuclear Medicine I 5 Spring 1 Quarter Hours 18~ Total Rni3i Diagnostic Radiology for

Radiation Therapists 1 Winter 2 Quarter Hours Rn214 Radiation Therapy Simulation

PCS 232 Nuclear Instrumentation 5 Procedures 2

11* NMT212 In vivo Nuclear Medicine II 5 ENG 102 College Composition 5

NMT 242 Clinical Practicum 5 nil 1 4o Clinical Practicum 5

RSC 202 Imaging and Therapeutic Total 13 Modalities 2

Total lV~ Summer 1 Quarter Hours Mat 115 Pre-Calculus* 5

Spring 2 Quarter Hours HIS 211 U.S. History* 5

NMT213 In Vitro Nuclear Medicine 4 Rni44 Clinical Practicum 5

RSC 233 Radiation Health 3 Total 15 NMT 243A Clinical Practicum 5_ Total 12 Fall 2 Quarter Hours

PCS 231 Introduction to Radiation Physics 4 Summer 2 Quarter Hours MIS 210 Computing/Data Processing* 5

NMT 244 Clinical Practicum 10 RSC 421 Pathology 3

NMT201 Seminar 2 RH 241A Clinical Practicum 5

NMT436 in Computer Applications Total 17 Nuclear Medicine 2

Total u" Winter 2 Quarter Hours RSC 402 Cross Section Anatomy 3 Total Credit Hours 120

RH 231 Dosimetry 1 5

RH 221 Radiation Oncology 1 3 *Courses taught at Augusta College. U.S. and Georgia Rn213 Quality Assurance 3 history and constitution requirements may be met by RH 242A Clinical Practicum 5 exam when students present alternate credit hours in Total 19 social sciences. B

62 School of Allied Health Sciences

Spring 2 Quarter Hours NMT 213 In Vitro Nuclear Medicine 4

AHS310 Ethics for Allied Health Professionals 2 NMT 243B Clinical Practicum 6

RSC 233 Radiation Health 3 NMT 437 Computer Applications in Nuclear

RTT232 Dosimetry II 5 Medicine II (elective) 3

RH 222 Radiation Oncology 3 Total 18 RTT 243 Clinical Practicum 5

Total 18 Summer Quarter Hours NMT 201 Seminar 2

Summer 2 Quarter Hours NMT 244 Clinical Practicum ' 10

RTT215 Seminar 5 Total 12 RTT244 Clinical Practicum 7_ Total Credit Hours 63-69 Total 12

Total Credit Hours 131 Certificate— Radiation Therapy Technology ^Courses taught at Augusta College. U.S. and Georgia history and constitution requirements may be met by The 12-month curriculum in radiation therapy tech-

nology is to certified radiologic technologists or, exam when students present alternate credit hours in open

social sciences. in limited circumstances, other suitably prepared health

professionals. Graduates are eligible to sit for the certi-

Certificate Curricula fication examination offered by the American Registry

of Radiologic Technologists. Certificate- Curriculum Nuclear Medicine Technology rail Quarter Hours pre 001 The 12-month curriculum in nuclear medicine tech- Radiation Physics 4

nology is open to registered radiographers, registered MIS 210* Computing/Data Processing 5

medical technologists, registered nurses or suitably RSC 421 Pathology 3 prepared persons with bachelor's degrees. Applicants RH 201 Introduction to Radiation Therapy 4

should present credits in college algebra, physical sci- RH 241 Clinical Practicum 4 or ence physics, general chemistry and human Total 20

anatomy and physiology. This program is designed for the technologist who primarily performs imaging pro- Winter Quarter Hours Ethics for Allied Health Professionals 2 cedures. Graduates are eligible to sit for the certifica- AHS310 tion exams given by the American Registry of RSC 402 Cross-Sectional Anatomy 3

Radiologic Technologists and the Nuclear Medicine RH 231 Dosimetry 1 5

Technology Certification Board. RH 221 Oncology 1 3 Rn213 Quality Assurance 3 Curriculum RH 242B Clinical Practicum 4

Fall Quarter Hours Total 20 PCS 231 Introduction to Radiation Physics 4 Spring Quarter Hours NMT211 In Vivo Nuclear Medicine I 5

NMT241 Clinical Practicum 6 RSC 233 Radiation Health 3 Rn214 Radiation Therapy Simulation Total 15 Procedures 2

Winter Quarter Hours Rn232 Dosimetry II 5

PCS 232 Nuclear Instrumentation 5 Rn222 Oncology II 3 243 Clinical Practicum 5 NMT212 In Vivo Nuclear Medicine II 5 RH

RSC 402 Cross-sectional Anatomy (elective) 3 Total 18

NMT 242 Clinical Practicum 5 Summer Quarter Hours NMT 436 Computer Applications in Nuclear Rn215 Seminar 5 Medicine 1 3 RTT 244 Clinical Practicum 7 Total 18/21 Total 12

Spring Quarter Hours Total Credit Hours 70 AHS310 Biomedical Ethics 2

RSC 233 Radiation Health (for non RTS) 3 *Courses taught at Augusta College. School of Allied Health Sciences 63

Certificate- Winter Quarter Credit Hours of Diagnostic Sonography 4 Diagnostic Medical Sonography PCS 335 Physics DMS 312 Sonologic Applications (OB) 4

The 12-month curriculum is designed for those previ- DMS 313 Sonologic Applications (Abdomen) 4 ously qualified in a clinically related health profession. DMS 335 Conference I 2

Clinical Practicum II 5 It provides professionals with the educational require- DMS 342 ments and clinical experience to sit for the ARDMS cer- Total 19 tification examination in physics/general medicine and Spring Quarter Credit Hours the imaging specialties of abdomen and DMS 351 Sonographic Survey 2 obstetrics/gynecology. Observation (eight to 16 hours) DMS 343 Clinical Practicum III 8 in a sonology lab prior to consideration for acceptance

DMS 336 Conference II 2 may be required. AHS310 Professional Ethics 2_ Academic Requirements Total 14

Applicants for admission must have a high school Summer Quarter Credit Hours diploma or equivalent and have qualification in a clini- DMS 322 Special Topics 2 cally related health profession, with a minimum of two DMS 344 Clinical Practicum IV 9 years of education in an accredited educational pro- DMS 337 Conference III 2 gram. Examples of such professions are radiography, Total 13 nuclear medicine technology, medical technology, nursing, etc. Due to limited space for students, admission is Total Credit Hours 61 highly competitive. Therefore, a composite of an applicant's academic record, references, motivation and a Baccalaureate Curricula personal interview is the major criteria for admission.

The Department of Radiologic Technologies offers

Specific Academic Requirements baccalaureate programs in radiologic technology

1 . Applicants must have a minimum of 800 on the original (radiography), nuclear medicine technology, radiation Scholastic Aptitude Test, or comparable ACTs or recen- therapy technology and diagnostic medical sonography

if the tered SAT scores. This requirement may be waived that provide education and experience for the expanded applicant has demonstrated an exceptional history of roles of technologists in specialized technology posi- academic achievement. tions and in career advancement. In all programs, the 2. Applicants must have completed college education student is exposed to advanced science and instrumen-

in general anatomy and physiology (10 quarter tation associated with the modality and advanced hours), college English and composition grammar patient care and clinical roles. Courses in management, and algebra. Introductory (10 quarter hours) college education, cross-sectional anatomy, statistics,

physics and pre-calculus mathematics are highly research, computers and/or medical ethics expand the

recommended. job performance capabilities and upward mobility

3. point for all A minimum grade average, post-sec- potential of the baccalaureate technologist.

of is with pre- ondary course work, 2.5 required a The curricular plans and entry pathways to the four

ferred science of 3.0. Preference is math and GPA programs vary to accommodate the most typical appli- given to those individuals with high scholastic abilities. cants to the programs. The nuclear medicine technol- 4. Certification in CPR is required before matriculation ogy and diagnostic medical sonography programs, as 2 in the program. + 2 programs leading to professional certification, are 5. Observation (eight to 16 hours) in a sonology lab open to qualified college juniors who have completed may be required. 90 quarter hours of transferable core courses at a

regionally accredited college. See the program sec-

Curriculum tion(s) and/or contact the program director(s) for spe- Fall Quarter Quarter Hours cific information. These programs may also be HIM 303 Medical Terminology 2 designed to accommodate certified technologists in RSC421 Pathology 3 their respective modalities who wish to obtain post-cer-

DMS 31 1 Sonologic Applications (GYN) 4 tification bachelor's degrees. QMS 302 Cross-sectional Anatomy 3 The baccalaureate programs in radiologic technology

341 Clinical I DMS Practicum and radiation therapy technology are termed "post-cer- (Instrumentation/Patient Care) 4 tification" in that eligible applicants must be certified

Total 16 technologists in the respective modality at the time of

application or by expected matriculation date at MCG. 64 School of Allied Health Sciences

Those who want to pursue a bachelor's degree in either Winter Quarter Quarter Hours ot these careers but who have a general liberal arts col- DMS 442 Clinical Practicum VI 6 lege background only should apply rather to the appro- DMS 41 1 Sonologic Applications of Vascular priate associate program. Upon completion ot the asso- Technology 4 ciate program, a baccalaureate degree may then be DMS 412 Sonologic Applications of attempted by qualitied individuals over a three- to six- Echocardiography 4 period, depending on transferred credits. The quarter Total U~ department also offers a multi-modality baccalaureate degree format which allows the student to substitute a Spring Quarter Quarter Hours certificate modality (nuclear medicine technology, diag- DMS 422 Directed Study 4 or radiation therapy tech- nostic medical sonography DMS 443 Clinical Practicum VII 6 nology) for the advanced curriculum in radiography to PSC 432 Basic Biomedical Electronics 3 in radiologic obtain a bachelor of science degree tech- RSC 453 Statistics and Research 5 nologies. See the program section(s) and/or contact Total 18 the program director(s) for specific information.

following sections provide specific The program * DMS 441 (Clinical Practicum II) may be substituted/ information such as admission requirements and pro- added fall quarter if a prescribed course has already fessional curriculum. Listings of liberal arts (core) been taken, additional hours are needed for degree courses for each program may be obtained from the completion or it is deemed necessary by program fac- respective program director. ulty to ensure adequate student experiences.

Bachelor of Science Degree— Bachelor of Science Degree— Diagnostic Medical Sonography Nuclear Medicine Technology

2 + 2 baccalaureate program is offered to qualified A A 2 + 2 baccalaureate program is offered to qualified applicants who have completed 90 hours of college core applicants who have completed 90 quarter hours of curriculum credits (to include pre-calculus math, core curriculum college credit (to include pre-calculus anatomy and physiology and general physics courses). math, anatomy and physiology and general chemistry).

is required prior matriculation. CPR certification also to A complete listing of required core curriculum courses

Observation (eight to 16 hours) in a sonology lab may can be obtained from the Office of Undergraduate be required. A complete listing of core curriculum Admissions or the program director. Students then courses is available the from Undergraduate Admissions enter the program as juniors and during their first year Office or the director. The curriculum at program MCG they complete the basic curriculum which is the same includes the basic requirements of the 12-month certifi- as the nuclear medicine technology requirements of

in plus additional professional cate program sonography the associate-degree program. Students are then eligi- courses at the senior-year level. A curricular plan is ble to take the national certification exams during their available to graduates from a two-year health profes- senior year while completing the advanced level sions program who want both certification and a bache- requirements of the bachelor of science degree program. lor's degree in sonography. Interested persons should contact the program director. Curriculum Junior Year-Basic Curriculum

Fall Quarter Quarter Hours Curriculum NMT211 InVivoNMTI 5 Senior-year curriculum for college students enrolled PCS 231 Introduction to Radiation Physics 4 in the 2 + 2 program, following completion of the one- NMT241 Clinical Practicum 6 year MCG certificate DMS program. RSC 113 Psychology of the ILL 2 or ANM 310 Human Anatomy 5 Fall Quarter Quarter Hours 17-20 AHS 405 Introduction to Management 3 Total

AHS 400 Survey of Education 3 RSC410 Patient Care 3 Winter Quarter Quarter Hours ANM 338 Systemic Anatomy 7 NMT212 InVivoNMTII 5

* Physics of Nuclear Medicine 5 DMS 441 Clinical Practicum V (Optional & PCS 232 NMT 242 Clinical Practicum 5 Variable) 6_ RSC 202 Imaging and Therapeutic Modalities 2 Total 19-25 or PHY 210 Human Physiology 6

Total 17-21 School of Allied Health Sciences 65

Spring Quarter Quarter Hours eral arts course preparation is advised. A complete list-

NMT213 In Vitro NMT 4 ing of liberal arts (core) courses for these programs may RSC 233 Radiation Healtti 3 be obtained from the respective program director. NMT 243A Clinical Practicum 5 AHS310 Biomedical Ethics 2_ Admission Requirements

1 . National certification Total 14 by the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists (ARRT). Forty-five quarter

Summer Quarter Quarter Hours hours of professional credit may be awarded for certifi- NMT 201 Seminar 2 cation to registered technologists (in the respective modality) thereby providing advanced placement in the NMT 244 Clinical Practicum 10 program. Applicants who are recently registry-eligible Total 12 may be admitted into the junior year; however,

advancement into the senior year is dependent on certi- Senior Year-Advanced Curriculum fication. Fall Quarter Quarter Hours 2. Liberal arts course requirements*: PCS 435 Medical Radiation Physics 5 Junior-level admission RSC 421 Pathology 3 Anatomy and Physiology 1 0 quarter hours RSC 410 Patient Care 3 English Composition 5-1 0 quarter hours NMT 441 Clinical Practicum 3 Math (at least Algebra) 5-1 0 quarter hours AHS 400 Survey of Education (Elective) 3 Social Sciences 5-1 0 quarter hours AHS 405 Introduction to Management

(Elective) 3 *\/ariances in the number or area of the above outlined Total 20 courses will be evaluated on an individual basis.

Winter Quarter Quarter Hours Senior-level admission NMT 423 Radiochemistry 5 A minimum of 70 quarter hours of transferable lib- RSC 402 Cross-sectional Anatomy 3 eral arts courses at the time of matriculation at MCG. NMT 436 Computer Applications in NMT 3 Math through the pre-calculus level is required in NMT 442 Clinical Practicum 3 addition to the courses listed under the junior-level Total 14 admission above.

3. Applicants must meet the academic eligibility Spring Quarter Quarter Hours requirements outlined under the Associate Curricula

PCS 432 Basic Biomedical Electronics 3 section.

NMT437 Computer Applications in NMT II 3

NMT 443 Clinical Practicum 3 Curriculum NMT 422 Special Topics (Elective) 2-5 Senior-Year Professional Course Listing RSM 432 Management (Elective) 3 Quarter Hours RSC 453 Statistics and Research 5 PCS 435 Medical Physics & Instrumentation 5 Total 14-17 RSC 421 Pathology 3

RSC 410 Patient Care 3

Bachelor of Science Degree— RSC 402 Cross-sectional Anatomy ,3

Radiologic Technology (Radiography) AHS 400 Survey of Education 3

AHS 405 Introduction to Management 3 A three- to six-quarter post-certification curriculum is Clinical Practicums (n=3) 9 offered to qualified technologist applicants with profes- Computer Science* 5 sional certification in radiography and approximately one PCS 436 Advanced Physics of Radiography 5 year of college course work (see Admission RTR 437 Quality Control 3 Requirements below). The length of the program RTR411 Special Procedures 2 depends on the amount of transferred liberal arts college RTR 422 Special Topics 2 courses at the time of matriculation at MCG. The profes- RSC 453 Statistics and Research 5 sional courses of the senior year are listed below and are

offered from September to June each year. Technologists *Course taken at College, with optional may complete the liberal arts courses at MCG during the Augusta course titles available. first (junior) year, or may obtain them at any regionally

accredited college and transfer to MCG for the senior

year. Counseling from the program faculty regarding lib- 66 School of Allied Health Sciences

Bachelor of Science Degree—Radiation Therapy Technology Respiratory Therapy

The Department of Radiologic Technologies offers a post-certification baccalaureate program in radiation Objectives therapy technology with a concentration in medical dosimetry. To be eligible for this program the applicant must meet one of the following criteria: Respiratory therapy is an allied health specialty

A. Be certified in radiation therapy by the American employed in the diagnosis, treatment and management

Registry of Radiologic Technologists (ARRT). of patients with cardiopulmonary disease.

B. Be registry-eligible in radiation therapy, but not have This includes the therapeutic use of medical gases,

had the opportunity to sit for ARRT certifying exami- air and oxygen-administering apparatus, environmental

nation prior to admission. control systems, humidification and aerosols, drugs

All students earning a baccalaureate degree in radia- and medication, ventilatory assistance and ventilatory tion therapy must satisfy the following requirements: control, postural drainage, chest physiotherapy, breath- rehabilitation, 1. 90 quarter hours (or equivalent semester hours) of ing exercises, respiratory air and ground

liberal arts courses* as identified in the areas below: transport, cardiopulmonary resuscitation and maintenance of natural and prosthetic airways. English I and II Humanities Specific techniques can be used in respiratory ther-

One elective in the humanities apy to help diagnose, monitor, treat and research. This American government includes measurement of ventilatory volumes, pres-

American history sures, flow rates and blood gas analyses.

Two electives in the social sciences Since respiratory therapy as a special health area is College algebra broadly defined and parallels closely to other profes- Pre-calculus or calculus sional areas, note that such therapy interrelates with patient care performed by nurses, physical therapists Anatomy and physiology I and II

30 hours of courses supportive to medical dosimetry and other technologists. (Must be approved by the program director) The promotion, planning and implementation of varied types of research for the benefit of the public

*Note: These courses may be satisfied at another and the patient, as well as the growth of the profession,

institution and transferred to MCG. is often performed by respiratory therapists.

2. ARRT certification in radiation therapy 3. Completion of the core courses in the curriculum. Opportunities

Concentration in Medical Dosimetry The registered respiratory therapist (R.R.T) works in Fall Quarter Quarter Hours hospitals, clinics, laboratories, home care, colleges and PCS 435 Medical Physics and Instrumentation 5 universities. Jobs also exist within commercial compa- RTT 413 Quality Assurance in Health Care 3 nies in sales and contract service. The registered thera- Introduction to Management 3 AHS 405 pist may work strictly as a clinician, or in other areas of RTT 444 Clinical Practicum 6 management, education or research. Total 17 There is currently an acute shortage of registered thera-

pists. These individuals assume the majority of critical res- Winter Quarter Quarter Hours piratory care and have increased responsibility and salary. RTT 436 Advanced Dosimetry I 3 RSC 402 Cross-Sectional Anatomy 3

RTT 445 Clinical Practicum 6 Accreditation

Total 12 The respiratory therapy programs are accredited by

Spring Quarter Quarter Hours the Joint Review Committee for Respiratory Therapy

Education. This body is sponsored by the American RTT 437 Advanced Dosimetry II 3

RSC 453 Statistics and Research 5 Association for Respiratory Care and the Committee on PCS 432 Basic Biomedical Electronics 3 Allied Health Education and Accreditation. RTT 446 Clinical Practicum 6_

Total 17 Academic Promotion and Graduation

Summer Quarter Quarter Hours Refer to the General Information section of this catalog.

RTT 447 Clinical Practicum 12 Final grades for academic courses and modules

Total Credit Hours 58 taught by the respiratory therapy faculty are given on 0

School of Allied Health Sciences 67

an A, B, C, or F scale. The grade of D is not acceptable Electives (select from art, creative writing, in any course taught by MCG faculty. humanities, languages, literature, Students must meet the minimum level of proficiency religion, journalism and speech) 10 established for each course or module. Minimal level of Total 20 proficiency is set at 77 percent level of correct responses in written, oral and/or practical examination Mathematics and Natural Sciences Quarter Hours plus satisfactory completion of other course require- Mathematics (select from college algebra, ments. This applies to courses taught by the respiratory trigonometry, pre-calculus. advanced therapy faculty. mathematics) 5

Satisfactory progress through the curriculum depends Chemistry (select from laboratory courses on satisfactory completion of each course/module at the only) 10 time the course/module is offered. Physics (select from laboratory courses

Incomplete (I) may be given in any course or module only in mechanics, heat, light, sound, under extenuating circumstances at the discretion of electricity and magnetism. Students the instructor(s). These must be made up in accor- must have an understanding of the dance with MCG policy. gas laws.) 5

earns a grade of F in any course or A student who Total 20 module is subject to dismissal from the program.

Social Sciences Quarter Hours Admission Requirements History 5 Political science (government) 5 Bachelor of Science Psychology 10

Total 20 Accelerated Programs

An accelerated bachelor of science degree program in Courses Supportive to Major Quarter Hours respiratory therapy is available for the certified respira- Microbiology (with lab) 5 tory therapy technician (CRTT) desiring registry eligibil- Biological sciences (select from labora- ity. The program consists of general education require- tory courses only in general biology, ments and professional course work. An accelerated zoology (vertebrate preferred), compar-

is available for respiratory program also registered ative anatomy, embryology, genetics) 1 therapists (RRTs). Electives* 15 Upon successful completion of the program, gradu- Total 30 ates are eligible to sit for the exam offered by the

National Board for Respiratory Care for the registered * Courses in statistics, computers and research meth- respiratory therapy credential (RRT). ods are recommended. Graduates of the associate-degree program who wish to pursue a baccalaureate degree may apply for admis- Total Quarter Hours 90 sion to the bachelor-degree program. Selected appli-

cants can pursue individualized tracks which emphasize management, education or research, depending on Application Procedures

their area of interest.

Applicants may transfer to the Medical College of Application forms may be obtained from the Office of

Georgia following the completion of the required 90 Undergraduate Admissions, Medical College of Georgia,

quarter hours of prerequisites with a C or better. The Augusta, GA 30912. Applicants are responsible for

respiratory therapy program begins in the fall of each gathering necessary information to complete the appli-

year; therefore, applicants are encouraged to apply cation. A personal interview is required and should be

during the year their 90 quarter hours will be com- scheduled after the initial application and transcript

pleted. have been filed.

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 (C) overall and a 2.5 (C+) in math and science is required for consider- Estimated Expenses Specific to ation for admission. All students must complete the Respiratory Therapy core curriculum below prior to entering MCG.

These figures are based upon the normal experience Humanities Quarter Hours of our students. In some cases, costs may be higher, Composition 5 especially for travel. Literature 5 68 School of Allied Health Sciences

Bachelor's degree students Junior Senior of the therapist to the patient and other health-care

Books/supplies $ 369.50 $ 205.50 workers is also stressed.

Instruments 25-100 0 During the fall quarter of the senior year of the bach-

Uniforms 130 60 elor's-degree program, opportunities exist to study the

Affiliation/Field Trips 0-upto 1,000 principles of management, education and research. The

Professionalliability insurance 15 15 last quarter of the senior/sophomore year offers the

Comprehensive exams — appx. 200 chance for additional clinical experience in any area in

the profession of special interest to the student. Financial Aid Bachelor's Degree In addition to the sources of financial aid available to all MCG students, there are some sources available Junior Year specifically for students enrolled in a respiratory ther- Fall Quarter Credit Hours apy curriculum. For information on these sources con- RTH 299 Medical Terminology 2 tact: Department of Respiratory Therapy, Medical RTH 301 Respiratory Therapy Orientation 3

College of Georgia. PHY 31 r Principles of Human Physiology I 5 ANM 330* Human Systematic Anatomy 7 Special Needs RTH 301 L Respiratory Therapy Lab 2 RTH 304 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 2

Students accepted must be prepared to travel to facil- Total 21 ities throughout the southeastern United States to com-

plete clinical practice requirements in the senior year. Winter Quarter Credit Hours Travel may also be required to facilities in Georgia and RTH 300 Clinical Practicum I 4 South Carolina during the junior year. Financial assis- RTH 305 Basic Respiratory Therapy tance for these additional expenses cannot be guaran- Appliances and Modalities 6 teed, although every effort is made to assist students RTH 305L Clinical Lab 2 with major financial problems. 312* PHY Principles of Human Physiology il 5_

Total 17 Curriculum

Spring Quarter Credit Hours The respiratory therapy curriculum involves a two- RTH 302 Clinical Practicum II 4 year (seven-quarter) course study. Upon successful RTH 310 Cardiopulmonary Pathophysiology 5 completion of the curriculum, the graduate is recom- RTH 405 Physiologic Measures and Clinical mended to sit for the National Registration Exam Evaluation 3 offered by the National Board for Respiratory Care. PHM30r Undergraduate Pharmacology 5 The respiratory therapy curriculum is designed as a Total lV~ continuum of learning experiences organized to pro-

mote the personal and professional growth of the stu- Summer Quarter Credit Hours dent. The main objective of the program is to prepare RTH 312 Clinical Presentations 2 the student to function as a clinician. However, the RTH 407 Methods of Ventilatory Alteration 5 diversity of the profession warrants exposure of the RTH 410 Intensive Respiratory Care 5 student to education, research methodology and man- RTH 409 Pulmonary Rehabilitation 4 agement practices. Total 16 The curriculum is divided into three components: the

basic sciences, professional didactic concepts and

methodology and practical clinical experiences. Senior Year The basic sciences include human anatomy, microbi- Fall Quarter Credit Hours

ology, physiology, medical terminology, pharmacology RTH 402 Clinical Practicum III 8

and a study of diseases of the heart and lungs. AHS405 Department System Management Techniques 3 The professional course work is a structured study of of 3 the principles and practices of respiratory care. The AHS 400 Survey Education and Pediatric Respiratory course of study progresses to instruction in advanced RTH 417 Newborn 5 techniques used to detect and treat respiratory disorders. Care Medical Statistics 3 The clinical practicum portion of the curriculum con- AHS 450 Elementary

sists of the actual application of the various techniques Total 22

used to evaluate and treat the patient. The relationship School of Allied Health Sciences 69

Winter Quarter Credit Hours sion making processes, thereby enhancing ethical practice.

RTH 404 Clinical Practicum IV 8 Topics of broad concern for all allied health professionals pre-

sented. Ethical theories and principles applied, vi/ith emphasis RTH 303 Independent Study or a on clinical application. Legal and social implications presented Computer Course 5 and codes of ethics studied. RTH 415 Advanced Ventilation Management and Pulmonary Function AHS 400. Survey of Education. (3-0-3) Testing 6 A systematic development of the administration and educa-

AHS 455 Introductory Research tional process necessary for program design. Major focus on

Methodology 3 the following administrative and educational elements; plan-

ning, organizing, directing, learning theory, behavioral objec- Total 22 tives and evaluation.

Spring Quarter Credit Hours AHS 405. Introduction to Management. (3-0-3) RTH 408 Clinicallnternship 16 Organization and delivery of health services within institu- 450 Respiratory Therapy Seminar 2 RTH tional settings. Emphasis on structural and coordinative factors Totai W affecting the effectiveness and efficiency of health institutions.

AHS 425. Budgeting and Finance for Health Care * See School of Medicine course descriptions Supervisors. (2-0-2)

Familiarizes the student with basic hospital accounting and Academic Standards finance from the perspective of the first-line supervisor Upon

completion the student should possess a fundamental under- Refer to the General Information section of this cata- standing of hospital financial decision-making and the budget- log. The Department of Respiratory Therapy reserves ing process. Primary topical areas include; an overview of hos- the right to place a student on departmental probation pital accounting and finance; hospital financial statements; rate and to deny permission to continue enrollment in the setting and sources of revenue; planning, budgeting and

Department of Respiratory Therapy if, in the opinion of control; and capital expenditure analysis. the faculty, the student's knowledge, clinical performance, character or mental or physical fitness cast AHS 440. Introduction to Data-Processing Systems. grave doubts upon his potential capacities as a respira- (3-0-3) tory therapist. Application of modern data-processing techniques, data management, and information storage and retrieval to the Graduation Requirements needs of medical institutions.

The General Information section contains require- ED0 101. Medical Writing. (0-3-1) (Open only to students in the summer Student Educational ments for graduation. The faculty of the Department of Enrichment Program.) Respiratory Therapy make recommendations for gradu- A study of the basic principles of good writing with particular ation based on a student's ability to develop qualities emphasis on logical organization of ideas and paraphrasing. considered essential for the profession. In addition, the Instruction in the use of a science library is provided as well as student must pass comprehensive written examinations. instruction in grammar if needed. Students are required to

write a research paper using scientific journals and textbooks.

EDU 210. Medical Writing II. (0-3- 1) Course Descriptions (Open only to students in the summer Student Educational Enrichment Program.)

An in-depth study of good examples of published writing in A/ofe.- Course hours are designated as lecture-lab-credit addition to practice in synthesizing information and in writing hours, e.g. (3-2-4) abstracts. Students are required to write a research paper after

a critical analysis of journal reports with the advisement of a Non-Departmental Courses faculty member

AHS 280, 380. Health-Care Seminar. (2-0-2) EOU 301. Medical Writing III. (0-3-1) Health delivery presently exist systems as they and potential (Open only to students in the summer Student Educational future trends. Topics include: 1 present health-care systems; ) Enrichment Program.) Prerequisite; EDU 201 or equivalent. comparative health-care health 2) systems; 3) regulation-legis- An advanced course in medical writing with an emphasis on lation; 4) future trends in health delivery clarity and conciseness. Peer review and individual instruction

are the major components of the course. Students are required AHS 310. Ethics for Allied Health Professionals. to critically evaluate research articles from current health pro- (2-0-2) fessional journals and to write a research paper under the The course presents basic ethical principles and situations of supervision of a faculty member ethical dilemma toward introducing the student to ethical deci- 70 School of Allied Health Sciences

The following courses are offered by the department shown provided in DH 100-300. Infection control and patient assess-

for all undergraduate students: ment are emphasized.

Library courses DH 111-311. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture /. (3-0-3) Prerequisite: 6en\^\ hygiene student

HLR 301. Introduction to Health Library Resources Introduction to fundamental concepts, principles and skills and Skills. (1-2-2) essential to comprehensive oral hygiene care. Topics include;

Introduction to the resources and services of a health sci- medical-dental history, oral inspection, aseptic techniques,

ences library. A basic literature search strategy is introduced. patient education, and hard and soft deposits. Practical experi-

Resources unique to a health sciences library are included ence in applying principles and skills learned is provided in such as Index Medicus, Medical Subject Headings and the pre-clinical and clinical courses.

National Library of Medicine Classification.

DH 112-312. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture //.

HLR 399. Independent Study in Health Library < (2-0-2) Information, Resources, and Applications. Prerequisite: DH 111 or 311 (variable credit) Review of procedures and objectives for comprehensive patient care. PrereQi/zs/te.- Approval of instructor Discussions center on (1 ) problems presented by

Guidance in effective literature searching with specific patients with special needs, and (2) treatment modifications

emphasis on health science library resources related to the and additional services needed to bring these patients to opti-

student's major field. mum oral health. Laboratory sessions promote problem-solv-

ing and critical thinking. Office of Research Computing and Statistics courses DH 120-320. Dental Anatomy and Morphology. (1-3-2) Prerequisite: 6eu{z\ hygiene student

AHS450. Elementary Medical Statistics. (3-0-3) A study of growth and development of the human dentition, dental terminology tooth morphology. Collection and analysis of health-care data; rates, ratios, and and

indices; design of surveys; descriptive statistics; elementary 125-325. probability distributions; confidence limits and significance DH Dental Materials and Dental Auxiliary (1-2-2) tests; design of investigations. Utilization Laboratory Prerequisite: DH 120-320

AHS455. Introductory Research Methodology. (3-0-3) Instruction in the chemistry and physics of dental materials dental hygienists. in the manipulation Introduction to research methodology, experimental design used by Experience and

delivery of dental materials is obtained in the laboratory and and statistical analysis. Each student will do a critical review of during clinical rotations. a research report and design a research report.

DH 145-345. Interpersonal Communication. (1-2-2) Associated Dental Sciences An intensive, didactic and experiential course on the dynamics

of interpersonal communication. Emphasized is the accurate dis- Chair: G. Winkley; Associate Professors: crimination between effective and ineffective communication. M. Pinson (Dental Director), J. Brown, G. Winkley;

Professors:!. Oliver, Instructors: Assistant M. Downey; DH 200-400. Clinical Dental Hygiene IIL (0-14-7) D. Fee, D. Forde, E. Dinges, S. Ward DH 201-401. Clinical Dental Hygiene IV. (0-14-7)

DH 202-402. Clinical Dental Hygiene V. Dental Hygiene (variable Credit)

Prerequisite: 6en\di\ hygiene student

DH 100-300. Pre-Clinical Dental Hygiene. (1-11-6) These courses are a continuation of the first-year dental

OH 101-301. Clinical Dental Hygiene /. (2-9-5) hygiene clinic courses. Opportunity is provided to expand both

DH 102-302. Clinical Dental Hygiene II. (0- 10-5) knowledge and technique. The development and practice of

Prerequisite: 6en\di\ hygiene student skills necessary in the treatment and prevention of oral disease

These courses provide the opportunity to gain knowledge is emphasized. and skills in delivery of patient care for which the dental

hygienist is responsible. Emphasis is on comprehensive oral DH 211-411. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture HI. disease control. Each quarter offers opportunity for patient (2-0-2)

involvement in the dental hygiene clinic. DH 212-412. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture IV. (2-0-2)

DH 1 10-310. Introduction to Patient Care. (2-0-2) DH 213-413. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture V.

Prerequisite: dental hygiene student Prerequisite: dental hygiene student (2-0-2)

This course is the first in a series, designed to introduce the These courses are companion courses to second-year clini-

beginning dental hygiene student to the concepts, principles cal practicum. Instruction centers on patient management,

and skills essential to rendering comprehensive oral hygiene treatment planning and providing optimum oral health, within

care. Lectures, demonstrations and classroom discussions the scope of dental hygiene. Practice management, ethics and

closely correlated with the supervised laboratory experiences jurisprudence are discussed. School of Allied Health Sciences 71

DH 214-414. Dental Hygiene Seminar. (1-0-1) DH451. Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Teaching. (5-0-5) Prerequisite: 6Qn{i\ hygiene student ; DH 201-401

A study of selected professional activities, management prin- Provides students with knowledge and experience in class- ciples and their application to dental hygiene practice. room teaching. Emphasis on developing objectives and lesson plans, teaching methods and materials and evaluation.

Background knowledge in education is presented to provide a DH 224. Intramural Clinic I. (0-2- 1) broad overview of the educational process. DH 225. Intramural Clinic II. (0-2- 1) Prerequisite: issomle degree dental hygiene student DH 452. Clinical Dental Hygiene Teaching I. (2-8-6) Students observe and assist School of Dentistry students DH 455. Dental Hygiene Teaching Practicum. (2-8-6) practicing techniques and skills obtained in DH 125. Practical supervised teaching experience is provided in a

classroom, laboratory or clinical setting. DH 241-441. Introduction to Public Health. (3-2-4)

Prerequisite: dental hygiene student DH 456. Clinical Dental Hygiene Teaching //. (2-8-6) The history, philosophy and organization of public health are DH 457. Clinical Dental Hygiene Teaching HI. (2-8-6) presented. The relationship of public health to dentistry is A course sequence with emphasis on teaching methods and explored. Sociological determinants of public health programs evaluation of procedures and techniques in clinical and dental are identified. Epidemiological studies will be reviewed prior to hygiene. Supervised teaching experience is provided in the field application. The scope and dental relevance of public dental hygiene clinic. health are illustrated by examples of local, state, national and

international programs. DH 459. Dental Literature Evaluation. (3-0-3)

Evaluation of dental literature in a specific area of interest

DH 242-442. Public Health Field Experience. (2-1-2) culminating in the preparation of a term paper. Prerequisite: DH 241-441

Using the techniques of group processes, the student DH 465. Dental Specialty Clinic I. (0-2-1) designs, plans, prepares, presents and evaluates dental health DH 466. Dental Specialty Clinic II. (0-4-2) education programs. As a dental health consultant, the student DH 467. Dental Specialty Clinic III. (0-2- 1)

is involved with classroom teachers to improve dental health Prerequisite: baccalaureate degree dental hygiene student and knowledge for youngsters in the public school system. Students assist, observe and perform a variety of dental

Additional expenses incurred will be approximately $25. The hygiene clinical functions in various dental settings in the

Georgia Department of Human Resources cooperates in the School of Dentistry, University Hospital, Fort Gordon, Public

provision of the field experience. Health Department and other designated sites.

DH 443. Advanced Public Health Field Experience. DH 270-470. Externship. (0-8-4) (3-0-3) Prerequisites: DH 201/401 and permission of the department chairman. The history, philosophy and organization of public health are pre- Dental Hygiene students interact with and are guided by prac- sented. The relationship of public health to dentistry is explored.

ticing licensed dentists in clinical office settings. An opportunity to Sociological determinants of public health programs are identified. function as a participating member of a dental team is provided. Epidemiological studies reviewed pnor to field application. The

scope and dental relevance of public health are illustrated by exam- DH 489. Independent Study. (variable credit) ples of local, state, national and international programs. To aug- Independent study directed by a faculty member is designed ment community programs, the selection and use of commercially to give a student an opportunity to investigate a topic of partic- available and student-made instructional objectives are explored. ular interest or need.

DH 445. Independent Study of Public Health Problems. (3-6-6) Health Information Management

Provides the student with a broad-based understanding of Chair: C. Johnston; Associate Professors: C. Campbell, health delivery systems. Emphasis on dental public health C. Johnston; Assistant Professor: E. Layman; leadership in community situations. Literature reviews and an Instructor: M. Ogilvie. examination of a variety of populations discussed. An individ-

ual community dental health education project required. HIM 301. Medical Terminology. (2-2-3)

Prerequisite: Anatomy and Physiology DH 447. Public Health Seminar. (2-2-3) A study of the language of medicine including word Involvement in community programs provides an opportunity to construction, definition and use of terms related to all areas of develop and present a variety of health education projects such as medical science, hospital services and health-related fields. health fairs, exhibits, professional in-service programs, and This course includes a transcription lab. screening for oral cancer. This course is designed to give the stu-

dent an understanding of the dynamics of health services and set- HIM 303. Medical Terminology. (2-0-2) tings to best meet consumer health needs. Emphasis on leadership Prerequisite: kwiXm'i and Physiology and consultant roles for the dental hygienist. Literature reviews A study of the language of medicine including word con- and an individual community dental health project are required. struction, definition and use of terms related to all areas of

medical science, hospital services and health-related fields. 72 School of Allied Health Scienc^

HIM 310. Theory of Health Information Management I. HIM 360. Directed Practice I. (o-e- (3-2-4} HIM 361. Directed Practice II. (o-e- HIM 312. Theory of Health Information Management III. HIM 462. Directed Practice IV. (0-241 (2-2-3) Supervised learning experiences in classroom laboratory HIM 415. Theory of Health Information Management IV. and hospital settings in which the student develops compe- (3-4-5) tence in performing medical record functions and uses tech- HIM 417. Theory of Health Information Management VI. niques to analyze procedures and make recommendations toi (2-4-4) solve problems and simplify tasks. A survey of history and development of fiealth-care delivery

sytems; in-deptti study of the principles of securing, analyzing, HIM 401. Fundamentals of Medical Science I. (4-2-i processing and using medical data; development of indexes, regis- HIM 402. Fundamentals of Medical Science II. ters and hospital (4-2-i statistics; the analysis of medical records to Prerequisite: HIM 301 or permission assure accuracy of instructor and adequacy of documentation; study of external An introduction to medical science, including regulations the study of and standards affecting record systems and record the nature and cause of disease, diagnostic content with methods, treat- emphasis on standards of the Joint Commission on ment modalities and management of Accreditation patients in major clinica' of Healthcare Organizations; a study of quality man- specialties. agement—its evaluation and mechanisms for reaching its objectives, including the analysis of hospital services and utilization, HIM 422. Legal Concepts for the Health Field. (3-0-3 A study of the evolution of law, its administration through HIM 315. Coding I. (2-2-3) the courts, liability of hospitals and health-care professionals, HIM 316. Coding II. f2-2-3) the medical record as evidence ICD-9-CM and management of confiden- and HCPCS/CPT-4 coding principles and process tial information from legal and ethical using medical points of view. records and exercises in manual and automated formats. Reimbursement systems related to Medicare's inpatient HIM 425. Seminar. and outpatient (3.Q.3 prospective payment systems, diagnosis-related Exploration of current issues in health information manage- groups (DRGs) and ambulatory patient groups (APGs); ambula- ment. tory surgery center groups (ASCs); and resource-based relative value scale (RBRVs). HIM 430, Research Design and Methology I. (3-4-5, An introduction to research methodology including basic HIM 328. Health Information Systems Applications. methods of statistical analysis. Students collect, analyze and dis (3-2-4) play data and use microcomputer applications Co-requisite: HIM 330. for data analysis. HIM 330. Health Information Systems I. (3-0-3) HIM 431, Research Design and Methodology II. (1-8-5, Co-requisite: HIM 328, Demonstration of principles HIM 332. Health of research using a manage- Information Systems III. (3-0-3) ment or clinical study. Statistical analysis of data is Co-requisite: HIM 330, employed and microcomputers are used for data analysis This and/or word sequence of courses provides health information manage- processing. ment students with a core of knowledge that enable them to function as a primary and effective force in evaluating, designing, using HIM 494. Health Information and Systems III. (4-2-5) modifying computerized health information systems and to Principles and techniques of information systems, including meet the information needs of health care professionals in a data storage, representation, validation, integrity responsive, and security; timely and uncomplicated fashion. Threaded through- file and database considerations and concepts; information out these courses are the concepts of how computers capture, systems analysis; and current topics related to store, retrieve computer- and report information. Topics presented include: based patient records. Students pursue a project in the history an appro- and development of manual, machine-processed and priate health-related area and apply the techniques studies to computerized health information systems; characteristics of data this project, completing the sequence of courses begun as HIM processing and computer-related equipment; the computer pro- 328. gramming process; and features and capabilities of spreadsheets, word processing and database management systems. Through the HIM 499. Honors Project. (Credit to use of microcomputing, be arranged) students gain experience in the practical Independent study, directed by a faculty implementation member. Topic of health information related applications. selection may occur at any time; registration for credit takes place in HIM winter quarter of the senior year. 350. Management I. (3-2-4) HIM 351. Management II. (4-2-5)

HIM 352. Management III. (3.2-4) Health Information Technology The management process and functions of planning, organizing, staffing, leading and controlling related to information HIT 201. Medical Terminology. (2-2-3) management in a health-care setting. Prerequisite: Amlomy and Physiology

A study of the language of medicine including word con- HIM 453. Management Lab. (0-8-4) struction, definition and use of terms related to all areas of Student projects demonstrate knowledge and skills from medical science, hospital services and health-related fields. other courses in preparation for HIM 462, Directed Practice IV. School of Allied Health Sciences 73

HIT 210. Theory of Health Information Technology I. HIT 245. Laboratory/Transcription Supervision. (2-6-5)

(3-2-4) Supervised learning experiences in classroom laboratory in

HIT 212. Theory of Health Information Technology HI. which the student develops competence in the role of a medi-

(2-2-3) cal transcriptionist. The student practices recognizing and

HIT 213. Theory of Health Information Technology IV. solving problems encountered in the management of a medical

(3-4-5) transcription area and practices editing medical reports for

A survey of history and development of health-care delivery format, consistency and face validity. systems; in-depth study of the principles of securing, analyzing, processing and using medical data; development of indexes, HIT 250. Management I. (3-2-4) registers and hospital statistics; the analysis of medical records HIT 251. Management II. (4-2-5) to assure accuracy and adequacy of documentation; study of HIT 252. Management III. (3-2-4) external regulations and standards affecting record systems The management process and functions of planning, organ- and record content with emphasis on standards of the Joint izing, staffing, leading and controlling related to information

Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations; a management in a health-care setting. study of quality management— its evaluation and mechanisms for reaching its objectives, including the analysis of hospital HIT 260. Oirected Practice I. (0-6-2) services and utilization. HIT 261. Directed Practice II. (0-6-2)

Supervised learning experiences in classroom laboratory

HIT 222. Legal Concepts for the Health Field. (3-0-3) and hospital settings in which the student develops compe-

A study of the evolution of law, its administration through tence in performing medical record functions, to include the courts, liability of hospitals and health-care professionals, coding and sequencing for diagnoses and operative proce- the medical record as evidence and management of confiden- dures for third party reimbursement, and quality assurance/uti- tial information from legal and ethical points of view. lization review procedures.

HIT 215. Coding I. (2-2-3) AHS 280. Health Care Seminar. (2-0-2) HIT 216. Coding H (2-2-3) Health delivery systems as they presently exist and potential health-care systems; ICD-9-CM and HCPCS/CPPT-4 coding principles and process future trends. Topics include; 1 ) present using medical records and exercises in manual and automated 2) comparative health-care systems; 3) health regulation-legis- formats. Reimbursement systems related to Medicare's inpa- lation; 4) future trends in health delivery. tient and outpatient prospective payment systems, diagnosis- related groups (ORGS) and ambulatory patient groups (APGs); Medical Technology ambulatory surgery center groups (ASCs); and resource-based relative value scale (RBRVs). Chair: ^. Crowley; Professors: I Crowley, G. Rinker; HIT 228. Health Information Systems Associate Professors: B. Edwards, P. Larison, S. AppHcations (3-2-4-) Martin, A. Shaikh; Assistant Professors: f\. Arnette, G. Co-requisite; HIT 230. Launch, R. Mobley; Instructors: B. Duvall, D. Turnbull.

HIT 230. Health Information Systems I. (3-0-3) (2-0-2) Co-requisite; HIT 228. MTC307. Introduction to Medical Technology. Lecture and laboratory related to the role of the medical This sequence of courses provides health information man- technologist, relating to patients, safety and phlebotomy tech- agement students with a core of knowledge that enables them niques and their relation to reliability of test results. to function as a primary and effective force in evaluating, designing, using and modifying computerized health informa- Education. (1-0-1) tion systems and to meet the information needs of health-care MTC 309. Basic concepts of theories and techniques. professionals in a responsive, timely and uncomplicated fash-

ion. Threaded throughout these courses are the concepts of I (0-3-1) how computers capture, store, retrieve and report information. MTC 311. Venipuncture Students learn and practice phlebotomy techniques. Topics presented include; the history and development of

manual, machine-processed and computerized health informa- (1-0- tion systems; characteristics of data processing and computer- MTC 312. Venipuncture // 1) review and role of phlebotomist. related equipment, the computer programming process; and Students discuss features and capabilities of spreadsheets, workd processing 348. Mycology. (2-3-3) and database management systems. Through the use of MTC Medical Introduction to fungi of importance to the clinical laboratory microcomputing, students gain experience in the practical medical profession, including isolation, identification, implementation of health information related applications. and pathogenesis, treatment and safety precautions. Includes the

HIT 240. Fundamentals of Medical Science I. (4-2-5) study of more common isolates classified as contaminants in HIT 241. Fundamentals of Medical Science H. (4-2-5) the clinical laboratory.

Prerequisite: HIT 201 or permission of instructor

An introduction to medical science, including the study of MTC 349. Medical Parasitology. (2-3-3)

the nature and cause of disease, diagnostic methods, treat- Introduction to techniques for the examination and identifi-

ment modalities and management of patients in major clinical cation of blood, tissue and intestinal parasites of man. Includes

specialties. study of the pathogenesis and life cycles of major parasites. 74 School of Allied Health Sciences

MTC 364. Lab Math and Quality Control (3-0-3) MTC 440. Clinical Chemistry II. (5-0-5)

Course teaches calculations required for laboratory practice Prerequisites: MTC 439 and CMB 345 or permission of instruc-

solutions preparation, Dilution tor. including 1 ) Reagent and 2) 3)

Expressing and interchanging solution concentration. In addi- Deals with the theory, principles, analysis and correlation of tion to lab math, course also teaches advanced concept of chemistry procedures used in diagnosis, treatment and pre- quality control and its implementation in the clinical laboratory. vention of a disease. Discussion includes physiology and

pathophysiology of various analyte, such as carbohydrates,

MTC 370. Introductory Microbiology Lab (0-6-2) proteins, lipids, electrolytes, enzymes, hormones and vitamins.

Introduction to the basic techniques used in a medical microbiology laboratory MTC 442. Clinical Practicum Chemistry. (5-30-8) Prerequisites: Grade of C or better in MTC 440 or permission

of instructor. MTC 374. Introductory Immunology. (1-0- 1) In-depth clinical practical A self-tutorial course designed to introduce the basic princi- and experience of chemical analysis on patient utilizing ples of immunology. Course focuses on the structures, func- specimens, modern automated chemistry analytical tions and diseases of the immune system. instruments and techniques under the supervision of certified medical technologists. Students also learn

MTC 375. Basic Immunology. (4-3-5) problem-solving, application of quality assurance and opera- Prerequisite: MTC 374 tion of a hospital-based chemistry laboratory.

Essential concepts of the human immune system, including MTC 447. Diagnostic Microbiology Laboratory (0-9-4) the structure and function of the organs and cells that comprise Procedures in bacteriology used in a modern clinical micro- the immune system; humoral and cellular response, inflamma- biology laboratory are covered. Clinical relevance, quality tory response; host resistance to viral, fungal, bacterial, tuber- assurance, case presentations, problem-solving and critical cule and neoplastic disease; immune disorders; transplantation thinking are stressed. and tumor immunology; clinical immunological tests. Lab exercises emphasize the basics of antigen-antibody reactions and MTC 448. Diagnostic Microbiology. (5-0-5) their applications to clinical diagnostic testing. A library Develops students' decision-making skills in clinical microbi- research paper and oral presentation of the paper is required. ology. Three interrelated sections provide information on dis-

ease, identification methods and problem-solving. Individual and MTC 383. Introductory Hematology and Body Fluids. group activity allow students to practice decision-making and (4-0-4) problem-solving skills. A study of blood cell derivation, maturation and function with emphasis on normal blood and bone marrow morphology. MTC 449. Clinical Practicum Diagnostic Microbiology. Basic hematologic procedures used in diagnosis and treatment (5-30-8) of various disease states. Also included is a study of the diag- Prerequisites: Grade of C or better in MTC 348, MTC 349, MTC nostic value of urine and body fluids other than blood using 448 or permission of instructor. basic chemical analysis and microscopic examination. Practical application of diagnostic techniques in the hospital

microbiology laboratory. Includes mycology, parasitology and MTC 384. Hematology and Body Fluids Laboratory. general microbiology. (Four weeks.) (0-8-4)

Basic hematologic procedures used in diagnosis and treat- MTC 450. Microbiology. (0-2- 1) ment of various disease states. Basic urinalysis and body fluid Combines basic didactic and practical laboratory instruction techniques used in analysis of these specimens. Emphasis on in clinical microbiology. Bacteriology, mycology and parasitol- quality control laboratory techniques, trouble shooting, and ogy as related to diagnostic laboratory tests are covered. interpretation of results. Accompanies MTC 447 and 448 (for 4+1 students).

MTC 385. Body Fluids. (1-2-2) MTC 466. Clinical Chemistry I. (1-8-5) Review of cellular components found in blood and urine. Essential concepts of the basic laboratory principles, instru- In-depth study of the physiological and cellular components of mentation and laboratory calculations. Course includes in- other body fluids, to include CSF, synovial, pleural, pericardial, depth discussion of analytical techniques, such as spectral peritoneal, aminiotic and seminal fluids. This course is analysis, chromatography, electrophoresis, immunoassay, designed for associate-level practitioners (MLT articulation). quality assurance and method evaluation. Laboratory exercises

are designed to demonstrate the applications of analytical prin- MTC 430. Management, Unit I. (1-0- 1) ciples in patient specimen testing. MTC 431. Management, Unit II. (1-0- 1) Basic concepts of management theories and application. MTC 470. Clinical Immunohematology/lmmunology. Emphasis is on management functions related to the clinical (6-12-10) laboratory. Combines lecture, student laboratory and clinical practicum

experience in the major subject areas of blood banking and MTC 432. Management/Education Topics. (1-0-1) immunology. Included are basic principles of blood banking Basic concepts of education and management theories and and immunology theory as well as laboratory testing and prac- applications. Emphasis is on functions related to the clinical tical application of diagnostic techniques, (for 4+1 students) laboratory. School of Allied Health Sciences m

MTC 471. Immunohematology/lmmunology Lecture. ated pathological states. Principles and procedures in hematol- (6-0-6) ogy and coagulation as well as the diagnostic value of analysis

Emphasizes quality control; identification of blood group of urine and other body fluids are also covered, (for 4+1 stu- antigens and antibodies; cross-matching prenatal testing and dents) special techniques used in problem-solving. Immunology review and relationship to blood banking. MTC 492. Case Presentation. (2-0-2) Current patients presented and discussed by students and Mrc 472. Immunohematology Related to Transfusion faculty integrating pathophysiology, biochemistry, micro-biol- Service. (5-8-9) ogy and anatomical abnormalities where applicable.

Basic concepts of blood banking, including blood bank orga- 493. Directed Individual Immuncology nizations and regulations; genetic inheritance; blood group MTC Study— (Variable Credit) systems; compatibility testing; hemolytic disease of the new- 494. Individual Study. (Variable Credit) born; blood components and donor selection. Laboratory exer- MTC Directed 495. Directed Individual Blood Bank. cises emphasize quality control; identification of blood group MTC Study— (Variable Credit) antigens and antibodies; cross-matching; prenatal testing and 496. Directed Individual Study—Chemistry. special techniques used in problem-solving. MTC (Variable Credit) Hematology. MrC 473. Clinical Practicum Blood Bank. (5-30-8) MTC 497. Directed Individual Study— (Variable Credit) Prerequisite: MTC 472 or MTC 470. 498. Directed Individual Microbiology. In-depth clinical experience and practical application of MTC Study— (Variable Credit) blood banking theory including donor selection, collection and Directed Individual processing; preparation and use of blood components; com- MTC 499. Study- Instrumentation. (Variable Credit) patibility testing; paternity testing; prenatal workup; quality control; rules and regulations of blood bank; and special techniques in resolving transfusion problems. (Five weeks.) Flow Cytometry Chair: I Crowley; Professor:^. Crowley; Associate

MTC 475. Clinical Practicum Immunology. (5-30-8) Professor: C. Pantazis; Instructor: W. Wansley Prerequisite: MTC 375 or MTC 470 or permission of instructor.

Practical application of diagnostic techniques in the hospital MTC 467. Lab Conference I. (1-0- 1) immunology laboratory. (One week.) Student observes the weekly "working lab" meeting during

which research and clinical faculty and personnel develop the

MTC 481. Clinical Hematology II. (5-8-9) weekly plan of day-to-day operations of the flow cytometry lab.

Prerequisites. MTC 366, MTC 375, MTC 383, MTC 384, CMB Problems, projects and new test procedures are introduced at

345 or permission of instructor. this time.

In-depth study of qualitative and quantitative changes in peripheral blood and bone marrow cells found in pathologic MTC 468. Lab Conference // . (1-0-1) disorders. Correlation of hematologic tests with other clinical This course allows the student to increase participation in weekly findings in the diagnosis of various blood dyscrasias. "working lab" meetings by making monthly presentations to flow

Experience in cytochemical study of blood cells, tests utilized cytometry research and clinical faculty and personnel. The student in the differential diagnosis of hemorrhagic disorders, also helps develop the weekly plan of day-to-day operations of the hemoglobinopathies, and the study of abnormal peripheral flow cytometry lab. The student is also given the opportunity to blood and bone marrow films. Study and interpretation of help plan the implementation of new test procedures. hematology and coagulation case studies.

MTC 469. Lab Conference III. (1-0- 1) MTC 482. Clinical Practicum Hematology. (5-30-8) During this course, the student is integrated as a member of

Prerequisite: f\Q[^6e of C or better in MTC 481, or permission the flow cytometry team and participates actively in the weekly of instructor. "working lab" meetings. The student helps plan and decide his

Practical application and experience in techniques utilized in a role in the day-to-day operations of the flow cytometry lab. clinical hematology laboratory. Practical experience in urinalysis Additionally, the student gives research findings by making and other body fluids included m this rotation. (Five weeks.) monthly presentations.

MTC 483. Clinical Hematology. (5-0-5) MTC 477. Introductory Flow Cytometry. (2-0-2)

In-depth study of qualitative and quantitative changes in Includes an overview of the instrumentation, principles and peripheral blood and bone marrow cells found in pathologic diagnostic application of flow cytometry. Course contents disorders. Correlation of hematology tests with other clinical focus on the basic electronics and mechanics of the flow findings in the diagnosis of blood dyscrasias. Study and inter- cytometer, statistical analysis of data, and DMA and phenotype pretation of hematology and coagulation case studies. marker techniques.

MTC 485. Hematology/Fluid Analysis. (6-9- 1 1) MTC 478. Intermediate Flow Cytometry. (1-0- 1) Combines the didactic, student laboraton/ and clinical Instructs the student in the actual operation and application practicum experiences in the major areas of hematology, urinal- of the principles introduced in MTC 477. Data interpretation ysis and other body fluids. Includes normal and abnormal and analysis emphasized in more detail as to clinical diagnostic

hematopoiesis with emphasis on cellular morphology in associ- application. School of Allied Health Sciences

MTC 479. Advanced Flow Cytometry. (1-0-1) OTA 237. Practice Skills for Psychosocial Dysfunction. Covers advanced operations such as multicolor, dye laser (3-6-6-) and sorting. Also included are other applications such as retic- Prerequisite: OTA 225, OTA 230, OTA 235 ulocyte, platelet and WBC antibodies, chromosome analysis, Application of the COTA's role in the occupational therapy

NK and drug assays, microbiology, cell functions and industrial process with psychosocial dysfunction. applications. OTA 240. Treatment Methods. (3-6-6)

MTC 487. Introduction to Flow Cytometry Lab. Prerequisite: OTA 235 (0-27-7) Prerequisite or concurrent: OTA 236, OTA 237 Application of principles Acquaints the student with the basic components of flow occupational therapy to the use and adaptation of leisure, homemaking tasks. Includes cytometry instrumentation, preparation of lab samples, utiliza- and work modifying the physical environment, constructing static tion of quality control procedures, reagents and statistics. orthoses, directing activity programs, designing home pro-

grams and considerations unique to long-term care. MTC 488. Intermediate Flow Cytometry Lab. (0-28-8)

Allows practical experience in the hands-on operation, such OTA 250. Fieldwork Experience. (0-40-12) as setup, laser alignment, MDADS, runs and trouble-shooting. OTA 251. Fieldwork Experience. (0-40-6) Additionally, data analysis acquisition and transfer, and DNA OTA 252. Fieldwork Experience. (0-40-6) and phenotype analysis performed. Full-time fieldwork experience following the completion of

all didactic course work. MTC 489. Advanced Flow Cytometry Lab. (0-28-0)

Gives the student experience in advanced operation and OTH 300. Foundations of Occupational Therapy^4-2-5) non-routine applications of the flow cytometer. Actual opera- Introduction to occupational therapy. A frame of reference tions include multicolor, dye laser and sorting. Other applica- for practice is developed using historical and current trends in tions are reticulocyte, platelet and WBC antibody, chromo- the field. Problem identification, analysis, categorization of some analysis, NK and drug assay, microbiology, cell health problems and terminology. Experiential group activities functions and industrial applications. Additionally, completion and pre-clinical experiences are included. of research projects is required.

OTH 301. Human Development. (4-2-5) Prerequisite: OJH 300, AN M 330 Occupational Therapy Major concepts of sensory-motor, cognitive and psychoso-

cial development are discussed. Environmental and cultural Chair: R. Carrasco; Professors: \l. Allen, N. Prendergast; influences are explored. Emphasis is on role acquisition, life Associate Professors: R. Carrasco, C. Lee, N. Moulin; tasks and adaptive processes. Field experiences include visits in Assistant Professors: VJ. Buckner, T. Creel, L. Jaffe, the community, observations and interviews. L. Mosley; Instructors: K. Cammisa, B. Rucker OTH 302. Dasic Principles of Occupational Therapy. OTA 225. Occupational Therapy Assistant Practice. (4-2-5) (3-0-3) Prerequisites: m 300, OTH 301, ANM 331, PHY 312, prereq- Introduction to occupational therapy and other health-care uisite or concurrent with OTH 303 professions. Basics of occupational therapy process and roles Basic principles of occupational therapy assessment with of COTA in communication, documentation, supervision and introduction to criterion and normative-referenced testing and professional activities. Introduction to medical terminology. measurement. Includes application to program planning with

selected clients, documentation, confidentiality, audit procedures OTA 230. Developmental Tasks. (3-6-6) and fieldwork experiences. Prerequisite or concurrent: OTA 225 OTH 303. Dasic Media. (2-4-4) Study, skill development and analysis of play, school, self- Prerequisite or concurrent witti: OTH 300, OTH 301 care and work activities through the life span. Laboratory activ- Laboratory course emphasizing basic media and activities. ities include clinic management and instruction of individuals Emphasis is on skill development, instructional methods and and groups. analysis of activities in terms of human performance components.

OTA 235. Practice Skills for Physical Disabilities. OTH 304. Group Process in Occupational Therapy. (4-6-7) (1-2-2) Prerequisite or concurrent: OTA 225 Prerequisite or concurrent: OTH 302 Application of the COTA's role in the occupational therapy An experiential course to develop communication skills nec- process with physical disabilities. essary for the practice of occupational therapy.

OTA 236. Practice Skills for Pediatrics. (3-6-6) OTH 305. Advanced Media. (2-4-4) Prerequisite: OTA 225, OTA 230, OTA 235 Prerequisite: OTH 302

Application of the COTA's role in the occupational therapy Laboratory course emphasizing advanced media and activi- process in pediatrics. ties. Emphasis is on skill development, instructional methods,

and analysis of activities in terms of human performance components. 1

School of Allied Health Sciences

OTH 312. Concepts of Dysfunction. (4-0-4) OTH 415. Occupational Therapy Applied to Geriatrics. Prerequisites: mum (3-2-4) Discussions of selected health problems in terms of inci- Prerequisite: Senior standing

dence, prognosis and implications for function. Topics include Application of occupational therapy principles with geriatric

developmental disabilities, physical dysfunction and psychoso- clients Emphasis is on a developmental framework in assess-

cial dysfunction. ment and specific treatment approaches and methods.

Fieldwork experiences are included. OTH 321. Basic Practice Skills of Occupational Therapy. (2-4-4) OTH 418. Occupational Therapy in the School

Prerequisites: OTH 300, OTH 301 , OTH 306, OTH 332, ANM Systems. (1-3-2)

330, PHY 311 Prerequisite: Senior standing

Laboratory experience designed to teach skills in the evalua- Overview of school systems and the roles of occupational

tion and treatment of component level dysfunction. therapists in these settings. Includes fieldwork experiences.

OTH 332. Kinesiology. (2-4-4) OTH 420. Occupational Therapy in a Specialized

Prerequisite or concurrent witti: OTH 300, OTH 301 , ANM 330 Setting. (1-3-2)

Study of human movement emphasizing biomechanical Prerequisite: Smoi standing and permission of instructor activity analysis and application to occupational therapy. Independent study applying occupational therapy concepts

to a specialized setting.

OTH 400. Occupational Therapy Applied to Psycho- Social Dysfunction. (4-6-7) OTH 421. Investigation of a Problem, (variable credit)

Prerequisite: Senior standing: prerequisite or concurrent: Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

OTH 305 Designed to give the students an opportunity to investigate a

Application of occupational therapy principles to clients for topic of particular interest or need.

prevention or remediation of psychosocial dysfunction or

maintenance of mental health. Methods and approaches are OTH 424. Advanced Splinting Techniques. (1-2-2) designed for community, acute or chronic settings. Application Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

is made to psychological problems that may result from physi- Application of splinting principles and anatomy of the hand cal dysfunction. Fieldwork experiences are included. to the fabrication and application of specified splints including

commercially fabricated splints. Involves use of a variety of OTH 401. Psycho-Social Fieldwork Experiences. splinting materials. (0-40-12) Prerequisite: OTH 400 OTH 426. Physical Agent Modalities in Occupational Full-time fieldwork experience with emphasis on evaluation Therapy. (1-2-2) and management of clients with psychosocial deficits and/or Prerequisite: Permission of instructor dysfunction. Investigation of physical agent modalities as related to func-

tional application in occupational therapy.

OTH 405. Occupational Therapy Applied to Pediatrics. (4-2-5) OTH 427. Cognitive Rehabilitation. (1-2-2)

Prerequisite: Senior standing Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

Application of the occupational therapy process to functional Investigation and application of evaluation and treatment

problems occurring during infancy and childhood which inter- principles and research related to cognitive rehabilitation in

rupt or delay the sequence and/or rate of normal growth, occupational therapy. development and maturation.

OTH 410. Occupational Therapy Applied to Physical OTH 435. Occupational Therapy Administration. Dysfunction. (4-6-7) (2-2-3)

Prerequisite: Senior standing; prerequisite or concurrent: Prerequisite: Either OTH 401 or OTH 41

OTH 305 Application of administrative or supervisory processes and

Application of occupational therapy principles to clients who professional standards. Topics include professional roles,

have physical deficit, delay, deprivation or stress. Emphasis is management principles and quality assurance, on assessment and specific treatment approaches and methods. Fieldwork experiences are included. OTH 441. Research Project. (variable credit)

Prerequisite: OJH 455 and permission of instructor

OTH 411. Physical Dysfunction Fieldwork Individual research project dealing with an area of interest to

Experiences. (0-40-12) the student under the supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: OJH 410 Full-time fieldwork experience with emphasis on evaluation OTH 450. Special Fieldwork Experiences. (0-40-8) and management of clients with physical deficits and/or dys- Prerequisite: OTH 401 , OTH 41 1 , and permission of instructor

function. Full-time fieldwork experience in an area of the student's choice. 78 School of Allied Health Sciences

OTH 455. Research Design and Methodology. (2-2-3) Clinical experiences in a variety of health care facilities are

Prerequisite: Senior standing provided. Part-time experiences are in facilities near the MCG

Introduction to the research process with application to cri- campus. Full-time experiences provide clinical experiences tiquing literature and applying findings to occupational therapy directly related to the academic curriculum and are in facilities

practice. throughout the United States, chiefly in the southeastem states.

PTA 245. Health-Care Communications. (2-6-5) Physical Therapy The study of the principles and techniques used in the helping process and interpersonal communications. Students Chair: I Perry; Professors: B. May, J. Perry; Associate develop skills and attitudes necessary for establishing and Professors: I Dennis, H. Smith; Assistant Professors: maintaining therapeutic relationships with patients, and D. Keskula, K. Wessling; Instructors: D. Reimche, T. Stec, develop the communication skills necessary to become effec-

S. Wallace, E. Wark. tive members of the health care team.

Prerequisite for all PTA courses: Physical therapist assistant PT 310. Dynamics of Human Movement. (9-4- 1 1) student and successful completion of all preceding course work. The study of basic kinesiology, goniometry and muscle-test-

Prerequisite for all PT courses: Physical therapy student and ing related to normal movement. successful completion of all preceding course work.

PT 313. Musculoskeletal Prohlems 1. (7-5-9) PTA 201. Functional Anatomy. (4-4-6) The study of pathological, medical and therapeutic concepts Combines the basic subject matter found in human anatomy relevant to simple orthopedic/musculoskeletal problems. and kinesiology. Anatomy has emphasis on the musculoskeletal Included are basic techniques of physical therapy intervention systems, but all systems are covered. Kinesiology concentrates such as evaluative and treatment procedures and development on trunk and extremities with an introduction to biomechanics of treatment plans. and gait.

PT 315. General Medical Problems 1. (5-8-8) PTA 202. Human Physiology. (4-4-6) Study of the etiology, signs, symptoms, gross medical man- Concepts of basic physiology of all body systems are pre- agement and physical therapy management of systemic medi- sented. Emphasis is on the neuromuscular and cardio- respira- cal problems associated with prolonged bed rest and immobi- tory systems. lization.

PTA 203. Introduction to Health Care. (2-2-3)

PT 320. Clinical Experience I. (0- 16-2) An introduction to health care and the health-care system is

Clinical are in health-care facilities designed to provide a frame of reference for the study of phys- experiences provided within the Southeast. are provided in two-week block ical therapy. Medical terminology, basic communications, the These a of time. health-care environment, ethics and medical-legal aspects of physical therapy are included. PT340. Health-Care Communications. (2-0-2)

PTA 220. Topics in Physical Therapy I. (3-4-5) An introduction to health care and the health-care system

PTA 221. Topics In Physical Therapy //. (7-14-14) designed to assist the student in developing a frame of refer-

PTA 222. Topics in Physical Therapy III. (4-6-7) ence of the study of physical therapy. Includes communica-

PTA 223. Topics in Physical Therapy IV. (5- 12-11) tions and interpersonal relations, the health-care environment,

The development of the ability to perform a physical therapy ethics and medical-legal aspects of physical therapy. treatment is approached through study of physiological and psychological factors contributing to the patient's status. PT 341. Professional Issues. (3-0-3)

Physical therapy activities are presented sequentially in relation An introduction to professional behaviors with special to pathological processes and the patient's total need. emphasis on documentation, outcome assessment, measure-

Classroom and laboratory activities provide the opportunity to ment and the history of the profession, attain the skills of a physical therapist assistant. An introduction to research methodology and experimental design is provided. PT413. Neurological Problems. (10-9-14)

The study of pathological, medical and therapeutic concepts

PTA 231. The Health-Care System. (4-0-4) relevant to the physical therapy evaluation and treatment of

The exploration of the health-care system and the delivery of individuals with neurologic impairment. physical therapy services. Topics include: health-care providers, community agencies, methods of health-care deliv- PT 415. Musculoskeletal Problems 2. (8-8-12) ery management theories and the role and responsibilities of The study of pathological, medical and therapeutic concepts the physical therapist assistant within the physical therapy relevant to complex orthopedic/musculoskeletal problems. department, other hospital services and other health care Included are advanced techniques of physical therapy interven- agencies. tion such as evaluative and treatment procedures and develop-

ment of treatment plans.

PTA 240. Clinical Practicum I. (Part-time) (0-4- 1)

PTA 241. Clinical Practicum II. (Full-time) (0-8- 1) PT 417. General Medical Problems 2. (4-5-6)

PTA 242. Clinical Practicum III. (Full-time) (0-40-5) Study of etiology, signs, symptoms, gross medical manage-

PTA 243. Clinical Practicum IV. (Full-time) (0-48-6) ment and physical therapy management of children and adults School of Allied Health Sciences 79

with pulmonary dysfunction, oncological and selected simple PAD 308. Physical Diagnosis. (4-3-6)

neurological problems, Perform physical exams, take medical histories, use the

basic hand instruments in performing physical examinations. PT418. General Medical Problems 3. 14-5-6) Normal findings emphasized.

Study of etiology, signs, symptoms, gross medical manage-

ment and physical therapy management of peripheral vascular PAD 326. P. A. Seminar. (1-0-1)

diseases and amputations. Professional role development to include: history of the pro-

fession, legal and ethical issues of PA. practice, various prac-

PT 420. Clinical Experience A. (0-32-4) tice settings, role of other allied health professionals, and the

The student works in health-care facilities in the southeastern physician assistant as a member of the health-care team.

region of the United States, with clinical experiences directly

related to the academic curriculum. PAD 328. Clinical Medicine I. (6-1-7)

The pathophysiology of physical and mental disease pro-

PT 421. Clinical Experience B. 10-48-6) cesses and the relationship between symptoms, objective find- PT 422. Clinical Experience C. (0-48-6) ings and laboratory tests are emphasized,

Six weeks of full-time clinical experiences provided m a wide variety of health-care facilities. The experiences are designed PAD 329. Clinical Medicine II. (8-2-9) to develop competence m treating a variety of patients. Continuation of PAD 328.

PT 430. Research in Physical Therapy (3-6-5) PAD 331. Clinical Medicine III. (8-2-9)

An introduction to interpretation and evaluation of research Continuation of PAD 329.

literature, basic statistics and statistical reasoning, the scientific method, research design and research proposal writing, PAD 343. Surgical and Acute Care. (3-1-4) A didactic and laboratory course with the focus on common

PT 431. Health-Care Issues. (3-2-4) acute care and surgical entities. The laboratory sessions intro-

Current issues and trends in health care at the state and duce the student to aseptic technique, instruments, suturing national levels and their effects on delivery of physical therapy and wound management and operating room demeanor. services. Topics include methods of health-care delivery,

national health insurance, health maintenance organizations, PAD 347. Communication Skills for Physician

professional peer review and other relevant issues. Assistant. (2-0-2)

Students learn and develop essential and effective interview-

PT 432. Designs for Administration. (2-8-6) ing and communication skills necessary for the physician assis-

Theories and application of administrative activities including tant to perform a competent medical interview and assessment.

personnel relations, budgeting, planning, organizing and operating a physical therapy department. PAD 348. Psychosocial Issues in Health Care. (2-0-2)

Social psychology as applied to a general medicine practice.

PT434. TeachingAearning Processes. (2-6-5) Interpersonal relations, family problems, human sexuality,

Introduction to learning theory with application to physical rape, special needs of children, minority groups, chronic ill- therapy and special emphasis on in-service, continuing and ness, and death and dying are explained. Emphasis is on the patient education. development of insight to facilitate competent clinical manage-

ment of the "whole patient". PT441. Case History Review. (1-2-2)

The in-depth study of the physical therapy management of PAD 401. Preceptorship. (variable credit) advanced clinical problems. Required of all students, during the summer quarter (the last

quarter of study), the student works with a physician in an

PT 442. Independent Study. (2-5) office practice setting. The clinical setting may be in family

Time and credit for independent study is given during the practice, pediatrics, internal medicine or general surgery. senior year to study some aspect of physical therapy and

health care in depth. These experiences are designed by the PAD 403. Family Practice Clinical Rotation. (5-15-12) student with guidance from appropriate faculty. Students must Primary-care problems in a family practice setting. Students

participate in some aspects of independent study. encounter a variety of clinical situations in various settings,

(six weeks) Physician Assistant PAD 404. Internal Medicine Clinical Rotation. (5-15-12) Chair: B. Dadig; Associate Director E. Huechtker; Evaluation and management of the patients with common Associate Professor: B. Dadig; Assistant Professor: E. medical disorders, (six weeks) Huechtker; Instructors: C. Lewis, L, Lee, W. Hunt, 8.

Garrett. PAD 405. Pediatric Clinical Rotation. (5- 15- 12) Health care of the pediatric patient from birth through ado- PAD 302. Medical Terminology. (0-0-1) lescence, (six weeks) Programmed text, with no formal classroom instruction. An

end-of-course examination is given as a take home examination. 80 School of Allied Health Sciences

PAD 406. OB GYN Clinical Rotation. (5-15-12) Some courses specify prerequisite courses. At the discretion

Experience in prenatal and postnatal care, tlierapeutic proce- of the faculty, the department reserves the right to waive pre- dures specifically related to gynecological and obstetrical prob- requisite requirement(s) where appropriate.

lems and the normal course of pregnancy, labor and delivery,

as well as complications, (six weeks) DMS302. Cross-Sectional Anatomy. (3-0-3)

This course supplements the sonography student's knowl-

PAD 407. Mental Health Clinical Rotation. (5-15-12) edge of anatomy through presentation of transverse, sagital

Exposure to a variety of problems in mental health and an and coronal cross-sections of the head, pelvis and body trunk. understanding of how to make dispositions of these problems, Reference to sonographic and computerized tomography

(six weeks) images. Discussion includes transducer orientation, dynamic

and static scanning, and pathology-related alterations to the PAD 418. Surgery Clinical Rotation. (5- 15- 12) cross-sectional image. Pre- and postoperative patient management and operating

room exposure, (six weeks) DMS 31 1. Sonologic Applications (GYM). (4-0-4)

An introduction to female anatomy and pathology with ultra- PAD 420. Emergency Medicine Clinical Rotation. sound correlation. Three modules are presented; Module

(5-15-12) One—normal anatomy, menstrual cycle; Module Two—uterine

Emergency and routine medical procedures performed in a and ovarian anomalies; Module Three—ectopic pregnancy, typical hospital emergency room, (six weeks) pelvic inflammatory disease, intrauterine contraceptive

devices. PAD 421. Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS).

(1-1-1) DMS 312. Sonologic Applications (08). (4-0-4)

Development of skills for advanced cardiac life support Prerequisite: DMS 3^^

based on the American Heart Association's guidelines with An overview of the applications of ultrasound in normal and

potential for certification. high-risk pregnancy from conception to delivery. The course

consists of two modules: Module One—determining gesta- -0- PAD 422. Concepts on Health-Care Delivery. (1 1) tional age, fetal anatomy; Module Two—obstetrical and medi- Overview of present health-care delivery systems and their cal complications, and management techniques. impact on physician assistant practice. DMS 313. Sonologic Applications (Abdominal). (4-0-4)

PAD 423. Geriatrics. (1-0- 1) Prerequisite: DMS 302 Gerontology topics as related to physician assistant's Reviews basic anatomy and physiology of major abdominal expanded role in the delivery of health-care services to the organs. The sonographic appearance of abdominal organs in elderly. Resources for aging on local and national levels; impact health and disease is presented. of chronic illness in the elderly population, i.e., heart disease, cancer, stroke, emphysema/bronchitis, diabetes, hypertension DMS 322. Special Topics. (3-0-2) and arteriosclerosis; and maximizing health and functioning of Presents different topics in the field of ultrasound, and this segment of the population are areas explored. introduces several allied health professions. Aids the student in

developing a basic knowledge of the other health professions,

PAD 424. Health Promotion/Disease Prevention. and broadens understanding of different ultrasound topics. (2-0-2)

Individual and community strategies for health promotion DMS 335. Conference I. (2-0-2) and disease prevention are emphasized. DMS 336. Conference II. (2-0-2)

DMS 337. Conference III. (2-0-2)

PAD 426. Clinical Pharmacology. (1-0- 1) The student observes and participates in abdominal and An overview of the body of information that underlies the ob/gyn ultrasound conferences where sonologists or sonsog- clinically effective and safe use of drugs in diagnosis, preven- raphers review and interpret patient examinations. Special tion or treatment of disease. assignments complete the course.

PADE. Electives. (variable credit) DMS 341. Clinical Practicum I (Instrumentation/

Electives may provide additional or initial exposure to the Patient Care). (3-1-4) clinical specialties under the supervision of a physician certi- An introduction to instrumentation in a clinical setting. fied in that particular speciality. Students review operator's manuals and gain hands-on experi-

ence with scanning units at different clinical sites. Students Radiologic Technologies without prior health care backgrounds may be required to participate in clinic rotations. Basic patient care is also included.

Chair: S. Gregory; Associate Ctiair:]N. Mundy; DMS 342. Clinical Practicum II. (0-20-5) Associate Professors: S. Gregory, R. Lam, N. Lavin, W. DMS 343. Clinical Practicum III. (0-32-8) Mundy; Assistant Professor: G. Passmore, A. Vann; DMS 344. Clinical Practicum IV. (0-36-9)

Instructors: , L. Reyes; Clinical Instruction Radiograpfier: The student participates in the clinical areas of general

Y.Erb abdominal, ob/gyn, and portable procedures. Static and dynamic School of Allied Health Sciences 81

scanning introduced. Students learn scanning expertise ttirough NMT 241. Clinical Practicum. (0-16-5) rotation to various sonograptiic laboratories or service areas, NMT 242. Clinical Practicum. (0-20-5) observing and performing examinations under the supervision NMT243A. Clinical Practicum. (0-20-5) of ttie clinical instructor. Clinical competencies are performed, NMT 2438. Clinical Practicum. (0-24-6) and a special clinical assignment completes the course. NMT 244. Clinical Preceptorship. (0-40-2)

Assignment to clinical practicum on the quarter basis in the

DMS 351. Sonographic Survey. (2-0-2) teaching hospital or one of the affiliate institutions, under a clin-

A comprehensive ommw of the didactic and clinical pro- ical instructor or designated technologist who instructs in the gram topics. Prescriptive assignments aid the students in rais- performance of the procedures done in that particular clinic. ing suboptimal areas of levels of competency, NMT 201. Seminar in NMT. (2-0-2)

DMS 411. Sonologic Applications of Vascular A review of nuclear medicine literature through research,

Technology (4-0-4) discussion and student or guest presentations. Prerequisite: ARDMS certification or completion of the )unior year/certificate sonography curriculum; or permission of NMT 211. In Vivo Nuclear Medicine Technology I. instructor. (4-2-5)

Senior students are introduced to vascular sonology. Lecture NMT 212. In Vivo Nuclear Medicine Technology II. topics include peripheral venous and arterial imaging, transcra- (5-0-5) nial doppler imaging and carotid artery imaging, An overview of anatomy and positioning, radiation safety

and radiopharmaceuticals, with a discussion of the rationale,

DMS 412. Sonologic Applications of procedure and technical aspects of in vivo studies to include

Echocardiography (4-0-4) laboratory exercises and case studies. Prerequisite: APiDMS certification or completion of the junior year/certificate sonography curriculum; or permission of NMT 213. In Vitro Nuclear Medicine Technology. instructor (3-2-4)

Senior students are introduced to echocardiography. Lecture Routine procedures of the radiochemical laboratory, partic- topics include cardiac anatomy and physiology, acquired heart ularly in vitro studies, presented in lecture and laboratory ses- disease and congenital heart disease, sions.

DMS 422. Directed Study. (4-0-4) NMT 422. Special Topics in Nuclear Medicine Prepares the student for research writing through a step- Technology. (Variable; 2-5 credit hours) by-step evaluation of the process, A sonographic problem and Students are assigned study and research topics according subproblems evaluated. The student accumulates and evalu- to their special interests. A suitable research paper or report is ates data, and writes a conclusion based upon research find- required. ings. The student's work may be submitted for publication at the discretion of the faculty. Alternate pro|ect(s) may be NMT 423. Radiochemistry. (4-2-5) assigned at the discretion of the faculty, Special radiochemistry techniques and radiopharmacy

chemistries are presented through lectures and practical exer-

DMS 441. Clinical Practicum V. (0-0 to 24-0 to 6) cises, to include various assay techniques and the rationales for

DMS 442. Clinical Practicum VI. (0-24-6) the development of assay systems. Chemical and biological

DMS 443. Clinical Practicum VII. (0-24-6) aspects of radiopharmaceutical production is discussed. Feder-

Prerequisite: ARDMS certification or completion of the junior al regulations for radiopharmaceutical development are review- year/certificate sonography curriculum ed and quality control is emphasized. A significant portion of the

Senior practicum may include a review of sonographic skills learning process is directed toward current literature in the field. in abdominal and ob/gyn scanning through rotation to various sonographic laboratories. An introduction to vascular, echocar- NMT 436. Computer Applications in Nuclear diography, neurosonology, breast and invasive procedures Medicine I. (2-3-3) through observation and scanning under the direction of a clin- Prerequisite: PCS 221 or equivalent ical instructor is included. Special clinical assignments com- An introduction to nuclear medicine computer system plete the course. through didactic lecture series and hands-on laboratory exer-

cises. Emphasis is on an understanding of the operations and

NMT 141. Introduction to Clinical Practicum. (1-12-3) utilization of the more basic functions of a nuclear medicine

An introduction to the fundamentals of department opera- imaging computer system as found in a clinical environment. tions, equipment and materials, patient care and management, and medical terminology. The student observes clinical appli- NMT 437. Computer Applications in Nuclear cation of these fundamentals and learns how they are applied Medicine II. (2-3-3) by the nuclear medicine technologist to the ongoing activities Prerequisite: NMT 436 of the department. Advanced applications of nuclear medicine computer sys-

tems. Didactic lecture series and hands-on laboratory exercise

NMT 142. Clinical Practicum. (0- 12-2) emphasize the specialized areas of clinical utilization of com-

NMT 143. Clinical Practicum. (0- 18-3) puter hardware and software currently available in nuclear NMT 144. Clinical Practicum. (0-20-4) medicine departments. 82 School of Allied Health Sciences

NMT 441. Clinical Practicum. (1-10-3) screens, and writing performance and bid specifications. A lab

NMT 442. Clinical Practicum. (1-10-3) covers X-ray generator supporting systems and basic invasive

NMT 443. Clinical Practicum. (1-10-3) and non- invasive test equipment.

Clinical practicum in routine and special function areas. The

student works under the supervision of the clinical instructor RSC 111. Introduction to Radiologic Professions. who is responsible for the quality of performance of the stu- (2-2-2)

dent. Special clinical assignments may be made at the discre- An overview of the history of radiology, radiology services tion of the clinical supervisor or the clinical coordinator. and radiologic professions. Introduction to both didactic and

Practicum may include nuclear cardiology, computer utiliza- clinical education to include the fundamentals of department tion, special radiochemistries, routine nuclear medicine, CT, operations, equipment and materials, patient handling, patient sonography and MRI. care and medical terminology. Considerations of acceptable

performance as a novice practicing clinician are presented. PCS 231. Introduction to Radiation Physics. (4-0-4)

An introduction to the concept of energy and its application RSC 113. Psychology of the III. (2-0-2) to the atom and nucleus. Radioactive decay, common radiation Introduction to the psychosocial aspect of health care to units, radiation detection and the interaction of radiation with include: perspectives of the technologist; problems, privileges, matter are stressed. incentives and interactions of the patient; determinations of

eftective interaction; technologist- patient relationships; the

PCS 232. Physics of Nuclear Medicine. (3-4-5) aging process; and death and dying. Prerequisite: PCS 231

The theory of operation of nuclear medical laboratory instru- RSC 202. Diagnostic Imaging and Therapeutic mentation is presented in lectures coordinated with weekly Modalities. (2-0-2) experiments in directed laboratory sessions. Major emphasis is A comprehensive basic overview of nuclear medicine, radio- on quality control of nuclear instrumentation. graphy, ultrasound, computer tomography, magnetic reso-

nance imaging and radiation therapy for sophomore radiologic

PCS 335. Physics of Diagnostic Ultrasound. (3-1-4) technologies students. A correlative approach is used to intro-

Prerequisite: coWeQe algebra (pre-calculus is recommended) duce these adjunct imaging and therapeutic modalities.

The physics of acoustics; ultrasonic properties and princi- Content areas for each module are terminology, instrumenta- ples; tranducers and sound beams; and the biologic effects of tion, operational principles, clinical applications and benefits. ultrasound. Basic principles and controls of ultrasound instruments with quality-control techniques are introduced. A review RSC 233. Radiation Health. (3-1-3) of related mathematics, units and physical concepts. Laboratory Regulations, principles and practices of radiation protection, sessions demonstrate the physical principles of diagnostic and information particular to each specialty. The medical ultrasound as they are applied to the imaging process. aspects of radiobiology including cellular, systemic and total

body responses; and somatic and genetic effects of radiation. PCS 432. Basic Biomedical Electronics. (2-2-3)

Basic principles of medical electronics to include characteri- RSC 402. Cross-Sectional Anatomy. (3-0-3) zation and applications of numerous solid state devices, instru- Prerequisites: College anatomy and physiology course ment trouble-shooting, and electrical safety in the patient-care sequence environment. The laboratory offers familiarization with several Offered to advanced students in radiologic science. test instruments and representative circuitry encountered in Supplements the student's knowledge of anatomy through premedical instrumentation. sentation of transverse, saggital, longitudinal and coronal

cross-sections of the head and body trunk. Correlation with PCS 435. Medical Physics and Instrumentation. computed tomography, magnetic resonance and sonographic

(4-2-5) images is made. Material presented is a foundation for further

Prereqfiy/s/fe- pre-calculus math study in any of these modalities.

A review and in-depth presentation of matter, energy and radiation; principles of X-rays and radioactivity; interactions of RSC 410. Patient Care. (3-0-3)

X- and gamma rays; radiation protection to include federal reg- Patient observation and monitoring skills, and selected ulations; and laboratory to include experiences using the vari- patient crises/emergency situations to include appropriate ous radiation detection instrumentation. intervention skills such as cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

Advanced life support instrumentation and techniques used to

PCS 436. Advanced Physics of Radiologic Technology. assist in patient resuscitation efforts. Proper administration

(4-2-5) and/or maintenance of intravenous lifeline, oxygen therapy,

Prerequisite: PCS 435 suction therapy, cardiac monitors and defibrillators. General

The physical and technical aspects of image formation to anesthesia, selected types of drug therapy and patient records. include characteristics of diagnostic X-ray machines, recording systems and media. X-ray spectrum, and information limits RSC 421. Pathology. (3-0-3) and losses. An in-depth survey of modern X-ray equipment An introduction to the normal and abnormal development, performance to include the total radiographic system; modern growth and structure of human cells and organs, and the study

X-ray tubes and generators, image intensifiers and related sys- of pathological conditions diagnosed v.ith the aid of diagnostic tems, X-ray film and processing, intensifying and fluoroscopic imaging modalities. School of Allied Health Sciences 83

RSC 453. Research Designs and Methods. RTR 111. Radiographic Procedures I. (4-2-5)

Introduction to the fundamentals of designing researcfi and The first of a three-course sequence in radiographic posi-

the statistical methods appropriate for the allied health and tioning and imaging procedures. Presents pertinent anatomical

radiological sciences. Teaches a working knowledge of basic and positioning terminology; topographic landmarks for posi-

descriptive and inferential statistics in order to analyze relation- tioning; positioning criteria and tasks for routine imaging of the

ships and differences among groups. Teaches differentiation chest, abdomen and skeleton to exclude cranium; and image

between experimental and quasi-experimental research analysis of skeletal and body trunk projections. Fundamentals

designs. The course culminates with the students utilizing the of image production, exposure control and image quality are

above objectives to design a proiect and develop it into a presented sufficient for basic image analysis. research proposal. RTR 1 12. Radiographic Procedures II. (4-2-4)

RSE412. Clinical Instruction and Assessment. (2-2-3) A study of the characteristics and performance of routine

A systematic approach to clinical instruction and assess- contrast media procedures of the gastrointestinal, genitouri-

ment for teaching and managing the clinical education. Special nary and accessory digestive systems; as well as imaging

emphasis is on the process of designing and using obiective techniques for the cranium, and specialized views of the skull

evaluative instruments for measuring clinical performance. and skeleton.

RSE 430. Audiovisual Methods and Materials. (3-0-3) RTR 121. Radiographic Technique I. (3-2-4)

The theory, application, design and use of audiovisuals in the The photographic principles of radiography, including films, classroom. Students design and produce an individualized film holders and film processing. Radiographic devices that learning package using audiovisuals on a content area in their affect and control the photographic properties of radiographs discipline. are discussed. Practical application of the material is presented

through laboratory sessions. RSE 431. Teaching Methods. (2-2-3)

The means to teach and practice component skills of teach- RTR 131. Radiologic Science I. (2-0-2)

ing. Focus IS on the discrete skills of teaching as developed by The first in a series of three radiological science courses the Micro-teaching Laboratory of Stanford University. offered to associate-degree students in radiography. The fun-

Conducted primarily in a laboratory setting using videotape damentals of mechanics, atomic and nuclear structure, electro- playback for critique and skill mastery. statics and electrodynamics, electromagnetism, waves and

particles, and interactions of X-rays with matter are presented. RSE 432. Curriculum Development. (3-0-3) * Introduction to the systems approach to teaching and cur- RTR 141. Clinical Practicum. (0-18-3)

riculum development, to include techniques of developing, RTR 142. Clinical Practicum. (0-24-4) planning, organizing and administering of a curriculum in an RTR 143A. Clinical Practicum. (0-23-4) allied health program. Professional and institutional require- RTR 1438. Clinical Practicum. (0-35-8) ments and guidelines are presented. RTR 241. Clinical Practicum. (0-31-5) RTR 242. Clinical Practicum. (0-32-7) RSE 443. Teaching Preceptorship. (O-Variable-3) RTR 243A. Clinical Practicum. (0-35-8)

Students are assigned to an accredited program in their dis- RTR 2438. Clinical Practicum. (0-23-4) cipline for practical application of teaching skills, and an orga- Students perform and demonstrate clinically the knowledge nized exposure to a broad spectrum of teaching situations. gained in corresponding courses of curriculum. An opportunity

to perform as a practicing radiographer is provided. RSM431. Departmental Design. (1-3-3)

The principles and concepts of all the design of a radiology *A student who receives a D or F in clinical practicum may be department. Students participate in a group project to develop denied permission to continue in subsequent clinical an entire department design, given certain parameters and practicum. The Department Promotions Committee will specifications. review the student's performance and will make an appropri-

ate recommendation. RSM 432. Management of the Radiology Department. (3-0-3) RTR 21 1. Radiographic Procedures III. (3-0-3) Application of the principles of business administration and Routine projections of the facial bones are presented via lec- personnel management to the radiology department, including ture and laboratory. Advanced radiographic procedures of the the study of budgeting and financing, personnel supervision, anatomical systems are presented through lecture, discussion patient scheduling, quality controls, data and record storage and film analysis, Basic parameters of the procedures are and retrieval, etc. Presentation of the intra- and extra- institu- investigated to include; purpose of exam, procedural steps, tional forces on the management of a radiology department. patient and equipment preparation, type and injection method

of contrast media, radiographic series, imaging and anatomy RSM 443. Management Preceptorship. (O-Variable-3) visualized. Assignment to an administrative position in a hospital or department of radiology or nuclear medicine for practical appli- RTR 221. Radiographic Technique II. (3-0-3) cation of administrative skills. Cooperative planning by super- A basic knowledge of specialized adjunct equipment and vising administrators and faculty from the department of radio- advanced theory of radiation photography including emphasis logic technologies provide organized exposure to a broad on mathematical problems. spectrum of work situations. 84 School of Allied Health Sciences

RTR 231. Radiologic Science II. (3-2-3) apy equipment, the maintenance of complete and accurate

The third in a series of radiological science courses. It deals patient records and records reflecting the function of the with the individual components and principles of operation of equipment, as well as routine checks for the general condition diagnostic radiographic equipment. Discussion of equipment, of the treatment room.

preventive maintenance and test equipment is also presented. RTT 215. Seminar. (5-0-5)

RTR 251. Seminar. (4-0-4) A review of radiation therapy literature through research, dis-

A comprehensive overview of the didactic and clinical pro- cussions and student or guest presentation, gram topics as they relate to performance skills and problem- solving. Frequent evaluations are used to diagnose areas of RTT 221. Radiation Oncology I. (3-0-3) deficiency for each student to raise these areas to optimal RTT 222. Radiation Oncology II. (3-0-3)

levels of competency. An introduction of specific malignant disease entities by site

of occurrence, including specific approaches to treatment of

RTR 411. Special Procedures. (2-0-2) the body, breast, lung, bladder, brain, female and male urogen-

An analysis of advanced imaging procedures, particularly ital organs, lymphomas, skin, bone and the central nervous

investigative contract media studies of body systems and system. Disease processes and the treatment planning philos- organs. Emphasis is on patient, procedure and materials man- ophy are discussed, as well as the inner- relating of treatment agement to prepare students for expanded roles as radio- planning with clinical radiation therapy. graphic imaging specialists.

RTT 231. Dosimetry I. (4-3-5) RTR 422. Special Topics in Radiology. (2-0-2) Prerequisite: PCS 231

Review of current literature in radiography, to include data RTT 232. Dosimetry II. (4-3-5) on recent technical advances in practice, current and future Prerequisite: RH 231 trends. Student presentation and discussion emphasized. An introduction to the physical properties, uses, dosage cal-

culations and care of sealed sources of radiation as well as:

RTR 437. Quality Control in Radiography. (2-2-3) comparison of isodose curves (single fields); parallel opposed

The philosophy and basic principles of quality pair; three fields; four fields; principles of multiple-field tech- assurance/control in radiography. Factors influencing image niques; hot spots; oblique incidence, wedges and compensa- quality, the influence of these factors on radiographs, explana- tions; principles of instruction to include rotation and arc ther- tion of instruments used in a quality control program, as well apy; consideration of dosage calculations, such as tumor as collection and interpretation of statistical data. Practical doses and maximum-minimum skin or tissue doses, with application through laboratory sessions. emphasis on planning treatments for a particular site of the

body including the use of immobilization devices. Principles,

RTR 441. Clinical Practicum. (0-12-3) aims, and techniques of applying ionizing radiation of the RTR 442. Clinical Practicum, (0- 12-3) human body are addressed and supplemented by practical

RTR 443. Clinical Practicum. (0- 12-3) instruction in the treatment area and a clinical rotation through

Elective clinical rotations in areas such as CT scanning, the planning department. tomography ultrasound, cardiovascular, abdominal and neu- roangiography, quality control, etc. RTT 413. Quality Assurance in Health Care. (3-0-3)

The student is introduced to methods of monitoring and

RTT 141. Clinical Practicum. (0-5- 1) evaluating the effectiveness and efficiency of a radiation oncol- RTT 142. Clinical Practicum. (0-15-3) ogy department. RTT 143. Clinical Practicum. (0-25-5)

RTT 144. Clinical Practicum. (0-25-5) RTT 436. Advanced Dosimetry I. (2-3-3) RTT 241A. Clinical Practicum. (0-25-5) Prerequisites: HJJ 232 and PCS 435

RTT 2418. Clinical Practicum. (0-20-4) RTT 437. Advanced Dosimetry II. (2-3-3) RTT 242A. Clinical Practicum. (0-25-5) Prerequisite: RH 436

RTT 2428. Clinical Practicum. (0-20-4) A detailed study of patient dosimetry for radiation therapy.

RTT 243. Clinical Practicum. (0-25-5) Advanced planning techniques for external beam and

RTT 2448. Clinical Practicum. (0-35-7) brachytherapy. Treatment planning projects assigned to illus-

Monthly clinical at the Georgia Radiation Therapy Center in trate various techniques. Emphasis on comparison of treat-

Augusta. Students work with the clinical personnel in a team ment methods for selected anatomical sites. approach to radiation therapy treatment, planning and patient care. RTT 441. Clinical Practicum. (0-12-3) RTT 442. Clinical Practicum. (0-12-3) RTT 201. Radiation Therapy I. (4-0-4) RTT 443. Clinical Practicum. (0- 12-3) An overview of radiation therapy to include medical termi- Elective clinical rotations in areas such as department nology, patient care, patient positioning, basic machine usage, administration, diagnostic radiography, dosimetry, radiation the rationale of radiation therapy and related subject matters. safety, teaching and quality assurance.

RTT 213. Quality Assurance. (1-4-3) RTT 444. Clinical Practicum. (0- 18-6) An overview of quality assurance in radiation therapy to RTT 445. Clinical Practicum. (0-18-6) include methods of monitoring the function of radiation ther- L

School of Allied Health Sciences 85

RTT 446. Clinical Practicum. (0-18-6) ratory pharmacology. An in-depth study of the operation and

RTT 447. Clinical Practicum. (0-36- 12) maintenance of basic oxygen analyzers, oximetry, pressure

Monthly clinical experiences which cover, but are not limited cycled ventilators and bedside monitoring devices.

to annual calibrations of equipment with a physicist, dose cal-

culations and treatment planning, radiation safety and quality RTH 305L. Clinical Lab. (0-4-2)

assurance. Prerequisite: Enrollment in RTH 305

Experience with the administration, function, trouble-shoot- Respiratory Therapy ing and maintenance of basic respiratory therapy equipment and medical gases presented in RTH 305.

Chair: S. Mishoe. Associate Professors: S. Mishoe, A. RTH 310. Cardiopulmonary Pathophysiology. (5-0-5) Taft; Assistant Professors: R. Baker, W. Brooks, F.

Prerequisites: 1 . Dennison; Instructors: U. Gann, C. Phillips. RTH 305, ANM 330, PHY 31 PHY 312 Pathophysiology of disease entities that primarily involve the

RTH299. Medical Terminology. (0-4-2) pulmonary system as well as the cardiovascular system. The

A self-study course to give the student a working knowledge etiology and pathophysiology of pulmonary disease, abnormal pulmonary mechanics, of medical terminology. The combination of a programmed text chest radiographic appearance, and a

brief description of the treatment of each disease process is and instructor supervision is used with emphasis on work con-

struction, definition and use of medical terms. covered. Case studies will be incorporated into this course.

312. Clinical Presentations. (1-4-2) RTH 300. Clinical Practicum I. (0-8-4) RTH Prerequisite: RJH 310 Prerequisite: RTH 301 , RTH 301 L, RTH 304

Experience in Students perform and demonstrate clinically the knowledge searching medical records and support materials to prepare of gained in parallel courses. An opportunity for direct patient and make presentations actual clinical case

studies. focus is on patient care and bedside learning is provided. Course assessment and manage-

ment of a respiratory problem. Interactive discussion format is

RTH 301. Respiratory Therapy Orientation. (5-0-5) utilized.

Gas laws, medical gas administration, oxygen therapy,

humidity and aerosol therapy. A brief introduction of the orga- RTH 402. Clinical Practicum III. (0- 16-8) Prerequisites: nization and history of the respiratory therapy profession is RTH 302, RTH 405, RTH 407, RTH 410

included. Students perform and demonstrate clinically the knowledge

gained in parallel courses. An opportunity for direct patient

RTH 301L. Clinical Lab. (0-4-2) care and bedside learning is provided.

Prerequisite: EnwMen\ in RTH 301

Hands-on experience with medical gas administration, RTH 404. Clinical Practicum IV. (0-16-8)

humidity therapy and aerosol therapy. Prerequisite: RJH 402, RTH 417

Students perform and demonstrate clinically the knowledge

RTH 302. Clinical Practicum II. (0-8-4) gained in parallel courses. An opportunity for direct patient

.Prerequisites: RTH 300, RTH 305, RTH 305L care and bedside learning is provided.

Students perform and demonstrate clinically the knowledge

gained in parallel courses. An opportunity for direct patient RTH 405. Physiologic Measures and Clinical

care and bedside learning is provided. Evaluation. (3-0-3) Prerequisites: RTH 302, RTH 305, RTH 310

RTH 303. Independent Study or Computer Course. A study of clinical measurements used for evaluating ade- (Variable credit) quacy of ventilation, oxygenation and cardiac output. Emphasis

Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor on analysis and interpretation of arterial blood gases, elec-

Opportunity to pursue a course of study of particular interest trolytes, VD/VT, QS/QT and V/Q.

in a non-resident or informal setting. RTH 407. Methods of Ventilatory Alteration. (3-2-4) RTH 304. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation. (2-4-2) Prerequisites: RTH 302, RTH 305, RTH 310, RTH 405

An introduction to current practice of cardiopulmonary Overview of up-to-date mechanical devices used to assist

resuscitation. Various problems associated with CPR are cov- and control ventilation. Emphasis is on ventilator classification, ered and equipment needs are stressed. Factors predisposing criteria for ventilatory system, trouble-shooting and bedside

individuals to cardiac arrest covered. Upon completion the stu- spirometry. Presentations are given at the end of the course

dent is awarded a certificate attesting that he/she is trained in illustrating mismanaged and properly managed case studies

basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation. on mechanical ventilation.

RTH 305. Basic Respiratory Therapy Appliances and RTH 408. Special Clinical Rotation. (0-8-4)

Modalities (6-0-6) Prerequisites: RTH 404, completion of all course work and

Prerequisite: RTH 301 , RTH 301 senior standing.

Theories and principles of positive pressure breathing Additional opportunity to participate in a clinical area of par-

(including BiPAP), incentive spirometry, disinfection, steriliza- ticular interest.

tion, chest physical therapy and chest physical exam and respi- 86 School of Allied Health Sciences

RTH409. Pulmonary Rehabilitation. (3-4-5) Prerequisites: Senior standing, RTH 310

Correlation of physiologic test results and physical examination in diagnosis of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.

Students learn the mechanical disadvantages of the COPD patient's breathing pattern and how these disadvantages can be modified through physical therapy to improve pulmonary function. The goals and elements of a pulmonary rehabilitation program are discussed, including home based systematic care.

Student skills are developed through patient evaluation and education in the homecare and rehabilitation clinical settings.

RTH 410. Intensive Respiratory Care. (4-2-5) Prerequisites: RTH 302, RTH 305, RTH 310, RTH 405

An in-depth lecture and laboratory series emphasizing intensive respiratory care procedures. Emphasis on arterial blood gas techniques, artificial airways, artificial airway care and chest tube drainage systems. Techniques for respiratory, cardiac and hemodynamic monitoring are discussed.

RRTH415. Advanced Ventilator Mangement and Pulmonary Function Testing. (4-4-6)

The course will involve using research literature to enhance ventilator management concentrating on analysis of respiratory waveforms and development of ventilator management protocols. Students perform and interpret pulmonary function studies and PFT waveforms.

RTH 417. Newborn and Pediatric Care. (5-0-5

Prerequisites: RTH 405, RTH 407, RTH 410

Normal growth and development in the newborn through the pediatric age groups are covered in depth. Cardiopulmonary diseases specific to the newborn and pediatric patient, along with therapeutic procedures are discussed. Mechanical- ventilation of the newborn and pediatric patient is covered.

RTH 450. Respiratory Therapy Seminar. (2-0-2)

Prerequisite: Senior standing

A discussion of recent trends in respiratory care. Job opportunities in hospitals and alternative sites are explored. A curriculum vitae is prepared by the students and job interviewing skills are practiced. Comprehensive written and clinical simulation examinations are administered, and exit surveys are completed (a graduation requirement). chool of Dentistry

Dean—D[ David R. Myers Associate Dean for Students and Alumni Affairs

—Dr. Wallace S. Edwards Assistant Dean for Researcli and Continuing Education

—Dr. Thomas R. Dirksen Associate Dean for Curriculum and Advanced Education

—Dr James T. Barenie Associate Dean for Patient Services —Dr Robert W. Comer Assistant Dean for Business Affairs

—Mr Bryan A. Adams 1

.cademic Calendar

School of Dentistry

Fall Quarter 1995 1996

Orientation tor new students August 23-24 August 21-22

Registration for new students August 23 August 21

Registration for returning students August 28 August 26 Classes begin August 28 August 26 Labor Day holiday September 4 September 2

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty October 6 October 4 Term ends November 17 November 15 Thanksgiving holiday (winter break) November 18-26 November 23-

December 1

Winter Quarter 1995-96 1996-97

Registration November 27 November 18 Classes begin November 27 November 19

Part II National Boards December 4-5 December 2-3

Christmas holiday December 16-January 1 December 21-January 5

Last day to apply for June graduation January 12 January 10

Martin Luther King, Jr. holiday January 15 January 20

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty January 22 January 21

Term ends March 1 February 28

Spring Quarter 1996 1997

Registration March 11 March 10

Classes begin March 1 March 10

Spring break April 6-14 April 5-13

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty April 22 April 21

Term ends for graduating seniors June 5 June 4 Graduation ceremony June 8 June 7 Term ends June 7 June 6

Summer Quarter 1996 1997

Registration June 17 June 16 Classes begin June 17 June 16 Independence Day holiday July 4 July 4

Part I National Boards July 8 July 7

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty July 15 July 14

Term ends August 9 August 8

Term ends for seniors August 16 August 15 regional accrediting agency, to be completed before

the expected first registration date.

2. The above credit hours must include a minimum of

10 quarter hours (or two complete semesters) in Uchool of Dentistry each of the following subjects: Inorganic Chemistry witli lab

Organic Chemistry with lab

Biology with lab

Physics with lab Mission English

Applicants are advised to complete the entire The Medical College of Georgia School of Dentistry, sequence of course work covering the above science as an integral part of a state-assisted health sciences requirements where the sequence exceeds 10 quarter university, exists to address the oral health needs and hours. For example, many universities offer organic to improve the oral health status of the people of chemistry as three five-quarter hour courses and appli- Georgia, the region and the nation through its educa- cants are advised to take all three courses. Applicants tional, service and research programs by: are also advised, but not required, to take at least one —Educating and training the most highly qualified pre- course in biochemistry. "Survey" courses will not meet doctoral and postdoctoral students to provide quality science course requirements. All required courses must orofacial health care for their patients. be passed with a grade of C or better —Conducting educational programs in a collegial

atmosphere and in a manner that will encourage stu- Dental Admission Test Requirements dents to assume responsibility for their continued All applicants for admission must take the Dental professional competence. Admission Test (D.A.T.). The test is given twice annu- —Providing all patients with efficient and quality oral ally, in April and October All applicants must have health care. taken the D.A.T. within three years of application. The —Advancing scientific knowledge and its applications D.A.T. may be taken as many times as desired. while exploring new health delivery initiatives for the However, the results of only the last four administra- promotion of wellness, prevention of disease and the tions will be reported on the D.A.T. transcript and made treatment o^ disorders, trauma and diseases of the available to the admissions committee. Greatest orofacial complex. emphasis is given to the most recent scores.

For entering class applicants, the D.A.T. must be Doctor of Dental lyiedicine (D.I\/I.D.I taken no later than October of the year preceding the Program year of first enrollment. Under most circumstances,

scores from the April test will not be available in time Accreditation for consideration for the current enrollment year

The Doctor of Dental Medicine (D.M.D.) program For more information and an application for the

offered by the School of Dentistry is accredited by the D.A.T., write:

Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Admission Testing Program Dental Association. American Dental Association 211 East Chicago Avenue

Admissions Information for the Doctor of Chicago, Illinois 60611 Dental Medicine IDMD) Program or Student Admissions and Academic Support Admissions Requirements Medical College of Georgia

Admission is on a competitive basis. The admissions School of Dentistry

committee recommends for selection those who, in the Augusta, Georgia 30912-1020

judgment of the committee, are best qualified for

admission from among those who apply. English Language Requirements All applicants for admission the must meet following The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) minimum requirements to be considered for admission: and the Test of Spoken English (TSE-P) are required of

all applicants whose native language is not English. Academic Requirements Applicants taking the Test of Spoken English must reg-

1 . Three years (at least 135 quarter hours or 90 ister for the TSE-P category exam; results of the TSE-A semester hours) of undergraduate course work at an category exam will not be accepted. For admission to American college or university accredited by a the School of Dentistry, applicants must achieve a 90 School of Dentistry

score of at least 600 on the TOEFL. Applicants must Immunization against Hepatitis-B requires a series of take both the TOEFL and TSE-P no later than November three injections over a period of approximately six in order to be considered for admission for the class months. Failure to do so shall be grounds for not allow- admitted for the following August. ing the student to register as an MCG student. The fol-

lowing exceptions to this policy may apply in individual Recommendations and Interviews cases:

Letters of recommendation are required; additional 1. The dean. School of Dentistry, may grant exceptions information concerning these letters is contained in the for individual students in cases in which, in the application packet. Interviews are also required; appli- dean's judgment, sufficient grounds based on medi- cants are invited for interviews by the admissions com- cal or religious reasons exist to exempt the student. mittee following a review of each completed applica- 2. In cases where compliance with this policy is not tion. These interviews are with members of the School feasible, such as a late accepted student, the dean of Dentistry faculty who help assess those aspects of may grant an extension for the student to comply. the applicant's personality, motivation and ability The hepatitis-B immunization sequence must be ini- deemed pertinent to the successful study of dentistry. tiated prior to enrollment and completed prior to

beginning clinical activities. Students granted an

Admission Decisions extension shall be registered provisionally and will

Admission decisions are made based on the grade be disenroiled if in non-compliance after winter quar- point average (both overall and in the sciences), D.A.T ter of the first year of the curriculum. scores, letters of recommendation, interviews, other Refer to the General Section of this catalog to see the language test scores, if appropriate, and an assessment other institution-wide requirements for immunization. of the motivation and personal qualities of the applicant that are deemed most conducive to the successful Fees and Expenses completion of the program and the practice of dentistry.

Preference is given to residents of Georgia. General Fees Due Each Quarter

See Fees Section under General Information of this

Admissions Application catalog for these costs.

Applications for the entering class may be obtained by writing Student Admissions and Academic Support Estimated Student Expenses Specific to in the Medical College of Georgia School of Dentistry Dentistry after July 1. First Second Third Fourth Student Admissions and Academic Support Year Year Year Year

Medical College of Georgia Books and supplies $1,020 358 213 69 School of Dentistry Instruments 1,455 1,940 1,940 1,455 Augusta, Georgia 30912-1020 Insurance 115 115 115 115 ortelephone (706) 721-3587 Uniforms 48 24

Early application is strongly encouraged. No official Other fees and services 400 410 390 498 action can be taken on an applicant until a completed Total $3,038 2,847 2,658 2,137 application form is received. No applications will be accepted for the next academic year that are post- Additional expenses related to a required off-campus marked after Nov. 1. There is no application fee. clinical experience may be incurred. One such experi- MCG does not participate in the Association of ence is required, three weeks in length, during the American Dental Schools Application Service summer between junior and senior year. Expenses vary (AADSAS). based on location.

Application Deadline Other Fees and Expenses Classes begin each August, and the application dead- Estimated housing, food and personal expenses are line is Nov. 1 of the previous year, i.e., over nine not listed above due to individual variance. In develop- months prior to the date of expected first enrollment. ing a personal budget, do not fail to include these

items. Information on hospitalization and life insurance Additional Immunization Policies of the School is in the General Information section of this catalog. of Dentistry

In addition to institution-wide requirements for Financial Aid immunizations, all students entering the School of The Office of Student Financial Aid has a bulletin out- Dentistry must provide the School of Dentistry with evi- lining its financial aid program, and other assistance dence that they are immunized against Hepatitis-B. programs not directly administered by the institution. School of Dentistry

This information may be obtained along with applica- DAU51 1 Introduction to Operatory Procedures 1

tion materials by writing: Office of Student Financial 0MD511 Oral Diagnosis I 2

Aid, Medical College of Georgia. Room 2013 Kelly PER511 Periodontics 2 Administration Building, 1120 Fifteenth Street, Augusta, RES511 Operative Dentistry _5 Georgia 30912-7320. Total 25

Applications for financial aid are separate from admis-

sion applications; one need not be officially accepted for Spring: Third Quarter Credit Hours

admission before applying for assistance; however, stu- CLP513 Clinic Orientation 1

dents must be accepted before aid applications may be COM521 Complete Dentures 5

fully evaluated. Application materials should be received NS514 Neuroscience 5

by the Office of Student Financial Aid by March 31 prior 0CC517 Occlusal Adjustment 2

to enrollment, although later applications will be consid- 0MD531 Nutrition 2

ered if funds are still available. PER512 Periodontics 2 RADD513 Radiology 2 Curriculum RES512 Operative Dentistry 5

STAT501 Statistics, Epidemiology and the The Doctor of Dental Medicine (D.M.D.) curriculum Scientific Method 1 requires at least 14 academic quarters over four calen- Total ' 25 dar years. The curriculum initially emphasizes the basic

sciences with an expanding emphasis on the clinical Fall: Fifth Quarter Credit Hours sciences. The student's knowledge and familiarity with CLP521 Clinic Orientation 0 the basic sciences is reinforced with courses in each COM522 Complete Dentures 6 clinical discipline. CPR51 0 Basic Cardiac Life Support (CPR) 1 The educational goals of the D.M.D. program include

MIBD522 Oral Microbiology & Infectious Disease I 4 educating students to; OMD522C Oral Medicine Clinic —Recognize and provide for the oral health needs of 0MTP514 Treatment Planning 2 the people of Georgia, the region and the nation. 0SD513 Local Anesthesia 1 —Deliver contemporary and efficient high-quality oral

PER513 Periodontics ' 1 health care. PHYD513 Human Physiology 4 —Accept the responsibility to conduct themselves in an PM521C Patient Services 1 ethical manner and to appreciate the need for life- RES514 Fixed Prosthodontics 5

long learning. ' RES522C Restorative Clinic

Total 25 Doctor of Dental Medicine (D. M.D.) Curriculum Schedule* Winter: Sixth Quarter Credit Hours Required D.M.D. Courses END0521 Fundamentals of Endodontics 3 (Course numbers ending in "C" indicate patient-care MIBD523 Oral Microbiology & Infectious Disease II 4 activity) OBI0523 Cariology 2

OMD522C Oral Medicine Clinic (continued) Fall: First Quarter Credit Hours PATH522 General Pathology I 5 ANMD511 General Microanatomy and Embryology 5 PHYD520 Human Physiology 4 ANMD513 Applied Head and Neck Anatomy 4 RES522 Fixed Prosthodontics 5

BCM510 Biochemistry I 6 RES522C Restorative Clinic (continued) - NS0511 New Student Orientation 1 Total 23 0CC515 Dental Anatomy 4

0CC51 6 Occlusion of the Natural Dentition 7 Spring: Seventh Quarter Credit Hours OMD501 Principles of Personal Prevention 1 ANMD532 Systemic Anatomy 4 0RP511 Orientation to the Profession 2 OMD522C Oral Medicine Clinic (continued) 3 Total 30 ORTH523 Orthodontics I 2

OSD532 Fundamentals of Oral Surgery 2 Winter: Second Quarter Credit Hours OSD533C Oral Surgery Clinic ANMD515 Applied Head and Neck Anatomy 3 PATH532 Systemic Pathology 4 ANMD517 Dental and Systemic Histology 5 PER516 Periodontics 1

BCM511 Biochemistry 11 4 PER523C Periodontics Clinic 3 CLP Clinic Protocol 0 RES522C Restorative Clinic (continued) 4 COM520 Complete Denture Occlusion 3 RES523 Fixed Prosthodontics 3 92 School of Dentistry

RPD523 Removable Partials 7 EDS541 Emergency Dental Services

Total 33 END0533 Advanced Endodontics 1

END0 542C Endodontic Clinic

Summer: Eighth Quarter Credit Hours GER550 Introduction to Geriatric Dentistry 1

END0521C Endodontic Clinic 1 IMPL533 Introduction to Oral Implantology

OBI0524 National Board Review 2 Principles 1

0CC533 Diagnosis and Treatment of OCC533C Occlusion Clinic (continued) 2

Temporomandibular Disorders 2 OMD532 Oral Medicine 1

0MD531C Oral Medicine Clinic OMD533C Oral Medicine Clinic (continued) 1

OSD533C Oral Surgery Clinic (continued) 0MTP541 Treatment Planning 1

PER531C Periodontics Clinic 0RTH541C Orthodontic Clinic (continued)

PM524C Patient Services 1 0SD512 Physical Evaluation 1

RADD524 Dental Radiologic Interpretation 1 1 0SD533C Oral Surgery Clinic (continued)

RES531C Restorative Clinic 0SD535 Management of the Medically

Total Compromised Dental Patient 3

PER533C Periodontics Clinic 1

Fall: Ninth Quarter Credit Hours PM533C Patient Services

DPS531 Dental Materials 3 PR0533C Prosthodontics Clinic (continued) 3

END0532C Endodontic Clinic RADD533 Dental Radiologic Interpretation II 1

OMD531C Oral Medicine Clinic (continued) 1 RES533C Restorative Clinic (continued) 8

0MTP523 Principles of Treatment Planning 1 VOD540A Vocational Opportunities in Dentistry 1

0RTH531 Orthodontics II 2 Total 30 0SD534 Sedation and Anxiety Control 2

0SD533C Oral Surgery Clinic (continued) Summer: 12th Quarter Credit Hours

PATH523 Oral Pathology 1 4 CLK530C Clerkship 4

PER531C Periodontics Clinic (continued) 1 DAU535 Office Management Systems 1

PHMD521 Pharmacology and Therapeutics 1 4 EDS541 Emergency Dental Services (continued)

PM531C Patient Services 1 END0542C Endodontic Clinic (continued)

PR0533C Prosthodontics Clinic OCC543C Occlusion Clinic

RES524 Fixed Prosthodontic Seminar 1 0MD542C Oral Medicine Clinic

RES531 Esthetic Restorative Dentistry 3 ORTH541C Orthodontic Clinic (continued)

RES531C Restorative Clinic (continued) 6 OSD533C Oral Surgery Clinic (continued)

Total 29 OSD550C Oral Surgery Hospital Clinic

PED0533C Clinical Pediatnc Dentistry

Winter: 10th Quarter Credit Hours PER541C Periodontics Clinic

DAU521 Patient Communication 2 PM534C Patient Services 1

END0532C Endodontic Clinic (continued) 1 PR0541C Prosthodontics Clinic

0CC533C Occlusion Clinic RES541C Restorative Clinic ~6 0MD533C Oral Medicine Clinic Total

0RTH541C Orthodontic Clinic Fall: 13th Quarter Credit Hours

0SD533C Oral Surgery Clinic (continued) CPR543 Basic Cardiac Life Support (CPR) 1

0SD541 Advanced Oral Surgery 2 DAU541 Principles and Practices of a Small

PATH531 Oral Pathology II 3 Business Administration 3

PED0524 Preclinical Pediatric Dentistry 4 EDS541 Emergency Dental Services (continued) 2

PER524 Periodontics 2 END0542 Endodontic Seminar 1

PER532C Periodontics Clinic 1 END0542C Endodontic Clinic (continued)

PHMD531 Pharmacology and Therapeutics II 4 0CC543C Occlusion Clinic (continued)

PM532C Patient Services 1 0MD533 Oral Medicine 2

PR0533 Advanced Prosthodontics 3 0MD542C Oral Medicine Clinic (continued)

PR0533C Prosthodontics Clinic (continued) 0RTH541C Orthodontic Clinic (continued)

RES533C Restorative Clinic OSD533C Oral Surgery Clinic (continued) 1 Total l3 OSD550C Oral Surgery Hospital Clinic (continued)

PATH542A Clinical Oncology 1

Spring: 1 1th Quarter Credit Hours PED0533C Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (continued) 1

DAU540 The Principals and Practice of Small PED0534 Dentistry for the Disabled Patient 1

Business Administration 3 PED0541 Pediatric Dentistry Seminar 1 School of Dentistry 93

PER541C Periodontics Clinic (continued) 1 The Student and Research PER542 Periodontics 2 The dental student has the opportunity to participate

PHMD541 Ptiarmacology Seminar 1 in research projects supervised by faculty in both basic

PM541C Patient Services 1 science and clinical areas. A limited number of stipends PR0541C Prosthodontics Clinic (continued) 2 are available to support summer research programs RES541C Restorative Clinic (continued) 6 through a National Institute of Dental Research grant.

Total ?7 Academic Progress Policies

Winter: Fourteenth Quarter Credit Hours Review of Academic Progress CSR541 National Board Review (Elective) 1 Academic progress of students is monitored by the DAU542C Dental Practice Dynamics Clinic 2 Student Academic Reviev\/ Committee. At the end of EDS543 Emergency Dental Service each quarter, and at any other time deemed appropriate . END0542C Endodontic Clinic (continued) the Student Academic Review Committee reviews and ETH540 Ethics and Social Issues in Dentistry 1 evaluates each student's performance and recommends MB541 Mock Board 2 one of the following to the dean: MB542 Mock Board 2

1 . continue enrollment as a regular student; 0CC543C Occlusion Clinic (continued) 2. continue enrollment as a student on academic pro- 0MD542C Oral Medicine Clinic (continued) bation; 0RTH541C Orttiodontic Clinic (continued) 3. continue enrollment as a special student; 0SD542C Oral Surgery Clinic 4. repeating of course work in any deficient areas, as OSD550C Oral Surgery Hospital Clinic (continued) appropriate; PED0543C Clinical Pediatric Dentistry 5. repeating of a portion of the curriculum; PER542C Periodontics Clinic 2 6. dismissal; or PM542C Patient Services 1 7. promotion to the next year of the curriculum (effec- PR0542C Prosthodontics Clinic 2 tive the end of spring quarter of each year), as RES542 Restorative Seminar II 1 appropriate. RES542C Restorative Clinic 7

Total 21 Dean's List Students who exhibit acceptable professional behav- Spring: 15tti Quarter Credit Hours ior and whose grade point average (GPA) while carry- CS544 Senior Oral Medicine Case Presentations 1 ing at least 12 hours in any quarter is 3.25 (on a 4.00 EDS543 Emergency Dental Services (continued) 2 scale) or higher and who have not received any unsatis- END0542C Endodontic Clinic (continued) 2 factory or failing grades for the quarter are named to 0CC543C Occlusion Clinic (continued) 1 the Dean's List. Dean's List qualifications for students OMD542C Oral Medicine Clinic (continued) 4 receiving grades of Incomplete (I) will not be deter- 0RTH541C Orthodontic Clinic (continued) 1

mined until the I is replaced by an earned grade. 0SD542C Oral Surgery Clinic (continued) 3 OSD550C Oral Surgery Hospital Clinic (continued) 4 Failing Grades and Incompletes PATH543 Clinical Oral Pathology 1 Students must pass all courses within the curriculum PED0543C Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (continued) 2 to be eligible for graduation. When a failing grade is PER543C Periodontics Clinic 1 received, an F is recorded. The student must be re- PM543C Patient Services 1 registered in the course before a passing grade can be PR0543C Prosthodontics Clinic 1 earned. Each course syllabus will state the criteria for RES543 Restorative Seminar III 1 satisfactorily repeating a course which has been failed. RES543C Restorative Clinic 5 In order to earn a second grade for a course previously RH0540C Rural Health Outreach (Elective) 2 failed, students must participate in additional learning Total 32 experiences under the supervision of the course direc-

tor prior to receiving a final grade for the second * The curriculum is subject to change. See later section attempt of the course. Promotion to the next year of the for individual course descriptions. curriculum is precluded until all courses in the preced-

ing year have been completed with a passing grade. Extramural (Off-Campus) Clinics If a student receives an Incomplete, the course direc-

As part of the total educational experience, students tor will notify the student in writing of the time limita-

may involved in an ambulatory dental facility remote be tions and requirements to remove the I, subject to

from the School of Dentistry. This course occurs in the approval by the Student Academic Review Committee summer of the 12th quarter (CLK 530C). and the dean. When the student completes the course. 94 School of Dentistry

the course director is responsible for submitting the a. The student's cumulative GPA is below 1 .20 at the grade earned by the student to replace the I. Grade end of the first quarter; or changes should be submitted within three days of b. The student's cumulative GPA is below 1 .60 at the

course completion. Any I grade not replaced by an end of the second quarter; or earned grade within the next three quarters in residence c. The student's cumulative GPA is below 2.00 at the

following the assignment of the I will be changed to a end of the third quarter; or grade of F. Promotion to the next year of the curriculum d. The student earns 10 quarter hours of F during a is precluded until all Incomplete grades have been single quarter; or

removed. Responsibility for monitoring resolution of I e. The student is on academic probation for three of grades rests with the chairman of the Student four consecutive quarters (for purposes of this

Academic Review Committee. policy, the summer quarter between the first and

second years will not be considered a quarter

Special Students when the student is repeating courses previously

Any student who, as a result of academic deficien- failed); or cies, is required to study in an altered curriculum (e.g., f. The students fails the same required course two more courses, fewer courses or different courses than times. the student's class would normally be taking) will be 3. In addition, the Student Academic Review Committee considered a special student. Special students would may recommend to the dean the dismissal of any normally not be expected to graduate on time. student on academic probation. Prior to such a rec-

ommendation, any student being considered for dis-

Time Limitations missal has the right to a hearing before the Student

In all policies of the Student Academic Review Academic Review Committee.

Committee regarding time limitations, working days 4. The dean may implement the SARCis recommenda- shall include the five days of the work week (Monday tion or modify the recommendation. The dean may through Friday) regardless of whether classes are in dismiss the student or continue the enrollment of the session, and shall exclude all official holidays of the student as a regular student, a special student on an

Medical College of Georgia. Exceptions to this definition altered curriculum, or as a student on academic pro- will be listed as calendar days. bation. The dean shall advise the student in writing

of his/her decision within 5 days of receiving the

Academic Probation written recommendation of the SARC. The Deanis

Any student whose for any quarter is below 2.00 GPA decision is final for the School of Dentistry. (on a 4.00 scale) or whose cumulative D.M.D. program

GPA is below 2.00 at the end of any quarter shall be Appeal of Dismissal considered on academic probation. Students on aca- A student may appeal the dean's dismissal decision demic probation are subject to the Academic Dismissal to the president of the Medical College of Georgia. A policies of the School of Dentistry. decision by the president may be appealed to the Board

of Regents in accordance with board policy. Academic Dismissal

1 . Authority to dismiss students from the School of Readmission Dentistry rests with the dean. Any student who fails Any student who is dismissed or who withdraws to meet the standards of academic progress listed in from the School of Dentistry may apply to the Student this section of School of Dentistry policies may be Admissions and Recruitment Committee for re-admis- dismissed for academic reasons. The Student sion as a first year student by submitting a regular Academic Review Committee has the responsibility application for admission and following standard for monitoring student academic progress, and rec- admission procedures. No re-enrollment with advanced ommending to the Dean the dismissal of any student standing will be permitted except under the provisions who does not make satisfactory academic progress of the School of Dentistry's Leave of Absence policy through the curriculum. The SARC shall not recom-

mend the dismissal of any student until the student Graduation has been provided an opportunity for a hearing Successful completion of all requirements leads to before the SARC. the D.M.D. degree. Approval to graduate rests with the 2. Students whose level of academic achievement falls Dean. Graduation requirements are: below the standards of academic progress set forth 1. A minimum of 14 quarters in residence; below will be scheduled for an academic dismissal 2. Completion of the curriculum within 20 quarters in hearing before the Student Academic Review residence, effective with the graduating class of Committee to be considered for dismissal. A student 1996 except that: will be considered for dismissal if: School of Dentistry 95

a. any student accepted into ttie five-year enhanced 2. Academic Grievance Procedures

curriculum must complete ttie curriculum witti 23 Any student who has a grievance should attempt to

quarters in residence; resolve it with the faculty member involved. If the

b. students in the D.M.D./M.S. and D.M.D./Ph.D. problem is not resolved, the student should then

programs may request a waiver of the 20 quarter meet first with the appropriate course director. If the

rule from the dean. problem is not resolved at this level, the student

3. Passing grades in all required courses; should meet with both the course director and the

4. Overall grade point average of 2.00 or higher; department chairman. If the problem is still not

5. Satisfactory completion of all clinical services; resolved, the student may request that the grievance

6. Passing Part I and Part II of the National Board be heard by the Student Academic Review

Dental Examination; Committee citing one or more of the grounds listed

7. Return of assigned institutional property and equip- above. The chairman of the Student Academic

ment in acceptable condition; Review Committee must receive written notification

8. Payment of all outstanding financial obligations to of the grievance within 15 school days of the inci-

include tuition and all required student fees. dent which prompts the grievance. An investigative

subcommittee composed of the vice chairman of the

Leave of Absence Policy SARC and one other member of SARC will be

1 . Emergency leaves of absence can be arranged with appointed by the chairman of the committee to

I the associate dean for students and alumni affairs determine whether or not the grievance should be j

for up to 10 working days. All missed work must be heard by the full dommittee. If the grievance is heard

made up. by the dommittee, a recommendation will be made

I 2. Any student enrolled in the School of Dentistry may to the Dean whose decision shall be final for the

request from the dean an extended leave of absence School of Dentistry. The student has the right to !

for cause. The purpose of this policy is to provide a appeal the decision of the dean to the president of

mechanism by which students can re-enroll in the the Medical College of Georgia.

, School of Dentistry after they return from an

extended leave of absence. Leaves of absence longer Licensure Examinations i

than 10 working days (including accidents and illi- I Graduates (D.M.D.) of the Medical College of Georgia nesses) will considered extended leaves and 1 be must School of Dentistry are eligible for examination by all fully comply with this policy. Failure to follow this I U.S. dental licensing boards. I policy in full will result in the studentis re-enrollment

conditions being stipulated by the SARC without any Special Degree Programs recourse or appeal being available to the student.

Any student granted an extended leave must offi- Combined Master of Science Degree or Doctor of

cially withdraw from the Medical College of Georgia Philosophy Degree in Oral Biology and Doctor of Dental

in keeping with institutional policies. Medicine Degree (D.M.D.)

Students taking a leave of absence will re-enter the For the student with a particular interest in life sci-

curriculum no later than the point at which the leave ences, these combined degree programs provide

began, and students may be required to repeat a por- opportunities to obtain a research-based degree along

tion of the curriculum. Students on leave from the with the D.M.D. degree. These programs are available

School of Dentistry for more than one calendar year to accepted dental students. For the M.S./D.M.D. pro-

may be required to repeat all or a significant portion of gram, the degree candidate must spend approximately

the curriculum. one additional year between the second and third years

of dental school in full-time graduate studies. For the

Student Academic Grievances Policy Ph.D./D.M.D. program, the degree candidate will spend

The following policy relative to academic grievances approximately three additional years between the

shall be applicable to all predoctoral students enrolled second and third years of dental school in full-time

in the Medical College of Georgia School of Dentistry. graduate studies. During the time of full-time graduate

1. Grounds for Grievances studies, the candidates will perform original research,

A student may file an academic grievance if he/she complete additional course work and write their

feels one of the following grounds apply; research thesis. Permission to enter these joint degree

a. grading was not in accordance with published programs must be granted by the dean of the School of

course grading policy; Graduate Studies and the dean of the School of

b. grading was arbitrary or capricious; Dentistry. Applicants must be enrolled in the School of

c. grading was determined on the basis of race, dis- Dentistry, be in good academic standing and be pro-

ability, gender, ethnicity or religious affiliation. gressing satisfactorily in clinical requirements. The 96 School of Dentistry

requirements for the combined degree programs are requirements of the American Board of Oral and essentially those of the individual degree programs. Maxillofacial Surgery. The study of the biomedical sci-

Further information on these programs can be obtained ences as they relate to oral surgery are presented by writing: throughout the four years in regular weekly instruc-

Chairman, Department of Oral Biology tional courses, conferences and seminars and during Medical College of Georgia rotations on medicine, anesthesia, surgery, trauma and

Scliool of Dentistry neurosurgery services. Residents are engaged in a

Augusta, Georgia 30912 research or publication project culminating in a report

suitable for publication. Advanced Education Programs (Dental Residency Programs) Orthodontics

Dr. Edward Hamilton, Program Director The Advanced Education Programs provide dentists This 30-month graduate/residency program fulfills with additional educational experience in the biological the specialty educational requirements of the American and clinical sciences relevant to specialty and general Dental Association and the American Board of practice disciplines. This experience enables the resi- Orthodontists, and the requirements of the School of dent to provide care for complex cases requiring treat- Graduate Studies for the master of science degree. The ment by a specialist. Residents gain additional experi- 45-hour graduate curriculum includes an original ence in dental research and education. Successful research project and defense of a master's thesis. The completion of an advanced education program leads to residency curriculum consists of a nucleus of orienta- a certificate. A master's degree in oral biology option is tion courses given annually and supplementary courses available through the School of Graduate Studies. repeated biennially. Experience is provided in the Completion of the advanced education program meets Edgewise and Straight Wire appliance system. The pro- the educational qualifications for examination by the gram emphasizes critical analysis of the literature, dif- appropriate dental specialty board. Further information ferential diagnosis, technical excellence and critical on this program can be obtained by writing: evaluation of treatment results. Interdisciplinary patient Office of the Dean management is provided in cooperation with other resi- Medical College of Georgia dency programs. Successful candidates will be School of Dentistry awarded a master of science degree in oral biology and Augusta, Georgia 30912 a certificate in orthodontics.

Description of Advanced Education Pediatric Dentistry Programs Dr. Deirdre Sams, Program Director (acting)

Endodontics The advanced program in pediatric dentistry is a two-

Dr. R. Norman Weller, Program Director year certificate program which satisfies the require-

The major objective of the residency program is to ments of the American Board of Pediatric Dentistry. The provide postgraduate training in endodontics and to ful- program emphasizes clinical treatment of outpatients fill the specialty requirements of the American Dental and hospitalized inpatients. Study of the biomedical sci-

Association, the American Association of Endodontists ences as they relate to pediatric dentistry is presented and the American Board of Endodontics. This is done throughout in regular weekly instructional courses, through in-depth study of pertinent areas of basic sci- conferences and seminars, and during rotations on ence and correlation of the patho-physiologic pro- pediatric and anesthesia services. A research project cesses with clinical problems encountered in endodon- culminating in a report suitable for publication is tics. The resident becomes familiar with the problems required. of a differential diagnosis and treatment of pathosis of pulpal origin, is provided clinical experiences in routine Periodontics and complicated procedures encountered in endodon- P\]\\\\) I Hanes, Program Director tics and is provided training and experience in research The residency program in periodontics is a 36-month design and methodology. The program permits flexibil- certificate program which provides the postdoctoral ity to adapt to individual experiences and objectives for student with the biological and scientific background to career development. treat periodontal disease on a rational basis. Students

become thoroughly familiar with the periodontal litera-

Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery ture and receive broad clinical experiences in examina-

Dr. Edwin D. Joy, Program Director tion, treatment planning and all accepted modes of

Advanced education in oral surgery is a four-year cer- treatment of periodontal diseases. A research project tificate postdoctoral program satisfying the educational culminating in a M.S. degree in oral biology and a School of Dentistry 97

report suitable for publication is required. Hospital dentistry and a varied patient population are provided Course Descriptions through affiliation with the Medical College of Georgia

Hospital and Clinics and Department of Veterans Affairs

Medical Center Dental Service. The periodontal resi- Faculty with primary academic appointments in the dency program is fully accredited by the Council on School of Dentistry are listed by department. Accreditation of the American Dental Association and Numbers in parentheses show average weekly lec- its graduates are qualified to take the examination of ture—average weekly lab—course credit hours, e.g. (5- the American Board of Periodontology. 2-6). If only one number is shown, it indicates course

credit hours, e.g. (5). Prosthodontics Dr. J, Michael Gardner, Program Director Interdepartmental Dr. K.L. Knoernschild, Associate Program Director

The postdoctoral program in combined prosthodon- CLK530C. Clerkship (4) tics is a three-year program which includes fixed and A course designed to provide each student witti clinical removable prosthodontics, implant prosthodontics, experiences in differing community settings away from

is involved for three in an maxillofacial prosthodontics and temporomandibular campus. Each student weeks ambulatory dental facility These facilities allow the student to apply dysfunction therapy. There is a strong emphasis on his clinical skills in the delivery of primary dental care for complete mouth rehabilitation and occlusion. Formal diverse populations of patients. courses throughout the program present the basic and clinical relative to discipline and specialty. sciences the CPR510. Basic Cardiac Life Support (CPR) rotate clinical assignments at The residents through (2-5-1) affiliated certification of clinical two hospitals. Upon This course certifies the student as a Basic Cardiac Life competence, the program confers a certificate in Support provider according to the standards established by the prosthodontics. The student is educationally qualified American Heart Association. to apply for the American Board of Prosthodontics cer- -3- tifying examination. CPR543. Basic Cardiac Life Support (CPR) (1 1) This course recertifies the student as a Basic Cardiac Life The student also may apply to the School of Graduate Support provider according to the standards established by the Studies for the M.S. in oral biology or M.S. in health American Heart Association. education.

DS599. Independent Study (Variable Credit Hours)

General Practice An independent study course designed to enable individual

Dr. James W. Curtis, Jr., Program Director students to study in a specific area based on student academic

This program provides postdoctoral education in clin- need or interest. ical dentistry and applied basic sciences. The program emphasizes the management of medically compro- DS599C. Independent Study Clinic mised patients in a hospital environment. In addition to (Variable Credit Hours) An independent clinical study course designed to provide general dentistry, the general-practice resident has individual students the opportunity to study in a specific area rotations in internal medicine, anesthesia, emergency based on student academic need or interest, medicine and oral surgery. Seminars and courses of special interest are regularly scheduled. Approximately ETH540. Ethics and Social Issues in Dentistry (8-0-1) 70 percent of the program is devoted to clinical den- A course designed to survey the ethical and social implica- tistry in the facilities of two major hospitals and the tions of issues currently confronting the profession as a back-

School of Dentistry. Upon successful completion of the ground to private dental practice. program, residents receive a certificate.

GER550. Introduction to Geriatric Dentistry (11-0- 1) Graduate Programs An introduction to theories, related changes and special challenges of the aging process. Topics include demography Information regarding the M.S. in oral biology, Ph.D. and epidemiology root surface caries, special pharmacological in oral biology, or M.S. in health education-dental major considerations, sensory deficits and functional declines, psy- can be obtained from the School of Graduate Studies. chosocial issues, dementia, treatment planning and manage-

ment for the frail, functionally dependent and biologically com-

promised older adult.

MB541. Mock Board (13-12-2)

This course is designed to prepare students for the regional

board examination required for Georgia licensure. The course

includes 17 hours of lecture and lab preparation time prior to a 98 School of Dentistry

two-and-a-half-day mock board examination experience which nostic testing on a classmate and the performance of simu- closely simulates the current regional board in terms of didac- lated clinical procedures on non-molar extracted teeth tic, laboratory and clinical examinations. mounted in the endodontic dentiform.

MB542. Mock Board (8-0-2) EN00532C. Endodontic Clinic (1)

This course is designed to prepare students for the regional Prerequisite: mDO 521 board examination which is required for Georgia licensure. It is This course consists of the performance of simulated clinical the second of two courses designed to simulate the regional endodontic procedures on molar extracted teeth mounted in board examination. This course includes approximately 20 the Endodontic Dentiform. Complete details for the preparation hours of didactic, laboratory and clinical examination time over of the Endodontic Dentiform are published in the Manual for three days. Clinical Endodontics. The successful completion of this course

is a pre-requisite to treating patients in the Endodontic Clinic.

0RP511. Orientation to the Profession (20-0-2)

A course tracing the historical development, contemporary END0533. Advanced Endodontics (13-0- 1) challenges and future directions of the profession. Particular This advanced course introduces advanced concepts of clini- attention is given to the interaction between society and the cal endodontics to the predoctoral student with some clinical profession. The needs/demands of patients are considered endodontic experience. Covered are pain control in endodon- from the perspective of major socioeconomic factors. Ethics as tics, traumatic injuries to the teeth, apexification, diagnosis and the foundation of the profession is also stressed. treatment of resorptions, prevention and treatment of compli-

cations, management of difficult cases and bleaching of

endodontically treated teeth. RH0520C. Rural Health Outreach Elective (2) This elective course enables senior dental students to render primary dental care within a rural setting and become familiar END0542. Endodontic Seminar (12-0-1) with the barriers to such care and solutions to the problem. Seminars cover such topics as alternative endodontic tech-

niques, endodontic surgery, rationale for case referral and

STAT501. Statistics, Epidemiology and the endodontic retreatment. Students are also introduced to the endodontic literature with assignments of written reports of Scientific Method (16-0-1) articles in the Journal of Endodontics. This course surveys the basics of statistics and epidemiology and their relationship with the scientific method. The core principles of quantitative thinking are presented and applied to END0542C. Endodontic Clinic (2) examples and special problems in the biomedical literature. Prerequisite: £mO 52]

The student is assigned a biomedical journal article to outline This course consists of the performance of endodontic pro- and critically review. The student presents his/her review to the cedures indicated for patients. Each case must be treatment- class and answers questions from classmates about the planned to include the endodontic therapy as well as the defini- research being reported. The student applies the principles of tive restoration. quantitative thinking in reviewing the article, then teaches this information to classmates. Emphasis is on broad concepts Oral Biology rather than methodological details.

Acting Ctiair: G. Schuster; Professors: G. Schuster, S.

V00540A. Vocational Opportunities in Dentistry Bustos, G. Caughman, T. Dirksen, L. Gangarosa, D. (4-0-1) Pashley, M. Sharavi/y, G. Whitford; Associate

Professors: Borke, J. Erbland, F. Lake, N. O'Dell, K. A seminar course emphasizing opportunities in the profes- I Assistant Professors: C. Lapp, J. Lewis, sion of dentistry with special emphasis on private practice. Voikmann; M. Seyed-Moizaffari, G. Tompkins. ,

Endodontics ANMD511. General Microanatomy and Embryology (48-8-5)

Chair: R. Anderson; Associate Professors: R. Anderson, This course provides in-depth study of the cytology and his-

R. Weller; Assistant Professor: F. Kimbrough tology of the primary tissues. Tissues from the oral cavity are used for laboratory studies. The course includes 10 hours of

general human embryology and stresses the development of the END0521. Fundamentals of Endodontics (1 7-42-3) orofacial structures. The course also correlates the structure and This is an introductory lecture and laboratory course on function of cells and tissues to clinical dental problems. principles of prevention, diagnosis, treatment planning and treatment related to pulpal and periapical pathosis. Some principles are correlated to appropriate concepts in basic sciences. ANMD513. Applied Head and Neck Anatomy (26-33-4)

Lectures correlate the anatomical information learned in the END0521C. Endodontic Clinic (1) to clinical problems, and also tie the regional Prerequisite: EmOb2] laboratory approach of laboratory anatomy to systemic physiological This course consists of the completion of the Diagnostic Students dissect the region. Models and movies Testing Exercise which includes performing endodontic diag- anatomy. head of prosected material supplement dissection. 7 School of Dentistry 99

ANMD515. Applied Head and Neck Anatomy caries, including theories of caries etiology, epidemiology, (15-29-3) molecular pathology, microbiological and biochemical compo-

Prefequisite: km\) sition of dental plaque, host and nutritional influences on

Students dissect the superficial and deep structures of the pathogenicity. Approaches to caries prevention including

neck region. Correlation of anatomical information to clinical immunization, fluoridation, antimicrobial agents and sugar

problems is emphasized in lectures that precede the dissection. substitutes are covered.

ANMD51 7. Dental and Systemic Histology (52-6-5) 0BI0524. National Board Review (24-0-2)

Prerequisite: hMD 511 Prerequisites: ANMD 532, BCM 51 1 , MIBD 523,

Lectures, laboratories and clinical conferences consider the OBIO 523, PHYD 520, NS 514, PATH 532, OCC 515 functional microanatomy of human organs. Forty percent of This is a seminar course for review and update of Oral course time is used to study applied microanatomy of oral and Biology topics.

perioral tissues. Emphasis is on correlation of basic science

information with clinical dentistry. PHMD521. Pharmacology and Therapeutics I (42-2-4)

ANMD532. Systemic Anatomy (29-30-4) Prerequisites: MIBD 523, NS 514, PATH 532, PHYD 520

Prerequisites: ANMD 51 5, ANMD 51 This course provides a working understanding of pharmacol-

This course emphasizes the anatomical organization of ogy and pharmacotherapeutics as applied to dental practice. axilla, thorax, abdomen, pelvis and upper and lower extremi- Students will become familiar with drugs used in dental practice ties. Dissection, models and movies of prosected material are and the drugs patients may be taking for medical conditions. used to study the human body on a systemic basis. Clinical correlation is emphasized. PHMD531. Pharmacology and Therapeutics H (46-0-4)

BCM510. Biochemistry I (66-0-6) Prerequisite: ?wmb2\

Biochemical concepts and information essential to under- Includes general anesthetics, antibiotics, endocrines, respi- standing the chemistry of the living cell are presented. ratory agents, drugs that alter mood and drugs affecting the

Correlations between biochemistry and dental clinical sciences heart and blood elements. Special emphasis is on drugs used are emphasized. Topics in the first quarter include: structure for chemotherapy of infection. and function of proteins, and the chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates and lipids. PHMD541. Pharmacology Seminar (7-0-1) Prerequisite: PHMD 531

BCM511. Biochemistry // (46-0-4) This course is a seminar review and update of pharmaco-

Prerequisite: BCM 510 logic topics. A National Board examination package has been

Includes ammo acid metabolism and urea cycle, chemistry assembled from the last seven released exams. The handout and metabolism of nucleic acids, protein synthesis, and the package will be given to each student in advance or at the chemistry and metabolism of biological mineralized tissue. beginning of the first day of class. The questions are grouped

according to topics and questions are identified by year(s).

MIBD522. Oral Microbiology and Infectious Disease I Exact duplicate questions have been dropped and similar ques- (42-0-4) tions are indicated by an asterisk. At each session, questions Prerequisites: BCM 511 are reviewed and the instructor attempts to emphasize which

This course presents lectures on microbiology and answer is correct and why the other distracters are not correct. immunology including microbial physiology, metabolism, In addition the faculty will update and or emphasize any sub- genetics and mechanism of pathogenesis and basic principles jects that are recalled by the question, when discussion is con- of immunology and immunological responses. sidered necessary.

(44-0-4) MIBD523. Oral Microbiology and Infectious Disease II PHYD513. Human Physiology Prerequisites: 513, 517, BCM 511 (46-0-4) mm ANMD An integrated study of the functional system of the human Prerequisites: Um 522 body ranging from molecular interaction to organismic behav- This lecture course reviews bacterial, mycotic, rickettsial and ior. Special emphasis on principles and concepts related to viral diseases with emphasis on those with oral manifestations. dental practice.

NS514 Neuroscience (49-6-5) PHYD520. Human Physiology (48-0-4) Prerequisites: ANMD 51 5, ANMD 51 Prerequisite: PHYD 513 This course deals with structure and function of the nervous This course provides knowledge of the basic functions of system through lectures and laboratories. Basic science infor- cells, tissues, organs and organ systems and how they interre- mation is correlated to neuropathies of dental interest. late, enabling students to make clinical judgments on a ratio-

nal, scientific basis. 0BI0523. Cariology (21-0-2) Prerequisites: AMD 517, MIBD 522

An integrated study of the multifactorial aspects of dental 1 2

100 School of Dentistry

Oral Diagnosis and Patient Services patients are practiced. Major nutritional problems encountered in the clinical practice of dentistry are discussed.

Chair: R. Comer; Associate Professors: R. Comer, J.

Konzelman, E. Pashley, B. Potter, B. Powell, C. Russell, 0MD531C. Oral Medicine Clinic (1)

M. Shrout, J. Strain; Assistant Professor: \N. Herman; Prerequisite: Omb22C Instructor: I Hall This course provides diagnostic and treatment planning experiences for patients with oral disease problems of increasing complexity. CLP513. Clinic Orientation (7-0-1)

An introduction to clinic policies and records management is 0MD532. Oral Medicine (12-0-1) presented to prepare students for clinical exercises in RES 51 Prerequisites: mUQ 532. MIBD 523, OMD 511, PATH 531 and PER 512. The diagnosis and treatment of primary and secondary dis-

eases involving the oral and paraoral structures are presented CS544. Senior Oral Medicine Case Presentations in this course. The application of knowledge of (13-0-1) pathophysiology of disease, pharmacotherapeutics and

Prerequisites: OMTP 523, OMTP 541 , OMD 514 dental sciences, establishment of a diagnosis, management of In this course each student presents a documented case to the condition and maintenance of the patient's health are other students and faculty in which he has applied the princi- included. ples of treatment planning, patient-student interaction and techniques of oral reconstructive procedures. 0MD533. Oral Medicine (22-0-2) Prerequisite: Omb32 EDS541. Emergency Cental Services (2) Oral medicine is the part of dentistry involved in diagnosing This course provides the experiences necessary to be com- and treating of primary and secondary diseases involving the petent in preventing and managing dental emergencies which oral and paraoral structures. The practice of oral medicine may be encountered in dental practice. The service provides includes the application of knowledge of pathophysiology of experience in the management of the majority of dental emer- disease, pharmacotherapeutics and dental sciences, which gencies including pulpal and periodontal origin, the control, leads to a diagnosis, management of the condition, and main- management and/or prompt referral of dental emergencies of tenance of the patientis health. This course reviews the etiol- traumatic origin and those resulting from treatment failures. ogy, pathogenesis and medical management of systemic dis-

eases which have implications in dental practice and focuses

EDS543 . Emergency Dental Services (2) on the dental and oral health management of these patients.

This course continues the emergency dental experience This includes coordination of care with other involved health- begun in EDS 541. It provides additional training in dental care providers. emergencies which may be encountered in dental practice. The service provides experience in the management of the majority 0MD533C. Oral Medicine Clinic (1) of dental emergencies including pulpal and periodontal origin, Prerequisites: OMD b3K the control, management and/or prompt referral of dental This course continues the student's training in the tech- emergencies of traumatic origin and those resulting from treat- niques of oral physical examination and collection of diagnos- ment failures. tic data and patient management in the clinic.

0MD501. Principles of Personal Prevention (10-2-1) 0MD542C. Oral Medicine Clinic (4) This course correlates the concepts of personal prevention Prerequisites: OMD b33C (oral disease control, nutrition, infection control, etc.) with a This course continues the student's training in the tech- healthier life. niques of oral physical examination and collection of diagnos-

tic data and patient management in the clinic.

0MD511. Oral Oiagnosis I (13-8-2)

An introduction to the techniques of oral physical examina- 0MTP514. Treatment Planning (24-0-2) tion and collection of diagnostic data. Introductory patient This course presents principles of oral diagnosis and an management in the clinic and use of the School of Dentistry introduction to planning comprehensive treatment for patients. patient chart and charting policies are taught. It is the first of a series of courses applying the principles of

treatment planning to patients who present oral health prob-

0MD522C. Oral Medicine Clinic (3) lems of increasing complexity.

This is a clinical course in oral diagnosis and treatment planning. Students carry out oral physical examinations, history- 0MTP523. Principles of Treatment Planning (13-0-1) taking and other diagnostic procedures indicated for patients Prerequisite: OMJPb) A assigned. This clinical activity enables the students to put into This course teaches students how to present complex, com- practice the principles previously presented in didactic courses. prehensive treatment plans, once the diagnostic data has been

collected, analyzed and correlated with patient treatment

0MD531. Nutrition (24-0-2) needs. Participants practice skills using a videotape-seminar Prerequisite: BOM 51 format.

In this course various aspects of nutritional counseling with School of Dentistry 101

0MTP541. Treatment Planning (12-0-1) ferences on the basic principles of disease and relevant

This course enables each student to videotape two treatment histopathology. Considerable emphasis on understanding plan presentations and review 16 peer-videotaped treatment mechanisms underlying alterations at the cell and subcellular plan presentations in a small group discussion format. levels. The parameters of cell injury, inflammation,

DMROIP Dationt Qoruirac 1-11 immunopathology, repair and regeneration, carcinogenesis, rinD£ lu. rallcni ocrwiCco 1' ' hemodynamic disturbances, genetic and metabolic disorders PM*iPdn Patipnt Sprvirp^ 11 -i1-1} as well as nutritional diseases are studied. PM531C. Patient Services 1-1)

PM532C. Patient Services (2-i1-1) PATH523. Oral Pathology I (44-0-4) PM533C. Patient Services (1) Prerequisites: mm 517, BCM 511, PATH 522, PHYD 520 PM534C. Patient Services (U1-1) This course examines the etiology and pathogenesis of oral PM541C. Patient Services (U1-1) and paraoral disease. The subject matter includes benign PM542C. Patient Services (2-11-1) tumors, oral cysts, odontogenic tumors, vesiculobullous and 1-1) PM543C. Patient Services (2-i infectious diseases and developmental lesions of the oral series of courses evaluates the student's ability to The PM cavity. The course is conducted via lectures coupled with clini- utilize clinic time effectively and manage patient records, finan- copathological conferences with emphasis on the development

infection control in profes- cial accounts, oral disease and a of differential diagnosis and establishment of a final diagnosis. sional manner.

PATH531. Oral Pathology II (33-0-3)

RADD513. Radiology (24-6-2) Prerequisite: PATH 523

This introductory course in dental radiology includes lec- This course includes oral preneoplastic and neoplastic tures and demonstrations in radiation physics, radiation biol- lesions, diseases of salivary glands, oral manifestations of ogy, radiation hygiene and radiographic techniques. In addi- blood diseases, pigmented lesions of the jaws, bone diseases, tion, this course includes an introduction to radiological fibro-osseous lesions and abnormalities of teeth. interpretation of normal anatomy, caries, periodontal disease and periapical disease. The laboratory portion of this course PATH532. Systemic Pathology (37-9-4) includes radiographic exposure techniques, film processing Prerequisites: PATH 522 and film mounting. This course examines the disease processes that affect the

various organ systems of the human body (not including the RADD 524 . Dental Radiologic Interpretation I oral and perioral regions). Discussion centers around the etiol- (12-0-1) ogy, pathogenesis, clinical implications and sequelae of vari- A basic course in radiologic interpretation of developmental ous diseases. Disease alterations are examined in a clinical and pathologic lesions of the jaws and associated structures. pathological format in laboratory sessions. Correlations of sys- When appropriate, the various imaging modalities and normal temic diseases of importance in dentistry are emphasized. anatomic appearance are discussed.

PATH542A. Clinical Oncology (11-0-1) RADD533. Dental Radiologic Interpretation II Prerequisites: PATH 523, PATH 531 (12-0-1) This course is comprised of clinicopathologic conferences A comprehensive course in radiologic interpretation of encompassing lesions of oral origin as well as oral manifesta- developmental and pathologic lesions of the jaws and associ- tion of system diseases. Emphasis on development of differen- ated structures. When appropriate, the various imaging modal- tial diagnosis of oral lesions to arrive at a definite diagnosis. ities and normal anatomic appearance are discussed. This is a Fundamentally, this course is conducted in a problem-solving continuation of the material presented in RADD 524. format.

PATH543. Clinical Oral Pathology (12-0-1) Oral Pathology Prerequisites: PATH523, PATH 531, PATH 542A

This course is comprised of clinicopathologic conferences Acting Chair: B. Singfi; Professor: B. Singh; Associate encompassing lesions of oral origin as well as oral manifesta- Professor: D. Steflik; Assistant Professor: B. Whitaker tion of systemic diseases. These conferences include differen-

tial diagnosis of lesions with emphasis on salient clinical fea- IMPL533. Introduction to Oral Implantology Principles tures coupled with pertinent laboratory data as applicable. (13-2-1) Fundamentally, this course is conducted in a problem-solving Lectures, seminars and a laboratory session exploring basic format. concepts and principles related to dental and oral implantology. Historical perspectives, implant materials and devices, Oral Rehabilitation principles of placement, reconstruction and maintenance, current problems and controversies and research directions are Ctiair:f. Caughman; Professors: f. Caugfiman, W. among the topics included. Edwards, B. Goldman, R. Mackert, C. Morris, G. Parr, A. Rahn, D. Smith, H. Williams; Associate Professors: ^. PATH522. General Pathology I (53-0-5) Croft, J. Curtis, G. Dickinson. M. Gardner, V. Haywood, Prerequisites: mm 517. BCM 510. PHYD 513 G. Heuer, J. Ivanhoe, R. Kaminski, K. Knoernschiid, C. This course includes lectures and clinico-pathological con- 102 School of Dentistry

Lefebvre, M. Myers, A. Nayyar, E. Richards, F.

Rueggeberg; Assistant Professors: K. Frazier, I. Hawkins, W. Rivera, F Robinson; Senior Researcti

Scientist: R. Ringle; Assistant Research Scientist: K. Tamareselvy.

C0M520. Complete Denture Occlusion (20-30-3) Prerequisite: OCC bib This course includes lectures and laboratory sessions on

various concepts of occlusion for the artificial dentition.

Included is the physiology, philosophy and techniques of

arrangement of balanced and non-balanced lingualized occlu-

sion.

C0M521. Complete Dentures (27-63-5)

This course presents lectures and laboratory and experiences related to complete denture construction on a man- nequin.

C0M522. Complete Dentures (30-28-6)

Prerequisites: COM 521 , OCC 522

This course extends the previously learned didactic and laboratory procedures to the clinic. A complete maxillary and mandibular denture is fabricated for an edentulous patient with major emphasis on correlating for the patient's biological milieu with the clinical aspects of complete prosthodontics.

CSR541. National Board Part II Review (Elective)

(8-0-1) DAU541. Principles and Practices of a A review of clinical science topics in preparation for the Small-Business Administration (39-0-3)

National Board Part II Exam given in early December each year Prerequisite: DAU 535

This course provides a working knowledge of marketing, DAU511. Introduction to Operator^ Procedures dental jurisprudence, legal aspects of business, tax reports,

(11-0-1) retirement planning, personal financial management, money

This course presents lectures on the care and maintenance management, dental records, third party payments, support of dental equipment; operation of dental operatory equipment; personnel, management of cash flow and budgeting, appoint- chair patient and operator positions; instrument sterilization ment control, recall systems, referral policy, the welcome rationale and procedures; and basic interpersonal skills. letter evaluating the practice, dental practice accounting,

money management, projects and case illustrations, as they

DAU521. Patient Communication (20-0-2) inter-relate to the private practice of dentistry.

Practical training in a problem-based learning setting in techniques of communication and behavior modification. DAU542C. Dental Practice Dynamics (2)

Didactic and small-group experiences emphasize patient moti- This is a clinical course designed to meet the transitional vation, rapport development, persuasion and behavioral treat- practice needs of each student. Includes auxiliary utilization, ment planning. four-handed sit-down dentistry, interpersonal skills, practice

management, time management, and orientation to private

DAU535. Office Management Systems (0-8- 1) practice. Lecture and laboratory management of computer hardware and software designed for the dental practice. DPS531. Dental Materials (29-6-3)

A problem-oriented approach to understanding the materials

DAU540. The Principles and Practice of and techniques used in dentistry Dental amalgam, resin com- Small-Business Administration (35-0-3) posites, dental cements, impression materials, gold and non- soldering This course includes selection of practice area, major and precious alloys, investments, porcelain, casting and minor dental equipment, borrowing money and pro-forma procedures are discussed. Having a basic familiarity with the financial documents, principles of cost and revenue, contract materials and techniques from other pre-clinical courses, the the solutions to agreements, facility design, leasing, bookkeeping and patient students learn causes and proper problems

in their use. records, interviewing skills and business management sys- they may have encountered tems. School of Dentistry 103

0CC51 5. Dental Anatomy (48-0-4) PR0542C. Prosthodontics Clinic (2) The morphology of the primary and permanent dentition. Prerequisite: PRO bA)C

Throughout the course, tooth arch traits, type traits, and specific developmental and eruption features stressed for both pri- PR0543C. Prosthodontics Clinic (1) mary and permanent dentitions. Prerequisite: PRO 542C

These clinical courses offer an opportunity to improve

0CC516. Occlusion of the Natural Dentition removable prosthodontic clinical skills learned in earlier didac-

(40-65-7) tic courses by providing patient care under close faculty super-

This IS a lecture/laboratory course that provides an introduc- vision. tion to the basic concepts of occlusion as they apply to the natural dentition. Familiarizes the student with related terminol- RES511. Operative Dentistry (21-71-5) ogy, teaches condylar movement characteristics and the Pre/-ea/v/s/fes. OCC515, 0CC516 related tooth interactions during mandibular movements, pro- Principles and techniques of conservative cavity preparation vides a basic knowledge of optimal occlusion and acceptable and restoration of teeth with silver amalgam and esthetic variations, and teaches psychomotor skills related to restora- restorative materials. Laboratory treatment of simulated per- tive and prosthetic dentistry. manent teeth and extracted human teeth are used to teach

basic restorative concepts. 0CC517. Occlusal Adjustment (14-12-2)

This course consists of lectures, laboratory and clinical pro- RES512 . Operative Dentistry (39-49-5) cedures involved in making impressions and mounted diag- Prerequisite: RES 511

in the functional status of the natural nostic casts, determining Introduction to more extensive preparations and restora- dentition and in performing an occlusal adjustment. tions. The lecture and bench laboratory format continue with

additional procedures in a simulated clinical environment. The

0CC533. Diagnosis and Treatment of final portion of this course is devoted to treating patients in a Temporomandibular Disorders (19-2-2) controlled clinical environment.

This course is concerned with screening for, diagnosis and treatment of temporomandibular disorders. The course also RES514. Fixed Prosthodontics (31-57-5) provides the experience of laboratory fabrication and clinical Prerequisite: RIS 5)2 adjustment and insertion of a "centric relation" full arch cover- Introduction to principles and techniques encountered in age occlusal splint. preparing teeth and subsequent fabrication and delivering gold

castings and provisional restorations for posterior single-tooth

0CC533C. Occlusion Clinic (2) restorations, as well as preparing posterior teeth for a cast

Prerequisites: 0CCb^5,0CCbM gold fixed partial denture.

0CC543C. Occlusion Clinic (1) RES522. Fixed Prosthodontics (23-69-5) Prerequisites: OCC 533C Prerequisite: P£Sb)4 These clinical courses offer an opportunity to develop diag- Lecture and laboratory segments discussing fundamentals nostic and treatment skills in the areas of occlusion and tem- of abutment preparation, retainer and pontic design for fabrica- poromandibular disorders. The courses reinforce and review tion of fixed partial prostheses and single units in all metal and principles learned in previous didactic courses by requiring ceramic veneers on vital and endodontically treated teeth. ; their application in clinical situations likely to be encountered by general dentists. The intention is to base the diagnosis, RES522C. Restorative Clinic (4) treatment planning and execution of treatment on the latest Prerequisite: R£Sb]A, DAU 511 scientific evidence available, whenever possible. The philoso- This restorative clinic course is designed to develop clinical phy is to use the simplest, least expensive and least invasive judgment, patient management and manual skills by complet- diagnostic and treatment modalities available that have been ing restorative procedures in a closely supervised clinical envi- shown to be clinically successful. The course encourages as ronment. much independent thinking on the student's part as is compatible with the student's level of training and experience and the patient's well being. RES523. Fixed Prosthodontics (12-36-3) Prerequisite: RES 522

Fundamentals and principles taught in previous courses are PR0533 Advanced Prosthodontics (26- 12-3) applied to preparation and fabrication of intra-coronal cast Prerequisite: RPD b23 restorations and extra-coronal partial veneer cast restorations. This lecture and laboratory experience is primarily con- Principles of impression techniques, resin-bonded fixed partial cerned with immediate dentures, overdentures, advanced con- dentures, restoration of endodontically treated teeth, and direct cepts of removable partial denture design and occlusion. and indirect post and core patterns are included.

PR0533C . Prosthodontics Clinic (3)

RES524. Fixed Prosthodontic Seminar (12-0- 1) PR0541C. Prosthodontics Clinic (2) Prerequisite: RES 523 Prerequisite: PRO 533C This seminar course stresses coordinating laboratory and C

104 School of Dentistry

preclinical experiences with increasing clinical experience in ration including occlusal modifications to assure optimal sta- fixed prosthodontics. bility and occlusal harmony during function.

RES531. Esthetic Restorative Dentistry (24-21-3) Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Prerequisite: RES 522

This advanced course includes cosmetic treatment with Chair: E. Joy; Professors: E. Joy, D. Shelton, A. Sisk; composite and porcelain veneers, resin bonded prostheses, Assistant Professor: I Krupa. partial esthetic coverage design, posterior composite and porcelain restorations, bleaching for esthetics, color character- 0SD512. Physical Evaluation (11-2-1) ization of restorations to match the dentition and steps in This course covers the components of physical examination color-matching. of the adult patient based on the student's knowledge of

anatomy and physiology. Knowledge of the principles and

techniques taught in this course has direct clinical applicability RES531C. Restorative Clinic (6)

and it Prerequisites: RES 522, RES 522C provides the foundation for a better understanding of consultation with medical The primary goal of this clinical course during the junior colleagues when dealing with medically compromised patients. year is to provide an opportunity to gain clinical experience underdose faculty supervision.

0SD513. Local Anesthesia (10-4- 1) Introduction to pain control and patient management. The RES533C. Restorative Clinic (8) pharmacology of local anesthetic agents is presented in detail, Prerequisite; RES 532C and clinical techniques of local anesthetic administration are A clinical course to provide additional opportunity to gain presented in lecture and practiced in the laboratory. clinical experience in providing direct and indirect restorative treatment to patients. 0SD532. Fundamentals of Oral Surgery (24-0-2) Prerequisite: OSDbU RES541C. Restorative Clinic (6) This lecture course provides basic information necessary to Prerequisite: RES 533C complete clinical requirements in oral surgery and subse- Students provide a variety of restorative procedures to quently perform those surgical techniques within the scope of patients in a supervised comprehensive clinical environment. a general practitioner.

(8-0- RES542. Restorative Seminar II 1) 0SD533C. Oral Surgery Clinic (1) This lecture/seminar course reviews advances and research Prerequisite: OSD 532, Clinic Orientation in restorative materials and techniques. This initial course in clinical patient care introduces students

to oral surgery clinical activity.

RES542C. Restorative Clinic (7) Prerequisite: RES 541 0SD534. Sedation and Anxiety Control (24-6-2)

Students provide a variety of restorative procedures to Prerequisites: HS 514 patients in a supervised comprehensive clinical environment. Basic concepts and the rationale of sedation. The pertinent

physiology and pharmacology Information is presented. The

techniques of inhalation and intravenous sedation are dis- RES543. Restorative Seminar III (11-0- 1) cussed and practiced. Psychological control of pain and the Provides information on recent advances in clinical tech- control of postoperative pain are discussed. niques, materials and protocol that directly impact the practice of restorative dentistry. 0SD535. Management of the Medically Compromised Oental Patient (30-0-3) RES543C. Restorative Clinic (5) Prerequisites: mm 532, MIBD 523, PATH 532, Prerequisite: RES 542C PATH 542, PHYD 520 This course allows the student to complete the senior year Correlates previous training in basic sciences with the clini- requirements and prepare for the regional boards. The course cal manifestations of disease. To appreciate clinical disease, is a confirmation of the clinical skills of the student including students must understand the normal processes of homeosta- restorative procedures of amalgams and composites, individ- sis. To this end, a brief review of the normal will precede the ual crowns of gold and porcelain, and fixed prostheses. discussion of the abnormal. A brief review of carbohydrate Assesses the student's ability to perform both quality dentistry metabolism will precede the discussion of diabetes mellitus. and a quantity of dentistry within a given time period at the The implications of systemic disease, relative to patient well- conclusion of the quarter being, and to modifications in management and treatment will

be discussed, as well as recognizing and treating emergency

RPD523. Removable Partials (46-68-7) situations which may arise.

Prerequisites: COM 521 , COM 522 This clinical-laboratory technique course stresses the funda- 0SD541. Advanced Oral Surgery (15-0-2) mentals of proper RPD design and fabrication. Emphasis is on Prerequisite: OSD 532 examination, sequential treatment planning, and mouth prepa- School of Dentistry 105

Presents surgical techniques performed almost exclusively PE00524. Preclinical Pediatric Dentistry (39-8-4)

by specialists in oral and maxillofacial surgery. This course provides the didactic and laboratory techniques

necessary to prepare students for clinical pediatric dentistry.

0SD542C. Oral Surgery Clinic (3)

Prerequisite: OSD 533C PED0533C. Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (1)

This course is a continuation of Oral Surgery Clinic activity. Prerequisite: PEDO 524

This course teaches students to diagnose, treatment plan

and provide comprehensive dental treatment for the child 0SD550C. Oral Surgery Hospital Clinic (4) patient. Prerequisite: OSD 532, OSD 534, OSD 541

This course is a full-time one-week activity introducing hos-

pital dentistry and the role of the dentist in the hospital. PED0534. Dentistry for the Disabled Patient (8-0-1)

Students are assigned to dental services at University and This course is intended to sensitize the dental student to the

Medical College of Georgia Hospital and Clinics where they needs of developmentally and physically disabled patients and

help treat oral surgery patients in the clinics, emergency to provide essential information pertaining to dental care for rooms, and operating rooms. Students become familiar with these patients. admission and discharge of patients, the hospital chart, initiat-

ing hospital orders and obtaining and providing consultations PED0541. Pediatric Dentistry Seminar (13-0-1) hospital services. students at a time participate for other Two This seminar course reviews, updates and expands into

in the clerkship. Hours are 7 a.m. Monday to noon Saturday. areas beyond those covered in the preclinical pediatric den- take nights of in- Students are on call 24 hours a day and two tistry course. Aspects of childrenis dentistry which are covered

hospital call. include growth and development: pathology: pulp and trauma

management: caries, prevention and restorative dentistry:

tooth development, periodontology and oral surgery: child Orthodontics behavior: tooth eruption and diastemas: crossbites and space

maintenance: occlusion, cephalometrics and serial extractions: Acting Chair: S. Adair; Professor: E. Hamilton; and orthodontics and relapse. The course has been highly suc- Associate Professor: S. Adair; Assistant Professor: W. cessful in preparing students for the pediatric and orthodontic Fortson. sections of the National Board Examinations.

0RTH523. Orthodontics I (22-13-2)

Introduction to orthodontics designed to provide the sopho- PED0543C. Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (2) more dental student with the knowledge base necessary to rec- Prerequisite: PEDO 533C ognize and identify the etiology of existing and developing This course provides additional opportunities for students to problems associated with dental and/or skeletal malocclusions. diagnose, treatment plan and provide comprehensive dental

treatment for the typical child patient.

0RTH531. Orthodontics II (16-8-2) This IS a lecture and laboratory course designed to comple- Periodontics ment ORTH 528 and provide the third-year dental student with an understanding of various orthodontic treatment options. Ctiairl Garnick; Professor: I Garnick; Associate Laboratory projects provide a hands-on simulation of treat- Professors: P. Hanes, J. Sterrett; Assistant Professors: ment modalities discussed in lecture. Special emphasis on the J. Mailhot, S. Stein. management of adjunctive orthodontic procedures which the student will perform in clinic. PER511. Periodontics (14-9-2)

The classification of periodontal diseases and descriptions of 0RTH541C. Orthodontic Clinic (1) inflammatory periodontal diseases presented. Local etiologic The predoctoral orthodontic clinical experience provides the factors, patient education, oral hygiene and prevention are cov- opportunity to treat a patient with relatively uncomplicated ered. Hand instrumentation is introduced. dentoalveolar problems, involving primarily adjunction or inter- ceptive treatments. The student actively participates in diagno- PER512. Periodontics (13-22-2) sis and treatment planning for this patient. These efforts are Prerequisite: PER 511 designed to develop the studentis diagnostic skills and allow Lectures and laboratory exercises in tooth-surface hand the student to experience, first hand, the mechanics of limited instrumentation: and history, examination, diagnosis and prog- orthodontic treatment. nosis of patients with adult periodontal disease.

Pediatric Dentistry PER513. Periodontics (10-3-1) Prerequisites: PER 512

Cliair:S. Adair; Professors: I Barenie. C. Hanes, D. Introduction to periodontics clinic: lecture and laboratory

Myers; Associate Professors: S. Adair. D. Sams exercises in root planing and instrument sharpening: lecture

and laboratory exercises in probing attaching levels: lecture in

response of the marginal periodontal lesion to instrumentation;

lectures in preventive maintenance care for the treated peri- 106 School of Dentistry

odontal patient; considerations in restorative and prosthetic PER542. Periodontics (24-0-2) treatment for the periodontal patient; and general principles Prerequisite: PER and protocol of periodontal surgery. This course reviews and updates periodontal topics in semi-

nar discussions with emphasis on clinical application and

PER516. Periodontics (13-4-1) patient care. Prerequisites: PER 513

Presents the rationale, indications, contraindications and PER542C. Periodontics Clinic (2) techniques of periodontal surgical procedures. A lecture, semi- In this clinical course the student continues to meet all peri- nar and laboratory format is used to introduce a series of sur- odontal diagnostic, active treatment and maintenance needs of gical procedures with wide clinical application in general dental his/her assigned patients under faculty supervision. practice. Maintenance needs are emphasized.

PER523C. Periodontics Clinic (3) PER543C Periodontics Clinic (1)

Prerequisite: PER In this course the student learns to satisfactorily examine

In this course students learn to examine the periodontal patients presenting with periodontal tissues ranging from structures of their patients, record the findings, plan and satis- healthy to severely diseased, record the findings, make the factorily execute treatment of patients with gingivitis and proper diagnoses, demonstrate proficiency in planing and exe- demonstrate competency in periodontal scaling and polish cuting treatment for moderately involved cases to include techniques. minor surgical therapy and demonstrate satisfactory mainte-

nance of periodontal health for all cases in which active treat-

PER524. Periodontics (22-1-2) ment is completed. Prerequisites: PER b1S Lectures are presented on surgical protocol, osseous Student Admissions and Academic Support surgery, mucogingival surgery, ridge augmentation, acute periodontal conditions, early onset periodontitis, HIV periodontal Director: M. Miller disease, trauma from occlusion, furcation management and (12-0- periodontal regeneration. Lecture and laboratory exercises on NS0511. New Student Orientation 1)

New Student Orientation is a one credit hour, 12-contact- ultrasonic instrumentation. Controversies in periodonhcs dis- in the cussed. hour pass/fail course for new first-year students School of Dentistry to acquaint them with student services at the

Medical College of Georgia, financial aid policies, the goals of PER531C. Periodontics Clinic (1) dental education and policies applicable to students in the This is a clinical course in which the student, under faculty D.M.D. curriculum. supervision, can diagnose his/her patients' periodontal conditions and treat mildly involved cases. The need for early treatment, effective patient-performed disease-control measures, Grading Models timely dentist-provided maintenance care and the positive out- Each course syllabus must contain a grading model come deriving from them is emphasized. clearly stating how the final course grade m\\ be deter-

mined. The procedure for determining numerical values PER532C. Periodontics Clinic (1) must include the rounding procedure. This is a clinical course in which the student, under faculty supervision, can diagnose his/her patients' periodontal condi- Course Failure Policies tions and treat mildly involved cases. The need for early treat- All course syllabi shall have a clearly written policy ment, effective patient-performed disease-control measures, of failing grade as timely dentist-provided maintenance care and the positive out- for treatment student receiving a come deriving from them is emphasized. The student is described in the course grading policy. The course syl- expected to make continuing progress toward fulfilling depart- labus should also include any limitations which will be ment graduation requirements. placed on the student in subsequent course work or

clinical activity as a result of failing the course. When

PER533C. Periodontics Clinic (1) considering treatment of such students, the course In this course the student learns to adequately examine the director should take into account: periodontal structures of all assigned patients, record the find- a. the other courses for which the present course is ings, plan and satisfactorily execute treatment of patients with prerequisite; mild periodontitis, gain a minimum of surgical experience and b. whether there will be adequate time in the student's demonstrate proficiency in root planing. schedule for the course to be repeated the next time

the course is regularly scheduled to be offered; PER541C. Periodontics Clinic (1)

In this clinical course the student continues to meet all peri- c the emphasis for areas of deficiency (cognitive vs. odontal diagnostic, active treatment and maintenance needs of manual dexterity); his/her assigned patients under faculty supervision. d. whether it is appropriate to provide additional training

Maintenance needs are emphasized. or self-teaching to resolve the specific studentis defi-

ciencies in lieu of complete repetition of the course; School of Dentistry

and e.the failing grades policy of the School of Dentistry

which requires that students be re-registered for any

course failed and that students must participate in

additional learning experiences under the supervision

of the course director before a grade for the second

attempt at the course can be assigned.

Attendance Policies

Each course syllabus must contain a clearly written description of the course's attendance policy. If attendance IS mandatory, a clearly stipulated policy must be present which outlines the implications for the student for non-compliance.

Uchool of Graduate Studies

Dean—Dr Darrell G. Kirch

Associate Dean—Di Gary C. Bond 05 2

.cademic Calendar

School of Graduate Studies

Fall Quarter 1995

For all students taking courses under medical school calendar:

Registration medical school calendar courses Phase II August 11 & 14

Registration medical school calendar courses Phase I August 18 & 21

Medical school calendar classes begin Phase II August 14

Medical school calendar classes begin Phase I August 21

Last day for late registration and schedule changes** August 24 Labor Day holiday September 4

For aU other students: New student orientation September 23 Registration September 18

Last day for late registration and schedule changes** September 22

For all students: Augusta College classes begin September 18 Graduate school classes begin September 19

Pre-registration for winter quarter October 9-1

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty

Phase II medical school calendar courses September 22

Phase I medical school calendar courses September 29

All other courses October 26

Last day of medical school calendar classes Phase II Novembers

Last day of medical school calendar classes Phase I November 10 Thanksgiving recess November 23-24

Last day of graduate school classes December 8 Examinations December 11-14

Last day to apply for December graduation December 14 Term ends December 14

Winter Quarter 1996

Registration and classes begin medical school calendar courses Phase II November 3 & 6

Registration and classes begin medical school calendar courses Phase I November 10 & 13

Registration for all other students January 3

Last day to apply for March graduation , January 3

Augusta College classes begin: January 4 Graduate school classes begin January 4

* Last day for late registration and schedule changes* January 1

Martin Luther King, Jr. holiday January 1 School of Graduate Studies 111

Midierm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty

Medical school calendar courses Phase II January 8

Medical school calendar courses Phase 1 January 12

All other courses February 7

Pre-registration for spring quarter January ib-io

Last day of medical school calendar classes Phase II February 9

Last day of medical school calendar classes Phase 1 March 1

Last day of graduate school classes March 11 Examinations March 12-15

Last day to apply for June graduation*** March 15 Term ends March 15

Spring Quarter 1996

Registration and classes begin medical school calendar courses Phase II reoruary y & k

Registration and classes begin medical school calendar courses Phase 1 March 1 & 4

Registration for all other students > iviarcn iy * Last day to apply for June graduation* * iviarcn ly

Graduate school classes begin Iviarcn zu Augusta College classes begin March ^0 * Last day for late registration and schedule changes* March Zo Anril Q 10 Spring break April 0-1^

Midterm; last day to withdraw from a course without penalty

Medical school calendar courses Phase II Iviarcn iy

A 1 o Medical school calendar courses Phase 1 April 12

All other courses May 3

Pre-registration for summer quarter May b-y

Last day of medical school calendar classes Phase II . . May 3

Last day of medical school calendar classes Phase 1 May 31

Last day of graduate school classes May 30

Examinations May 31, June 3 Term ends Junes Graduation June 8

Summer Quarter 1996

Registration June 17

Last day to apply for August graduation June 17 Graduate school classes begin June 18

Last day for late registration and schedule changes** June 21 Augusta College classes begin June 19 Independence Day holiday July 4

li il< f 0 11 Pre-registration for fall quarter July 0-11

IVIIUlcllll. Idol Udy lU WllllUidW llUlil d LUUIbc WILIIUUL ptiiidiiy juiyliil\/ 99 Classes end August 23 Examinations August 26-29 Term ends August 29

* 1995-96 dates for medical school calendar courses are subject to change.

*A late fee is assessed beginning the day after the student's scheduled registration day.

*To ensure diploma is received in time for graduation. Degrees

MCG is authorized by the Board of Regents of the

University System of Georgia to grant the doctor of phi- Uchool of losophy, master of science, master of science in clinical nutrition, master of science in medical illustration, Graduate Studies master of science in nursing, master of nursing and master of health education degrees in approved disci-

plines through the School of Graduate Studies.

Application Procedures Philosophy Send or direct all application materials to the dean,

The School of Graduate Studies provides graduate School of Graduate Studies, Medical College of education and research training for individuals desiring Georgia, Augusta, GA, 30912. A complete application to pursue careers in health-sciences related disciplines. consists of: The faculty and graduate students should create an atmosphere of academic scholarship and investigation 1. Application which provides graduates with high scholarship values A completed application form, application supple- and major skills in their disciplines. The school interacts ment and reference reports are required for those seek- with all faculties and also with professional students to ing admission to the School of Graduate Studies. aid in the development of scholarship in all disciplines. Application materials may be obtained by writing to the

dean at the address listed above. Objectives 2. Transcripts All postbaccalaureate education which is not profes- Official transcripts of all previous and current college, sionally directed is the responsibility of the School of graduate or professional studies. Transcripts must be Graduate Studies. The faculty, which is selected from signed by the registrar, contain the institutional seal, Schools of Allied Health Sciences, Dentistry, Medicine and be received directly by mail from the schools and Nursing, is involved in the preparation of candi- attended. International applicants may be requested to dates for master of science, master of nursing, master submit transcripts and academic records to an inde- of health education and the doctor of philosophy pendent agency for verification and evaluation. degrees. Graduates are prepared to become leaders in their respective disciplines in research, teaching and 3. Graduate Record Examination service in academic institutions, hospitals, government The General Test is required for all domestic and for- service and industry. eign applicants. Subject tests in biology, chemistry or

computer sciences are recommended for applicants to

Dean and Faculty biomedical sciences programs. MCAT and DAT test

scores may be substituted for GRE scores upon The dean of the School of Graduate Studies is the approval by the dean. The GRE reporting code for the chief administrative officer and is responsible to the School of Graduate Studies is R5406-4. GRE scores president of MGG for carrying out all academic policies over five years old are not acceptable. of the Board of Regents, the Medical College of Georgia and the School of Graduate Studies related to graduate 4. Three Reference Reports education. (As provided in the application package) mailed The members of the graduate faculty are appointed directly to the dean from the reference. from the Schools of Allied Health Sciences, Dentistry,

Medicine and Nursing by the president of MGG follow- 5. TOEFL ing recommendation by the dean of the School of The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is Graduate Studies. The Graduate Faculty Senate, required of all foreign applicants (excluding English- through its committees and executive committee, speaking countries), minimum acceptable score 600. advises the dean on all pertinent matters related to graduate education, including nominations to the grad- 6. Health Questionnaire uate faculty. Program directors appointed by each Upon acceptance to the School of Graduate Studies, degree granting department or discipline make up the all students must complete a health questionnaire Graduate Council, which is also advisory to the dean on which will be mailed to Medical Datamation. Failure to academic policies related to the school. do so will prevent admission. School of Graduate Studies 113

Admissions Medical College of Georgia Graduate I Assistantships Admission to the School of Graduate Studies is sub-

ject to the discretion of the dean following recommen- Graduate research and teaching assistantships are

dation by the department's admissions committee. In available on a competitive basis and are administered

considering admission, departments review all tran- through the dean's office to students taking a full-time

scripts, reference reports, test scores and objectives of program of 12 quarter hours or more. Stipends from

the applicant, A personal interview may also be grants in individual departments for graduate training

required. Applicants should include in their application also may be available. Predoctoral training grants

any pertinent information including reprints, experi- from federal and foundation sources should also be

ences related to their objectives, etc. Depending on the considered.

individual program, students may be admitted to the School of Graduate Studies beginning in any one of the Scholastic Regulations

four quarters. For the fall quarter, all applications must An applicant's registration and class attendance con- be complete by June 30. Application deadline for inter- stitute an agreement on the part of the applicant to national applicants is April 1 for fall quarter admission. comply with the rules and regulations of the university For other quarters, applications must be completed as published in this catalog and other official publica- four weeks prior to the first day of the quarter {see tions of the university during the student's continued Calendar.) Deadline for completion of the applications enrollment. for the nurse anesthetist program is March 1 7; nurse A student's continued enrollment in the School of practitioner programs, April 17. Application deadline to Graduate Studies is subject to the decision by the dean the Ph.D. program in nursing is March 1. Applications and other designated officers that academic grades and to the medical illustration program must be completed progress are satisfactory, that rules of the university are by March 31. being complied with and that the best interest of the

school and of other students is being served. International Applicants Auditors may take graduate courses, but must secure

Applications from qualified students of foreign insti- permission of the instructor. No academic credit is

tutions which are approved by the University System allowed. Auditors pay usual tuition and fees.

of Georgia are welcome. Applicants whose test scores indicate a need for additional studies in English may be Classification of Graduate Students required to take a program in English designated by Regular Student the School of Graduate Studies at the student's A student who has been admitted for enrollment in a expense. International applicants should arrive in this program leading to a graduate degree. country with sufficient funds for housing, tuition and

living expenses. The School of Graduate Studies has Special Students no funds for these purposes. International applicants This status will be reserved for candidates who have may be requested to submit transcripts and academic been accepted into a graduate program because they records to an independent agency for verification and have a probable chance of success, but have evaluation. may some weaknesses in their academic record. They will be placed

on a one-year academic probation period. Special stu- Fees and Expenses dents are not eligible for graduate assistantships.

See the General Information section for Fees and Expenses. Waivers of non-resident fees for students in Grades, Academic Performance and the School of Graduate Studies are available, but are Progress limited in number. Residents of Alabama, Florida, Satisfactory progress toward a degree in the School Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, South of Graduate Studies requires that a student maintain a Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and West Virginia minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.8 for all are eligible for non-resident fee waivers through the courses attempted. Departments may set additional Academic Common Market in some M.S., M.S.N and standards for satisfactory in Ph.D. programs. progress courses related to the specific discipline.

A minimum grade of C (or satisfactory in courses Financial Aid graded S and U) must be earned for each course apply-

Students should write for the Student Financial Aid ing toward a graduate degree, and a 2.8 cumulative

Guide {see General Information section.) GPA in all courses attempted toward the degree is 114 School of Graduate Studies

required for graduation. Departments may set higher Transfer Credit GPA and other graduation requirements.

Transfer of graduate credit is never automatic; Students are expected at all times to respond to any assignments and research projects with original data, credits transferred do not reduce the residence require- for manuscripts and papers. Any deviation from this could ment any advanced degree. In the case of a prospective Ph.D. result in a grade of F for the assignment and course candidate entering the of and possible dismissal from the School of Graduate School Graduate Studies with a master's degree Studies. from another institution, the candidate shall pass an examination on his major subject and thesis during the

first quarter of residence if credit for any Academic Probation and Dismissal pertinent portion of the master's course work (10 quarter hours max-

Any student whose cumulative GPA for a degree pro- imum usually allowed) is to be applied to the Ph.D. The gram drops below a 2.8 will be placed on academic transfer of any course work beyond the master's level is I probation. Such status will be noted on the student's a matter for negotiation between the student, his advi- academic record (transcript). While on probation, the sory committee, his major department and the dean. In student must earn a minimum of 3.0 each quarter until general, no more than 30 quarter hours may be trans- the cumulative GPA is raised to at least a 2.8. Students ferred toward the Ph.D., under any circumstances. who fail to earn at least a 3.0 each quarter while on pro- At the discretion of the dean and the faculty of the bation shall be academically dismissed from the School major department, up to 10 quarter hours credit toward of Graduate Studies (requirements differ for the gradu- a master's degree may be transferred. ate nursing program). Where circumstances warrant, upon recommendation Residence and Time Limit of the academic department concerned and approval of the dean, a student dismissed under the provisions of The minimum requirement for the doctor of philoso- this policy may be reinstated as a student on probation. phy degree is three full academic years beyond the bachelor's degree, which cannot satisfied through In such cases, the reinstated student must earn at least be summer work alone. At least three full a 3.0 each quarter while on probation until a 2.8 cumu- consecutive

quarters must be spent in residence on the campus. If lative GPA is achieved. Failure to do so will again result the student has part-time duties (employment or an in dismissal from the degree program. The second dis- assistantship), the residence requirements will missal will be final. be to Individual departments shall set policies concerning increased accordingly provide the equivalent of three quarters of full-time study in residence. All course academic probation and dismissal in regard to students work and other requirements for the doctor of philosophy who receive a grade of U (unsatisfactory) in courses degree, except the final oral graded S or U. examination, must be completed within With approval of the dean, individual departments seven consecutive calendar years from the date of enrollment. may also establish higher GPA standards for proba-

The minimum residence requirement for all master's tion or dismissal, in which cases the higher standards

is full year. All credited shall apply. degrees one academic work toward master's degree, including the final oral Any student dismissed from the School of Graduate a examination, must be completed within five consecutive cal- Studies may appeal the action in accordance with pro- endar years from the date of enrollment. cedure shown in the Student Discipline, Grievances,

A student may be considered for dismissal if he fails to and Appeals section in the General Information section. make timely progress toward the degree sought, or may

be subject to re-examination or additional course work. Leaves of Absence Where circumstances warrant, a student may peti-

Registration in each quarter indicates that a student tion the dean for exceptions to this residence and time is making progress for his enrolled objective. Students limit policy. who do not plan to enroll for an upcoming quarter (except the summer quarter) should request a leave of Doctor of Philosophy Degree Program absence from the dean, through their program director. This degree may be conferred in biochemistry and Failure to do so could result in being required to reap- molecular biology, cellular biology and anatomy, nurs- ply for admission. A leave of absence does not reduce a ing, oral biology, pharmacology and toxicology, physiol- student's obligation to complete the degree within the stated time. ogy and endocrinology. School of Graduate Studies 115

Requirements for Admission: Research Tools

1 . A completed formal application witti evidence of a The student must demonstrate proficiency in two

baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or appropriate tools of research. Graduate courses

university, either domestic or foreign. demonstrating computer and statistics literacy are

2. Three letters of recommendation. recommended. The research tools to be offered must

3. Graduate Record Examination scores of 1,000 (com- be recommended by the advisory committee and the

bined verbal and quantitative). The Test of English as department chairman and approved by the dean.

a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required of all foreign The Comprehensive Examination

applicants (excluding English-speaking countries). This is divided into the first examination and follow-

4. Undergraduate grade point average of 3.0. ing, no earlier than one academic quarter later, the

5. Fulfillment of additional program requirements (see second examination. section on Additional Departmental Requirements

and Course Descriptions). First Examination

This is a comprehensive examination testing the

Requirements for Graduation: student's ability to correlate material presented

These do not include departmental requirements during the first part of the graduate curriculum.

which must be fulfilled in addition to the list below. The first examination may be taken after a mini-

1 . Minimum Time mum of 30 quarter hours of graduate study, pro-

A minimum of three academic years of full-time grad- vided at least 10 of these hours are at the 700 and

uate study beyond the bachelor's degree is required. 800 level. It must be successfully passed before the

2. Residence student will be permitted to register for more than a

A minimum of three consecutive quarters of full-time total of eight quarter hours of graduate study or

study or the equivalent in residence on this campus become a candidate for a graduate degree. In the

IS required. event of failure, the first examination may be

3. Course Work Proposal and Research Proposal repeated once with the permission of the depart-

A program of study and proposed research plan as ment chairman, provided at least one additional

the basis for a dissertation, which has been quarter of graduate work has been completed. The

approved by the student's five-person advisory com- first examination will be a written test that occupies

mittee, departmental chairman and the dean. The two half days or one full day. The examination will

research plan must conform to the Conduct of be prepared and graded by the faculty of the depart-

Research Policy of MCG. ment under the supervision of the departmental 116 School of Graduate Studies

chairman. It must be submitted to the graduate uate faculty. Dissertation defense must be carried out

school by the chairman for approval by the dean at within three years of admission to candidacy.

least one week in advance of the examination date. Otherwise, the student must undergo re-examination.

The results will be certified to the graduate school 9. An overall grade point average of 2.8. by the chairman and the student's written answers

will be filed in the department. Doctor of Pliilosophy/Doctor of f\/ledicine (Concurrent Degree) Program Second Examination General This examination is designed to test an under- The goal of the combined M.D./Ph.D. degree program standing of the specialized field under study by the is to provide students with the complete training in student, as defined by the advisory committee, in a both medicine and research biomedical sciences manner demonstrating knowledge and maturity of required for successful careers in investigative current concepts, as well as historical and literature medicine. Students will complete the academic require- background. The examination is written and is to ments for both the M.D. degree from the School of occupy two half days or one full day. A two-hour oral Medicine and the Ph.D. degree from one of the degree- component may be substituted for one-third of the granting departments of biomedical sciences in the written component. The examination is prepared by University System of Georgia. Students may choose the advisory committee in the presence of a repre- from eligible Ph.D. programs at the Medical College of sentative of the dean. The examination must have the Georgia, University of Georgia, the Georgia Institute of approval of the chairman of the department and the Technology and Georgia State University. The normal dean before it is administered. The examination will time for completion of the degree requirements is six to be considered passed if a majority of the advisory seven years. committee agree. The results will be certified to the

dean by the chairman of the department. The stu- Requirements for Admission dent's written answers are filed in the department. In Applicants must fulfill the requirements for admission the event of failure, two academic quarters must to the School of Medicine in addition to the require- elapse before it is administered again. The examina- ments for admission to the combined program. tion may be retaken only once. Completion of a supplemental M.D./Ph.D. program 6. Admission to Candidacy application is required in addition to the School of A student must be admitted to candidacy for the Medicine application. Candidates for the dual degree Ph.D. degree by the dean of the School of Graduate program must demonstrate outstanding academic cre- Studies. This will occur following successful com- dentials in addition to a strong interest in the pursuit of pletion and presentation of the research tools, careers in research and investigative medicine. course work and research proposals, and passing Generally, prospective candidates for the dual degree of the comprehensive examination. Until this program will be interviewed concurrently with the inter- occurs, graduate courses taken are not credited views for the School of Medicine. toward the degree.

7. Dissertation

A dissertation is required for all curriculums. This is The Master of Science Degree Program

a culmination of an original independent investiga- This degree may be conferred in allied health sci- tion. The dissertation must give evidence that new ences, clinical nutrition, oral biology, medical illustra- information was obtained, as well as provide schol- tion, and adult, community, parent-child, mental arly and critical judgment as to the relationship of health-psychiatric nursing and nursing administration. this information to the past literature and overall

field of study. The dissertation should clearly Requirements for Admission: demonstrate the appropriate methodology, tech- 1 . A completed formal application with evidence of a niques, statistics and scientific logic which require baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or acceptance of this new information. Publication of university, either domestic or foreign. the dissertation in one of various forms, while not 2. Three letters of recommendation. required, is strongly urged. 3. Graduate Record Examination scores of 900 (com- 8. Final Oral Examination (Defense of Dissertation) bined verbal and quantitative). The Test of English as The candidate must defend in a satisfactory manner a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required of all foreign all aspects of the dissertation before the advisory applicants (excluding English-speaking countries). committee and outside readers. The dean or the 4. Undergraduate grade point average of 3.0. dean's representative will conduct the examination in 5. Fulfillment of additional program requirements (see public following the guidelines approved by the grad- Course Descriptions). School of Graduate Studies 117

Requirements for Graduation: work proposal and research proposal and passage

These requirements do not include additional depart- of the comprehensive examination (if required).

mental requirements which must be fulfilled in addition Until this occurs, graduate courses taken are not to the list below. credited toward the degree.

1 . Course Work 7. Thesis

45 quarter hours of graduate study are required. A A thesis is required for the M.S. degree except for

minimum of 30 quarter hours must be allocated to the medical illustration program, which requires a

course work related to the major field. At least 10 of special project. The M.S.N, degree programs may,

these hours shall be in 700 and 800 level courses. with permission, substitute a special research pro-

2. Residence ject for the thesis. The thesis is a culmination of an

A minimum of three consecutive quarters of full-time original investigation leading to new information. The

study or the equivalent in residence on this campus thesis should characterize in a scholarly manner the

is required (medical illustration programs require six importance of this information as it applies to the

quarters). field of study. The thesis should reflect the method-

3. Course Work and Research Proposals ology, techniques, statistics and literature back-

A program of study and a research plan proposed as a ground used, as well as scientific logic necessary for

basis of a thesis must be approved by the four-person acceptance of the results and conclusion. Publication

advisory committee, the chairman of the department of the thesis in one of various forms is urged, but

and the dean. The research plan must conform to the not required. Thesis defense must be carried out

Conduct of Research Policy of MCG. within two years of admission to candidacy.

4. Research Tools Otherwise, the student must undergo re-examina-

The student must demonstrate proficiency in one tion.

tool of research. It is suggested that an appropriate 8. Final Oral Examination (Defense of Thesis)

course in statistics or computer science be used to The candidate must defend all aspects of the thesis

satisfy this requirement. Proficiency in a modern lan- before the advisory committee. The dean or the

guage, or in the case of foreign students, English dean's representative will conduct the oral examina-

may also satisfy this requirement. tion in public along the guidelines approved by the

5. Comprehensive Examination (Departmental Option) graduate faculty.

The comprehensive examination may be taken after a 9. An overall grade point average of 2.8 (3.0 in nursing

minimum of 30 quarter hours of graduate study, pro- programs).

vided at least 10 of these hours are at the 700 and

800 level. It must be successfully passed before the Ttie Master of Healtli Education Degree student will be permitted to register for more than a Program total of eight quarter hours of graduate study, or This is an educational degree oriented toward teach- become a candidate for a graduate degree. In the ing and clinical skills in the allied health fields of dental event of failure, this examination may be repeated hygiene, health information management, medical tech- once with the permission of the department chairman, nology, occupational therapy and physical therapy. provided at least one additional quarter of graduate work has been completed. The student must have Requirements of Admission: submitted an approved program of study (course

1 . A completed application demonstrating a bachelor's work proposal) for the master of science degree degree in dental hygiene, health information man- before being eligible to take the comprehensive exam- agement or medical technology from an accredited ination. The comprehensive examination will be a writ- college or university having a program comparable ten test that occupies two half-days or one full-day. to the bachelor's degree programs in these health The examination will be prepared by the faculty of the professions at the Medical College of Georgia. For department. It must be submitted to the dean by the occupational therapy, graduation with a bachelor's chairman for approval at least one week in advance of degree from a curriculum in occupational therapy the examination date. The examination will be graded approved by the Council on Medical Education of the by the faculty under the supervision of the department American Medical Association in collaboration with chairman. The student's written answers will be filed the American Occupational Therapy Association. For in the department. physical therapy, a bachelor's degree or equivalent 6. Admission to Candidacy preparation in physical therapy from a curriculum in A student must be admitted to candidacy for the physical therapy accredited by the Commission for master of science degree by the dean. This will Accreditation of Physical Therapy Education or with occur following successful completion of the a bachelor's degree and professional preparation in research tool requirement, acceptance of the course 118 School of Graduate Studies

physical therapy comparable to basic educational

programs tor a physical therapist. For dentistry, a Additional Departmental

dental degree from a school or college of dentistry approved by the Commission on Dental Requirements and Accreditation of the American Dental Association. 2. Three letters of recommendation. Course Descriptions 3. Graduate Record Examination scores of 900 (com-

bined verbal and quantitative). The Test of English as

a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required of all foreign Lecture-lab-credit hours are designated as shown in applicants (excluding English speaking countries). this example: (3-2-4). Courses in the School of 4. Evidence of current registration, licensure or certifi- Graduate Studies are numbered from 600-999. cation to practice dentistry, dental hygiene, health information management, medical technology, occu-

pational therapy or physical therapy in one or more Biomedical Sciences

states. In addition, clinical practice beyond that is All students entering one of the biomedical science pro- required for the initial degree: dentistry, dental grams are required to enroll during their first year in a hygiene and occupational therapy; one year—physi- series of three courses making up a core curriculum. cal therapy; two years. Ther courses are designed to provide students with a 5. Fulfillment of additional program requirements. "core" of information deemed essential by the faculty

for students in the basic sciences no matter which spe- Requirements for Graduation: cific research discipline they enter.

1 . Graduate Study

60 quarter hours beyond the bachelor's or profes- SGS 802. Functional Cell Biology I (6-0-6) sional dental degree are required. The complete pro- (Fall) gram includes required and elective courses in edu- The first course of a two-course multidisciplinary sequence cation offered well other by Augusta College, as as which covers the structural and functional fundamentals of cel-

schools and divisions of the Medical College of lular biology Topics covered during the course include tech-

Georgia. Twenty quarter hours are spent in disci- niques for studying cells, and the properties, structure and bio-

pline-oriented instruction, 20 quarter hours of peda- genesis of membranes. Also, glucose, lipid and protein along with cellular division are covered. gogic instruction including a teaching practicum, and metabolism

20 quarter hours of related electives. SGS 803. Functional Cell Biology // (6-0-6) 2. Residence (Winter) A minimum of three quarters of full-time study or the The continuation course of a two-course multidisciplinary equivalent in residence on this campus is required. sequence covering the structural and functional fundamentals 3. Program of Study of cell biology Topics covered include signal transduction, A course work proposal which has been approved by DNA structure, molecular biology methods, DNA viruses, con- the advisory committee, the chairman and the dean. trol of gene expression and translation, cell cycle regulation,

4. Satisfactory fulfillment of departmental requirements. components of the extracellular matrix and immunology

5. An overall grade point average of 2.8.

SGS 804. Functional Systems Biology (8-0-8) (Spring)

The third course of a three-course multidisciplinary core cover-

ing the structural and functional fundamentals of systems biology Course topics include the physiology and pharmacology

of nerve and muscle and the central nervous, cardiovascular,

respiratory renal, gastrointestinal and endocrine systems.

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (Ph.B., M.S.)

Chair: R Leibach; Professors: ^. Abdel-Latif, E. Abraham,

R. Akhtar, G. Brownell, V. Ganapathy, R Garver, T Huisman

K. Lanclos, D. Tuan; Associate Professors: \J. Bhalla, R

Carl, L. Carter, E. Howard, D. Lapp, K. Pandey, D. Scott,

T Sprinkle, T Stoming, J. B. Whitney.

Recommended preparation: Courses at the college level

in physics, mathematics (through integral calculus). School of Graduate Studies 119

biology, organic chemistry (through qualitative organic) BMB 890. Workshop in Biochemistry and Molecular and a year ot physical chemistry. Biology. (1-0-1)

An in-depth review of research in selected areas of biochem-

istry and molecular biology Students are required to present BMB 745. Biochemistry. (9-0-9) literature reviews on an assigned topic. (Fall and Winter)

The chemistry and reactions of the constituents of living matter, metabolism and control mechanisms at levels of bio- BMB 901. Seminar in Biochemistry and Molecular logical organization from subcellular to organism. Emphasis on Biology. (1-0-1) medical applications. (Fall)

BMB 902. Seminar in Biochemistry and Molecular BMB 814. Biochemistry Core. (5-0-5) Biology. (1-0-1)

(Fall) (Winter) (5-0-5) BMB 815. Biochemistry Core. BMB 903. Seminar in Biochemistry and Molecular (Spring) Biology. (1-0-1) 816. Biochemistry Core. (5-0-5) BMB (Spring) (Winter) BMB 921. Investigation of a Problem. A course sequence covering the chemistry of the constituents (Credit to be arranged) of living matter intermediary metabolism (815); and (814); Laboratory research. molecular biology (816).

BMB 930. Research. (Credit to be arranged) (5-0-5) BMB 820. Cell Biology. For students with approved research proposals. Topics in cell and molecular biology emphasizing current, cutting-edge research topics that have not been covered in the bio- Cellular Biology and Anatomy chemistry core. Taught by BMB faculty using lecture, student (Ph.D., M.S.) presentations and critical group analysis of original research Chair: D. Bockman; Professors: D. Bookman, R. publications. Prerequisites are CMB 745, 814, 815 and 816. Caldwell, C. Chew, G. Colborn, L. Hodge, M. Kirby,

(Regents), M. Mulroy, H. Rasmussen, M. Sharawy, D. BMB 822. Cancer Biology. (3-0-3) Sickles, Sohal; Professors: Barrett, T. Incorporates recent advances in research on the cellular and G. Associate I molecular biology of cancer with a comprehensive discussion Creazzo, T. Gale, J. Goldenring, A. Gulati, D. Lause, G. of the mechanisms of carcinogenesis. Liou, P. McNeil, N. Odell, A. Reese, S. Smith, T. Weidman,

D. Welter, R. Wrenn; Assistant Professors: D. Galileo, T.

BMB 823. Biomembranes. (3-0-3) Harrison, W. Hill, R Schoenlein.

The diversity in structure of biological membranes are discussed and distinctive functions such as transport, communi- Recommended preparation: ^n undergraduate major in cation and energy transduction are studied in detail. zoology, biology or cell biology, or a major in chem-

istry or physics with a minor in zoology or biology (at BMB 826. Physical Methods. (3-0-3) least three basic courses). A laboratory rotation course to familiarize students with the graduate faculty and their research in a laboratory setting. ANM 701. Human Gross Anatomy. (10-12-16) (Fall and Winter) BMB 827. Developmental Biochemistry. (3-0-3) This course covers basic knowledge for the gross anatomy The biochemical chemical changes during development are of the human body, through regional dissections, lectures, reviewed. Coverage of many diversified aspects of biochem- conferences and independent study of osteologic, radiographic istry are presented ranging from cell biology to gene organiza- and cross-sectional material. Emphasis is on using the knowl- tion and developmental expression. edge in understanding the normal (and disordered) function of

the parts of the body in the living person. BMB 828. Neurochemistry. (3-0-3)

General neurochemistry, including the morphological basis ANM 703. Neuroanatomy. (4-2-5) of neurochemistry synaptic transmission, the function of (Spring) neural membranes, metabolism and regulation of nervous A lecture and laboratory course to provide an understanding system function. of the structure, function and dysfunction of the human ner-

vous system. It is taught with PHY 703 to integrate structure BMB 829. Biochemistry of Inborn Errors of and function. These two courses are taught as ITD-550, for Metabolism (4-0-4) medical students, which includes clinical neurology. ANM 703 Ttie genetics, biochemical basis, pathology and of methods and PHY 703 must be taken together treatment of inborn errors of metabolism.

ANM 704. Graduate Neuroanatomy. (3-6-6)

An in-depth study of the central and peripheral nervous 120 School of Graduate Studies

system as related to functional and clinical neurology. The lec- ANM 81 7. Special Topics in Gross Anatomy. (1-4-3)

ture is based on 18 units of the nervous system from the (Spring) course book. The laboratory sessions consist of the study of Prerequisites: km 701, 702

the human brain and spinal cord, sections (coronal and axial) This course involves special dissections in gross human

of the brain, as well as X-rays, CT-scan and MRI of the nervous anatomy.

system. CAI (Computer Assisted Instruction) programs on

neuroanatomy are used to prepare student for the laboratory ANM 819. Special Topics in Neuroanatomy. (2-2-3) sessions and are available in the library for independent use (Spring) and review students. by Prerequisite: km 703

A review of basics including complete brain dissection and

ANM 801. Special Topics in Anatomy slide study. The major time used to explore in depth some (credit to be arranged) recent research relating to various areas and systems.

Critical discussion and analysis of current research areas Discussions led by faculty, students and outside speakers with

selected by faculty members who are expert in the area. all course participants expected to contribute to each subject.

ANM 820. Special Topics in Cell Biology. (3-0-3) ANM 807. Embryology. (3-0-3) (Winter and Spring) (Fall and Winter) Prerequisites: Histology and biochemistry or equivalents A study of the fundamentals of human developmental Emphasizes various aspects of cell structure and function. anatomy. Subject matter includes germ cell development, fer- Topics reflect the interests and needs of the faculty and stu- tilization, implantation, placentation and morphogenesis of the dents participating in the course, including both cellular and various organ systems. molecular levels.

ANM 808. Retinal Cell Biology. (4-0-4) ANM 826. Cell Biology. (5-0-5) Focuses on the retina as a model for research on CNS cellu- (Winter and Spring)

lar function and growth. Emphasizes the use of cell and molec- Prerequisites: Histology and biochemistry or equivalents

ular biology approaches for identifying fundamental cellular Deals with various aspects of cell structure and function at

processes within the CNS and for understanding the mecha- both cellular and molecular levels. Winter-quarter topics include

nisms of their actions. Topics covered are selected from cur- the plasma membrane, signal transduction, intracellular com-

rent research issues in retinal cell biology, and might include partmentation and sorting, the cytoskeleton and extracellular

cell lineage, tropic factors, vascular growth, photoreceptor matrix. During spring quarter, subjects include multilevel orga-

metabolism, membrane turnover and recycling, cell adhesion, nization of the nucleus, transcriptional control, gene amplifica-

cellular transport, signal transduction and regulation of gene tion and RNA synthesis, processing and translation. Additional

expression. Format involves lectures, paper presentations, for- topics may be included which reflect the special interests or

mulation of research questions and experimental design. needs of the faculty and students.

ANM 813. Histology. (3-6-6) ANM 828. Topics in Developmental Cell Biology.

(Fall) (5-0-5)

A study of cells, tissues and organs of man as related to (Spring) their function. Focuses on mechanistic and experimental approaches appli-

cable to the analysis of development, particularly on the cellular

level. Emphasis on the molecular biology of development and ANM 814. High Resolution Microscopy. (1 -8-5) (Winter) various model systems for ontogenetic studies. Topics covered

include genomic organization and its relationship to devel- A course in the basic techniques of electron microscopy. may opment, nuclearcytoplasmic interactions, control of gene Emphasis is on preparing tissues for electron miscroscopy,

operating the scanning and electron microscopes and prepar- expression, maternal and paternal contributions to early devel-

ing and interpreting electron micrographs. Instruction includes opment, manipulatable systems such as allophenic mice and Drosophila and control of cell and proliferation. the introduction to appropriate photographic techniques and movement A equipment. large proportion of the reading is from primary sources.

ANM 850. Developmental Neurobiology. (3-0-3) ANM 816. Histochemistry. (1-6-4) (Spring) (Spring) A lecture/paper presentation course dealing with the mecha- Prerequisite: Am 813. nisms of embryonic induction and determination, neuronal dif- A lecture and laboratory course intended to provide ferentiation, migration and trophic factors and specificity of advanced graduate students greater comprehension of the connection formation. quantity, distribution and function of the major chemical con-

stituents of cells and tissues. Substances studied include pro- ANM 901 . Seminar in Anatomy. (1-0-1) teins, fats, carbohydrates, nucleic acids and enzymes. The lab- Graduate student colloquium oratory teaches the more useful and effective methods of

localization and quantitation. ANM 902,903. Seminar in Anatomy. (1-0-1) School of Graduate Studies 121

ANM 921. Investigation of a Problem. instructor (Credit to be arranged) A survey course of the general principles (drug-receptor

For research experience before successful completion of first interaction, biotransformation, excretion, chemotherapy and comprehensive examination: Rotation research. toxicology) and systematic pharmacology (effects of drugs on central nervous, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, pulmonary and reproductive systems). ANM 930. Research. (Credit to be arranged) endocrine

Taken after successful completion of first comprehensive PHM 812. Pharmacologically Active Peptides. (3-0-3) exam. Dissertation research with selected maior advisor. Prerequisites: PHM 810-81 1 or consent of instructor

Effects of endogenous peptides on cellular and systemic Pharmacology and Toxicology activity (Ph.D., M.S.)

Chair:\N. Caldwell; Professors: J. Buccafusco, W. PHM 813. Cryopharmacology. (2-0-2) Caldwell, A. Carr, G. Carrier, J. Catravas, L. Gangarosa, Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Pruett; B. Goldstein, L. Greenbaum, A. Karow, M. Kling, J. The biophysics of freezing injury and the use of cryoprotec-

Associate Professors: S. Ikeda, D. Lewis; Assistant tive drugs.

Professors: S. Barman, L. Jones, A. Milici, J. Pauly. PHM 815. Basic Principles of Pharmacology and preparation: Major training in at least Recommended Toxicology. (3-0-3) one of the following fields: zoology, anatomy, biology, Basic principles of pharmacology and toxicology including chemistry, microbiology, physiology, biochemistry, dose-response relationships, absorption, distribution, bio- mathematics or engineering. Courses in several of the transformation and elimination of pharmacological and toxico- fields other than the major field are desirable. logical agents.

PHM 801. Molecular Pharmacology. (3-0-3) PHM 816. Advanced Toxicology. (2-0-2) 810-81 Prerequisites: PHM 1 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Biochemistry 745, Physiology 701 & 702, PHM Mechanism of achieving biological effect through the chemi- 81 5, Histology 81 3, or permission of the instructor cal interaction of a drug with a biological receptor. Current concepts and trends in toxicological research.

Several major topics usually presented. These topics may be in Pharmacological Research. PHM 802. Methods varied each time this course is presented. (0-3-1)

Techniques employed in pharmacological investigations. PHM 901,902,903. Seminar in Pharmacology. Techniques may be varied each time this course is presented. (1 hour each) PHM 921. Investigation of a Problem. PHM 803. Neuropharmacology. (3-0-3) (Credit to be arranged) Prerequisites: PHM 810-81 1 or consent of instructor

Selected topics related to the action of chemical agents on PHM 930. Research. (Credit to be arranged) the nervous system. (For dissertation or thesis)

PHM 804. Advanced Pharmacological Sciences. Physiology and Endocrinology (2-0-2) (Ph.D., M.S.) Prerequisites: PHU 810-811 Ctiair:y. Mahesh; Professors:!. Abney, V. Bhalla, E. Current concepts and trends in pharmacological research. Bransome, L. Ellison, I. Ehrhart, R. Godt, K. Green, C. Several major topics usually presented. These topics may be Hendrich, W. Hofman, F. Leibach, R. Little, V. Mahesh, varied each time this course is presented. T. Mills, T. Nosek, D. Pashley, G. Whitford; Associate

PHM 808. Autonomic Pharmacology. (3-0-3) Professors: G. Bond, A. Costoff, G. Doetsch, V. Ganapathy,

Prerequisites: PHM 810-81 1 or consent of instructor L. Hendry, W. Jackson, R. Kolbeck, J. O'Conner, T. Ogle,

A study of neurohumoral transmission, adrenergic and S. Porterfield, S. Stoney, V. Wiedmeier; Assistant

cholinergic agonists and antagonists and mechanisms of Professors: D. Brann, L. Meszaros action of drugs affecting the autonomic nervous system.

Pfiysiology PHM 809. Cardiovascular Pharmacology. (3-0-3) Recommended preparation: kn introductory course in Prerequisites: PHM 810-81 1 or consent of instructor in Evaluation of the action of drugs on the heart and blood zoology, courses comparative anatomy and embry-

vessels. ology, inorganic and physical chemistry, physics and calculus.

PHM 810. Survey of Pharmacological Sciences I.

(5-0-5) Endocrinology

PHM 811. Survey of Pharmacological Sciences //. Recommended preparation: Oomse work in inorganic, (5-0-5) organic and physical chemistry, qualitative and quanti- Prerequisites: BMB 745 and PHY 701-702; or consent of tative analysis, and in biological sciences including 122 School of Graduate Studies

such courses as physiology, anatomy, histology, bio- renal function and body fluid volumes provide data to be inter- chemistry, embryology, zoology, etc. preted in the light of current and classical literature.

PHY 701. Survey of Physiology I. (6-4-8) PHY 809. Membrane Transport and Permeability. (Winter) (3-0-3) Prerequisites: PHY 702. Survey of Physiology II. (6-4-8) PHY 701 , 702, 703 and/or permission of the (Spring) instructor

Prerequisites: Inorganic and organic chemistry, physics and A study of the fundamental aspects of membrane permeability one year of biological sciences or equivalent or permission of including membrane structure, electrostatic charge, permeabil- department chairman. ity, irreversible thermodynamics and chemistry of transport.

A two-quarter sequence presenting an intensive treatment Various aspects of membrane transport are presented with a of mammalian organ systems: the cell, electrophysiology, discussion of co-transport and carrier system. peripheral nerve and reflexes, muscle, cardiovascular respiration, body fluids and kidney gastrointestinal and endocrine PHY 813. Electrophysiology. (3-0-3) physiology Prerequisites: PHY 702, 701 , 703 and/or permission of the instructor

PHY 703. Survey of Neurophysiology. (4- 1 -4) Theoretical basis of electrophysiological phenomena; record-

(Spring) ing apparatus and technique, and the electrophysiology of cell

Prerequisite: PHY 701 and/or permission of course director tissues and excitable structures.

Concurrent enrollment in ANM 703 is ordinarily required.

Peripheral and central nervous system physiology including PHY 816. Motor Systems. (3-0-3) special senses. Prerequisites: PHY 701 , 702, 703 and/or permission of the

instructor

PHY 802. Cardiodynamics. (3-0-3) Survey of neurophysiological mechanisms, which underlie

Prerequisites: PHY 701 ,702,703 and/or permission of the cerebal, cerebellar and basal ganglia control of voluntary instructor movement.

Physiology of the heart, including structure, development, action as muscle and dynamics of its pumping action. PHY 820. Radiobiology. (3-0-3)

Prerequisites: PHY 701 702, 703 and/or permission of the , PHY 803. Peripheral Circulation. (3-0-3) instructor Cellular Prerequisites: PHY 701 , 702, 703, and/or permission of the and physiological effects of ionizing radiation. instructor

A study of the architecture and hemodynamics of peripheral PHY 821. Sensory Systems. (3-0-3) vasculature. Prerequisites: PHY 701 702, 703, and/or permission of the ,

instructor

PHY 804. Muscle Physiology. (3-0-3) A guided survey of the basic principles of functional organi-

Prerequisites: PHY 702, 703 and/or permission of the zation of the somatic and special sensory systems. Emphasis 701 , instructor on processing of sensory information, neuronal plasticity and

Excitation contraction coupling, contractile proteins and the role of cerebral cortex in sensory perception. chemistry of contraction. Theory of contraction of skeletal, heart and smooth muscle. PHY 822. Biological Substrates of Learning and Motivation. (3-0-3)

PHY 805. Blood Flow Regulation. (3-0-3) Prerequisites: PHY 703 and/or permission of the 701 , 702,

Prerequisites: PHY 701 , 702 and/or permission of the instructor instructor A survey of the electrophysiological, neuroanatomical and

A study of the determinants affecting cardiac output and biochemical correlates of learning and motivation. Includes an peripheral flow, with consideration of the techniques of mea- assessment of techniques used in this area of study suring the flow.

PHY 824. Physiology of Thyroid and Parathyroid PHY 806. Respiration. (3-0-3) Hormone. (3-0-3)

Prerequisites: PHY 701 , 702 and/or permission of the Prerequisites: PHY 701 702, 703 and/or permission of the , instructor instructor

A study of the mechanics and the control of respiration Control of secretion, synthesis and metabolism of thyroid including consideration of experimental measurement. hormones along with present concepts of general metabolic

functions of thyroid hormones. The latter half of the course PHY 807. Body Fluid Regulation. (3-0-3) involves a study of the control of secretion of thyrocalcitonin

Prerequisites: PHY 701 702, 703 and/or permission of the and parathyroid hormones and how these two hormones inter- , instructor act as regulators of plasma and tissue levels of calcium, mag-

A study of current concepts of regulation of body fluid volume nesium and phosphorus. and composition. Laboratory experiences in measurement of School of Graduate Studies 123

PHY 825. Electronics as Applied to Medicine. (2-2-3) functions. Current literature is reviewed.

Prerequisites: PHY 701 , 702, 703 and/or permission of the instructor END 817. Reproductive Physiology. (2-0-2) in pfiysiol- A study of electronic mettiods currently employed (Fall) basic ogy. After completing lecture and laboratory work on A biologically oriented review of spermotogenesis, ovulation, will elect further concepts in electronic technology the student fertilization, implantation and pregnancy. Includes a discussion options: electronics: experience in two or more of the following of the safety and efficiency of current methods of contraception. electrophysiology: laboratory computers.

END 820. Hormonal Regulation of Cellular Function. PHY 899. Special Topic Seminar Courses in (5-0-5) Pliysiology. (Credit to be arranged)

Prerequisites: PHY 701 . 702, 703 and/or permission of the Prerequisite: BMB 745 instructor The different mechanisms by which protein hormones, Special topic courses taught as seminars in the areas of growth factors and other peptides regulate cellular function are cardiovascular, renal, respiratory, muscle, neuro and endocrine studied. Emphasizes signal transduction at the biochemical physiology. and molecular levels. This course is taught from the current

scientific literature. P&E 901, 902, 903. Seminar in Physiology and Endocrinology. (1-0-1) END 821. Neuroendocrinology (3-0-3) PHY 921. Investigation of a Problem. (Fall)

(Credit to be arranged) A study of neural and neuroendocrine control mechanisms

The student works with individual faculty members on a spe- that affect the secretion of pituitary hormones. cific investigative research problem. This provides an introduction to analytical techniques and the scientific method in action. END 826. Analysis of Protein-Ligand Interactions (3-0-3) PHY 930. Research. (Credit to be arranged) Prerequisite: BMB 745

(For dissertation or thesis) A study of principles and methods for analyzing mass action

The student works closely with his faculty thesis/dissertation binding reactions. advisor on an in-depth study of a research problem of interest to both student and adviser. This course culminates in the END 827. Molecular Endocrinology (4-0-4) preparation of a Ph.D. dissertation or M.S. thesis. Prerequisites: BMB 745, END 815, END 813.

Molecular modeling, structure/function relationships of

END 813. Mechanism of Steroid Hormone Action. steroid hormones, drug design.

(Winter) (5-0-5) A detailed analysis of the intracellular events known to pre- END 921. Investigation of a Problem. cede manifestation of steroid hormone action. Particular (Credit to be arranged) emphasis on receptor interactions their and cytoplasmic and Introduces the concepts of experimental research and data nuclear ramifications. All classes of active steroid hormones analysis and offers an overview of the various studies con- are considered, with a view toward correlating differences in ducted in the department. action with differences in mechanism.

END 930. Research. (Credit to be arranged)

END 814. Endocrinology of Polypeptide Hormones and (For dissertation or thesis)

Their Control. (3-0-3) Enables original, independent research with the potential of

(Fall) producing new scientific information.

Structure-function relationships of hormones of the hypotha- lamus, pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, pineal, pancreas, adrenal P&E 707. Principles of Biological Regulation. medulla and gastrointestinal tract are studied as well as a char- (4-0-4) acterization of paracrine and autocrine factors. (Fall)

Presents concepts of regulatory biology at the cellular level END 815. Biochemistry of Steroid Hormones. followed by a series of examples which demonstrate these

(Winter) (4-0-4) concepts in practical systems. Material assumes a baccalaure-

Studies of the biosynthesis, transport, metabolism and ate level of knowledge and extends the student beyond that secretion of steroid hormones. level. Provides a basis for understanding and successful par-

ticipation in all subsequent courses offered in the Department END 816. Polypeptide Hormone Induced Signal of Physiology and Endocrinology.

Transduction. (4-0-4) (Winter)

Presents recent advances in the area of polypeptide hormone receptor interactions. Emphasizes mechanisms of hormone-induced signal transduction in regulation of cellular 124 School of Graduate Studies

Oral Biology (Ph.D.,M.S.) OBIO 852. Molecular Pathology. (2-0-2) Advanced concepts of disease at the cellular and subcellular Chair: J. Dirksen; Professors: S. Bustos-Valdes, levels. Includes instruction and discussion of the principles A. Ciarlone, T. Dirksen, C. Fairhurst, L. Gangarosa, J. and basic mechanisms of cell iniury, the inflammatory process, Garnick, W. Karp, R. Mackert, D. Pashley, F. wound-healing and neoplasia. Presented in a lecture format for Rueggeberg, G. Schuster, M. Sharawy, B. Singh; advanced students at the graduate and postgraduate levels. Associate Professors: G. Caughman, J. Erbland, N.

O'Dell, D. Steflik; Adjunct Professor: K. Plowman; OBIO 854, 855. Advanced Oral Pathology I & II. Assistant Adjunct Professors: A. Chuang, J. (2-0-2 each) McPherson, D. Sutherland, T. Turgeon. Prerequisite: Basic course in pathology

Advanced studies on the causes and mechanisms of oral

Special Requirements for Admission: D.M.D., D.D.S. de- diseases with emphasis on oral manifestations of systemic dis- gree or equivalent. A satisfactory physical examination. ease. OBIO 854 given in the fall quarter of even-numbered

years and OBIO 855 in fall quarter of odd-numbered years.

Courses taken in any sequence. Special Requirements for Graduation: includes eight of may be the 12 hours of core curriculum consisting of OBIO OBIO 859. Special Topics in Oral 811, 822, 833, 841, 852, 863 or acceptable equivalents. 856, 857, 858, Pathology. (1-0-1 each) Also, each student is required to take OBIO 801 and An in-depth study of surgical pathology case material utiliz- OBIO 864 to fulfill the research tools and statistics ing a clinico-pathological conference format. The content requirements for the M.S. degree. No course of the varies substantially from year to year. The course(s) can be 600-700 series or an equivalent course, nor any course taken more than once for credit. that the student used to satisfy any requirement for a professional degree, or an equivalent course, may be OBIO 863. Dental Pharmacology. (2-0-2) used to satisfy this requirement. Thirty quarter hours of Advanced pharmacology of interest to clinical and investiga- the required 45 are to be allocated to seminars (901, tive dentistry. 902 and 903), investigation of a problem (921) and research (930) for the thesis. OBIO 864. Research Methodology. (2-0-2)

Introduction to numerous techniques used to conduct OBIO 722. General Pathology (4-1-5) research.

(See PATH 522, School of Dentistry)

OBIO 723. Oral Pathology I. (4-0-4) OBIO 901, 902, 903. Graduate Oral Biology Seminars (See PATH 523, School of Dentistry) (1-0-1)

OBIO 731. Oral Pathology II. (3-0-3) These seminars include advanced topics of interest to den- (See PATH 531, School of Dentistry) tistry and are presented by both graduate students and faculty. OBIO 732. Systematic Pathology (3-1-4) An in-depth coverage of the literature is expected for each pre- (See PATH 532, School of Dentistry) sentation. Not offered in spring. OBIO 801. Current Research Topics in Oral Biology (2-0- 2)

A course sequence of selected topics of current research OBIO 921. Investigation of a Problem. important to dental research. (Credit to be arranged) OBIO 930. Research. (Credit to be arranged) OBIO 811. Head and Neck Anatomy. (2-0-2) (For Dissertation or Thesis) An advanced course in applied anatomy of the head and neck region. Master of Science in Oral Biology/ Doctor of Dental Medicine OBIO 822. Oral Biochemistry. (2-0-2) Degree) Program Biochemical topics of outstanding dental interest for gradu- (Concurrent ate and postgraduate students. Topics include connective This program enables the unusual candidate to tissue proteins, hemostatic mechanisms, tissues and bone obtain both the master of science and the doctor of

metabolism. dental medicine degrees vi/ith research work performed

in oral biology. The program is available only to

OBIO 833. Advanced Oral Physiology. (2-0-2) accepted dental students.

Advanced studies of topics in oral physiology such as the Degree candidates can spend one full year in gradu- transport and metabolism of fluoride and calcium, dentin ate studies between the second and third year of dental structure and function, pulpal innervation and blood flow. school upon approval of the respective deans.

OBIO 841. Microbiological and Immunological Requirements for Admission: Aspects of Oral Disease. (2-0-2) Applicants must be enrolled in the School of An advanced course on oral microbiology, infection and Dentistry and in good academic and clinical standing. resistance, and oral diseases of microbial origin. Two letters of recommendation are required, one from School of Graduate Studies 125

the dean and one from the associate dean for biological Satisfactory fulfillment of any additional require- sciences. ments of the student's major department of the insti-

The requirements for the combined degree programs tution is required. See Requirements for Graduation, are essentially those of the individual degree programs. Master of Science Degree Program.

Requirements for Graduation: Clinical Nutrition (M.S.)

1 . Graduate Study Director: F. Carl; Professors: I Bhatia, S. Bustos-Valdes, 45 quarter hours of graduate study are required of B. Goldstein, W. Karp, F. Leibach, N. Sarkar, G. Schuster, which a maximum of 15 quarter hours may be trans- G. Whitford; Associate Professors: F. Carl, A. Carter, ferred as a result of satisfactory completion of the J. Erbland. first, second or third year of the dental curriculum. A

minimum of 15 quarter hours must be allocated to Recommended preparation: 0\]ems\ry including organic advanced course work series) and/or related to (800 and quantitative analysis, biology including anatomy and the major field. Fifteen additional quarter hours may physiology, and mathematics through pre-calculus. be allocated to seminar (901, 902 and problems 903), Biochemistry and nutrition courses are also helpful. (921) and research (930). Course work programs will

be arranged on an individual basis. NTS 731. Selected Topics in Nutrition. (0-3- 1) 2. Residency Individually designed study of a topic of interest to ttie stu-

One full academic year in residence as a graduate dent with the approval of the program director Possible exam-

student is required. Depending on when the student ples include the use of computers in nutritional assessment

begins the graduate course of study, the M.S. in oral and research, a description of nutrition-related research in progress at the Medical College of Georgia, the use of biology and D.M.D. degrees may be awarded at dif- metabolic research units in nutrition research or a literature ferent times. review of selected drug/nutrient interactions. 3. Program of Study and Research Proposal

Within the first three months of the student's NTS 745. Seminar: Nutritional Perspectives in enrollment as an M.S. in oral biology/D.M.D. candi- Biochemistry. (1-0-1) date, an advisory committee will be established with (Fall) the student's major professor as chairman. The advi- Prerequisite: Simultaneous enrollment in BMB 745

sory committee should consist of four individuals in This course focuses on the portions of the medical bio-

addition to the major professor with at least one rep- chemistry course (BMB 745) that are particularly relevant to resentative from another department. The advisory nutrition.

committee will plan the student's course of study. A NTS 751. Introduction to Nutrition Laboratory program of study and a research plan, which will Research. (2-3-3) serve as the basis for a thesis, should be recom- Analytical principles and methods of assay for the basic mended by the student's advisory committee, the nutrients discussed and practiced in a laboratory setting. department chairman and approved by the dean. Students introduced to basic biochemical laboratory equip- 4. Researcti Tools ment and their uses. See Requirements for Graduation, Master of

Science Degree Program. NTS 761. Current Concepts in Nutrition. (2-0-2)

5. Admission to Candidacy for ttie Master of Science (Winter) Degree Nutrition-related topics such as national nutrition goals and

See Requirements for Graduation, Master of policies, nutrition and lifestyle, safety of the food supply, interrelation of nutrients and func- Science Degree Program. drug/nutrient interactions, tion and development of nutrient care plans. 6. Comprehensive Examination (Department Option)

See Requirements for Graduation, Master of NTS 771. Nutrients. (3-0-3) Science Degree Program. (Winter) 7. Application for Graduation Prerequisite: NTS 745

See Requirements for Graduation, Master of Essential nutrients are examined in terms of biological func-

Science Degree Program. tion, assay methodology, associated deficiency states, require-

8. Thesis ments and toxicity.

See Requirements for Graduation, Master of -3-0) Science Degree Program. ^r$. 81 1 . Survey of Clinical Nutrition. (1 (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer) 9. Final Oral Examination

Prerequisites: BMB 745, NTS 761 , NTS 771 , NTS 821 See Requirements for Graduation, Master of A supervised clinical experience with a multidisciplinary Science Degree Program. team on the nutrition consult service and in the nutrition- 10. Satisfactory Fulfillment related outpatient clinics. Requirements include presentation of 126 School of Graduate Studies

case studies and reports on timely nutrition-related topics. observation, as demonstrated in a portfolio of desig-

nated artwork and evaluated by the program's faculty. NTS 821. Nutrition in Disease. (3-0-3) 4. Basic photography (both camera and darkroom (Spring) experience). Prerequisites: BMB 745, NTS 761, i\ITS 771 5. Course(s) in computer science/graphics The role of nutrients in the etiology and management of dis- Personal Interview eases is explored. Prevention and treatment of disease using To avoid unnecessary to nutrition from both theoretical and applied perspectives are expense the applicants, an discussed. interview is requested only after a preliminary evalua-

tion has determined that the student meets all of the

NTS 851. Independent Study in Nutrition. above requirements or can meet them prior to the

(Credit to be arranged) beginning of the fall quarter.

Introduces the concepts of experimental design, hypothesis formulation and testing, data collection, analysis and interpre- Special Application Procedure taion and critical review. Preliminary Evaluation—k preliminary slide portfolio

of specified artwork and a report of academic qualifica- NTS 930. Research (For thesis). tions must be submitted as the first step in the applica- (Credit to be arranged) tion procedure.

Information on the required portfolio and the Medical Illustration (M.S.) Applicant Preliminary Evaluation Form can be obtained Acting Chair: S. Harrison; Associate Professor. D. from the Medical Illustration Graduate Program, Mascaro; Assistant Professor: S. Harrison, W. Willner; Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, GA 30912-0300. Assistant Adjunct Professors: C. Boyter, W. Carter, G. Special A/eecfs—Students should be aware that they Swayne, K. Waldo, W. Winn; Assistant Clinical will be encouraged to spend one quarter as a salaried Professor: L. Hinely. intern in an established medical illustration department

somewhere in the United States. Expenses related to This program provides education in the anatomical the internship cannot be estimated since they will vary sciences and training in the creation of artwork and greatly depending upon the amount of travel involved other visual presentations for use in a variety of appli- and individual living arrangements. cations including publications (books, journals, Second-year students are encouraged to attend the brochures, advertisements), slides, computer graphics, annual five-day professional meeting for which they will television, demonstrative evidence for the courtroom, bear the expense of travel, room and board and regis- prosthetics and three-dimensional models. Emphasis is tration fee. on developing skills as a visual problem-solver, interpreting information to make it clear, accurate and Special Requirements for Graduation understandable for its intended audience. A designated six-quarter program of study must be

completed by all medical illustration students. Special Requirements for Admission Biology/Zoology n/IIL 650. Medical Illustration Techniques I. A 1. Comparative vertebrate anatomy or vertebrate mor- (Credit to be arranged) phology, with lab (must include student dissections MIL 651. Medical Illustration Techniques I.B of a mammal). (Credit to be arranged) 2. Human physiology (general physiology or vertebrate MIL 652. Medical Illustration Techniques I.C physiology is acceptable). (Credit to be arranged) 3. Although not required, one or more of the following An introduction to techniques and media of the medical illus- are strongly recommended: histology, embryology, trator including line, continuous tone and color using tradi-

cell biology, human anatomy, invertebrate zoology. A tional materials, airbrush and the computer; the visual presen-

B average or better is expected in the above. (Pass/fail tation of information and the preparation of art for commercial

grades will require an equivalent letter grade.) printing.

Art MIL 658. Tri-Dimensional Techniques (Elective).

1. Life drawing from the nude model—advanced level (2-6-5)

An introduction to the techniques and media used in creating (at least a year recommended). and producing three-dimensional bioscientific materials includ- 2. Although specific courses are not listed, a student ing facial prosthetics. must have a strong studio art background with

emphasis on realistic drawing and painting. MIL 666. Medical Photography for Medical 3. Superior ability in accurately drawing from direct Illustrators. (2-6-5) School of Graduate Studies 127

7/11 An introduction to the photographic processes and studio HninAHIM tUl. nuilialiUnman HllaiUlliy.Snafnmu {D'O-Of

experience in the techniques ot medical photography, including ANM 702 Human Anatnmv (5-6-8) copywork, patient photography and surgical photography. ANM 703. Neuroanatomy. (3-6-6) ANM807. Embryology. (3-0-3) MIL 678. Surgical Techniques. (1-2-2) ANM 813. Histology. (3-6-6) An orientation to surgery in which the student performs sev-

eral procedures on laboratory animals utilizing standard equip- The curriculum also includes the course listed below which ment, materials and techniques. is offered through the Departments of Oral Pathology and Oral

Biology, School of Dentistry. MIL 750. Surgical Observation and Sketching.

(Credit to be arranged) OBIO 722. General Pathology. (3-2-4) MIL 751. Surgical Observation and Sketching. (Credit to be arranged) Master of Science degree program for The observation and sketching of surgical procedures in the qualified allied health professionals. operating rooms and autopsy and cadaver dissections in the Special Requirements for Admission: laboratories of the medical center. The sketches are used as 1. A completed application demonstrating at least a reference material for illustrations accomplished in MIL 760, baccalaureate degree and professional credentials 761, and 921. (or eligibility) in one of ttie following allied tiealth

disciplines: dental hygiene, healtti information man- MIL 760. Medical Illustration Techniques IIA. agement, medical technology, occupational therapy, (Credit to be arranged) physical therapy, physician assistant, diagnostic MIL 761. Medical Illustration Techniques IIB. medical sonography, nuclear medicine technology, (Credit to be arranged) radiation therapy technology, radiography, respira- A studio experience in which the student utilizes a variety of art media and techniques in preparing medical illustrations that tory therapy.

meet stated objectives. Also more experience in computer 2. Three letters of recommendation. graphics including an introduction to 3D modeling and anima- 3. Graduate Record Examination scores of 1000 (com- tion. Emphasis is on application of techniques to practical bined verbal and quantitative). The Test of English as assignments and on problem-solving. a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required of all inter-

national applicants (excluding English-speaking MIL 764. Survey of Learning Resources. (1-0-1) countries). An overview of current instruction technology with emphasis 4. Additional discipline-specific requirements may be on audiovisual resources. Includes experience in planning the stipulated by the major department. presentation of visual material. This graduate program is interdisciplinary, research-

oriented and requires completing a thesis. The primary MIL 802. Administration and Business Practices. objectives of the program are to prepare: (3-2-4) 1. Specialized clinical practitioners with advanced An introduction to basic management procedures of institu- skills in related tional units and business practices for the freelance illustrator, knowledge and basic and clinical sci- with special emphasis on organizing and staffing a medical ences:

illustration department. 2. Researchers who can formulate questions, organize

and test ideas and examine information from the

MIL 921. Investigation of a Problem. basic and appliced sciences to apply to their disci-

(Credit to be arranged) plines:

Independent study demonstrating competency in creating 3. Educators' mastery of advanced content, and a and producing bioscientific images for visual communication grounding in the philosophy, theory and methods of media. higher education, and

4. Leaders who can help plan, develop and deliver cost- MIL 928. Master's Project. (To be arranged) effective, quality health-care services. A visual presentation of a bioscientific subiect prepared in The specific course of study for each graduate stu- partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of master dent will be developed by the student, the major depart- of science in medical illustration. ment advisor and student's graduate committee within the following general framework: Courses offered by other departments 1. Basic sciences (minimum of 10 hours) The curriculum includes the following courses offered by the 2. Department of Cellular Biology and Anatomy. School of Medicine. Research tools and methods (minimum of 10 hours)

A grade of C or better must be eamed in each of these to 3. Disciplinary/interdisciplinary studies {m'mmm of 10

remain in the program. hours). Courses specific to the major (discipline).

4. Thesis research. Required courses include AHS 901: 128 School of Graduate Studies

Research seminar and AHS 930: Thesis ence in allied health curricula.

forum-laboratory In which to A minimum of 60 quarter hours is required for the A discuss and test current concepts in academic program design and management. degree. Non-Departmental Courses DH 809. Advanced Clinical Field Experience. (5-0-5 AHS 901. Research Seminar. (3-0-3) Individually designed to provide clinical work experiences at (Winter, Spring) local area hospitals or public health agencies to fit supervisory

Prerequisites: Statistics course(s) and/or clinical interests of the student. The work will be directly Phenomena relevant to allied health investigators discussed. co-supervised by an appropriate member of the medi-

Emphasizes Identifying researchable problems and research cal or dental faculty; institution or agency personnel; and

strategies. department staff.

AHS 902. Methotis of Research. (5-0-5) DH 930. Independent Study in Dental Hygiene. (5-0-5)

(Winter, Spring) This course will require the satisfactory completion of an

Prerequisites: SMsWcs course(s). (One course may be con- original project In dental hygiene. Results of the study and a

current with AHS 902) critical review of the pertinent literature are incorporated into

Systematic examination of the research process and the student's work.

methodologies appropriate to allied health professions. Emphasizes Interrelationship among components of the research Physician Assistant (M.S.) process. Learning experiences include critical analysis of Chair: B. Dadig. research studies and development of a research proposal.

PAD 822. Concepts in Health-Care Delivery. (5-0-5) AHS 910. Research Practicum. (variable) A course for health-care professionals on the non-techno- Prerequisites: AHS 902. Methods of Research (may be concur- logical aspects of health care. Topics include quality assurance, rent) risk management, Medicaid, Medicare, other third-party Enables students to pursue in depth an area (clinical, labora- payers, home health care, malpractice, ethics, etc. tory, community) and/or populations relevant to their research

interests. The student's plan for the research practicum must

be approved by the student's ma)or professor prior to registra- PAD 823. Geriatrics. (5-0-5) tion for the course. Focuses on primary-care geriatrics. Symposium format with

opportunity for class/group discussion. Take-home assign-

AHS 921. Investigation of a Problem. (variable) ments, including a take-home examination. Practical case Investigation of a topic of particular interest to the Individual management approach, student's area of study. Topic, activities to be undertaken and evaluation methods determined collaboratively by the student, PAD 824. Health Promotion and Disease Prevention.

ma)or advisor and tutorial faculty member if one is Involved. (5-0-5)

Helps develop skills to enable students to incorporate health AHS 930. Thesis. (5-0-5) promotion and disease prevention Into clinical practice as well

Prerequisites: Com\)\e\\on of required course work; research as to function as an advocate of health promotion and disease proposal approved by student's committee. prevention in a community setting. Students conduct research

Application of the formal research process In conducting a into available community resources for possible referrals.

study in the area of allied health profession(s) theory, practice,

education or management. The thesis must adhere to the PAD 827. Occupational/Industrial Medicine Clinical format specified by the School of Graduate Studies, and be of Practicum. (0-240-5)

publishable quality. Prerequisites: Open only to physician assistants

Focuses on role of the physician assistant in an occupational Dental Hygiene/Dental Major or Industrial setting. Students supervised by physician precep- (M.H.E. and M.S.) tor, learning to evaluate and manage patients and to evaluate the work place from a health, safety and ergonomic standpoint. Chair: G. Winkley; Associate Professor: G. Winkley.

PAD 828. Rural Health/ldenpendent Study Clinical. OH 800. Clinical Dental Hygiene. (2-8-6) (5-0-5) Provides the background knowledge and clinical experience Prerequisites: Open only to physician assistants essential for clinical dental hygiene Instructors. Supervised exposure to a population of patients with undif-

ferentiated health problems and participation In evaluating and

OH 802. Applied Project in Dental Hygiene. (5-0-5) managing those problems In a rural or independent clinical

An independent project utilizing audiovisual resources to setting. Emphasizes uniqueness of rural health-care practice.

develop a module of instruction which can serve as a self-

instructional unit for undergraduate students in dental hygiene. PAD 848. Psychosocial Issues in Medicine. (5-0-5)

Survey of more common psychosocial problems encoun-

DH 803. Dental Hygiene Leadership. (5-0-5) tered by health professionals. Students participate in lectures, Prerequisites: Educational Psychology and/or teaching experi- discussions, role-playing and case studies. Emphasizes .

School of Graduate Studies 129

improving communication skills, developing counseling skills, Stesses neonatal pulmonary function testing, neonatal resusci- and integrating knowledge of psychosocial principles with the tation and advanced ventilatory techniques. clinical situation. Health Information Management (M.H.E.)

Radiologic Technologies (M.S.) Chair: C. Johnston; Associate Professor: C. Johnston. Associate Chair: W. Mundy. HIM 702. Program/ Department Development. (5-0-5) RAD 641. Clinicallmaging. (2-6-5) Up-to-date analysis of various theories regarding planning

Prerequisites: Cen\i\aim in radiologic technology. hierarchies: the organizing, directing and controlling functions

In-depth study of diagnostic imaging emphasizing correla- of departmental development and management. These function of various imaging modalities. Student makes a study of tions considered in light of institutional mission and needs.

patient parameters and physical principles that affect image

quality. HIM 705. Advanced Theory/Change in HIM. (5-0-5) Up-to-date analysis of various theoretical perspectives, direc- RAD 643. Overview of Sonographic Services. (2-12-3) tions, sources, processes, patterns and consequences of change

Prerequisites: Certification in radiologic technology profession in health information management. Emphasizes certain aspects

other than diagnostic medical sonography. of change, such as trends in third-party reimbursement.

Tailored to primarily fit the needs of the radiologic technol-

ogy professional who desires an understanding of sonography. HIM 710. Quality Management in Healthcare. (5-0-5)

Overview of physics, cardiovascular, abdominal and OB/GYN Exciting opportunities are now emerging to set in place a sonography. Clinical rotations required by will not lead to clini- comprehensive system of quality for the American population. cal proficiency in any area of sonographic examinations. Driven by demands of external regulatory agencies, third-party

payers, employers and consumers, quality management is Respiratory Therapy (M.S.) rapidly changing and evolving. The course examines quality in the health-care setting: its processes and related components, Chair: S. Mishoe; Associate Professors: S, Mishoe; such as utilization review and risk management; its cultural Assistant Professor: R.Baker. supports: and related data management requirements.

RTH 750. Research Techniques in Respiratory Care HIM 920. Thesis. (credit to be arranged) (2-6-5) Applications of the formal research process in conducting a

Prerequisites: STA 860, 861 , EDU 702 or AHS 902, CS 780 and study in health information management. permission of the department. Must be RRT certified.

Helps the graduate student formulate a research topic in res- HIM 921. Applied Problem in HIM. piratory care, then review the related literature. (credit to be arranged)

Investigation of a topic of particular interest to the student's RTH 800. Techniques in Extracorporeal Membrane area of study. The topic and plan must be approved by the stu- Oxygenation (2-6-5) dent's advisory committee. Prerequisites: PHM 810, PHM 811, PHY 802, PHY 806, PHY

809, Neonatal/perinatal respiratory care, RRT certified.

Familiarizes the student with the techniques of Medical Technology (M.H.E. and M.S.)

Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (ECMO) and its moral, Chair: I Crowley; Program Director: ^. Hamid Shaikh;

ethical and legal implications. Teaches clinical skills necessary Professor:^. Crowley; Associate Professors: S. Martin,

to perform ECMO at the patient's bedside. A. Hamid Shaikh.

RTH 814. Research and Pulmonary Function Testing MTC 801 . Laboratory Administration. (1 -2-2) (5-0-5) An application oriented course of study in the concepts, pro- and cedures and techniques of management. RTH 814L. Research and Pulmonary Function Testing Lab (0-8-4) MTC 810. Clinical Chemistry. (3-6-6) Prerequisites: RRT with undergraduate course in pulmonary Advanced theory and principles of biochemical analysis and function testing or equivalent: STA 860 and STA 861 its application in diagnosing, treating, monitoring and prevent- In-depth review and evaluation of pulmonary function testing ing a disease. The course includes lectures, hospital clinical (PFT) procedures for the pupose of developing research utiliz- chemistry laboratory experience and completion of a research ing PFT equipment. Labs designed to teach proficiency in project. selected PFT procedures, quality control and calibration of

equipment. Designing pilot studies consistent with course required research proposals. MTC 820. Clinical Hematology. (3-6-6)

Prerequisite: Previous study in hematology and permission of

RTH 817. Advanced Neonatal and Perinatal Care the instructor (4-2-5) Advanced concept m the practical application of hematology

is with oral pre- Prerequisites: RTH 417 Newborn/Pediatric Respiratory Care or and coagulation. A research paper required sentation. The participates in pre- similar undergraduate course: RRT certified. student course design and sentation. In-depth look at neonatal and perinatal respiratory care. 130 School of Graduate Studies

MTC 830. Clinical Immunology. (4-4-6) bases in learning, personality, role and development theories.

The essential concepts of the human immune system. Application of these approaches to the use of activities in

Includes the structure and function of the organs and cells that human occupation explored in relation to those problems with comprise the immune system; humoral and cellular response; behavioral manifestations. inflammatory response; host resistance to viral, fungal, bacterial, tubercule and neoplastic disease: immune disorders; OTH 712. Theoretical Bases and Application //. transplantation and tumor immunology; clinical immunological (5-0-5) lab tests. Lab exercises are individually designed projects in Prerequisites: Philosophy/Foundation or permission of the immunology. A library research paper and oral presentation of instructor the paper are required. Investigation of the theoretical bases to sensorimotor,

biomechanical and skill acquisition (rehabilitative) approaches

MTC 840. Clinical Immunohematology. (3-6-6) in occupation therapy. Application of these approaches explored

Principles and techniques of applied immunology related to in relation to the structuring of activities in human occupation. problems of an immunohematology service (blood bank).

Includes didactic and laboratory studies, and individual OTH 713. Program Development. (5-0-5) directed projects. Application of standards and principles of program develop-

ment and evaluation to construction and evaluation of selected

MTC 850. Clinical Microbiology. (3-6-6) components of clinical programs, clinical education programs

Prerequisites: Microbiology course and permission of instructor and academic educational programs and discussion of deci-

Advanced course in clinical microbiology. Latest develop- sion-making implications of legal and ethical issues. ments in technical and managerial aspects of the microbiology laboratory. Students write reports and develop educational pre- OTH 920. Applied Project in Occupational Therapy. sentations. (Credit to be arranged)

Independent development of a project in occupational ther-

MTC 921. Investigation of a Problem. apy practice or education through the application of the (To be arranged) problem-solving process.

Occupational Therapy (M.H.E. and M.S.) OTH 921. Investigation of A Problem.

Chair: R. Carrasco; Professors: \J. Allen, N. Prendergast; (Credit to be arranged)

Associate Professors: R. Carrasco, C. Lee, N. Moulin. Investigation of a topic of particular interest to the individual

student's area of study. The topic, activities to be undertaken,

and evaluation methods determined collaboratively by the stu- OTH 706. Special Studies in Health Care. (3 to 5) dent, major adviser and tutorial faculty Individual investigation into current and proposed occupa- member. tional therapy approaches to comprehensive health care.

Studies of current and potential roles for the occupational ther- OTH 930. Thesis in Occupational Therapy. apist. Includes practical experiences in the broader health-care (Credit to be arranged) community. Applications of the formal research process in conducting a

study in the area of occupational therapy theory, practice or

OTH 708. Special Studies in Advance Treatment education,

Approaches. (3 to 5) Individual investigation into new and/or specialized treat- Physical Therapy (M.H.E. and M.S.) ment for individuals with physical or psychosocial dysfunction. Cfiair:l Perry; Professors: B. May, J. Perry; Associate

Includes practical experiences in utilizing these treatment Professor: I Dennis; Assistant Professor: K. Wessling. approaches. Credits awarded determined on the basis of extent and type of study proposed. PTH 820. Advanced Analysis of Musculoskeletal Function. (2-6-5) OTH 710. Philosophy/Foundations of Occupational The study of the major concepts, skills and techniques involved Therapy. (5-0-5) in analyzing musculoskeletal performance. In-depth study of articulation of of therapy An the philosophy occupational selected anatomical structures and related biomechanical and through study of historical developments and critical review of kinesiological concepts. professional literature. Students actively involved in examination, analysis and documentation of the relationship of the PTH 821. Advanced Analysis of Temporomandibular activity process to philosophical, ethical and theoretical Joint Function. (2-2-3 or 2-6-5) propositions. The study of the major concepts, skills and techniques

involved in analyzing temporomandibular joint function. In-

OTH 711. Theoretical Bases and Application I. depth study of selected anatomical structures and related

(5-0-5) biomechanical and kinesiological concepts. Prerequisites: Philosophy/Foundations or permission of the

instructor

Investigation of the approaches in OT that have theoretical School of Graduate Studies 131

PTH 822. Advanced Analysis of Cervical Spine analysis of data from specific research designs: analysis of Function. (2-2-3 or 2-6-5) descriptive characteristics of populations, samples and sam-

The study of the major concepts, skills and techniques pling distributions; basic probability appropriate for clinical pre-

involved in analyzing cervical spine function. In-depth study of dictions; and laboratory projects emphasizing sample analysis,

selected anatomical structures and related biomechanical and study designs and computerized data analysis.

kinesiological concepts. PTH 831. Advanced Analysis of Foot and Ankle PTH 823. Advanced Analysis of Spinal Function. Function. (2-2-3 or 2-6-5)

(2-2-3 or 2-6-5) The study of the major concepts, skills and techniques

The study of the ma)or concepts, skills and techniques involved in analyzing foot and ankle function. In-depth study of

involved in analyzing spinal function. In-depth study of selected anatomical structures and related biomechanical and

selected anatomical structures and related biomedical and kinesiological concepts.

kinesiological concepts.

PTH 840. Designing Clinical Education Experiences.

PTH 824. Advanced Analysis of Lumbar Spine and (5-0-5)

Sacro-iliac Function. (2-2-3 or 2-6-5) Prerequisites/Corequisites: EDU 700, 701

The study of the major concepts, skills and techniques Exposure to all aspects of clinical education, including but

involved in analyzing lumbar spine and sacro-iliac function. In- not limited to theoretical consideration, practical considera- depth study of selected anatomical structures and related tions, plan and design of effective experiences, implementation

biomechanical and kinesiological concepts. and evaluation of clinical learning experiences.

PTH 825. Advanced Analysis of Shoulder Function. PTH 841. Curriculum Design in Physical Therapy. (2-2-3 or 2-6-5) (5-0-5)

The study of the major concepts, skills and techniques Prerequisite: EDU 700 involved in analyzing shoulder function. In-depth study of A review of curriculum designs in physical therapy education selected anatomical structures and related biomechanical and with special emphasis on competency-based education.

kinesiological concepts. Relation of theories of curriculum design to physical therapy

and physical therapist assistant education. PTH 826. Advanced Analysis of Ellbow Function. (2-2-3 or 2-6-5) PTH 910. Independent Study. (2 to 6 hours)

The study of the major concepts, skills and techniques Individually designed work in some area of physical therapy

involved in analyzing elbow/ function. In-depth study of or health care of special interest to the student. Study may be selected anatomical structures and related biomechanical and in areas related to practice, administration or education.

kinesiological concepts.

PTH 911, 912. Advanced Therapeutic Processes, I, //.

PTH 827. Advanced Analysis of Wrist and Hand (5) Function. (2-2-3 or 2-6-5) Each student selects an area of specialization in physical

The study of the major concepts, skills and techniques therapy practice from musculosketetal; neuro-physiological; or

involved in analyzing wrist and hand function. In-depth study general. The student gains advanced knowledge of theories of of selected anatomical structures and related biomechanical practice related to the specialty area. Learning experiences and kinesiological concepts. individually designed for the study of new or specialized assessment and treatment procedures.

PTH 828. Advanced Analysis of Hip Function. (2-2-3 or 2-6-5) PTH 921. Investigation of a Problem. (4 to 6 hours) Prerequisites/Corequisites: The study of the major concepts, skills and techniques PTH 800, 801 Investigation of special related to physical ther- involved in analyzing hip function. In-depth study of selected a problem

anatomical structures and related biomechanical and kinesio- apy clinical practice, management, education or professional

logical concepts. practice.

PTH 829. Advanced Analysis of Knee Function. PTH 931. Special Studies in Patient Management. (2-2-3 or 2-6-5) (2 to 6 hours) Prerequisites/Corequisites: The study of the major concepts, skills and techniques PTH 800, 801 Individual investigation into or specialized patient man- involved in analyzing knee function. In-depth study of selected new

anatomical structures and related biomechanical and kinesio- agement processes related to any area of specialization. The

logical concepts. student will investigate special areas of patient management

other than the areas specified in the specialty area.

PTH 830. Clinical Research Techniques. (2-2-3) Prerequisite: EDU 702 or equivalent

A practical approach to research techniques required to per-

form clinical research including formulation, application and

analysis of specific research designs; computerized statistical 132 School of Graduate Studies

Graduate Nursing (Ph.D., M.N., M.S.N.) be prepared to provide leadership in his/her area of Associate Dean, Nursing Graduate Programs and expertise. /?esearc/7; Virginia H. Kemp; Professors: I Boyle

(Community), L. Burrell (Adult), B. Fuszard (Nursing I\lursing Administration

Administration), V. Kemp (Parent-Child), M. Killeen The nursing administration area of concentration pre-

(Mental Health-Psych), V. Lambert (Adult), A. Lowenstein pares nurses to focus on research and theory develop-

(Nursing Administration); Associate Professors: G. ment applicable to complex organizations at the execu-

Bennett (Mental Health-Psych), L. Ellis (Mental Health- tive level. The internal and external environmental

Psych), P. Lillis (Adult), K. Nugent (Parent-Child), B. factors influencing nursing administration are an inte- Woodring (Parent-Child); Assistant Professors: I gral part of this curriculum. Bowsher (Adult), M. Bramlett (Adult), L Cohen

(Nursing Administration), C. Tiller (Parent-Child). B. Core Courses. (22 quarter hours)

This component addresses the process of logical

Immunizations thought and the theoretical basis for nursing practice.

In addition to the immunization policy listed in the The scientific process utilized toward the analysis and

general-information section of this catalog, students development of nursing theory. The leadership role of

must have HBV immunizations completed prior to the doctorally prepared nurse is developed through

entrance of School of Nursing program; students not emphasis on the sociopolitical forces and ethical-legal

completing HBV series must sign a disclaimer. issues affecting the health-delivery system.

Ph.D. Program in Nursing C. Research and Statistics. (25 quarter hours)

Special Admission Requirements This component addresses the processes of inquiry

1. Completion of a course in introductory statistics. and validation, psychometric theory and the techniques

2. Graduate Record Examination score of 1000 or of measurement, design, advanced data analysis and above (verbal and quantitative scores combined) evaluation essential to conducting nursing research.

within the last five years. The student can work closely with faculty members

3. A baccalaureate degree in nursing from an NLN engaged in ongoing research projects. A student will

accredited program with a graduation GPA of 3.2 or also conduct research specific to his/her own interest

above on a 4.0 scale. and share information generated in research seminars.

4. Evidence of Georgia licensure prior to enrollment.

5. Submission of goals or statement of interest in doc- D. Supporting Courses. (18 quarter hours)

toral study. This component allows each student to pursue an indi-

6. Curriculum vitae. vidualized plan of study supportive to his/her research

7. Interview with faculty. interests and a concentration in nursing. The student can

8. Letters of recommendation from at least three indi- select courses and learning experiences from nursing

viduals who are familiar with the applicant's intellec- and related disciplines which will contribute to the devel-

tual ability, academic potential and professional opment of nursing knowledge. Numerous nursing and

achievement. non-nursing courses are included in this component

9. Minimum of two years experience in the practice of nursing. £. Dissertation. (15 quarter hours) A minimum of 120 post-baccalaureate hours or Each student must complete an original investigation

90 post-masters hours are required for program com- which provides evidence of independent thinking, pletion. scholarly ability and critical judgment, and indicates

knowledge of research methods and techniques. A. Areas of Concentration (15 quarter hours) The two areas of concentration include Health Care Nursing (Ph.D.) Courses

Across the Life Span and Nursing Administration

(jointly with Georgia State University). NSG 800. Philosophical Foundations of Nursing Science. (5-0-5)

Healtti Care Across ttie Life Span Helps students analyze major philosophies of science as foundations for nursing theory and research. Various philo- The Health Care Across the Life Span area of concen- sophical positions regarding the nature of scientific progress tration focuses on research and theory development examined for their relevance to the development of nursing related to diagnosing and treating human responses to science. actual or potential health problems. Emphasis on the study of individuals' responses to health problems as NSG 808. Rogerian Conceptual System. (5-0-5) influenced by developmental processes. A graduate will Builds on the general principles of theory development School of Graduate Studies 133

included in Nursing Science I. Provides a fuller understanding the research question to design, analysis and interpretation. of the principles and concepts unique to the Rogerian theoretical framework. The student examines the scientific philosophy NSC 830. Practicum in Nursing Research undergirding the system, the three major principles and defini- (Variable Credit up to 8 hours) tions of terms central to the system. Testable hypotheses are In-depth examination of an investigative topic of particular formulated and studies conducted to test the system are cri- interest to the student's area of study. The questions for study tiqued. and the method undertaken will be determined collaboratively by the student and the research mentor, NSC 809. Stress Coping and Adaptation Theory.

(5-0-5) NSC 841. Human Development Across the Life Span. An in-depth and critical examination of selected stress and (5-0-5) adaptation theories. The selected theories critiqued on the Interactional perspective on development of the individual basis of their relevance for guiding nursing practice and nurs- throughout the life span. Focus is on a critical review of the ing research. available research on biologic, environmental and social pro-

cesses as they influence individual development. Emphasizes

NSC 810. Nursing Science I: Analysis of Theoretical current utilization of innovative research methodologies to

Perspectives. (5-0-5) study the complexities of individual development in the context

The first of three courses in theory designed to serve as the of the environment. basis for doctoral study. Examines the process of logical thought as a first step in building hypotheses for nursing. NSC 842. Psychosocial Aspects of Chronic Illness Selected issues and approaches to theory building are critiqued, Through the Life Span. (5-0-5) and inductive and deductive methods of inquiiy are considered. An in-depth examination of the psychological, somatic,

sexual, occupational and social aspects of chronic illnesses.

NSC 81 1. Nursing Science II: Theory Analysis and Emphasizes the examination of research relevant to the psy- Development. (3-0-3) chosocial aspects of the chronic illnesses studied.

Designed to advance critical thinking and theory development skills. The student develops the knowledge requisite to NSC 844. Psychosocial Aspects of Acute Illness analyzing and testing nursing theory. Focus is on vigorous and Through the Life Span. (5-0-5) precise analysis of concepts as preparation for construction of An in-depth examination of the psychological, somatic, a self-developed theory. sexual, occupational and social aspects of acute illnesses

which affect individuals and their significant others.

NSC 812. Nursing Science III: Theory Testing and Emphasizes the examination of research relevant to the psy- Refinement. (3-2-4) chological aspects of the acute illness studied.

Provides the necessary skills to develop and test a self-con- structed theory. The student brings knowledge about theory NSC 846. Cross-Cultural Health Beliefs and Practices. development and construction to the course as well as the Explorcs and examines health-carc beliefs and practices beginning foundation of a conceptual model. Focus is on the cross-culturally. Considers the ontological status of beliefs about development of strategies for empirically testing propositions. health and illness, the influence of culture on the nature and dis-

tribution of disease, client-practitioner relationships in cultural

NSC 820. Qualitative Design. (3-4-5) context and therapeutic value of alternative healing processes.

A critical examination of the epistemologic bases and the advantages and disadvantages of qualitative research pro- NSC 848. Dynamics of Health Care Through the Life cesses. Major issues of human inquiry discussed and explored Span. (5-0-5) in relation to selected qualitative research methods. Published A synthesis of physiological, social, psychological and cultural nursing and health research articles critiqued. Includes a field theories related to the health and well-being of individuals and their work assignment for application of theoretical learning by uti- significant others as they move across the life span. Concepts lizing qualitative methodology. related to economics, environmental aspects, social networks,

health beliefs, health practices and health-care delivery explored as

NSC 821A. Advanced Nursing Research (4-0-4) they relate to human health status and health potential.

Prerequisites: Inferential Statistics

A detailed analysis of a variety of research designs used in NSC 850. Economics and Finance in Health Care. nursing science. The advantages, disadvantages and sources (5-0-5) of error for each design discussed. Emphasis on the relation- Enables the student to analyze and interpret the impact of ship of the level of theory development design and associated selected economic theories and financial decision-making on with the selected research questions. the delivery of health care and the practice of nursing.

821B. Quantitative (4-0-4) N Research Methods NSC 852. Theories of Administration in Organizations. Prerequisites: N 821 A; Multivariate Statistics (5-0-5) A detailed analysis of quantitative rcsearch methods used in The relationship of the individual with organizations. nursing science. Advantages, disadvantages and appropriate appli- Includes roles, norms, and values, motivation, leadership cation of statistical analyses discussed. Emphasis on the relation of 134 School of Graduate Studies

styles, decision-making process, management betiavior, inter- SG 872. Design of Gerontological Research. (1-0- 1) personal conflict management, communication and intraorga- Prerequisites: HSG 811. nization culture. Emphasizes analysis of current research and Enables scholarly exposition of unique ethical and method- identification of future research. ological problems related to the design of gerontological

research. Seasoned gerontological researchers from several

MSG 860. Sociopolitical Forces Affecting Nursing. disciplines discuss their research. (5-0-5)

Enables the student to analyze, interpret, influence and NSG 873. Gerontological Research Colloquium. (1-0-1) implement the sociopolitical process affecting nursing and (To accumulate three credits over three quarters, addtional credits optional) health care. Historical, cultural/social, economic and legal influences on nursing are introduced as forces exerting pres- Prerequisites: Cunen\ enrollment in a graduate program within the University sure on health policy formulation and implementation. System. Interdisciplinary course enabling student to be socialized

into the scientific community involved in aging research. Offers MSG 861. Health-Care Delivery Systems Regulation ongoing forum within which doctoral students and established and Control. (5-0-5) investigators may engage in scholarly exchange of ideas. Critical examination of the U.S. health-care system and comparison of it to health-care systems of selected other countries. NSG 880. Ethical Issues in Health Care. (5-0-5) The U.S. health-care system studied at the micro and macro Addresses the actual and prospective problems of advances level along with regulation and control forces that change and in biomedical technologies as to legal, ethical and technical maintain that system. Special focus is on environmentally and issues. The influences of specific ethical theories in decision- lifestyle-induced illness, prevention and wellness, and ele- making regarding these problems explored. ments of the health-care system designed to address them.

NSG 883. Theories of Family Development. (5-0-5)

NSG 863. Complex Organizations and Health Care. Theoretical perspectives on the development of the family

(5-0-5) across the life span. The adaptation of the family to situational

Students learn to synthesize the human, technological and and developmental transitions examined. Emphasizes the role structural factors involved in complex organizations. A psy- of nursing science in addressing family models and family ori- chosociological analysis of the interplay of behavior, technol- ented research. ogy and organizational theory sought through analysis of the existing rationalistic and behaviorist theories which are widely NSG 901, 902, 903. Seminar in Nursing. (1 hour each) accepted. NSG 910. Independent Study. (Variable Credit)

Enables the student to pursue in depth (e.g. via the litera- NSG 869. Women's Issues: Health and Work Roles. ture) a topic relevant to his/her major area of concentration (5-0-5) and interest. A paper or project is completed in a scholarly Women's issues of health and job. Women's health format. addresses the uniqueness of women physically and emotion- ally, and the impact of societal structure on meeting their M.S.N. , M.N. Program Special Admission health needs. Job issues address stressors and power strate- Requirements gies in the work place. 1. A bachelor of science in nursing degree with an

NSG 870. Theoretical Perspectives of Aging. (2-0-2) upper division major in nursing. Minimum of one Prerequisite: ^SG 8]]. year of experience as registered nurse. Applicants

Helps students analyze a variety of theoretical perspectives for parent child nursing must have a minimum of of health and aging, integrate selected theoretical perspectives one year of experience in PCN. in existing conceptual of nursing consider the models and 2. Evidence of Georgia licensure prior to enrollment. development of new conceptual systems related to aging. 3. Three letters of recommendation from employers, Correlates of successful aging identified through extensive lit- educators or professional colleagues closely associ- erature review. , ated with the applicant's nursing experience and

attesting to professional competence. NSG 871. The Aging Person's Response to Normal 4. A personal interview with the chairman or designated Aging and Health Alterations. (3-0-3) faculty member(s) in the department of the selected Prerequisites: NSG 821 , 81 2; may be taken concurrently with 841. major.

Analyzes the theoretical foundations of human responses to 5. Evidence of satisfactory completion of a course in normal aging and/or select health alterations. Related research statistics (graduate or undergraduate credit). findings from a variety of disciplines are critically analyzed. 6. Evidence of satisfactory completion of a course in From the existing body of knowledge, students pose research health assessment (graduate or undergraduate credit questions, derive testable hypotheses and identify research or equivalent). methodologies with questions and hypotheses. School of Graduate Studies 135

Core Courses Required for all M.S.N. , M.N. permission of the advisory committee, the final product may Students be reported in a non-traditional format if it is determined that such a format will make the report of findings more valuable.

MSG 703. Delivery Systems and Models of Health-Care NSG 922. Supervised Research. (5-0-5) (Variable credit up to 7 hours) Provides the basis for understanding the evolving health- Prerequisite: Mm\ssm to candidacy care system and nursing's role v\/ithin that system. Topics Enables students to participate in the research process with include the sociopolitical, economic, technological and ethical guidance. Emphasis is on participation as a member of an on- concerns impacting the delivery of health care in the United going research team. A paper must be submitted in publishable States. Emphasis on nursing's role in health-care delivery. form to a referred journal as a requirement for each student,

MSG 727. Theoretical Foundations of Advanced NSG 930 Research— Thesis. Nursing Practice. (5-0-5) (Variable credit up to 7 hours) This course is part of the core foundation in the M.S.N, cur- Prerequisite: Mmiss'm to candidacy riculum. It is one of the first courses that all M.S.N, students The entire research process is utilized to investigate a take and provides the theoretical foundations for understand- research question including a theoretical or conceptual frame- ing the advanced practice of nursing. Concepts, theories and work and data collection. A standard written format for report- models related to the health of individuals and families are crit- ing of findings followed. ically examined. The student will gam know/ledge of the construction of theories/models and their usefulness to the advanced nurse practice. Adult Nursing (M.S.N.)

NSG 739. Pathophysiology for Advanced Practice NSG 709. Adult Health Promotion and Risk Nurses (5-0-5) Management. (2-2-3) Prerequisites: 706, 780 or permission of instructor; NSG This IS a part of the core foundation in the M.S.N, curricu- NSG 710 may be taken concurrently lum. It IS one of the first courses that all M.S.N, students w\\ for healthful lifestyles the preven- take and provides the physiological basis for the health-care Strategies promoting and tion or early detection of illness are presented. Means for pre- manageent of clients in a variety of settings. vention of chronic disease and improvement of health status

NSG 743. Pharmacology for Advanced Practice including risk appraisal, health education and counseling, and anticipatory guidance are explored. The impact of environment, Nursing (5-0-5) socio-political dilemmas and economic issues on health pro- Focuses on increasing the knowledge bases of graduate motion and disease prevention are analyzed. nurses with emphasis on the application of principles of phar-

macology to the advanced practice of nursing. NSG 710. Advanced Practice and Research in Adult NSG 744. Nursing Research: Critique and Utilization Health. (2-0-2) (5-0-5) Prerequisites: HSG 706, NSG 707, NSG 708, NSG 784, NSG

Systematic examination of the research process and its rela- 785 and NSG 801. NSG 709 may be taken concurrently. tionship to the development of a scientific base for advanced Phenomena relevant to nursing for selected adult popula-

nursing practice. tions are investigated. Emphasis on identifying researchable

problems in providing health-care services to adults.

Contemporary practice imperatives are evaluated. NSG 747. Advanced Health Assessment. (3-4-5)

Expands the nurse's knowledge of cognitive processes and

psychomotor skills needed for comprehensive assessment of NSG 783. Foundations for Clinical Nurse Specialist clients across the life span. Techniques and processes of per- Practice. (2-0-2) forming a physical, mental, developmental and nutritional Helps the student analyze the role of the clinical nurse spe- assessment, obtaining a health history, performing selected cialist and to design a clinical nurse specialist practice role diagnostic procedures and recording findings conducted. with a selected health-care setting.

Interviewing skills that enable the nurse to relate to various

clients across the life span refined. NSSG 792. Advanced Adult Nursing Practice I. (4-8-8)

Prerequisites: k\\ core M.S.N, courses. NSG 910. Independent Study. (Variable Credit) Students provide and manage advanced care for young, Enables the student to pursue in depth (e.g. via the literature) middle and older-aged individuals with acute and chronic a topic relevant to his/her major area of concentration and inter- health problems in selected health-care settings. Emphasis on est. A paper or project is completed in a scholarly format. the development and analysis of health databases to imple-

ment health promotion, maintenance, restoration and disease- NSG 921. Investigative Project. prevention strategies. (Variable credit up to 5 hours) Prerequisite: Mmssm to Candidacy

This original investigative project is a systematic inquiry and

examination of an issue related to the practice of nursing. With 136 School of Graduate Studies

SG 793. Advanced Adult Nursing Practice II. NSG 679. Advanced Principles of Anesthesia Nursing

(4-16-12) Practice I. (5-0-5)

Prerequisites: Ml core M.S.N, courses; NSG 792. Prerequisites: NSG 678

Enables students to provide advanced care for groups of Builds on previous knowledge to provide a more thorough young, middle and older-aged adults witfi acute and chronic understanding of anesthesia nursing care. Topics include health problems. Emphasis on the investigation of advanced advanced ariway management, advanced hemodynamic moni- practice roles and issues. Students implement advanced prac- toring and anesthesia for pediatric, obstetrical and geriatric tice roles in a variety of health-care settings. patients.

Anesttiesia Nursing (l\/I.N.) NSG 680. Advanced Principles of Anesthesia Nursing

Practice II (5-0-5) NSG 673. Introduction to Anesthesia Nursing (3-0-3) Prerequisites: NSG 679

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Builds on previous knowledge to provide a more thorough

Introduces the role of the nurse anesthetist from profes- understanding of anesthesia nursing care. Topics include car- sional and clinical perspectives. Topics include overview of diovascular, thoracic and neuroanesthesia. anesthesia nursing practice, types of anesthesia, pain manag- ment, basic airway management techniques, management of NSG 681. Advanced Principles of Anesthesia Nursing oxygenation and ventilation, cardiopulmonary monitoring, neu- Practice III. (5-0-5) romuscular function monitoring, fluid and blood component Prerequisites: NSG 680 therapy. Builds on previous knowledge to provide a more thorough

understanding of anesthesia nursing care. Topics include NSG 674. Anatomy and Physiology for Nurse trauma anesthesia, acute and chronic pain management and Anesthetists. (3-0-3) out-of-department procedures.

Prerequisites: Core courses (30 quarter hours)

Relationships between anesthesia, normal psychology and NSG 682. Nurse Anesthesia Practicum I (0- 14-7) disease are explored. Emphasizes the nervous, cardiovascular, Prerequisites: NSG 678 respiratory, endocrine and hepatorenal systems. Supervised clinical experience in the administration of anes-

thesia using a variety of anesthesia techniques to patients NSG 675. Biochemistry and Physics for Nurse undergoing uncomplicated surgical procedures. Anesthetists. (3-0-3)

Prerequisites: Core courses (30 quarter hours) NSG 683. Nurse Anesthesia Practicum II (0- 14-7)

Chemical and physical principles are related to the practice Prerequisites: NSG 682 of anesthesia nursing. Topics include metabolic pathways, Supervised clinical experience in the administration of anes- energy transformation, gas laws, flow of fluids, design of anesthesia using a variety of anesthesia techniques to patients thesia equipment and environmental safety. undergoing more complex surgical procedures.

NSG 676. Pharmacology for Nurse Anesthetists (3-0-3) NSG 684. Nurse Anesthesia Practicum III (0- 14-7)

Prerequisites: Co^e courses (30 quarter hours) Prerequisites: NSG 683

In-depth exploration of the pharmacologic properties, indica- Supervised clinical experience in the administration of anes- tions, contraindications and interactions of drugs used in the thesia using a variety of anesthesia techniques. Emphasizes practice of anesthesia nursing. Topics include inhalation anes- anesthesia techniques for specific patient populations: pedi- thetics, local anesthetics, narcotics, sedatives, axiolytics, neu- atric, obstetric and geriatric. romuscular blockers and cardiogenic agents.

NSG 685. Nurse Anesthesia Practicum IV (0- 18-9) NSG 677. Professional Aspects of Nurse Anesthesia Prerequisites: NSG 684

Practice. (3-0-3) Supervised clinical experience in the administration of anes-

Prerequisites: Coie courses (30 quarter hours) thesia using a variety of anesthesia techniques. Emphasizes

Historical and contemporary issues of anesthesia nursing prac- anesthesia techniques for patients undergoing vascular, cardio- tice are explored. Topics include scope of practice, department vascular, thoracic and neuroanesthesia. management, total quality management, regulatory agencies, accrediting standards, ethics and professional organizations. NSG 686. Nurse Anesthetist Rural Practicum (0-24-12) Prerequisites: NSG 685 NSG 678. Fundamentals of Anesthesia Nursing Supervised clinical experience in the administration of anes- Emphasizes Practice. (3-0-3) thesia using a variety of anesthesia techniques. the provision of anesthesia care in rural communities. Prerequisites: Core courses (30 quarter hours)

Introduction to principles of anesthesia nursing practice, including anesthesia care planning, pre- and post-anesthesia NSG 687. Nurse Anesthetist Specialty Practicum assessment, positioning, airway management techniques, (0-18-9) basic administration techniques for general, subarachnoid, Prerequisites: NSG 685 epidural, brachial plexus and intravenous regional anesthesia. Supervised clinical experience in the administration of anes- School of Graduate Studies 137

thesia using a variety of anesthesia techniques. Emphasizes ries and methodologies to health care and nursing practice. the provision of anesthesia care in rural communities. Multicultural health beliefs and behaviors explored. Societal

influences on health-care delivery also addressed.

Community Healtti Nursing (M.S.N. , M.N.) NSG 772. The Family: Concepts, Theories and

MSG 688. Family Nurse Practitioner I: Health Research. (2-2-3) Promotion and Problems of Adults and Their Families Prerequisite: Graduate standing In-depth study of research and theory relevant to (2-16-10) family-cen- tered community nursing. Selected theories of family develop- Prerequisites: M.S.N. Core courses ment, function and interaction analyzed and applied to the Prepares family nurse practitioners to assume responsibility community setting. Emphasis on promoting health in families for health promotion, maintenance and management of and on developing a theoretical base for practice with families. common problems of adults in primary health-care settings.

Emphasis is on the family as the basic unit of nursing care.

Discussion includes nursing, nutrition and pharmaceutical NSG 773. Epidemiology in Community Health Nursing. management of common health problems. The criteria for (2-0-2) seeking consultation or referring patients and families to other Prerequisite: NSG 784 health-care providers also considered. In-depth study of the concepts, principles, study designs,

methods and statistics of epidemiology. Focus is on applica-

tion to disease prevention and health promotion in population MSG 689. Family Nurse Practitioner II: Health groups and to critical evaluation of epidemiological studies. Promotion and Problems of the Elderly and Their Families. (2-16-10) in Prerequisites: M.S.N. Core courses NSG 778. Clinical Case Management Collaborative

Survey of a biopsychosocial approach to the aging process. Practice Setting (3-4-5)

Opportunities provided to discuss biological changes and psy- Prerequisite: Graduate standing chosocial issues in relation to aging. The nurse practitioner's Emphasis on goals of case management, prioritization of role in maintaining function and promoting self-care of an diagnosis, client and family influences, professional concerns older adult through the use of community, personal and family and the development of clinical nursing judgment. resources addressed. Specific chronic illnesses discussed in terms of coping skills and health promotion. NSG 779. Continuity of Care: Advanced Discharge Planning. (2-4-4)

MSG 690. Family Nurse Practitioner III: Health Prerequisites: NSG 775, NSG 778

Promotion of Children and Their Families (2- 16-10) Provides conceptual foundations for continuity of care utiliz-

Prerequisites: M.S.N. Core courses ing the construct of health. Course concepts are selected to

Prepares family nurse practitioners to assume responsibility exemplify the role, systems, economics and assurance compo- for health promotion, maintenance and management of nents of care. common health problems of infants, children and adolescents in primary health-care settings. Emphasis is on the family as NSG 786. Systems, Leadership, Management the basic unit of nursing management. Discussion includes Operations in Community-based Settings. (5-0-5) nutrition, pharmaceutical and developmental of management Prerequisite: NSG 779 common health problems. The criteria for seeking consultation Focuses on new methods of assessment and management for referring children and families to other health-care of public health resources and new approaches to marketing, providers also considered. finances, business structure and management.

MSG 698. Family Nurse Practitioner Practicum. NSG 787. Practicum in Community Health Nursing (2-24-12) (1-8-5) Prerequisites: QomplQWon of M.S.N. Core, NSG 688; NSG 689; Prerequisite: NSG 786 NSG 690 Increases students' ability to synthesize knowledge through Students will be expected to practice as a nurse practitioner, implementation of the role with aggregate groups in the com- assuming increasing responsibility for planning and imple- munity. Leadership in a multidisciplinary setting is emphasized. menting therapeutic processes and for documenting and evaluating outcomes of care. Mental Health-Psychiatric Nursing (M.S.N.)

Special Requirement: Adult track is 60 quarter hours. NSG 758. Total Life Assessment. (3-4-5) Prerequisite: Graduate standing Child track is 63 quarter hours.

Focuses on the assessment of clients and families. A holis- tic approach to information-gathering and interventions is NSG 716. Foundations of Advanced Mental Health- emphasized. Psychiatric Nursing. (3-4-5)

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

NSG 771. Culture and Health. (2-0-2) An eclectic orientation to mental-health promotion and psychi- Prerequisite: Graduate standing atric nursing practice. Emphasizes assessment of clients and con-

Provides a basis for applying cross-cultural concepts, theo- siderations important in selecting therapeutic modalities for par- 138 School of Graduate Studies

ticular mental-health and psychiatric problems. Psychotherapies, responses to treatment modalities in hopital and community pharmacotherapies and somatic therapies are studied as options settings. Special problems related to various age groups will in contemporary practice. be considered.

^ (2-2-3) NSD 717. Group Dynamics. NSG 788. Advanced Concepts in Child Mental Health: Prerequisite: Graduate standing Prevention and Assessment. (2-2-3) Peer group processes are explored with emphasis on the Prerequisite: Graduate standing group as a social system, the responsibilities of group partici- Theories of development are used to analyze and interpret pants, collaboration in determining group goals and the identi- specific behaviors of typical and atypical children and adoles- fication of factors that influence group development. cents observed in a variety of out-of-home settings and in a

home visit. MSG 718. Mental Health-Psychiatric Nursing and the

Individual Client. (3-8-7) NSG 789. Mental Health-Psychiatric Nursing and the Prerequisite: HSG 716 Child or Adolescent Client. (3-8-7) A critical examination of individual psychopathology and Prerequisites: USG 788,716 therapeutic approaches from psychodynamic, developmental, Focuses on nursing approaches to therapy with children systems, behavioral and biological perspectives. The student experiencing severe emotional disturbances. Concepts from selects, analyzes, implements and evaluates a theoretical developmental psychopathology, including specific risk factors, model of mental health-psychiatric nursing practice in the clini- are explored for major developmental delays and disorders. cal setting with individual clients. Therapeutic interventions to meet mental health needs of individual clients are selected using decision-making principles. Nursing Administration

NSG 729. Practicum: Clinical Specialization in Mental NSG 765. Health-Care Systems. (5-0-5) Health-Psychiatric Nursing. (3-8-7) Focuses on the health-care system which brings together the human, technological, physical and monetary resources Prerequisite: NSG 728 necessary to provide health care in America. The evolution of An opportunity to apply the knowledge and experience the health-care system examined as a basis for understanding gained in preceding courses to clinical practice. The focus is those political cues which are likely to have the most potential on designing, implementing and evaluating the clinical special- for altering health-care delivery in the future. ist role in a selected setting. Required for students selecting the functional role of clincial specialist. NSG 766. Administrative/Organizational Theories. (4-3-5) NSG 731. Group Approaches in Mental Health- Prerequisite: NSG 765 or consent of instructor Psychiatric Nursing. (2-4-4) Examines organizational and administrative theories which Prerequisite: HSG 716 can be used as the basis for understanding current and poten- Presents theoretical concepts basic to group interventions in tial applications in health care systems. The student examines mental health-psychiatric nursing practice. Theories of group ways in which the theories can be operationalized in the provi- therapy analyzed with strong emphasis on group roles, and sion of nursing services. therapeutic techniques appropriate to the functional level of groups. Community aspects, including the client's sociocultural, NSG 767. Health-Care Policy. (3-6-5) ethnic and economic backgrounds integrated throughout the Prerequisites: NSG 765, NSG 766 or consent of instructor course. Focuses on the making of policy from the work environment

to the national level. Examines the legal, socio-political and

NSG 733. Family Approaches in Mental Health- economic factors which influence health policy. The health

Psychiatric Nursing. (2-4-4) policy process examined from the development of health

Prerequisite: NSG 716 policy analyses through the formulation, implementation and

Presents theoretical concepts basic to family interventions in evaluation of the policy. Emphasizes incrementalism which is a mental health-psychiatric nursing practice. Theories of family policy strategy uniquely suited to the political and social nature development, structure and function studied. Major theoretical of health-care systems. models of family therapy analyzed with emphasis on systems theory and contextual issues. Community aspects, including NSG 768. Nursing Administration Practicum I. (2-9-5) the client's sociocultural, ethnic and economic backgrounds Prerequisites: NSG 765, NSG 766 integrated throughout the course. The roles, functions, strategies and techniques used for

leading, managing and administrating nursing services in a

variety of settings. A clinical component provided in which the NSG 735. Biological Therapies in Mental Health- student can examine the role of the nurse administrator as a Psychiatric Nursing. (5-0-5) leader for creative nursing practice, as a colleague with other Prerequisite: Graduate Standing health-care administrators and as a nursing spokesman when Presents theoretical and clinical concepts applicable to interacting with other groups who influence the operation of mental health-psychiatric nursing practice of clients emphasiz- the health-care system. ing psychopharmacological/biological aspects of care. Focus is on the nursing assessment and monitoring of individual School of Graduate Studies 139

MSG 769. Nursing Administration Practicum II. Concentrated clinical practice with an approved preceptor (0-1 5-5) allows the student to assume increasing responsibilities and

Prerequisites: NSG 768 and NSG 791 autonomy in actualizing the role of a PNP. The accompanying

The student synthesizes his knowledge of the health-care seminar focuses on role development, certification, reimburse-

system, theories of administration and organization: nursing ment and legalities of practice.

theories, role theory, issues, trends, financial and policy devel-

opment and research in health-care systems. The student NSG 694. Pathophysiology of the Fetus and Neonate

develops beginning competencies as nurse administrators in (5-0-5)

health-care systems who serve in a boundary-spanning role. Prerequisites: 739

Advanced concepts of selected body systems of the fetus MSG 791. Financial Management of Health-Care and neonate. Emphasis on pathophysiologic consequences (5-0-5) Institutions. indued by abnormal environments, genetics, anomalies and in financial planning The nurse administrator's role and anal- diseases. ysis for health institutions. Emphasizes internal and external

sources of revenue, relevant federal programs, regulations and NSG 695. Neonatal Nurse Practitioner Seminar and policies, basic concepts of financial analysis in health institu- Practice I: Assessment and Management of the tions inclusive of budgeting, generating funds, forecasting and Fetus/Neonate (2-16-10) wage and salary administration. Prerequisites: M.S.N. Core courses; NSG 694

Concepts and techniques of fetal/neonatal assessment which Parent-Cliild (M.S.N., Nursing M.N.) aid the NNP in managing the at-risk neonate. Clinical experi-

ences will strengthen the student's pennatal management abili- Special Requirement: At least one year of experience in ties of the at-risk neonate and family a PCN practice setting. Graduate students required to take a remedial writing course if a C grade or less is NSG 696. Neonatal Nurse Practitioner Seminar and earned on a written paper submitted for any core or Practicum II: Clinical Management of the High-Risk clinical course during the first two quarters of full-time Neonate-Part A (2-16-10) study. The student makes the arrangements with the Prerequisites: NSG 695 advisement of the major adviser. Advanced nursing management of specific physiologic prob-

lems of the high-risk neonate. Family interventions and diagno- NSG 691. Pediatric Nurse Practitioner Seminar and sis with concomitant management of acute health problems of I: Children Their Families (2- 16- Practicum and 10) the neonate emphasized during clinical practice. Prerequisites: M.S.N. Core courses

Health promotion, maintenance and management of children NSG 697. Neonatal Nurse Practitioner Seminar and from birth to adolescence. The child is considered within the Practicum III: Clinical Management of the High-Risk framework of the family. Clinical experiences in a variety of pri- Neonate-Part B (2-16-10) mary-care settings facilitate the development of practitioner Prerequisites: NSG 695 expertise. Advanced nursing management of specific physiologic prob-

lems of the high-risk neonate. Transdisciplinary and case man- NSG 692. Pediatric Nurse Practitioner Seminar and agement form the basis for implementing the NNP role in clini- Practicum II: Acute and Common Health Problems of cal practice. Children (2-16-10)

Prerequisites: NSG 691 NSG 698. Neonatal Nurse Pracititioner Practicum Assessment, diagnosis and management of acute and (2-24-12) common health problems of children, birth to adolescence. Prerequisites: NSG 695, NSG 696, NSG 697 Clinical experiences focusing on implementing davanced nurs- Concentrated clinical practice with an an approved preceptor ing judgments, collaboration and referral. allows the student to assume increasing responsibility and

autonomy in acutalizing the NNP role. The accompanying sem- NSG 693. Pediatric Nurse Practitioner Seminar and inar focuses on role development, certification, ethical issues, Practicum III: Normalization Amidst Chronic Health legalities of practice and the impact of cost-related factors on

Problems of Children (2- 16-10) provision of long-term, high-tech health care. Prerequisites: NSG 691

Coordination and management of care for children and ado- NSG 750. Conceptual Basis for Parent-Child Nursing. lescents with chronic health problems. Clinical experiences (5-0-5) prepare the PNP student to help children and families accom- Prerequisites or Corequisites: NSG 780 plish normalization through education and transdisciplinary The conceptual foundation for all courses m the parent-child collaboration. nursing major. Introduces the graduate student to conceptual-

ization as a critical behavior of advanced nursing practice. The NSG 698. Pediatric Nurse Practitioner Practicum concepts were selected to best exemplify the biophysiologic.

(2-24-14) psychosocial and cultural forces influencing childbearing,

Prerequisites: NSG 691. NSG 692, NSG 693 preparation for parenting roles, and child-rearing. 140 School of Graduate Studies

MSG 751. The Childbearing Family I. (3-4-5) and leadership to evaluate the actual implementation of the CNS

Prerequisite: NSG 750, 780 Co-requisites: NSG 784 role. The student refines leadership and clinical skills in nursing

This course enables the graduate student to acquire, validate and in a selected setting. extend knowledge through clinical practice in promoting optimal health of childbearing families. Students continue to modify con- Core Courses Required for Functional Role ceptual frameworks developed in NSG 750. The focus of the course Development is to use theories of nursing, adaptation, role and development to help family members cope more effectively with transitions. A. Clinical Specialization NSG 783. Adult Nursing. NSG 752. The Childbearing Family II. (3-4-5) NSG 729, 783. Mental Health-Psychiatric Nursing. Prerequisite: NSG 751 NSG 707, 759, 783. Parent-Child Nursing. Provides in-depth knowledge of childbearing families in high-risk perinatal situations. The course focuses on using the- B. Nursing Administration ories of nursing, development, adaptation and empirical knowl- NSG 765. Health-Care Systems. (5-0-5) edge from the biological and behavioral sciences to help the NSG 766. Administrative/Organizational Theories. (4-3-5) childbearing family adapt to the presenting crises and promote NSG 768. Nursing Administration Practicum I. (2-9-5) growth and development.

C. Teaching NSG 753. The Child-Rearing Family I. (3-4-5) EDU 700. Curriculum and Instruction in Higher Education. Prerequisite: NSG 750 Prerequisites or co-requisites: NSG 780, EDO 701. Methods of Evaluation in Higher Education. NSG 784 NSG 736. Teaching Strategies. This course enables the graduate student to acquire, validate and extend knowledge through clinical practice in promoting (See Non-Departmental Section) optimal health of children and their families. Students continue NSG 736. Teaching Strategies. (3-4-5) to modify conceptual frameworks developed in NSG 750. The Prerequisites: EDU 700, EDU 701 and departmental require- course focuses on using theories of nursing, adaptation, role ments and development to help these family members cope more Helps the student synthesize a philosophy of teaching/learn- effectively with transitions. ing, implemented by the use of selected teaching strategies in

a variety of settings. Facilitates the student's exploration of the

754. The Child-Rearing II. (3-4-5) NSG Family role of the nurse educator. The supervised teaching experi- Prerequisite: NSG 753 ences, an integral part of the course, are selected to achieve Provides in-depth of child-rearing families with knowledge the student's learning goals. acute and/or chronic illness situations. The course focuses on using theories of nursing, development, adaptation and empiri- Non-Departmental Courses cal knowledge from the biological and behavioral sciences to help the child-rearing family adapt to the presenting crises and The courses listed below have been approved tor promote growth and development. credit toward a graduate degree, and are offered

NSG 755. Provision and Delivery of Health-Care through the School of Graduate Studies. Services to Childbearing and Child-Rearing Families. (4-2-5) SGS 801. Scientific Communication and Ethics. (2-0-2)

(May substitute NSG 767, Health Care Policy) Prequisite: Two years of graduate study.

Prerequisite: NSG 752 or NSG 754 Techniques for writing an abstract, paper, grant and curricu-

Focuses on the childbearing and child-rearing families within lum vitae; preparing an oral presentation (paper, lecture, semi- the health care delivery system. Using a systems model, nar); and delivering an oral presentation. emphasis is on assessing, analyzing and evaluating the health- care system. EDU 605. Sociology of Health Care. (2-0-2)

Introduces students to basic knowledge in medical sociology

NSG 783. Foundations for Clinical Nurse Specialist and related fields that can be used to analyze how social, cul-

Practice (2-0-2) tural and psychological factors influence patterns of health and

Helps the student analyze the role of the clinical nurse spe- illness in groups and societies; behavior of individuals and cialist and design a clinical nurse specialist practice role with a health care providers in response to illness; and organization selected health-care setting. and functioning of health/medical care services.

NSG 759. Clinical Specialist Practicum in Parent- EDU 621. Group Dynamics. (4-2-5) Child Nursing. (Variable credit up to 8 hours) An experiential group course utilizing didactic material and Prerequisites: NSG 783, NSG 752, NSG 754 participation in group exercises.

This course helps the graduate student synthesize knowledge previously gained in the program through actual implementation EDU 700. Curriculum and Instruction in Higher of the role of clinical nurse specialist. The student uses specifi- Education. (5-0-5) cally the theories of nursing, change, systems, group process As future educators, students help develop a curriculum or School of Graduate Studies 141

program of learning. Based on the imperatives derived from step in research methods particularly as it relates to publishing

knowledge base, learners and setting, students develop foun- and/or presenting papers Identification and evaluation of jour-

dational documents, terminal competencies, sequence of nals as publication outlets are included, as is the use of publi-

courses and course outlines. Also considered are issues cation style manuals.

related to curriculum evaluation, strategies for curriculum ctiange and reality-based constraints on curriculum develop- Office of Biostatistics Courses ment and operation.

STA 860. Research Statistics I. (2-2-3) EDU 701. Methods of Evaluation in Higher Education. General principles and methods of statistics as applied to (5-0-5) health sciences research. Descriptive statistics, fundamental Tfiis course focuses on tfie analysis and construction of probabilty distributions, concepts of estimation and hypothesis instruments appropriate for tfie evaluation of student class- testing, categorical data analysis. room and clinical performance, issues considered include reli-

ability, validity, Item analysis, use of scales and otfier observa- STA 861. Research Statistics II. (2-2-3) tional tools, setting of performance standard and assignment Additional topics in estimations and hypothesis testing, of grades. Ttie role of the instructor in student evaluation is simple linear regression, analysis of variance, introduction to discussed throughout the course. experimental design,

EDU 702. Methods of Research. (5-0-5)

Introduction to a variety of types of research and focus on STA 862. Biometry: Advanced Research Statistics I. the systematic treatment of the steps of the research process. (3-0-3)

Learning experiences include the critical analysis of research Prerequisite: STA 860 and 861 or equivalent studies and the development of a research proposal. Regression and correlation analysis, curve-fitting, design of

experiments, analysis of variance and analysis of frequency data. EDU 703. Teaching Practicum. (1-8-5)

Develops the student's teaching skills in classroom and clini- STA 863. Biometry: Advanced Research Statistics //. cal settings. The overall goal is to enhance the impact the grad- (3-0-3) student has on his/her students in attitudes, skills and uate Prerequisites: STA 860 and 861 or equivalent content knowledge. The student is expected to content use Non-parametric statistical techniques and an introduction to previous courses. from multivariate analysis.

EDU 705. The Adult as a Learner. (5-0-5) School of Dentistry Courses Helps students analyze theories of adult learning, learning needs, goals^ strategies and evaluation plans suitable for the CMD 805. Dental Health Delivery in a Changing adult learner. Includes issues and techniques related to teach- Society. (4-2-5) ing adults in the health-care setting. PER 807. Advanced Periodontics for Dental

Hygienists. (5 hours) EDU 706. Instructional Processes. (4-2-5)

Focuses on instructional processes. Emphasizes course management and factors that influence selection of appropriate

instructional methods, including the use of appropriate instructional skills and aids.

EDU 940. The Management of Learning. (3-2-4)

Theory and practice of management of learning activities.

Includes setting objectives, planning and preparing learning activities, presenting an activity and evaluating its effective-

ness.

Health Communication Courses

HC 764. Survey of Learning Resources. (1-4-3)

An introduction to current instructional technology with

emphasis on audiovisual resources. Includes experience in

planning, production and presentation of visual material.

Library Courses

HLR 601. Health Library Research. (1-2-2)

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor

Application course stressing the "review of the literature"

'chool of Medicine

Dean-Di Darrell G. Kirch Associate Dean for Operations -Eddie K. Parker Vice Dean for Academic Affairs

-Dr. Ruth-Mane E. Fincher Associate Dean for Primary Care -Dr. Joseph Hobbs Vice Dean for Clinical Affairs -Dr. Daniel W. Rahn Associate Dean for Special Academic Programs -Dr. Rosie Allen-Noble Associate Dean for Admissions

—Dr. Mary Ella Logan Associate Dean for Student Affairs —Dr. Mason P Thompson Associate Dean for Curriculum Associate for Affairs/Veterans -Dr. Susan P. Porterfleld Dean Veterans Affairs Medical Center Associate Dean for Students -Dr. Thomas W. Kiernan -Dr. Mason P. Thompson Assistant Dean for Graduate Medical Education Associate Dean for Faculty Development -Dr. Ann Marie Flannery -Dr. Maurice Levy Assistant Dean for Clinical Pharmacy Associate Dean for Hospital -Dr. David W. Hawkins -Dr. Charles Linder .cademic Calendar

School of Medicine

Fall Quarterl995 Phase 1 Phase II

Registration August 17 August 11. 14 Orientation August 17-18 Classes begin August 21 August 14 Labor Day holiday September 4 September 4

Fall quarter ends November 10 Novembers

Winter Quarter 1995-96 Phase 1 Phase II

Registration November 10, 13 November 3.6 Classes begin November 13 November 6 Thanksgiving holidays November 18-26 November 18-26

Christmas holidays December 13-January 1 December 16-January 1 Classes resume January 2 January 2

Martin Luther King, Jr. holiday January 15 January 15

Winter quarter ends March 1 February 9

Spring Quarter 1996 Phase 1 Phase II

Registration March 1,4 February 9. 12 Classes begin March 4 February 12

Spring break April 6-14 April 6-14

U.S. Medical Licensing Exam Step 1 June 11-12 Spring quarter ends May 31 June 12

Required clinical skills July 22-28

Fall Quarter 1996

To be announced

Winter Quarter 1996-97

To be announced

Spring Quarter 1997

To be announced

Rotation Schedule 1995-96* 1

School of Medicine 145

DcylllbRoninc Ends VVGcKb\A/qqI/c A July lULdllUIl JUlicli ino 9R July CO H

VdCdllUll lUl bclllUlb JUiy cH juiy ou

liil\/ OA UMIIlUdl bKllib lUl jUiIIUlb juiy ou A Mugusi roidiioii juiy 0 1 Augusi 11 4 September rotation August 28 September 24 4 October rotation September 25 October 22 4 November rotation October 23 November 19 4

December rotation November 20 November 22 1

Thanksgiving holidays tor all students: November 23-26, 1995 0 return for December November 27 UcLclilUci 1 / o

Christmas holidays for all students: December 18-January 1, 1996

January rotation January 2 January 28 4

February rotation January 29 February 25 4 March rotation February 26 March 24 4

April rotation March 25 April 7 2

Spring holidays for all students: April 8-14, 1996

Anrll ?fi 0 Return for April April 15 r\\J\ 1 c

May rotation April 29 May 26 4

June rotation May 27 June 23 4

July rotation June 24 July 21 4

Step I United States Medical Licensing Exam: June 14-15, 1995 September 27-28, 1995

Step II United States Medical Licensing Exam: August 30-31. 1995 March 5-6, 1996

Graduation: June 8. 1996

6-^eek Rotations

1. July 31. 1995-September 10, 1995

2. September 11, 1995-October 22. 1995

3. October 23, 1995-December 3, 1995

4. December 4. 1995-January 28, 1996

5. January 29, 1996-March 10, 1996

6. March 11.1996-April28. 1996

7. April29. 1996-June9. 1996

8. June 10, 1996-July21,1996

*This schedule is subject to change. are at risk of HIV infection to seek HIV testing and

counseling prior to admission. Persons who test HIV

positive may wish to reconsider their career goals

because of: Uchool of Medicine 1. the prolonged period of medical education and the significant possibility that they may become disabled

during training or early in their career,

2. the infectious hazards of certain portions of medical

The physician occupies a vital and respected position education and practice, in today's increasingly sophisticated complex soci- and 3. barriers to certain invasive clinical activities and ety. Successful of in the completion requirements fields of specialization because of possible hazards

School of Medicine leads to the M.D. degree and a to patients, and the of health the career dedicated to maintenance and 4. the financial cost of medical education. Opportunities treatment and cure of disease. include Any School of Medicine student who knows or has clinical practice, teaching and research. reason to believe that he/she has HIV infection is

required to immediately report this information to the

Accreditation dean of the School of Medicine or hospital epidemiol-

ogy. Failure on the part of a student to report a known The School of Medicine is accredited by the HIV infection may result in disciplinary action, up to Association of American Medical Colleges in conjunc- and including dismissal. tion with the American Medical Association.

Admission Requirements Academic Requirements At least three years of work in an accredited college

Policy or university. Admission policies established by the Board of The minimum requirement is 90 semester hours or Regents of the University of Georgia are the System 135 quarter hours. The three-year college course, in

responsibility of the admission committees, with con- both quality and quantity, must be acceptable as the sideration for the special of the medical requirements equivalent of the first three years leading to the degree responsible for curriculum. The committees are recom- of bachelor of science or arts in an approved college of

mending to the dean the acceptance of all students arts and sciences. Preference is given to applicants entering first-, second- or third-year classes. the who will have completed their baccalaureate degree. to Admission with advanced standing the fourth-year Applicants must have completed at least the last two class is not ordinarily possible. years of their undergraduate or graduate education in

The appropriate admissions committee selects those an accredited U.S. or Canadian institution to be consid- applicants who are more likely in its opinion to make ered. the best students physicians. Consideration is and An applicant may major in the discipline of his given to the totality of all credentials, including (1) the choice; however, he must complete the following: demonstrated level and pattern of academic ability and Biology achievement, (2) scores on the Medical College One academic year of general biology or zoology Admissions Test, (3) evaluations supplied by premedi- (with laboratory). cal advisers or advisory committees, and (4) assess-

ment, by means of two personal references and inter- Chemistry with views admissions committee members and MCG (a) One academic year of general inorganic chemistry of the less tangible qualities of personality, personnel, (with laboratory). Inclusion of quantitative chemistry is character, maturity, emotional fitness, motivation and recommended.

potential for meeting Georgia's health-care needs. Each (b) One academic year of advanced chemistry, two student is considered on the basis of individual qualifi- quarters or one semester of which must be organic cations without regard to race, sex, creed or national chemistry with laboratory. The other quarter or

origin. semester may be fulfilled by any advanced chemistry Only a very limited number of positions are available course (laboratory not necessary). for out-of-state applicants; therefore, to be given seri- Physics ous consideration, non-residents must present superior One academic year of physics (with laboratory). qualifications and preference is given to those who

have a significant Georgia connection. English

The Medical College of Georgia School of Medicine One academic year of English or whatever portion of medical believe they encourages school applicants who the academic year is required for the baccalaureate School of Medicine 147

degree in an accredited college or university. 3. Physical ability to learn and implement the various

technical skills required by the faculty to facilitate Biochemistry is recommended. preparation for the independent practice of medicine. Note: One academic year equals three quarters, two 4. Sufficient emotional stability to withstand the stress, semesters or one semester and two quarters. uncertainties and changing circumstances that char-

acterize the practice of medicine. Detailed technical Premedical Electives standards have been developed by the School of An understanding of people, contributory to the wise Medicine for use in evaluation of prospective stu- and solid practice of medicine, can be derived from dents. These standards are admission guidelines and many disciplines. Students are encouraged to pursue are subject to continuing revision and improvement. in-depth study in disciplines which are of genuine interest to them, in addition to the required courses. The Application Procedures selection of the areas for in-depth study is not of primary concern to the committee; many students select The School of Medicine participates in the American natural science as a primary emphasis and others Medical College Application Service (AMCAS), which select physical sciences or the humanities. Elective means that application forms are issued by AMCAS courses may be used to broaden the background of upon receipt of an application request card from the students applying to medical school. applicant. The request cards can be obtained from the

Office of Student Affairs, Medical College of Georgia, or

Medical College Admission Test (MCA T) from premedical advisers on most college campuses.

Every applicant must take the Medical College The MCG deadline for filing applications with AMCAS is

Admission Test, preferably in the spring preceding the Aug. 1 for Early Decision Plan applicants and Nov. 1 for submission of an application but no later than the fall. regular admission applicants for the entering class.

The test is given twice yearly at most senior colleges. Early application is urged by the admissions commit-

All applicants must have taken the MCAT within three tee. No application fee in addition to the AMCAS fee is years of time of application. Early Decision Program required. applicants must take the MCAT prior to making applica- Additional information regarding Early Decision Plan tion. All other applicants must take the MCAT no later application may be obtained from the Office of than the fall of the year application is made. Associate Dean for Admissions, School of Medicine. Information concerning the MCAT may be obtained from premedical advisers or from the Medical College Admission with Advanced Standing

Admission Test. The American Medical College Testing Applicants in good standing in accredited four-year

Program, P 0. Box 414, Iowa City, Iowa 52240. medical schools will be considered for admission to the

appropriate advanced level of the curriculum when stu- Personal Interviews dent space permits. Admission with advanced standing

Interviews are held by invitation of the admissions to the fourth year is ordinarily not possible. Details committee. Such interviews are required prior to should be obtained from the Office of the Associate acceptance. Dean for Admissions, School of Medicine.

References Financial Aid

An evaluation of the applicant is required from two An application form on which to apply for any assis- persons, one of whom should be active in one of the tance program administered by the university may be health professions. secured by writing the university's financial aid office. In addition, an evaluation from the applicant's premedical adviser is required. Recommendations from Curriculum other sources are discouraged.

During the first year (Phase I) the students study the

Technical Standards for Admission structure and function of the human body through

Qualification for admission to, and graduation from, courses in anatomy, cell biology and development, bio- the Medical College of Georgia School of Medicine chemistry, neurosciences, physiology and genetics. requires meeting the following technical standards: Courses in humanities and psychiatry relate to the

1. Sufficient intellectual capacity to fulfill the curricular social, ethical and behavioral aspects of the individual.

requirements of the various basic medical science Physical diagnosis is taught during the winter quarter

and clinical science departments. of the first year. Community medicine emphasizes pop-

2. Ability to effect multi-modal communication with ulation-based medicine and biostatistics. Contact with

patients, colleagues, instructors and other members patients begins with the patient-doctor course in the

of the health-care community. fall of the first year. Two afternoons a week are avail- 148 School of Medicine

able for electives during the spring quarter of the first Third Quarter (12 weeks) Credit Hours year. ITD 550 Neuroscience 10

The second year (Phase II) emphasizes clinical PHY 550 Physiology 8 medicine with courses in pathology, pharmacology and PSY 565 Psychiatry 6 microbiology/infectious diseases. Lectures in the clini- ITD 580 Genetics 2 cal sciences provide the basis for the major clinical ITD 585JC Patient-Doctor* 1 blocks in subsequent years. Courses in ophthalmol- *The Patient-Doctor course is given during all three ogy, physical diagnosis and problem-solving are given quarters, but a student receives a total of one credit during the spring quarter. A small-group student-led, hour. faculty-facilitated, problem-based learning course begins in the fall of the second year. Interdepartmental Pliase II cooperation and clinical relevance are stressed First Quarter ( 12 weeks) Credit Hours throughout the first two years. PTH 550 Pathology 9 During the third year (Phase III) of the curriculum, ITD 540 Introduction to Clinical Medicine 4 the students take seven required core clerkships that ITD 574 Medical Microbiology 9 last a total of 46 weeks. The Department of Medicine is ITD 545 Problem-Based Learning 2 responsible for the 12-week medicine clerkship. Six- ITD 590 Reproduction 3 week clerkships are taught by the Departments of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Pediatrics, Psychiatry, Second Quarter (12 weeks) Credit Hours Family Medicine and Surgery. The Department of PTH 550 Pathology 9 Neurology and Section of Neurosurgery are responsi- ITD 540 Introduction to Clinical Medicine 4 ble for a four-week clerkship. ITD 574 Microbiology 8 In the fourth year (Phase III), all students take a one- PHM 551 Pharmacology 3 month acting internship in internal medicine, family medicine or pediatrics, and four weeks of either emergency medicine or surgical subspecialties. The balance Ttiird Quarter (1 1 weeks) Credit Hours of the fourth year is filled by elective courses which PHM 551 Pharmacology 9 can be advanced in the various clinical departments, ITD 570 Physical Diagnosis 3 including medicine, surgery, obstetrics and gynecol- OPH 550 Ophthalmology 1 ogy, psychiatry, neurology, pediatrics, dermatology, ITD 565 National Board Review 8 radiology, anesthesiology, opthalmology and family FMP 555 Problem Solving 2 medicine, as well as electives in basic sciences.

Research electives are available. Electives may also be Requirements for Phase III taken in other institutions and community hospitals A. General Requirements upon approval by the appropriate department of the 1 . The minimum Phase III requirement for gradua-

School of Medicine. tion from the School of Medicine, Medical College

The Medical College of Georgia has affiliation agree- of Georgia, is satisfactory completion of 18 ments with major community hospitals within the state months of work. Students are encouraged to of Georgia that permit students to take some core clin- pursue more than the minimum requirements. ical courses at these hospitals. 2. Students must have satisfactorily completed all

Phase II requirements before entering Phase III.

Pliase I B. Required Clerkships (First Year—Phase III)

First Quarter (12 weeks) Credit Hours 1. Medicine 500 ANM 550 Gross Anatomy 6 12 weeks basic clerkship

ANM 554 Cell Biology and Development 9 2. Obstetrics and Gynecology 500 BMB 550 Biochemistry 5 Six weeks basic clerkship HUM 550 Humanities 2 3. Pediatrics 500 ITD 585JC Patient-Doctor* Six weeks basic clerkship FMP 550 Community Medicine 2 4. Psychiatry 500 Six weeks basic clerkship

5. Surgery Second Quarter ( 12 weeks) Credit Hours 500 ANM 550 Gross Anatomy 6 Six weeks basic clerkship PHY 550 Physiology 8 Emergency medicine or surgical subspeciaties BMB 550 Biochemistry 4 6. Neuroscience 500 Four weeks basic clerkship ITD 560 Physical Diagnosis I 3 ITD 585JC Patient-Doctor* 7. Family Medicine 500 School of Medicine 149

Six weeks basic clerkship Non-Academic Exclusion

C. Electives Any student may be denied permission to continue

In addition to 12 months ot basic clerkships, a mini- enrollment in the School of Medicine if, in the opinion n^ium of six months ot elective experience are required of the faculty, the student's knowledge, character or for Phase III. One elective must be an acting internship mental or physical fitness cast grave doubts upon in internal medicine, family medicine or pediatrics. No his/her potential capacities as a physician. more than \m months of off-campus elective time may used for credit toward graduation requirements Classification of Students during Phase III. In the School of Medicine, students are classified as

Phase I (first year), Phase II (second year) and Phase

Curriculum Bulletin III (third or fourth year).

The courses offered are not limited to those listed in the Promotions Committee Policies and Procedures catalog, and new courses are frequently introduced into the This material is described in full detail in the publication curriculum. It is possible that some of the courses listed titled Promotions Committee Policies and Procedures. may be withdrawn from the curriculum with the approval of A copy is provided to each student and faculty member. the curriculum committee and the dean of the School of I. Standards of Academic Performance Medicine. Course descriptions can be found in the Phase III A. To be promoted or graduated, a student must sat- Curriculum Bulletin, a copy of which may be obtained by isfactorily complete every required course. writing to the Curriculum Office, School of Medicine. B. Interpretation of Grades

A: Outstanding—Superior performance Promotion and Graduation B: Good—Commendable performance, work of

Promotion of students from one year to the next depends good quality. on the satisfactory completion of each year's work. C: Satisfactory—Acceptable performance.

Promotions are considered on the basis of recommenda- D: Unsatisfactory—A grade that indicates the tions by the individual instructors, on department evalua- student has not met the standards of perfor- tions and on students' total records, including performance mance in this area.

F: Failing—Failing on Steps I and 2 of the United States Medical Licensing

Examinations. Students must pass Step 1 to take the third- I: Incomplete—This indicates that a student was year clerkships and Step 2 to graduate. doing satisfactory work, but for non-academic reasons beyond his control was unable to meet 150 School of Medicine

the full requirements of the course. student's final rotation and receipt of the grades in

II. Remedial Work for Academically Deficient Students the registrar's office.

A. Upon review of the student's academic performance and mitigating circumstances, the Other Programs and Administrative

Promotions Committee shall recommend for an Procedures

academically deficient student: Student Responsibilities and Judicial 1. Performance of remedial work Procedures 2. Repeating of some or all of the courses of the Student discipline at the university is the responsibil- year ity of the president and his administrative staff. 3. Dismissal Students will be liable for disciplinary action should 4. Recommendations to undertake remedial work they fail to act in a manner of credit to themselves, the or repeat courses will be made by the appropri- university and the medical profession. ate promotions subcommittee directly to the dean Honor System 5. Recommendations for dismissal will be made Every medical student is expected to maintain a high by the full Promotions Committee as outlined degree of personal integrity and honor, not only during in III. his years on the campus, but also throughout his prac- B. Remedial work taken as the result of unsatisfac- tice as a physician. In recognition of this obligation, tory performance (a grade of D) shall be stipu- each student is expected to subscnbe to an honor code lated by the department(s) involved. This may established by the students of previous years. The include, but is not limited to: 1) independent Honor Court is composed of 16 regular enrolled stu- study, 2) retaking of examinations and 3) remedial dents, with four members from each class. A copy of courses. In any event, remedial work must not the Honor Code is distributed to freshmen prior to interfere with other courses. matriculation. Students are required to sign an Honor III. Recommendations for Dismissal Code "contract" certifying they have read and agree to The academic performance of each student shall be

, uphold the honor code. , evaluated continually by the appropriate subcommit-

tee. A student may be recommended for dismissal Student Affairs Committee for sufficient cause. Guidelines for dismissal and the

dismissal procedures of the promotions committee The Student Affairs Committee of the School of are outlined in detail in the current Promotions Medicine acts as an advisory committee to the dean. Committee Handbook. The committee consists of the chairman, nominated IV. U.S. Medical Licensing Examination, Step 1 and 2 and appointed in accordance with the policies for gen- Students shall take Steps 1 and 2 of the United eral faculty committees; one faculty member elected by States Medical Licensing Examination and pass them the students for each of the four classes; associate at the national level as a candidate. dean for students, ex officio; and associate dean for v. Graduation curriculum, ex officio. Student members include the A. Application and Effective Dates president of each class and the School of Medicine rep- A student who completes all requirements may resentative to the Organization of Student apply for graduation quarterly. Application must Representatives of the AAMC. be made four months in advance of the proposed

date of graduation. The quarterly dates, which Alpha Omega Alpha will appear on the diploma, will correspond to the

last day of the November, February or August A chapter of this honorary scholastic fraternity in fourth-year rotations as published in the MCG medicine was established at MCG in 1926. Each year catalog. The annual formal graduation is held in students of the third- and fourth-year classes are nomi- June at the end of the academic year, this June nated based on peer and faculty recommendations and date appearing on the diploma of students gradu- academic excellence. Elections are held by active mem- ating at the end of the May quarter. bers of the chapter. B. Promotions Committee Procedure The Alpha Omega Alpha Honor Fraternity sponsors The Promotions Committee procedure for quar- two lectures annually. terly graduation will be the same as that described

under Promotions Committee Policy IIC.3 for the Special Programs end of the academic year. The meetings of the sub-

committee to consider students for graduation will Guest Lecturers

be held as soon as practical after completion of the Throughout the year, distinguished physicians and School of Medicine 151

scientists from ottier schools and from overseas visit Regional Hospital, Augusta, may be included. A brief the various departments of the Medical College of outline of the various training programs is given below.

Georgia and participate in departmental teaching pro- Applicants seeking residency training should apply grams. directly to the department chairman or to the director of

Distinguished lecturers address the whole school hospital and clinics. each year. Internships Researcli Fellowsiiips Family Medicine The Medical College of Georgia has a limited number The first year in the family medicine residency train- of summer research fellowships in which students work ing program is equivalent to the first postgraduate closely with faculty investigators on specific problems. medical year. A description of this year is found under This is an elective, but an important component of the section on family medicine residencies. the students' educational experience, allowing them to participate in research and to develop an understanding Internal Medicine of the methods, philosophies and problems involved. Categorical medical internships are available which Interested students should contact departments are designed as the first postgraduate year of training directly. toward board certification in internal medicine.

Preliminary medicine internships are also available for Affmated Hospitals Program individuals pursuing a career in another discipline.

The School of Medicine has developed a number of Interns rotate through the MCG Hospital, University affiliations with community hospitals around the state Hospital, and the Department of Veterans Affairs of Georgia. These affiliations are aimed primarily at Medical Center. The intern has broad experience in the widening the educational experiences of our students management of a variety of diseases in different patient by providing them with educational opportunities in populations. An important responsibility of the intern is general medicine and in the specialty fields at the affili- teaching medical students. This responsibility along ated community hospitals. By participating in these with the responsibilities for patient care prepare the training programs the students gain experience, insight intern for advanced scholarship in the clinical skills of and perspective into the practice of high-quality medi- diagnosis and management of those diseases falling cal care as it exists in private practice and in these within the realm of internal medicine. community hospitals.

The required clerkships in clinical medicine may be Obstetrics and Gynecology taken at various Augusta hospitals as well as the affili- Five first-year residency positions are offered by the ated hospitals across the state. Augusta-area facilities Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology. These consti- include the MCG Hospital and Clinics, the Department tute the first year of our four-year program leading to of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, University Hospital board eligibility in obstetrics and gynecology. The PGY-1

(a city-county hospital), Georgia Regional Hospital and spends six months on obstetrics and gynecology, two the Dwight David Eisenhower Army Medical Center at months on medicine, one month in the emergency

Fort Gordon, Affiliated facilities throughout the state room, one month on ultrasound/ambulatory and one include the Memorial Medical Center in Savannah, the month in the neonatal intensive-care nursery. A surgi-

Georgia Baptist Medical Center in Atlanta and the cal- skills laboratory and vacation share one month.

Medical Center in Columbus.

Clinical electives may also be taken at any of the Pathology above-mentioned hospitals as well as many others The straight internship in pathology is offered to approved individually by the various departments. A recent graduates whether or not they have decided total of two months of elective clerkships may be taken about later training. The intern's experience is like that at off-campus sites. of a first-year resident. The study of human disease is

excellent preparation for any clinical field. If the intern

Postdoctoral Training Programs decides to continue in pathology, it is a year saved that can be spent later in special research training. An elec- MCG has internship and residency programs tive in one of the clinical disciplines may be arranged. approved by the Accrediting Council for Graduate The internship program is in the MCG Hospital and may Medical Education. The teaching hospital of MCG, the include elected periods in MCG-affiliated hospitals. MCG Hospital and Clinics, is the parent hospital for these programs, but integration and/or affiliation with Pediatrics University Hospital, Augusta; the Department of Ten straight internship positions in pediatrics are Veterans Affairs hospitals, Augusta; and Georgia offered each year. The first year of training emphasizes 152 School of Medicine

acquiring general pediatric knowledge through super- dures in the care of the patients with concurrent illness. vised exposure to patient care in primary, secondary Three tracks are available.

1 and tertiary-care settings. Rotations are provided on . Advanced clinical track with varying times in general the pediatric inpatient and outpatient services, neona- advanced, complex anesthesia and subspecialty tology and emergency room. First-year residents act as rotations.

primary physicians under direct supervision of the 2. Subspecialty clinical anesthesia track with time senior residents and faculty. The emphasis of the divided between one or more subspecialties plus second-year program is developing supervisory skills three months of required general advanced, com- and competence in intensive-care clinical settings. plex anesthesia.

Residents in the third year of training assume responsi- 3. Clinical scientist track with six months in laboratory

bility both for patient care and for the supervision of or clinical investigation and three months of complex junior house officers and medical students. clinical anesthesia and three months selected sub-

specialty or an additional three of complex clinical Surgery anesthesia.

Thirteen straight internship positions in surgery are All residents are required to spend three months in

offered. These internships in the general surgery "core" complex general clinical anesthesia. All CA-3 plans are

rotations include positions for graduate trainees who subject to approval by the program director.

have career goals in the specialties of neurosurgery, Residents at all levels are involved in medical student orthopedic surgery, urology and otolaryngology, as well education. as in general surgery.

The "core" program is based on a philosophy that Dermatology surgery is a "discipline of medicine" and that surgeons The residency training program in dermatology is for should be "internists who operate." three years with emphasis on both clinical and basic

Rotations include general surgery, urology, orthope- scientific aspects of cutaneous medicine and dermato- dics, plastic surgery, otolaryngology, cardiothoracic logic surgery. Patients are seen in outpatient clinics at surgery, emergency services, neurosurgery, anesthesia, the MCG, Veterans Affairs and Eisenhower hospitals. and critical care and trauma care. Inpatient beds at the MCG Hospital and the VA Medical

Center are available on a "need basis." Training is grad-

Transitional Internships uated, with increased responsibility in the care of

Transitional internships are available for individuals patients accruing throughout the program. Regular who intend to enter residencies which do not offer the weekly conferences include dermatology grand rounds,

PGY-1 year. A minimum of six months of internal histopathology conference, basic science seminar, jour- medicine of are and one month emergency room nal club and didactic conferences. To develop the criti- five required. The additional months are chosen from cal capacity necessary to evaluate advances in derma- electives in variety of clinical Applications a departments. tology, residents participate in clinical research for for transitional internship the are made through the periods of two to 12 months during their training, and

Transitional program sponsoring department. are required to complete a clinical or laboratory

research project each year during the three-year train-

Residencies ing program.

Anesthesiology Emergency Medicine Clinical Base Year (PG-1); The clinical base year is An emergency medicine residency program was estab- scheduled through the Department of Medicine coordi- lished in July, 1989. This is a fully accredited PGY nator. The 12 months include four months of general 2-PGY 4 program and provides up to 24 residents the internal medicine, one month of anesthesiology and the training necessary to become qualified by the American remainder in other areas such as cardiology, neonatol- Board of Emergency Medicine. The residency combines ogy, neurology and surgery. Emphasis is on direct the facilities of MCG with those of University Hospital and patient-care experiences. Eisenhower Army Medical Center providing a wide and Clinical Anesthesia (CA-1, CA-2, CA-3): The clinical varied patient base and experience for residents. The three anesthesia curriculum consists of basis anesthesia and centers are staffed by American Board of Emergency subspecialty anesthesia during CA-1 and CA-2 years. medicine certified academic and clinical faculty. Residents Subspecialty areas include cardiothoracic anesthesia, spend approximately half their time at MCG and one quar- neuroanesthesia, obstetric anesthesia, ambulatory anes- ter of their time at the other two practice sites. Training thesia, recovery room, critical care, pain management, includes rotations in all three emergency departments as pediatric anesthesia and post-anesthesia recovery. well as training in cardiology, trauma, anesthesia, OB- The CA-3 year is designed for advanced anesthesia GYN, pediatrics, pediatnc emergency medicine, medicine training and is devoted to complex anesthesia proce- School of Medicine 153

intensive care, ElVIS systems and emergency medicine ogy and metabolism, gastroenterology, renal diseases, administration. Responsibility is graded throughout train- rheumatology, pulmonary disease, clinical nutrition and ing with senior residents playing an increasingly important medical oncology. Teaching rounds and conferences role in medical and trauma resuscitations, assuming are held daily for house officers and students. administrative and quality-assurance duties and teaching.

A research project of publishable quality is required for Neurology graduation and protected time is provided during the resi- A fully approved three-year residency in neurology dency for research endeavors. Attendance at conferences combines the facilities of the MCG Hospital and Clinics and lectures is required and time off from clinical duties is and the Augusta Department of Veterans Affairs Medical provided for residents to attend didactic sessions. Center. The first year is spent on wards and in the clin-

Conferences and lectures are provided five hours a week ics. The second and third years consist of experiences and include grand rounds, M&M, journal club, literature on consultative neurology, child neurology, neuropathol- review, various workshops and joint conferences with ogy, neuromuscular-electromyography, epilepsy-elec- intemal medicine and trauma. troencephalography, ambulatory care and electives.

The goal of the neurology residency program is to

Family Meilicine train clinically competent neurologists equipped to

The Family Medicine Residency Program is fully make an original contribution to the knowledge of the accredited providing 24 residents comprehensive train- nervous system, in either an academic setting or in ing to become board certified in family medicine. The clinical practice. Three adult neurology residents are educational mission is to equip the physician with the accepted each year, each of whom must have com- knowledge and skills to provide quality comprehensive pleted an approved internship. care with continuity to individual family members and The training program in child neurology is offered by to the family unit as a whole. To achieve these goals, a the section of child neurology of the Department of strong curriculum in procedural skills and inpatient and Neurology and is supervised by four full-time faculty ambulatory patient management is emphasized. This members of the section of child neurology. Two types includes training opportunities in upper and lower of programs are offered: one year of fellowship (PL3) endoscopy, colposcopy, obstetrics, vasectomy, stress or a three-year program combining adult and child neu- testing, laboratory testing, nasolaryngoscopy, minor rology training which meets the board requirements for surgery, pulmonary functions and ultrasonography. Neurology with Special Competence in Child Neurology.

Inpatient education includes cardiac and medical inten- Residents in this program must have completed an sive-care training, antepartum and postpartum man- approved pediatrics residency. agement, newborn care, as well as a wide variety of common medical illnesses. Ambulatory patient man- Obstetrics and Gynecology agement includes management of acute and chronic ill- A parallel four-year residency program leading to

nesses as well as emphasis on health maintenance, board eligibility is offered. The first year is described

prevention and practice management. Longitudinal under internships. During the subsequent three years, training in behavioral medicine and community in addition to general obstetrics and gynecology, the

medicine complement the outpatient experience. resident gains experience in reproductive endocrinol-

Excellent resources are provided for residents inter- ogy, maternal-fetal medicine, gynecologic oncology, ested in research opportunities. family planning, primary care and gyn-surgical pathol-

Throughout the training experience, increasing auton- ogy. The program utilizes the Medical College of

omy and individual decision-making are encouraged. Georgia Hospital and Clinics, University Hospital and

Upon completion of the residency program, physicians the Eisenhower Army Medical Center. The residency is

ae well-equipped to meet the challenges of diverse academically oriented. House staff participate in stu-

practice settings. dent teaching and research.

Internal Medicine Ophthalmology

A complete postgraduate training program in internal A three-year residency program in ophthalmology is

medicine and its subspecialties is offered; all of the offered with training at the MCG Hospital and Clinics

training required for qualification for the American with rotations at the Department of Veterans Affairs

Board of Internal Medicine and each of the subspecialty Medical Center. The educational experience is broad boards can be obtained. The internship and residency based including general opthalmology and various sub-

program is integrated with University Hospital and the specialties (retina, cornea and external diseases, neuro-

Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center. ophthalmology, glaucoma, pediatric ophthalmology and

Fellowships are available in cardiology, cardiovascular oculoplastics) as well as training in all types of oph-

research, hematology, infectious diseases, endocrinol- thalmic surgery. 154 School of Medicine

Patliology ogy, including magnetic resonance imaging, nuclear radi-

The residency program offers a combined anatomic, ology, special procedures, ultrasound, pediatric radiol- clinical pathology program and a straight program in ogy, computed tomography, as well as general diagnostic either anatomic or clinical pathology. The resident radiology. Emphasis is on progressive independence of

physician participates in the student teaching program, the resident as his foundation is strengthened. The total the department's autopsy, surgical pathology and clini- number of procedures approximates 140,000 per year. cal pathology services. Periods of part-time or full-time

research are available. Places are available to persons Radiation Oncology

preparing for the practice of pathology, and to those A four-year residency (P6Y 2-PGY 5) is available; a who may desire a year or more of training in pathology P6Y 1 is required prior to beginning the first year of the to prepare for another discipline. Individualized pro- residency. Clinical rotations include radiation oncology grams that satisfy board requirements and the individ- (required minimum of 30 months), medical oncology

ual's career goals can be arranged. and pathology. Clinical electives are available as well.

Each resident is expected to participate in a research

Pediatrics project. Didactic lectures in physics, radiobiology, bio-

The pediatric residency involves at least two years statistics, Journal Club and clinical oncology make up beyond the internship year. Further experience is pro- the formal curriculum. Residents help manage a variety vided on inpatient rotations, newborn care and outpa- of cases using external beam radiation and brachyther- tient clinics at University and MCG hospitals. In addi- apy, derived from more than 1 ,000 patients a year seen tion, electives are offered in pediatric cardiology, in the center. allergy-immunology, neurology, adolescent medicine, '.'1 - ' .,. infectious diseases, pulmonary medicine and private General Surgery physicians' offices. The resident participates in the This is an integrated program which includes rota- teaching of medical students. Basic sciences and logi- tions through the MCG Hospital, University Hospital cal thinking are promoted through problem case con- and the Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center. ferences, grand rounds, pediatric X-ray conferences, The program is four or five years long following the pediatric pathology conferences and journal clubs. internship. The length of the five-year tract is designed

Fellowships are available in allergy-immunology, cardi- for those who wish to pursue a career in academic ology, neonatology and neurology. surgery and requires a year of research experience.

Laboratory experience is not required in the four-year Psycliiatry and Healtli Beliavior program.

The Department of Psychiatry and Health Behavior has Five residents are trained at each level beyond the a fully approved four-year residency program in psychia- internship. The program is not pyramidal. Competent try which includes a categorical first-year internship in performance is essential for reappointment. The pro- cooperation with the Departments of Neurology, Family gram is based on a philosophy that surgery is a disci-

Medicine, Internal Medicine and Pediatrics. Alternately a pline of medicine and that surgeons are "internists who one-year internship including primary care may be taken operate." Anatomy, physiology and biochemistry and in lieu of the categorical first year. A fully accredited two- the correlation of basic science in clinical problems are year program in child psychiatry is offered; prerequisites constantly stressed in a wide variety of daily rounds, are three years of training in general psychiatry. One- or teaching conferences and in grand rounds. two-year subspecialty fellowships are offered in forensic psychiatry, substance abuse, geriatric psychiatry, sleep Neurosurgery disorders and neuropsychopharmacology. This is a five-year program with a prerequisite of one

The training programs emphasize the synthesis of year's internship of choice and one year of general biological, psychodynamic and psychosocial surgery, or one year of straight surgical internship. approaches to diagnosis and treatment. Multiple clinical Five residents are accepted, one per year. Training sites provide exposure to a wide range of psycho- includes clinical neurosurgery and microsurgery sup- pathology and treatment techniques. plemented by weekly conferences in combined neu- Detailed information about the program may be roanatomy and neurophysiology, neuropathology and obtained upon request. neuroradiology and off-service experiences in clinical neurology, neuropathology and neuroradiology, as well Diagnostic Radiology as basic research. The teaching hospital and Veterans

A four-year program in diagnostic radiology is offered. Affairs Medical Center participate in the training pro-

This may be preceded by one clinical year in either a flex- gram. By special arrangement, the resident may ible program or specific primary-care area. The four receive graduate school credit while actively pursuing years in radiology are spent with rotations in neuroradiol- a neurosurgical residency. School of Medicine 155

Ortliopedic Surgery program. The minimum prerequisite is two years of

The orthopedic program is a five-year program which general surgery. It is served at the Medical College of includes a period in the first year in general surgery. Georgia Hospital, the Department of Veterans Affairs

Experience and increasing responsibility are provided in Medical Center and University Hospital. Two residents the program in the basic science of orthopedics, frac- are accepted each year. tures, children and adult orthopedics, and reconstructive surgery. Affiliation with the Department of Veterans Continuing Medical Education

Affairs Medical Center is included. Long-term observa- The objective of continuing education is to preserve tion and comprehensive care are emphasized. Three and increase professional knowledge and competence residents are appointed each year. throughout the career of professional health workers.

The program of continuing medical education, in close Otolaryngology cooperation with the departments in the School of The division of otolaryngology offers an accredited Medicine and with the Division of Continuing Education, residency training program. One year postgraduate sur- develops and presents educational activities to help gical training is required. The four years of otolaryngol- professional health workers maintain and further ogy training include rotations at MCG Hospital and develop their skills. Clinics, the Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center and Dwight David Eisenhower Memorial Medical Types of Courses Center. temporal bone course and basic endoscopic A 1 . Symposia: numerous courses lasting from one to sinus surgery course are given annually. Emphasis is five days are presented each year. on a broad background including otology, neuro-otol- 2. Physicians continuing education series: In several ogy, bronchoesophagology, endoscopic sinus surgery, cities throughout Georgia a series of one-day medi- maxillofacial trauma and head and neck surgery. cal symposia are presented each year.

3. Special technique woriishops: workshops in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery laboratory, diagnostic and therapeutic procedures

The overall program is two years long. The qualifica- enable enrollees to obtain practical experience. tions for residency include completion of general 4. interactive presentations via satellite or land lines surgery or subspecialty training, approval from the connected to hospitals, clinics or physicians' offices.

American Board of Plastic Surgery and high ethical 5. Self-learning packages: 6\s\ub\]\m of educational standards. materials (videotapes, computer disks, etc.) on a

The primary objective of the Division of Plastic and subscription or individual basis, designed to com-

Reconstructive Surgery is to provide quality instruction municate with practitioners in a self-learning mode. and clinical material for plastic surgery training. Graded Program Announcements clinical responsibility is given throughout the program. Prior to each course, brochures describing the Specific areas of interest include cleft lip-palate, cranio- topics, faculty, meeting place, time and registration fees facial anomalies, diagnosis and management of congen- are mailed to the group for whom the course was ital hand anomalies and hand injuries, acute burn ther- developed. apy and reconstruction, and ablation of head and neck tumors with reconstructive and cosmetic surgery. Credits Rotation schedules are at three-month intervals at Instruction presented in this program is not designed the Medical College of Georgia and Department of to give credit toward specialty qualification or academic Veterans Affairs hospitals. Two residents are accepted degrees. However, a record of attendance is maintained each year. for the benefit of those who attend, and AMA Category

1 hours are awarded for most courses. Thoracic Surgery The program of continuing medical education is This section provides a two-year approved program accredited by the Accreditation Council for Continuing with training in all aspects of general thoracic and car- Medical Education, and a physician's attendance at diac surgery. Prerequisites include internship and four approved courses is acceptable for credit toward the years of general surgery residency (with chief resi- Physician's Recognition Award of the American Medical dency) primarily in teaching hospitals. MCG Hospital Association. and the adjacent VA Medical Center are utilized for

training. Two residents are accepted one year alternat- Fees ing with one of the following year. The enrollment fees for continuing education courses

are listed separately for each course. Urology

The urology section offers a fully approved three-year 156 School of Medicine

ITD 574. Medical Microbiology. (15-2-17) Course Descriptions A two-quarter lecture course with laboratory and conferences. This course covers immunology general microbiology,

the biology of infectious agents and infectious disease.

Note: Courses numbered 500-599 are open to medical Selected aspects of diagnosis and treatment of infectious disease also considered. students only. Where appropriate, course average lecture-weekly ITD 580. Human Genetics (Phase I). (2-0-2) lab-course credit hours are designated, e.g. (4-2-5). Provides an understanding of the principles and concepts

upon which current clinical genetic practice (diagnosis, treat-

Interdepartmental ment and counseling) is based. Covers the genetics of human populations and introduces recent and ongoing discoveries so

ITD 501E. Clinical Clerkship in the Department of that their future applications may be understood. Builds on the

Physiology and Endocrinology. (Special Elective) foundation of basic material introduced in cell and molecular

(4-2-6) biology and forms a bridge to the clinical experience. The

Reproductive endocrinology (Department of Physiology and Departments of Cell and Molecular Biology and Physiology and

Endocrinology) primarily involves clinical clerkship. Includes Endocrinology participate. didactic lecture material and case presentation and discussion. The areas covered include puberty amenorrhea, galactorrhea, ITD 585. Phase I Electives. (Variable Credit) hirsutism and virilism, induction of ovulation and management Special elective courses for first-year (Phase I) medical of menopause. students.

ITD 506. Independent Study. (No credit) Anesthesiology

Chair: R. Crumrine; Vice Cf]air:]. Johnston; Professors: ITD 507. Clinical Skills Interface Program. (1) R. Crumrine, R. Introna, J. Johnston, D. Martin, R. Merin, A one-week program for teaching clinical skills to new junior Bittle, R. Dennison, students. J. Pruett; Associate Professors: C. S. Dubin, H. dense, W. Mathews, M. Wakefield;

ITD 520. Reproductive Endocrinology. (3-0-3) Assistant Professors: S. Bari, J. Brown, R. Cassingham,

Presents the principles of reproductive endocrinology with D. Dorsey, L. Prison, M. Gunderia, M. Hadsell, S. Mines, emphasis on the clinical aspects. V. Miler, F. Oehrlein, R. Oliver, T. Philpot, S. Redd, T.

Weatherred, R. Williams, E. Yodlowski; Instructors: Clinical Medicine. (8-0-8) ITD 540. Introduction to G. Murdock, R Rosema, T. Sprague, L. Yates, R. Yates. Introduces selected topics in medicine, pediatrics, surgery obstetrics and gynecology Relates pathophysiological and bio- ANS 501. Anesthesiology Four-week Clerkship. chemical abnormalities of disease processes to the clinical Basic elective which involves the student in management of signs and symptoms of the disease. patients undergoing anesthesia including their pre- and post-

anesthetic care. Experiences available in obstetrics, pediatrics, ITD 550. Meuroscience. (8-4-10) geriatrics, acute and chronic pain therapy cardiothoracic,

Prerequisite: F\rs\-)/eir standing in School of Medicine. neurosurgery, ambulatory and other anesthetics fields. Both

An integrated course covering the structure and function of general and regional anesthesia taught. Patient care is correlated the human nervous system, including an introduction to clini- with physiologic and pharmacologic principles. Daily depart- cal applications. The Departments of Anatomy Cell and mental conferences as well as lecture series for students pro-

Molecular Biology, Neurology, Physiology and the Division of vided. A written exam and either an oral or written presentation

Neurosurgery participate. is required. Most students learn technical procedures related to anesthesiology

ITD 560. Physical Diagnosis (Phase I). (2-3-3)

Teaches first-year medical students the skills for performing ANS 502. Anesthesiology Fellowship. (Special Elective) a routine physical examination and applying these skills in a The Department of Anesthesiology has an ongoing program

patient contact experience. First-year students interrelate with in basic laboratory and clinical research. Either of these areas

medical students in their clinical years, thereby providing a is available for student participation, depending on the stu- very relevant introduction to the clinical setting. dent's background and interest, as well as projects that are

then current in the department.

ITD 570. Physical Diagnosis (Phase II). (1-4-3)

Conducted in the hospital setting with students assigned in ANS 504A. Anesthesiology Preceptorship. (Special small groups to individual faculty members. Prepares the stu- Elective)

dent for the clerkships of the clinical phase of medical school. Clinical experience in anesthesiology in an off-campus hos-

Amplifies the physical examination skills acquired in the Phase pital approved by the department chairman.

I physical diagnosis course and directs these skills toward the

detection of abnormal findings. Emphasizes the skills of patient ANS 505. Respiratory Care Elective.

interviewing and history-taking. Introduction to theoretical and technical aspects of respira-

tory care. Emphasis is on basic pathophysiology as related to I School of Medicine 157

' the patient's problems and the appropriate treatments. Ventilators, oxygen and aerosol therapy, blood gas interpreta- BMB 345. Survey of Biochemistry. (5-0-5)

tions and pulmonary function studies discussed. In addition to Prerequisite: Survey course in Inorganic and Organic

lectures, selected patients are used to demonstrate practical Chemistry.

therapeutic aspects of respiratory care. A study of the chemical principles of living organisms.

Includes the structure of biomolecules, energy-yielding pro- ANS 506. Obstetric Anesthesia Elective. cesses, energy-requiring processes and transfer of genetic

Introduction to the perioperative anesthesia care of the par- information.

turient. Special emphasis on the effect of regional anesthesia

on mother and baby, and on choice of anesthesia for C-section. BMB 501. Tutorial Elective in Biochemistry and

The student attends all teaching seminars and conferences. Molecular Biology (1 to 3 months) Prerequisite: BMB 550 ANS 507. Ambulatory Anesthesia Elective. Students may elect to study specific areas in biochemistry,

This elective provides exposure to anesthesia provided in an molecular biology and molecular genetics under the guidance

ambulatory setting. Emphasis is on safety in the anesthesia of one or more faculty members working in that area.

care of the outpatient. The experience includes the administra- Arrangements to be made by the students with the members of

tion of anesthesia and the opportunity to participate in out- the faculty of the department. Topic, time and credit to be

patient pain management. arranged.

ANS 509. Pediatric Anesthesia Elective. BMB 502. Research in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology.

Introduction to the perioperative anesthesia care of infants Prerequisite: BMB 550

and children. Emphasis on anesthesia care unique to the new- Students may arrange to join the research program conducted

born and on preparation of the patient and parent for the oper- by faculty in the Department of BMB. A list of faculty and their

ative experience. The student attends all teaching seminars and ongoing research projects is available in the department office. conferences. Time and credit hours to be arranged.

ANS 510. Pain Management Elective. BMB 550. Medical Biochemistry and Molecular

Closely supervised clinical experience in the management of Biology. (9-0-9)

acute and chronic pain within the structure of the MCG Multi- Covers the chemistry and reactions of the constituents of

disciplinary Pain Center and the inpatient wards of the Medical living matter, metabolism and control mechanisms at levels of

College of Georgia Hospital. Includes diagnosis and treatment biological organization from subcellular to organism. Emphasis

of chronic pain and treatment of modalities for acute pain. The on medical application.

student attends all scheduled teaching seminars and conferences. ITO 580. Human Genetics (2-0-2) See course description under Interdepartmental Courses. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Cellular Biology and Anatomy

Chair: F. Leibach; Professors: f\. Abdel-Latif, E. Abraham,

R. Akhtar, G. Brow/nell, T. Dirksen*, V. Ganapathy, F. Ctiair: D. Bookman; Professors: D. Bookman, R.

Garver, T. Huisman. W. Karp*, K. Lanclos, F. Leibach, N. Caldwell, C. Chew*, G. Colborn, L, Hodge, M, Kirby

Sarkar*, D. Tuan: Associate Professors: V. Bhalla*, F. (Regents), M, Mulroy, H. Rasmussen*, M, Sharawy,*

Carl*, L. Carter, E. Howard, A. Kutlar*, D. Lapp, G, Liou*, D. Sickles, 6. Sohal, T, Swift;* Associate Professors:

J. Mcpherson*, K, Pandy. D. Scott, T. Sprinkle*, T. Stoming, Barrett, G, Caughman, T, Creazzo, G. Faguet*, T. Gale,

J. B. Whitney; Assistant Professors: E. Baysal, S. J, Goldenring*, A. Gulati, S, Helman*, I. Khan*, F, Lake,*

Bustos-Valdes*, J. Erbiand*, S. Yousufzai; Assistant D. Lause, G. Liou*, P, McNeil, N. Odell*, A. Reese, G.

Researcti Scientist: S. Mruthinti; Emeritus Faculty: S. Schuster*, S. Smith, , T. Weidman, D. Welter, R.

Singal, J. Howard, Wrenn; Assistant Professors: C. Baptista, R. Bollag*,

W. Bollag*, R, Calle*, R, Cameron*, D. Connuck*, D.

'Joint Appointments Galileo, T, Harrison, W. Hill, C. Isales*, R Schoenlein,

D. Throckmorton*, W, Voyles; Research Scientist:!.

BMB 310. Introductory Medical Microbiology. (5-0-5) Oblak, (Spring)

Prerequisite: Recent college biology or permission of coordi- *Joint Appointments nator

A lecture course designed to introduce allied health and ANM 300. Histology. (3-4-5) nursing students to the nature of microorganisms and immune A lecture and laboratory course on the microanatomy of cells, mechanisms. Includes morphology, physiology and taxonomy tissues and organs. Lectures are concerned with the cellular of microorganisms, with an emphasis on the characteristics structure of the major organs of the body in relation to the and properties of medically important bacteria, viruses, fungi function of the organs. In laboratory the students interpret and selected parasites. electron micrographs and use the light microscope to study: 1) 158 School of Medicine

the major tissues of the body, 2) the major organs of the body, body in the living person. Regional dissections of the entire

3) important parts of the organs. human body are supplemented with correlative lectures, sys-

temic overviews, clinical correlation sessions and laboratory ANM 301. Basic Neuroanatomy. (3-6-6) demonstrations.

An in-depth study of the central and peripheral nervous system as related to functional and clinical neurology. Lecture based ANM 554. Cell Biology and Development. (7-4-9) on 18 units of the nervous system from the course book. A study of the development of the systems of the body, the

Laboratory sessions consist of the study of the human brain organization of their organs and tissues and the structural and and spinal cord, sections (coronal and axial) of the brain as functional specializations of the component cells. Emphasizes well as X-rays, CT-scan and MRI imaging of the nervous the aspects of cell biology, histology and development relevant system. CAI (Computer Assisted Instruction) programs on to medicine. neuroanatomy are used to prepare students for the laboratory sessions and are available in the library for independent use ITD 550. Neuroscience. (9-2-10) and review by students. See course description under Interdepartmental Courses.

ANM 310. Survey of Human Anatomy. (5-0-5) Family Medicine (Fall)

The elements of human gross, histological and developmen- Chair: I Tollison; Vice Ciiairs:\N. Caput, J. Hobbs; tal anatomy with an introduction to the anatomy of the major Professors: ^. Hobbs, J. Tollison, J. Varma; Associate organ systems of the body. Professors: \N. Caput, D. Ferris, P. Forney, A. Gelbart, L.

Hornsby, S. Kuhn, G. Nixon, F. Payne, L. Petry, T. ANM 350. Musculoskeletal Anatomy. (3-9-7) (Fall) Taylor, M. Thompson; Assistant Professors: G. Brown,

An in-depth study of the musculoskeletal system of the M. Felz, J. Hendrich, S. Kutin, B. LeClair, K. Lilly, A. human body supplemented with correlative lectures and clini- Mammen, P. Mongan, W. Phillips, D. Rauholt, R cal correlation sessions. The laboratory exercise consists of Rumph, S. Talbert, P. Wagner, D. Wall. dissection of the human cadaver.

FMP 500. Basic Clerkship in Family Medicine.

ANM 331. Basic Neuroanatomy. (3-6-6) This six-week clerkship provides supervised exposure to the

An in-depth study of the central nervous system as related evaluation and management of patients at the ambulatory set- to functional and clinical neurology. Lecture based on 18 units ting of family medicine with undifferentiated health problems. of the nervous system from the course book. Laboratory ses- Introduction to evaluation and management of health prob- sions consist of the study of the human brain and spinal cord, lems requiring hospitalization which routinely confront the sections (coronal and axial) of the brain, as well as X-rays, CT- family physician. The fundamentals of problem-solving in scan and MRI imaging of the nervous system. CAI (Computer these clinical settings emphasized in all patient-care encoun-

Assisted Instruction) programs on neuroanatomy are used to ters. Emphasis on concepts of health maintenance and com- prepare students for the laboratory sessions and are available prehensive and longitudinal health care in the setting of the in the library for independent use and review by students. family.

The student's clinical exposure is provided by family practice

ANM 332. Systemic Anatomy. (3-9-7) residency programs and private group practice teaching sites.

(Summer) Family practice residency teaching sites are located at: Medical

An in-depth study of the cardiovascular, pulmonary, diges- College of Georgia, Augusta; The Medical Center, Columbus; tive and reproductive systems, with a survey of head and neck Memorial Medical Center, Savannah; Floyd Medical Center, and the musculoskeletal system. The laboratory exercise con- Rome; Phoebe Putney Memorial Hospital and Dwight sists of dissection of the human cadaver. Eisenhower Army Medical Center, Fori Gordon, Group practice

teaching sites are located in Augusta, Blackshear, Jesup, Villa ANM 501. Advanced Studies in Dross Anatomy. (TBA) Rica, Tifton, Thomson, Waynesboro and Moultrie, Ga. and

Prerequisite: Senior medical students only. Edgefield, S.C.

Intensive studies of human gross anatomy with detailed dissections of human cadaver material. The student may concen- FMP 503. Family Medicine Public Health Elective trate on an area or areas of particular need or interest, such as (Special Elective) head and neck, limbs, body cavities or pelvis and perineum. Location: Aiken County Health Department, Aiken, SC Discussions are encouraged between students studying differ- Enrollment: 1 Minimum, 2 Maximum ent regions of the body, with respect both to review of basic Prerequisites: None clinical applications of those data. Students are anatomy and Duration: One to two months to the literature pertinent their of expected explore to area(s) Months offered: July through June interest in journals. textbooks and This rotation exposes student to the many services provided

by the Aiken County Health Department including environmen-

ANM 550. Medical Gross Anatomy (10- 12-16) tal inspections, home health visits, clinics for adults and chil-

(Fall and Winter) dren and health educational programs. Weekly seminars pro-

Provides the first-year medical student with basic knowledge vide additional information regarding the programs and of the normal (and disordered) function of the parts of the School of Medicine 159

organizational structure of the health department and the phi- gitudinal health care. Family practice physician faculty and pri- losophy of public health practice. After completing the course, vate attending staff supervise. the student will be able to describe the diverse structure, budget process, funding pathways and approximate expendi- FMP 523. Family Practice Externship, Memorial tures of public health programs. Medical Center, Savannah, Ga. (Special Elective)

This elective at the Family Practice Residency Training

FMP 506. Preceptorship in Family. (Special Elective) Program of the Memorial Medical Center in Savannah, Ga.,

The student may choose from preceptors in various commu- provides clinical experience in both ambulatory and inpatient nities across the state. These preceptors, who have been settings of family medicine. The student participates in daily screened by the Joint Board of Family Practice, have been group and individual teaching sessions. The student also helps trained for their teaching roles. This elective provides a super- provide longitudinal and comprehensive health care. vised experience in the evaluation and management of patients with differentiated clinical problems encountered in the prac- FMP 524. Family Practice Rural Medicine Externship, tice of family medicine. The student participates in the office Warrenton, Ga. (Special Elective) practice, hospital rounds, house calls, emergency room visits This elective in rural family medicine is provided through the and selected community activities. Tri-County Health System, Inc., in Warrenton, Crawfordville

and Gibson, Ga., which serves as a rural teaching site for the

FMP 507. Clinical and Research Elective in Family Family Practice Residency Program at the Medical College of

Medicine. (Special Elective) Georgia. Supervised exposure to a population of patients with

Students wanting to pursue special educational electives undifferentiated health problems and participation in the evalu- with family medicine preceptors, residencies or faculty can ation and management of these problems. The student arrange this unique experience through the Department of becomes familiar with the uniqueness of a rural health-care

Family Medicine. These experiences could include patient care, practice and establishes an appreciation for frequently encoun- research, special pro)ects involving psychosocial aspects of tered problems both acute and chronic. Includes daily group medicine, drug dependency, family therapy and other issues and individual teaching sessions. related to the provisions of health care to entire families.

FMP 527. Sub-Internship in Inpatient Family FMP 518. The Geriatric Patient in the Nursing Home. Medicine, Family Medicine Program, Medical College (Special Elective) of Georgia, Augusta. (Special Elective)

Exposes the student to the wide variety of medical, social, This elective is provided through the Family Medicine psychiatric and institutionally related problems of the elderly Inpatient Service of the Department of Family Medicine, Medical commonly encountered by the primary-care physician. The College of Georgia. Provides in-depth exposure to the broad student is provided a panel of patients and participants in clini- range of medical problems confronting the family physician in a cal evaluation and management under supervision of the hospital environment. The student assumes the primary medi- attending physician. The student participates in morning cal care responsibilities for patients on the service and is super- rounds with the medical director and participates in weekly vised by family medicine faculty and senior family medicine res- team-oriented patient care conferences. Through appropriate idents. The student participates in all phases of patient readings and didactic sessions the student becomes evaluation—from admission to discharge planning. acquainted with diagnostic and management requirements of this patient population. Familiarizes student with common geri- FMP 530. Family Medicine and Family Therapy, atric problems and the approach to their evaluation. Department of Family Practice, The Medical Center, Columbus, Ga. (Special Elective)

FMP 521. Family Medicine Externship, Family This rotation allows students to increase their knowledge of Practice Residency Program, Floyd Medical Center, family systems theory and to gain skill in its application in the Rome, Ga. (Special Elective) practice of family medicine. Emphasis on acquisition of specific skills plan treatment strategies. This elective, with the Family Practice Residency Training to evaluate families and Emphasis also on the integration of family therapy knowledge Program of the Floyd Medical Center in Rome, Ga., provides and skills into routine medical care and the care of families clinical experience m both ambulatory and inpatient settings of with psychosomatic problems, life-cycle transition stresses or family practice. Concepts of comprehensive and longitudinal problems produced by illness or medical treatment. The stu- health care emphasized. The student participates in daily group and individual teaching sessions. dent evaluates families in the hospital, Family Practice Center, and the Family Stress Clinic.

FMP 522. Family Medicine Residency Externship, The FMP 533. Family Medicine Residency Externship, Medical Center, Columbus, Ga. (Special Elective) Albany, Ga. (Special Elective) Exposes senior medical students to the health-care activities Location: Southwest Georgia Family Practice Residency of a family medicine residency. The students participate m vari- Program, Phoebe Putney Memorial Hospital. ous aspects of family health care provided in the teaching pro- 500 Third Avenue, Suite 103. gram of the Department of Family Practice at the Medical Albany, Ga. 31702 Center in Columbus, Ga. Students participate in the care of Enrollment: 1 minimum, 1 maximum (depending upon family practice patients in the hospital and ambulatory setting, availability) and are introduced to the principles of comprehensive and lon- 160 School of Medicine

Prerequisites: FMP 500, MED 500, PSY 500, OBG 500, population of patients found in family medicine. RED 500 Duration: One to two months Humanities Monttis offered: July through June

This elective provides clinical experience in both ambulatory Chair: R. Moores; Professor: R. Moores; Associate and inpatient settings of family medicine. In addition to the Professor: R. Martin. clinical exposure, the student also participates in daily group

and individual teaching sessions. The student also helps pro- HUM 505. Special electives for individuals may be vide longitudinal and comprehensive health care. arranged. Lodging, meals and travel allowances are available and

should be discussed with Gary Levine, M.D., director of the

Southwest Georgia Family Practice Residency Program, HUM 507. Etbical Issues in Medicine. Participants will explore some of the most significant and (912/889-2571.) Participation in this elective must be arranged interesting problems arising out of the of through and approved by the Department of Family Medicine, practice medicine using the tools of ethical analysis. The selection of specific Medical College of Georgia; contact Medical Student issues will depend upon the mutual discretion of student and Curriculum Coordinator, ext. 1-4075. instructor. Examples might include such general topics as

informal consent, human experimentations, reproduction, the FMP 534. Family Medicine Resiliency Externship, patient-physician contract, health-care distribution, organ Morrow, Ga. (Special Elective) transplantation, care of the dying, etc. The course will consist Location: Georgia Baptist Medical Center of cooperative research in library and clinical settings. Family Practice Residency Program

1000 Corporate Center Drive, Suite 200 Morrow, Ga. 30260 HUM 510. Law and the Physician. Issues in law which specifically concern the practicing physi- Enrollment: 1 minimum, 1 maximum cian, professional responsibility Prerequisites: FMP 500, MED 500, PSY 500, OBG 500, such as (malpractice), expert PED 500 testimony, informed consent, criminal statutes relating to Duration: One month medicine, the business of practice, forensic medicine, insurance taxation and other topics selected by students and l\/lonths offered: My through Me instructor. The instructional methods include in-depth discus- This elective is located in Morrow, Ga., (17 miles south of sion, research and clinical application. This course lasts one the hospital). It provides clinical experience in both ambulatory

and is offered monthly. and inpatient settings of family practice. By incorporating the month

principles of community-oriented primary care in the curricula to produce community-responsive physicians. Comprehensive HUM 550. Humanities. and longitudinal ambulatory care is stressed during the rota- Focuses on several important areas of concern to the physi- tion. The student will also participate in all lectures and in indi- cian which are not dealt with in the scientific curriculum. vidual teaching sessions. Issues such as the relationship between medicine and law; reli-

Availability of quarters and meals should be discussed with gion and philosophy; biomedical ethics; death, dying and grief

Frank R, Don Diego, M.D., Director, Family Practice Residency are some of the areas covered.

Program, Georgia Baptist medical Center, Morrow, Ga., (800/851-1078). Participation in this elective must be arranged Medicine through and approved by the Department of Family Medicine,

Medical College of Georgia; contact Medical Student Cfiair: J. Hardin; Vice Ctiair: D.Rahn; Professors: D. Abele*, Curriculum Coordinator, ext. 1-4075. J. Bailey, E. Bransome, A. Carr, R. Caruana, B. Chang,

G. Chew, B. Chaudhary, W. Davis, I. D'Cruz, A. Dennis, FMP 550. Clinical Epidemiology and Community L. Ellison, G. Faguet, G. Garrison, J. Griffin, L. Horan, T. Medicine Huff, T. Huisman*, T. Kiernan, T. Kuske, J. Lunn, L. Provides a working knowledge of basic principles of epidemi- Lutcher, H. Mealing, H. Middleton, M. Miller, R. Moores, ology essential to both interpreting the medical literature and to

understanding decision-making in clinical practice. In addition, M. Morgan, H. Rasmussen, J. Rissing, D. Rutlen, J.

this course will; (1) familiarize students with the public health Sanders, N. Sarkar, B. Schuman, M. Singh, W. Speir,

perspective, i.e., looking at issues of health and disease in pop- M. Sridharan, M. Stachura, C. Stafford, F. Tedesco, R

ulations well in as as individual patients; (2) acquaint students Webster, R. Weinstein, B. Wray; Professor Emeritus: \N. with community resources for health care and how to use Chew, D. Feldman, E. Feldman, N. Flowers, M. Frank, L resources in planning comprehensive care for their patients. Horan, J. Hudson, V. Moore, R. Payne, A. Witham;

Associate Professors: H. Althisar, A. Bowen, G. Carl*, FMP 555. Clinical Problem-Solving in Family B. Catto, R. Cormier, R Dainer, W. Dolen*, R. Field, R. Medicine. Fincher, J. Ginsburg*, J. Goldenring, M. Guill*, J. An introduction to the concepts and skills necessary for clin- Hennecken, R. Jarvis, H. Killam, R. Kolbeck, A. Kutlar, ical problem-solving in the setting of family medicine.

Emphasis on both patient and family health evaluation and D. Loebl, M. Logan*, C. Nair, S. Nelson, C. Newman, L.

management. Further emphasis on the concepts of providing Prisant, A. Roberts, D. Smith, J. Smith, M. Tenholder,

comprehensive and continuous health care to an unselected D. Ward; Assistant Professors: I Agee, T. Albritton, R. School of Medicine 161

Bollag, W. Bollag, C. Brophy*, L. Callahan, R. Calle, R. directly under the resident. Acting interns are expected to

attend all conferences the interns attend. The acting intern will Cameron, W. Curtis, L. Davis*, C. DuPre, J. DuPre, F. complete the initial work up and determine the treatment plan M. Fincher, J. Greene, C. Greever, T. Hartney, J. ! Ewald, in conjunction with the resident, and as the primary care physi- Hertel, D. Hess*, C. Isales, M. Jackson, T. Jackson, R. cian for his/her patients under supervision by the resident and Jerath*, A. Kocheril, L. LaHatte, L. Lentz, S. Leonard, attending faculty physician. The acting interns on call schedule R. Lovell, C. Meyer*, L. Minasian, A. Mulloy, L. Mulloy, IS identical to that of the ward team. C. Pallas, U. Pati, L. Peacock, N. Rupp, C. Richards, S.

Sanal, Y. Takeda, D. Throckmorton, X. Wei; Instructor: MED 508. Hematology-Oncology.

D. Brown; Research Scientist: I Gasalla; Assistant Provides the basics in clinical hematology and medical

Researcti Scientist: Q. Zhong, Z. She. oncology In-depth study of blood and marrow morphology is emphasized. An approach to diagnosis and management as

well as general principles of cancer chemotherapy stressed. 'Joint Appointments The importance of interdisciplinary cancer decision-making

(internist, surgeon, radiation support) emphasized. A half-day MED 500. Basic Clerkship in Medicine. clinic experience each week emphasizes the diagnosis and A three-month medical clerkship providing fundamental skills therapy of common hematologic and oncologic disorders. and knowledge of internal medicine. Students learn to obtain

and evaluate information regarding patients by participating in MED 509. Renal Transplant Elective. the health-care team in inpatient and ambulatory settings. The student learns fundamental transplantation immunology Emphasizes basic approaches to solving problems as illustrated and a practical approach to renal transplant patients. Emphasis by patients seen by the student. on evaluating patients in the outpatient transplant clinic as well The 12-week rotation is divided into three one-month blocks as hospitalized transplant patients. Opportunity to observe which are spent at the MCG and VA hospitals as well as renal transplantation in the operating room. The medical- Memorial Medical Center, Savannah, Ga.: Eisenhower Army surgical multidisciplinary approach to transplantation stressed. Medical Center, Fort Gordon, Ga.: and Georgia Baptist Medical

Center. Atlanta, Ga. Block months in the ambulatory setting at MED 510. Rehabilitation Medicine at Walton MCG, Memorial Medical Center Wrightsville, Ga. and Ga. Rehabilitation Hospital. are also available. June, September, Baptist Scheduled The student learns general principles of rehabilitation December and March. medicine in the hospital setting in addition to participating in a

multidisciplinary approach to treatment of patients undergoing

MED 501. Substitute Internship at VA Medical Center. rehabilitation. The student has some clinical responsibility for

Students function essentially as interns on the general patients admitted to the hospital and follows them through

medicine wards at the Department of Veterans Affairs Medical their rehabilitation. Center The student alternates admissions with the other interns

and does the usual intern evaluation and treatment. Supervision MED 511. Clinical Cardiology-Savannah

by the resident and faculty attending physician. The substitute Students participate in daily ECG instruction and cardiovas-

intems make work rounds, attending rounds and attend morning cular evaluation of all service consultations and daily rounds,

report. Noon conference and other subspecialty functions are including rounds on private patients when appropriate.

also attended electively. The VA Medical Center Substitute Supervised participation in the weekly cardiac clinic, opportu-

Intemship offers in-depth experience with a large variety of nity for observation of cardiac catheterization procedures, deep

common medical disorders, and the substitute intern gains skills line placement (especially pulmonary artery balloon catheters),

and proficiency in the patient evaluation and treatment arena. pericardiocentesis and non-invasive procedure, including exer-

cise testing, with emphasis on echocardiography are included.

MED 504. Substitute Internship at Eisenhower Army Students attend all medical education programs, including Medical Center (Fort Gordon). daily noon conferences, Friday Grand Rounds and Wednesday

The student participates in rounds, conferences, clinics and morning house staff conference. Students may participate, if

ward work. The staff of the hospital serves as faculty for this time permits, in general medical morning report and/or attend-

course. Students are assigned to the internal medicine ward ing rounds.

services. A maximum of three students can be assigned to

internal medicine. The on-call schedule for the student is iden- MED 512. Nephrology.

tical to that of the ward team. Experience in clinical nephrology through participation in inpatient consultations, three to four student-teaching confer-

MED 506. Rheumatology. ences per week, and weekly general nephrology outpatient clinic, uremia conference, biopsy conference and general A clinical multidisciplinary experience in the rheumatic dis-

eases with a basic core of material pertinent to major diseases nephrology conference.

in this area; experience with consulting and clinical material. Consultation Service. Special desires for more defined endeavor by the student will MED 513. Cardiology be considered. Concentration on consultative cardiology and electrocardio- graphic interpretation. Clinical emphasis on physical diagnosis

of cardiovascular diseases. Students also familiarize them- MED 507. Acting Internship at MCG Hospital. selves with the indications, usefulness and limitations of spe- Students essentially function as a third intern on the team, cial procedures such as echocardiography phonocardiogra- admitting patients in sequence with the interns and working 162 School of Medicine

phy, stress testing and vectorcardiography. Didactic instruction is provided daily. The student attends the

Friday ID conference and other conferences as appropriate. MED 515. Cardiology at Eisenhower Army Medical Center (Fort Gordon). MED 523. Nutrition. The student gives comprehensive inpatient and outpatient Provides basic knowledge in the problems of heart disease

medical care as part of a nutrition team. Students is precep- and its complications. Students participate in the care of

tored by a faculty team of attending, resident physicians, fel- patients in the intensive care unit as well as on medical wards lows nutritionists. Experience in of and outpatient service. They also spend time understanding and the use enteral and par- and reading electrocardiograms, vectorcardiograms and enteral nutrition support. Emphasis on difficult management phonocardiograms. problems in nutrition support such as renal failure, hepatic failure and the metabolic complications of TPN, as well as nutri- MED 516. Cardiology at VA Medical Center (Acting tional and medical management of chronic diseases such as Internship). obesity and hyperlipidemia and treatment of nutritional deficiencies. lipid nutrition clinics. Concentration on direct patient care and management based Weekly and

on sound approaches to cardiologic diagnosis. Students par- MED 524. Electronics as Applied to Medicine. ticipate in the care of CCU and ward patients as well as outpa- Fundamental knowledge of simple electronic circuits. tient follow-up. Experience in exercise testing, ECG interpreta- Discussion on application of electronics in cardiology, electro- tion and exposure to other graphics. The on-call schedule is physiology and biochemistry. Stresses pitfalls and limitations identical to that of the ward team. in use of electronic measurements systems.

MED 517. Gastroenterology at MCG Hospital and Clinics. MED 525. Preceptorship in Internal. (Special Elective) Clinical preceptorships spent working closely with Provides an understanding of clinical aspects of diseases of members of the clinical faculty of the the digestive system, including endoscopy, interpretation of Department of Medicine can be

arranged. Each student the preceptor in his office gastrointestinal X-rays, biopsies and laboratory tests. Consists accompanies and hospital functions during the period of the elective. of rounds, conferences and clinics at the MCG Hospital.

MED 518. Clinical Cardiology. MED 527. Critical-Care Medicine (VA ICU).

Serves as an extern to one physician practicing cardiology. A primary-care elective with patient-care teaching in all

Involves diagnostic work-ups, rounding on hospitalized aspects of critical care. Especially valuable to those interested

patients and training in the use of invasive and non-invasive in surgery, anesthesia or medicine. Works with a critical-care techniques of patient study including EKG, fluoroscopy, tread- team: intern, resident, fellow, staff.

mill, echocardiography, external pulse recordings, cardiac catheterizations. An eight-bed coronary care unit is heavily uti- MED 528. Off-Campus Elective. (Special Elective)

lized and emergency procedures are stressed. Special arrangements can be made for elective periods of

one to two months in the Department of Medicine at other MED 520. Pulmonary Diseases at MCG Hospital. medical schools and teaching institutions. These electives can

Provides experience in consultative pulmonary medicine. be spent in general internal medicine of medical subspecialties.

Emphasis on clinical evaluation of patients with chest diseases with special attention to the interrelationships of pathological MED 529. Research Elective in Medicine (Special changes in the lungs to altered lung function. Experience in Elective).

interpreting chest roentgenograms, pulmonary function tests Participation in research programs conducted by members of and arterial blood gases. Selected major topics in pulmonary the faculty of the Department of Medicine. Arrangements to be

medicine covered in a twice-weekly lecture series and weekly made by the student with a member of the faculty. pulmonary conference. MED 532. Advanced Clerkship at Savannah Memorial MED 522. Infectious Disease. Hospital.

Experience in the clinical diagnosis and management of Advanced medical clerkship in internal medicine. Includes

patients with infections, interpretation of specimen stains, cul- work-up of patients with hospital and clinic attendance on tures and sensitivity data and the appropriate use of antimicro- rounds and at conferences. Teaching is done by full-time fac-

bial agents. The elective consists of rounds and conferences at ulty and practicing physicians. the MCG Hospital and Clinics, VA Medical Center, Dwight David Eisenhower Army Medical Center and University Hospital. On- MED 534. Advanced Clerkship at Georgia Daptist

call availability required. Students may elect which hospital Hospital. (Special Elective)

with preferences honored if possible. The Department of Medicine at Georgia Baptist Hospital in

Atlanta, Ga., offers a clerkship in internal medicine for seniors

MED 522UH. Infectious Diseases. interested in general internal medicine, cardiovascular or pul- The student spends four weeks working one-on-one with an monary medicine and gastroenterology. Two clerkships are

infectious disease attending at University Hospital. Duties offered for any given period of time and involve evaluation and

include managing in-house consults and participating in the management of patients—both inpatient and outpatient. The

care of office patients. Additionally, the student attends the program, to include conferences, rounds and seminars, is

Wednesday ID clinic and sees consults for the staff service. directed by full-time department physicians in internal medicine. School of Medicine 163

MED 535. Hypertension. MED 540. Pulmonary Medicine—VA Medical Center.

Exposes the student to oftice/clinic medical practice (a mini- A consult service elective featuring the full gamut of pul- mum of tiospitalized patients and inpatient tiospital consults) monary diagnostic techniques, emphasis on pathophysiology involving hypertensive-volume-perfusion-hypertrophic-hyper- and its application to patient care. plastic vascular disorders (HVP-HVD). Patients are selected on ttie basis of fiigh blood pressure. Vascular endothelial-smooth MED 541. Pulmonary/Medical Critical Care. muscle cell abnormalities involving resistance arterioles and Provides experience in intensive-care medicine. Emphasis conduit arteries cause the pathophysiologic clinical syndromes on clinical evaluation and management of patients requiring related to hypertension and atherosclerosis. Genotype and mechanical ventilatory support, hemodynamic and ventilatory phenotypic expressions are very much involved in risk factors monitoring and overall care of critically ill patients in the inten- such as economics, diet (lipids, sodium, potassium, calcium, sive care unit. calories), nicotine and alcohol. The clinical syndromes relate to hypertrophy of myocytes, left ventricular remodeling, and MED. 542. Clinical Endocrinology (Medicine) at abnormalities in organ-tissue perfusion (ischemia-hyperemia). Savannah. Diabetes mellitus, obesity and lipid abnormalities are also Exposes students to clinical endocrinology and diabetes involved. The student learns to assess patients and becomes mellitus both in a hospital setting and in private practice. familiar with the many diets and the clinical pharmacology and Inpatient consultations and ambulatory clinics at Memorial use of drugs used to control high blood pressure, lipid abnor- Medical Center are the primary activities of the elective. malities, obesity and diabetes mellitus. The natural history and Students also involved in the evaluation and follow-up of effect of treatment on some of the patients spans 15 to 20 years. patients in the private office setting. Thyroid, adrenal, parathy-

MED 537. Diabetes Camp Elective. roid, pituitary, gonadal, reproductive diseases, electrolyte disturbances and diabetes discussed. The diabetes camp elective is offered as a special metabolic and endocrine disease elective once or twice yearly in cooperation with the Georgia Diabetes Association. Since 1 971 , the MED 543. Pulmonary Elective for Senior Students at GDA has operated a camp for diabetic children 9 to 15. The Eisenhower Army Medical Center (Fort Gordon). metabolic and endocrine service at MCG provides physician Exposure to all facets of acute and chronic pulmonary dis- support for the camp, in cooperation with faculty from Emory, eases. Inpatient and outpatient consultations performed under

Mercer and practicing diabetalogists in the Atlanta area. the supervision of the Pulmonary Disease Officer. The student

Students spend the week in residence at the camp, intimately helps evaluate patients for bronchoscopy and observes that involved in the day-to-day care of the children. Didactic ses- procedure. Students exposed to the fundamentals of a sophis- sions are given before the camp. The rest of the elective is ticated pulmonary laboratory and learn the basic interpretation spent on the metabolic and endocrine disease service. The of pulmonary function tests. The student participates in teach- camp provides a unique opportunity for close observation and ing conferences involving the pulmonary disease service. treatment of patients with insulin-dependent diabetes.

MED 544. Gastroenterology at Eisenhower Army ' MED 538. Clinical Cardiology—Humana Hospital, Medical Center (Fort Gordon) for Senior Medical Augusta. Students.

The student serves as an extern to two physicians engaged in The student participates in all aspects of the gastroenterology the group practice of cardiology. Involves diagnostic work-up, service, including inpatient and outpatient consultations, and rounding on hospitalized patients and training in the use of inva- observes Gl procedures such as gastroscopy, colonoscopy, sive and non-mvasive techniques of patient study including EKG, laparoscopy. The student is taught proctoscopy in the weekly fluoroscopy, treadmill, echocardiography, nuclear cardiology proctoscopy clinic. Basic Gl physiology and pathophysiology studies. Halter studies, pacemaker insertion and cardiac cathe- stressed. The number of patients seen is limited and the student terizations. An eight-bed coronary care unit and telemetry unit provides references appropriate for each case evaluated. A read- are heavily utilized and emergency procedures are stressed. ing syllabus covering basic Gl physiology is provided. The student

gives a 15-minute seminar once a week on a topic of his choice

MED 539. Pulmonary/Critical Care in Private Setting. covering an area of basic physiology, and attends Gl Joumal Club and Gl pathology conferences Thursday afternoons at MCG. The student rounds with attending physicians on patients in the Augusta hospitals. He participates in the initial evaluation and treatment of patients in the critical-care units as well as MED 546. General Internal Medicine Preceptorship consultations, routine admissions and procedures where Students are exposed to outpatient medical problems appropriate. Discussions and a reading list allow the student a including intra-oftice consultations from neurosurgeons, plas- well-rounded experience in pulmonary/critical medicine. The tic surgeons and general surgeons. Includes participation in student's interests will shape the program to an individualized procedures such as flexible signoidoscopy, exercise stress clerkship. Pulmonary function testing, pulmonary metabolic testing and pulmonary function testing. Students make daily stress testing, bedside metabolic testing, bronchoprovocation, rounds with the physician in the hospital including intensive- sleep study analysis, bronchoscopy, thoracentesis and percu- care patients, general ward patients and patients in the hyper- taneous needle biopsies of the analysis, bronchoscopy, thora- baric oxygen unit. Schedule and emphasis tailored to the stu- centesis and percutaneous needle biopsies of the lung are dent's interests. some of the areas available for exposure. 164 School of Medicine

MED 548. Clinical Endocrinology Nutrition (Medicine). MED 554. Internal Medicine at Augusta Regional

Consultations at the MCG Hospital and VAMC usually in col- Hospital (Private Service). laboration with a medical resident. A limited amount of primary The student participates in the outpatient and inpatient deliv- care of hospital inpatients and attendance at Diabetes Clinic ery of private medical care. Emphasis on diabetes, pulmonary

(MCG) Metabolic-Endocrine Clinic (MCG) and Endocrinology disease, cardiovascular disease and infectious disease. The

Clinic (VAMC). The review of these cases is with an attending student works one-on-one with private attendings and partici- physician and provides the setting for teaching in the areas of pates at a high level in patient management and procedures diabetes, diseases of the thyroid developmental problem, viril- related to the practice of general internal medicine and its sub- ization and electrolyte disorders. Didactic material (core lec- specialties. tures) are given several times a week in a two-month cycle in coordination with ITD 501 E. Students attend and make case MED 555. Ambulatory and Consultative Internal presentations at interdepartmental rounds on Friday afternoons. Medicine Service.

Students encouraged to read the relevant clinical literature. The student participates in all aspects of general internal

medicine to include outpatient consultations and procedures. 549. Clinical Cardiology (Private Service). MED The number of patients is limited and the student is expected to clinical cardiology in hospital setting in Exposure a and to provide references appropriate for each case he/she evalu- the office. Includes evaluation of new patients as well as man- ates. The student is expected to attend all internal medicine agement of routine follow-up of physical examinations and dis- conferences. cussion of acceptable methods of therapy. Includes familiariza-

with treadmill exercise testing. This group of physicians tion MED 556. Endocrinology Service at Eisenhower Army has two-dimensional sector scanner in the office, so the stu- a Medical Center. dent is exposed to both M-Mode echocardiography and two- The student participates in rounds, conferences, clinics and dimensional sector scanning and Doppler-Echo technique. An ward work. The staff of the endocrinology clinic serves as fac- average of eight to 10 cardiac catheterizations at University ulty for this course. Inpatient and outpatient consultations per- Hospital per week are performed and the student becomes formed. familiar with the techniques and indications of the procedure.

Student also watches angioplasty and Streplokinace infusion. MED 558. Medical Intensive Care at EAMC. Senior medical students evaluate a patient in the office and Primary care acting intern experience in the ICU setting. follow his activity both as an outpatient and through a hospital Acting intern provides primary care for up to three patients admission to include certain diagnostic tests and after bypass under the supervision of a resident and attending physician. surgery. Call schedule is every fourth night; rounds on Saturday and

Sunday required. MED 551. Diabetes Elective in Dirmingham.

The Diabetes Clinic of Medical Center East is unique facility a MED 559. Ambulatory Medicine-Savannah. designed to deliver state-of-the-art comprehensive diabetes One-month elective in the ambulatory medicine clinic care. The student participates in all aspects of clinical care in designed for the student who may be interested in primary the ambulatory and in-patient settings. The student assists care. Special emphasis is placed on the investigation and with clinical procedure and helps design individualized treat- proper management of the major medical problems encoun- ment plans. Procedures performed in the clinic include exer- tered in the outpatient setting. This experience mainly employs cise stress testing (peripheral and autonomic), pulmonary general medicine clinics, as well as a varienty of subspecialty function tests, flexible sigmoidoscopy, hyperbaric and medicine clinics designed to simulate a private practice setting. whirlpool therapy, as well as ophthalmologic and periodontal evaluations. In addition to patient-care responsibilities the elec- MED 560. Preventive Medicine Elective at Georgia tive includes didactic sessions, conferences and self-teaching Baptist Medical Center. modules. Location: Georgia Baptist Medical Center, Atlanta, GA

Enrollment: 1 minimum; 4 maximum MED 552. Nephrology Service at DDEAMC Fort Prerequisites: MED 500 Gordon, Georgia. Duration: One month

The student participates in rounds, conferences, clinics and Months offered: July through June ward work. The staff of the nephrology clinic serves as faculty Includes conferences, rounds and seminars under the direc- for this course. Inpatient and outpatient consultations performed. tion of full-time physicians in the Preventive Medicine Center.

Senior student exposed to treadmills and the Cardiac Rehab MED 553. Applications of Computers in Medicine. Program. Clerkships involve evaluation and management of

Students with any level of expertise learn about the applica- patients on an out-patient basis. Preventive medicine attend- tions of computers in medicine conduct a study of applications ings are John D. Cantwell, M.D. and Diane Heath, M.D. Internal of interest to them and turn in a brief description of the results. Medicine Program Director: George W, Meyer, M.D.

Projects may include evaluations of software or hardware, development of a computer program, a report of particular MED 561. Infectious Disease at Georgia Baptist applications, etc. Medical Center. Location: Georgia Baptist Medical Center, Atlanta, GA

Enrollment: 1 maximum Prerequisites: MED 500 School of Medicine 165

Duration: One month attendings and review liver pathology slides with John

Months offered: July through June Galambos, M.D. Student attends all conferences and gives a

A combination of the traditional ID consultative service and conference discussion of the medical-surgical conference. primary care of HIV patients. Emphasizes developing an Gastroenterology attending at Georgia Baptist Medical Center approach to evaluating patients with known or presumed infec- are Leslie S. Leighton. M.D.; Michael R. Galambos, M.D.; John tious disease. Includes developing well-organized history- T. Galambos, M.D., F.A.CR, F.A.C.G.; Booker H. Dalton Jr., taking skills and physical examination along with interpreting M.D.

X-rays, stains of clinical specimens and antimicrobial sensitivity data. The appropriate use of antibiotics and their toxicities MED 565. Dermatology in Atlanta sponsored by stressed. The elective includes daily rounds, internal medicine Georgia Baptist Medical Center. conferences and the opportunity to see patients in the outpa- Location: Kaiser Permanente tient setting. Infectious disease attendings at Georgia Baptist Enrollment: 1 maximum Medical Center are Craig Smith, M.D., Dennis Melton, M.D. and Prerequisites: MED 500 Richard DuBois, M.D. Duration: One month

Months offered: July through June

MED 562. Inpatient Cardiology at Georgia Baptist This elective involves seeing patients with dermatologists on

Medical Center. staff with Kaiser Permanente. Affords senior medical students Location: Georgia Baptist Medical Center, Atlanta, GA experience in dermatologic terms, diseases and treatments as

Enrollment: 1 maximum well as exposure to the ever-expanding roof health care Prerequisites: 500 MED through a large HMO (health maintenance organization). Travel Duration: One month to different offices at Cumberland, Northlake and Southwood/ offered: July Monttis through June Clayton offices required. The dermatology attending at Georgia An acting internship concentrating on the inpatient rotation Baptist Medical Center is Kenya Anders. M.D. with the initial work up and management of cardiology patients from the emergency room as well as through consultation. MED 566. Infectious Diseases at Georgia Baptist Student follows patient through any inpatient testing including Medical Center. exercise stress testing, echocardiogram or cardiac catheteriza- Location: Kaiser Permanente tion. Includes both intensive care as well as telemetry and Enrollment: 1 maximum ward patients. Requires weekend rounding and every fourth Prerequisites: MED 500 night on-call responsibilities in conjunction with the rounding Duration: One month team. Participation in the morning report and medicine confer- Months offered: July through June ences throughout the week required. Student works with an infectious-disease attending group

seeing a diverse range of infectious problems. Examples of in- Cardiology Georgia Baptist MED 563. Outpatient at house consultations include postoperative infections in coro- Center. Medical nary bypass patients, infections in trauma patients, Location: Baptist Center, Cardiac Georgia Medical osteomyelitis, etc. Also an opportunity to work with AIDS (Private Practice), Disease Specialists patients and diagnose and treat the varied array of opportunis- Atlanta, GA tic infections seen in this patient population. Student receives

Enrollment: 1 maximum one-on-one teaching and learns what pathogens to expect in a Prerequisites: MED 500 given clinical setting, appropriate use of antimicrobial agents, Duration: One month interpretation of culture and sensitivity data, etc. If desired, Montfis offered: July through June students may work in the outpatient setting seeing patients

An elective in seniors participate in which cardiology practice with typical infectious problems: home antibiotic therapy, AIDS in the outpatient setting. Student does a new patient workup follow-up care, chronic fatigue syndrome, Lyme disease and each day for a variety of cardiovascular problems and follows other interesting infectious disease processes. Infectious dis- those patients through their including stress testing, workup ease attendings at Georgia Baptist Medical Center are Richard nuclear cardiology and echocardiogram. Student sets a work- C, Prokesch. M.D.. F.A.C.P. Lee A. Diamond. M.D., and John S. ing knowledge of these three outpatient procedures and their Hustetler. M.D. diagnostic capabilities. Outlying clinincs outside of Atlanta may or may not be added depending on the student's interest. MED 567. Sports Medicine in Atlanta sponsored by Georgia Baptist Medical Center.

MED 564. Gastroenterology Elective at Georgia Location: Atlanta Orthopedic Clinic Baptist Medical Center. Enrollment: 1 maximum Location: Georgia Baptist Medical Center. Atlanta, GA Prerequisites: MED 500 Enrollment: 1 minimum, 2 maximum Duration: One month

Prerequisites: MED 500 Months offered: July through June Duration: One month This elective involves seeing patients in the office of Joe offered: July Months through June Chandler, M.D.. and the Atlanta Orthopedic Clinic. This oppor- Students on this elective rotate with four gastroenterology tunity offers senior students experience in orthopedic terms, attendings, caring for patients in the hospital, doing consults diagnosis and treatments as well as orthopedic surgery. and observing gastrointestinal procedures. Student also has Includes conferences, rounds and seminars under the direction opportunity to patients in the office with the various see of full-time physicians in internal medicine. On-call schedule is 166 School of Medicine

individualized, depending on rotation. This is by special on-call rotation with other housestaff. arrangement through the Georgia Baptist Medical Center

Internal Medicine Director: George Meyer, M.D. and Joe NEU 502. Consultation and Clinics in Adult Neurology Chandler, M.D. (Special Elective)

An introduction into decision-making in neurology. The stu-

Dermatology Section dent attends adult neurology clinics and participates in the

direct evaluation of patients Section Chief: J. Lesher Jr.; Professor:^. Lesher Jr.; on the consultation service. The student examines and evaluates a wide range of neurological Assistant Professors: LS. Davis, F. Gourdin problems. A close working relationship with the neurology

attending faculty allows maximal learning. DER 501. Dermatology.

One-month clerkship experience on the dermatology service. NEU 519A. Clinical and Research Elective in Students see inpatients and outpatients at the MCG Hospital Neurology. and Clinics and outpatients at dermatology clinics at Fort NEU 51 9D. Clinical and Research Elective in Gordon and VA Hospitals. Students participate in der- Neurology. matopathology conferences, journal clubs and basic science NEU 519C. Clinical and Research Elective in seminars. Supervision provided by the full-time staff and clini- Neurology (Special Elective) cal faculty of the Section of Dermatology and the dermatology In these electives the student concentrates on a specific area housestaff (Dr. Jack L. Lesher Jr.) of neurology. Clinical responsibility and/or research opportuni-

ties are available. In most instances, the specific program can DER 502. Off-Campus Dermatology be tailored to the interests and needs of the student. These (Special Elective-Green Sheet) electives must be arranged with the individual preceptor at Off-campus electives may be arranged, with prior approval least two months before the rotation. of the faculty. (Dr. Jack L. Lesher Jr.) On-campus electives that are available include: EEC evoked

potential; epilepsy: electromyography; neurochemistry DER 504. Dermatology Surgery and Cutaneous research; neuromuscular disease; stroke neurosonology and Oncology (Special Elective) cerebrovascular disease; neuropsychology; and neurobehavior. One-month clerkship experience in dermatologic surgery Other on-campus electives may be arranged with an individual clinics. A set of required readings in cutaneous oncology pro- preceptor. vided. Pigs-feet sessions in basic surgical techniques con-

ducted. Students participate in dermatopathology and basic NEU 522. Research Elective in Neuromuscular science conferences as well as journal club. The student gains Disease. (Special Elective) histologic experience in cutaneous tumors through participa- The student spends time in clinic and laboratory studying tion in Mohs surgery clinics two days a week. Supervision pro- various aspects of muscle metabolism. Both laboratory and vided by the full-time faculty and residents in the Section of clinic are supervised by faculty in child neurology. Dermatology.

Neurology ITD 550. Neuroscience. See course description under Interdepartmental Courses.

Cfiair:J. Swift; Professors: I Carroll, M. Casanova, P.

Hartlage, D. King, D. Loring, K. Meador, T. Swift, T. ITD 560. Physical Diagnosis (Phase I). See course description under Interdepartmental Courses. Thevaos; Associate Professors: R. Adams, F. Carl, M.

Cohen, J. McCord, A. Murro, F Nichols, M. Rivner, K. Obstetrics and Gynecology Sethi, T. Sprinkle; Assistant Professors: R. Craft, D.

Hess, V. Huffnagle, M. Nichols, Y. Park, N. Pruitt, E. Interim Chair: L. Devoe; Professors: L. Devoe, D.G. Sekul; Instructor: I De Lecuona; Researcfi Associate: Gallup, L. Plouffe, D. Sherline, R. Smith, B. Work; J. Trefz; Researcfi Scientists: I McBride, P Ray. Associate Professors: I. Khan, R. Maier, P McDonough,

M. Messing, S. Tho; Assistant Professors: L. King, K. NEU 500. Dasic Clerkship in Neuroscience. Kline, G. Whitman; Instructor: E. White. Introduction to general neurology through direct supervised management. Acquiring basic skills in history-taking and phys- ORG 500. Rasic Clerkship in Obstetrics and ical diagnosis of neurological patients stressed. Emphasis is Gynecology. on assimilation of historical information and physical findings This required basic six-week clerkship combines inpatient to arrive at a diagnosis of an existing neurological lesion. The and outpatient experience in human reproduction. About half recognition and management of neurological emergencies is of all students spend two weeks on obstetrics and four weeks included. The use of diagnostic modalities is stressed. on a gynecology service at MCG. Some students may draw

assignments at (1) Memorial Medical Center in Savannah; (2) NEU 501. Acting Internship in Adult Neurology Georgia Baptist in Atlanta; (3) University Hospital in Augusta

(Special Elective) for their clinical experience in obstetrics and gynecology.

A primary-care elective. The student is responsible for neurological inpatients, participates in rounds and conferences ODG 501. Obstetrics and Gynecology and helps diagnose patients. The student participates in the (Special Elective with Hospital Medical School) School of Medicine 167

This senior elective is offered by arrangement witti various fertilization. hospitals and medical schools in the United States and overseas. Designed to fit each student's particular needs and may OBG 509. Elective in Gynecologic Oncology. be either clinically or research-oriented. (Special Elective)

The student must obtain a letter of acceptance stating who The student participates in all aspects of gynecologic oncol- will be the supervisor and evaluator. A curriculum vitae show- ogy to include exposure to radical gynecologic surgery, the use ing OB-GYN training of the supervisor is required. Formal eval- of specialized instruments in female genital cancer such as the uations required. LASER and the administration of chemotherapy. Clinic time consists of examining patients under supervision, OBG 502. Gynecologic Oncology Elective. (Special who are pre-treatment or post-treatment gynecologic oncology

Elective at Cancer Center of Georgia at Georgia patients. Students observe the use of colposcopy, cryotherapy, Baptist Health Care System, Atlanta, Ga. outpatient cystoscopy and special biopsy procedures involving

Students are assigned to the Gynecology Oncology Service the female genital tract cancers and their precursors. at Georgia Baptist medical Center and serve as externs on that An opportunity to participate in clinical research is provided. service. This involves participation in clinical care ambulatory care settings. Students are supervised by the director of OBG 510. Elective in Benign Gynecology. gyn/oncology and attend all clinical conferences as well as (Special Elective) observe and participate in office procedures such as videocol- The student participates in the management of outpatient poscopy and laser surgery as requested by the director. gynecology patients in an expanded manner. The student performs diagnostic procedures such as vulvar and endometrial

OBG 503. Substitute Internship in Obstetrics and biopsies and have exposure to urodynamics and the care of the Gynecology. (Special Elective at University Hospital) patient with incontinence.

The senior elective is offered at the University Hospital On the ward, the student is assigned selected patients and where the student works under the supervision of the Medical is responsible for preoperative and postoperative patient

College of Georgia residents and clinical faculty on the ward management. These patients are followed to the operating service. The student is given responsibility for the evaluation room and include both vaginal and abdominal gynecologic and care of patients consistent with demonstrated abilities. procedures.

An opportunity to participate in clinical research is provided

OBG 505. Research Laboratory. and is strongly encouraged. (Special Elective at MCG)

The student designs original studies or pursues ongoing OBG 512. Obstetrics and Gynecology (Georgia Baptist, research projects in either the biochemical or biophysical Atlanta, Ga.). (Special Elective) assessment laboratories. This elective is flexible and can be The senior student is assigned responsibility for the evalua- tailored to the specific interests of the student. tion and care of obstetric and gynecologic patients under the supervision of the resident physician and staff physicians.

OBG 506. Maternal-Fetal Medicine. (Special Elective)

This IS a clinically oriented block of time during which the OBG 513. High-Risk OB Antepartum Assessment student participates in the antepartum, delivery and postpar- (Special Elective at Georgia Baptist Medical Center, tum care of high-risk obstetric patients. Responsibilities are Maternal Fetal Diagnostic Center, Atlanta, Ga.) those of a submtern working closely with the 08 housestaff, Student participates in the evaluation, management and including night call in labor and delivery. The student also pre- treatment of high-risk obstetrical patients, in both outpatient sents cases at the clinical conferences dealing with high-risk and inpatient settings. A strong emphasis is on prenatal diag- pregnancies and is responsible for assigned reading material. nosis. This includes genetic testing, biochemical evaluations,

ultrasonography and invasive fetal intervention. OBG 507. Elective in Reproductive Endocrinology and Genetics at MCG. (Special Elective) Ophthalmology The students participate in the Reproductive Endocrinology and Genetics Clinic at the Medical College of Georgia. One day Chair: U. Luxenberg; Professors: K. Green, D. Hull, M. a week is devoted to prenatal diagnosis and preconceptional Luxenberg; Associate Professor: R. Bell, G. Liou; genetic counseling. Two days a week are devoted to infertility Assistant Professors: S. Brooks, D. Marcus, R. Summerer, surgery. Two days a week are devoted to the management of A. Threlkeld. patients, singles or couples, with reproductive endocrine problems, including in-vitro fertilization. The general diagnostic OPH 501. Ophthalmology Clerkship. areas covered are evaluation, diagnosis and management of (Advanced Course—Clerkship) couples with infertility: diagnosis and management of men- The student participates with the residents and faculty in strual dysfunction: diagnosis and management of androgen their daily departmental activities. This includes seeing and overproduction: a knowledge of gross and microscopic pathol- evaluating patients with the residents and faculty, participation ogy relating to reproductive endocrinology: observation of in rounds, conferences and lectures and observation of some reconstructive and reparative surgery involving congenital and surgical procedures. acquired defect of the female genital tract: basic knowledge of the pharmacology of hormones: and preconceptional and genetic counseling along with prenatal diagnosis and in-vitro 168 School of Medicine

OPH 502. Ophthalmology Research Elective. donation methods and participation in consultations. Specific

(Special Elective) activities tailored for special areas of interest. Rotation at a

An area of mutual interest to the student and faculty supervi- community blood center and other special projects can be

sor will be selected. The student outlines the research project arranged.

with literature references and carries it out under supervision.

A written report on the project is required at the end of the PTH 512. Special Techniques in Oiagnostic Pathology. elective period. (Special Elective)

This elective provides a basic understanding of current and OPH 503. Ophthalmology Off-Campus Experience. potential diagnostic/research applications of special methods (Special Elective) used as second-level tests to resolve differential diagnoses in Special arrangements can be for elective periods of made diagnostic pathology, including immunopathologic, in-situ

or in one two months a Department of Ophthalmology at nucleic acid hybridization and molecular biologic techniques. another medical school in the United States to study some

phase of ophthalmology such as ophthalmic pathology, neuro- PTH 513. Cancer Cytogenetics. (Special Elective) ophthalmology, etc. Written approval must be obtained in Program designed to acquaint students to cancer cytogenet- advance from both the MCG Department of Ophthalmology and ics and its clinical application in the management of the cancer the department where the elective is to be taken. A resume of patient. Students will learn modern cytogenetic techniques. work done is turned in to the MCG Department of Ophthalmology

at the end of the rotation, and a letter of evaluation from the

supervising department is required. PTH 514. Pathobiology of Atherosclerosis (Special Elective)

Study of the pathobiology of atherosclerosis and the current Pathology state of knowledge used to examine mechanisms involved in

the initiation and progression of this important disease Chair: k. Chandler; Professors: C. Baisden, A. Chandler, process.

F. Chandler, R. Gerrity, J. Krauss, L. Mills, R. Rao;

Associate Professors: \N. Allsbrook, C. Chamberlain, J. PTH 515. General Clinical Pathology Laboratory. (Special Elective) Crosby, D. Falls, C. Pantazis, 0. Sangueza, K. Satya- Practical application of clinical laboratory methods and eval- Prakash, J. Steele, F Yaghmai. Assistant Professors: R. uation of results. Opportunity to learn the techniques of hema- Altman, L. Cook, B. Edwards, L. Freant, M. Hanly, P tology, microbiology, clinical chemistry, microscopy, immuno- Larison, K. Roper; Instructor: G. Rinker. Emeritus hematology and blood banking. Faculty: P Milner, H. Puchtler, L. Stoddard, J. Teabeaut,

R John, L. Otken, B. Spurlock. PTH 519. Basic Neuropathology. (Special Elective)

PTH 502. Current Autopsy Case Studies. Basic elective for students who intend to choose pathology, (Special Elective) neurosurgery, neurology or other neurological science-related fields as a subspecialty in a medical career. Students study human disease by thorough autopsy investigation. PTH 520. Introductory Electron Microscopy.

PTH 504. University Hospital Pathology Laboratory. (Special Elective) (Special Elective) Learning techniques employed in biological electron microscopy and their applications to teaching and research pathology. Offerings in most phases of the practice of pathology including surgical pathology, autopsies, hematology, blood banking, chemistry, bacteriology, immunopathology, cytology and PTH 521. Dermatopathology. (Special Elective) radioisotopes. The entire range of dermatopathology is covered in this elec-

tive. Students study kodachromes and glass slides. Practical

and written examinations given throughout the course. Required PTH 507. Surgical Pathology. (Special Elective) reading of "Histopathology of the Skin" by Lever. Participation in all activities of surgical pathology. Limited responsibility under supervision is commensurate with ability. PTH 522. Renal Biopsies. (Special Elective)

A clinical-pathological study of renal biopsies. PTH 509. Teaching Elective in General and Special Pathology. (Special Elective) PTH 524. Off-Campus Special Elective in Anatomic Individual programs arranged for teaching of pathology and Clinical Pathology. (Special Elective) during Phase II using the case-teaching seminar method. Work in selected areas, including surgical pathology, autopsy, During June, July and August, the elective consists of case hematology, blood banking and microbiology in specified pro- study and preparation of teaching materials from autopsy and grams arranged with the offering pathologists. Students partici- surgical pathology. pate in intra- and interdepartmental conferences.

PTH 511. Transfusion Medicine. (Special Elective) PTH 526. Coagulation and Hemostasis. Basic instruction in immunohematology, blood component (Special Elective) therapy, apheresis techniques, autologous and homologous Students learn the techniques of a coagulation and School of Medicine 169

hemostasis laboratory and their relevance to clinical matory, and genetic/metabolic/environmental. Groups of about

medicine. Basic knowledge of biochemistry, physiology and 16 students meet with an instructor in a laboratory module to

pathology is necessary. learn by analysis and presentation of the case material.

Lectures are used to introduce the students to the major dis- PTH 528. Anatomic Pathology. (Special Elective) eases: they are intended to provide an orientation and overview

A preceptorship in which practicing pathologists give medi- rather than to cover factual material more readily available

cal students personal training in the practice of pathology. elsewhere. Visits to diagnostic laboratories are arranged to promote optimal laboratory use as the students progress.

PTH 530. Gynecologic Cytopathology. Participation in a current autopsy is expected. Computer- (Special Elective) assisted instruction is an assigned alternate method within each category. Study of gynecologic cytology by investigation and follow-

up of selected patients. Correlation of cytologic findings with histopathology and clinical course emphasized. Pediatrics

PTH 532. Gastrointestinal Pathology. Chair:\N. Kanto; Professors: I Benjamin, J. Bennett*, (Special Elective) J. Bhatia, J. Clark, C. Davis, D. Flannery, J. Green*, M. Individually arranged study of biopsies of liver and gastroin- Greenberg*, M. Guill, B. Gutin, W. Hoffman, \N. Kanto, testinal tract from VAMC and MCG with clinicopathological W. Karp, C. Linder, J. Roloff*, H. Sabio, W. Strong, J. correlation. Tanenbaum*, D. Tinkelman*, F. Treiber, W. Weston, B.

Wray; Associate Professors:!. Bailey*, S. Brudno, K. PTH 536. Clinical Microbiology. (Special Elective) Burch*, E. Burton**, J. Carroll**, M. Cohen**, T. Investigation of specific problems or topics in the field of

Cook*, F. Cox, R. Crumrine**, Dolen, A. Fischer*, clinical microbiology and diagnostic virology. Opportunity to W.

learn selected techniques through in-depth study in the W. Foshee, C. Hanevold, P. Hartlage**, K. Henderson*,

selected area. C. Howell**, R Kim*, M. Kirby**, L. Leatherbury, A. .

Lightsey, W. Lutin, V. McKie, K. Murdison, R.

PTH 538. Techniques for the Morphological Study of Rhoades*, L. Sacks*, R. Smith, C. Stafford*, C. Elective) Human Tissues and Organs. (Special Steinhart, G. Tanner*, W. Thompson**, C. White; Individually planned program emphasizing current and new Assistant Professors: Ades*, S. Beall, S. Bertrand**, techniques for the study of tissues and organs in the laborato- R. Boedy, S. Brooks**, L. Budet-Bauza, C. Bunyapen, T ries and services in anatomic pathology. Chaudhary*, M. Claiborne, S. Cohen*, D. Connuck, D.

PTH 539. Urologic Pathology. (Special Elective) Deane, V. Diver, S. Domel, r. Eckert*, G. Fisher, A.

Pathology of the lower urinary tract and male genital system. Flannery**, A. Getts, J. Hanna, H. Harper*, R.

Gross and microscopic pathology and clinicopathologic corre- Hatley**, M. Howard*, V. Hudson, R. Jerath, S.

lations emphasized. Kaminer, S. Levine*, E. Levy*, G. Lotner*, B.

McClain**, K. McKie, C. Meyer, T Middlebrooks*, J. PTH 545. Dermatopathology. (Special Elective) Morrison*, D. Munn, Y. Park**, T Pearson-Shaver, L. Familiarizes students with the most common skin diseases Piatt*, M. Renew, J. Rowlett*, N. Rupp, S. Salbert, E. and how they are viewed through a conventional microscope. Sekul**, N. Shuir, H. Silk*, J. Simon*, T Sobrinho*, Emphasis on clinical-pathological correlation. Students D. Spangler*, E. Sunde*, E. Truemper; Instructors: M. encouraged to view and do a follow-up of particular patients. Confer, D. Freeman*, K. Patel, A. Rauniker*.

PTH 546. Basic Cardiovascular Pathology. (Special * Elective) Clinical, Off Campus ** Basic elective for students who plan to choose pathology, Joint Appointments

cardiology or cardiovascular surgery as career track subspe-

cialties m a medical career. Emphasis on practice correlations PED 500. Basic Clerkship in Pediatrics.

between invasive and non-invasive diagnostic techniques com- This six-week pediatric clerkship provides basic education in

monly used in clinical cardiology using the gross and histo- child health. The recognition of normal developmental patterns

morphologic findings and current cardiovascular surgical tech- and the impact of age on the expression of disease empha-

niques. sized. Students develop skills in history-taking, physical

assessment and laboratory interpretation within various age PTH 550. Pathology for General Medical Practice. groups, which comprise pediatric practice. A lecture-

Introduction to human diseases through small-group study conference series accompanies the clinical rotations— nursery,

of individual cases with guidance by the teaching faculty. ward and clinics—and teaches students how to approach

Emphasis is on understanding the pathogenesis of structural common pediatric conditions including health maintenance.

changes at the gross, microscopic and ultrastructural level and Offered in Savannah and Augusta.

correlation with the resulting alterations of laboratory and clini-

cal data. Approximately 80 cases with gross material, selected PEO 501. Substitute Neonatal Intern.

microscopic slides, clinical laboratory data and other data are (Special Elective)

divided into four categories: hemodynamic, neoplastic, inflam- Prerequisite: PED 500 170 School of Medicine

The student serves in the same capacity as a first-year house PED 512. Pediatric Emergency Medicine.

officer directly responsible for patients admitted to the 8-1 unit. (Special Elective)

The student is supervised by the senior l\IICU resident, the Prerequisite: PED 500

neonatal fellow and the NICU attending. Evaluation and man- The goals of this elective are to teach; (1 ) basic principles in

agement of high-risk infants emphasized and special tech- pediatric emergency care, (2) prioritization and decision-

niques and procedures used in the care of the sick newborn making in an emergency-room setting, (3) techniques of rapid employed. child/parent assessment and management. Opportunity to

develop technical skills, though these are not emphasized.

PED 503. Off-Campus Clerkship. (Special Elective) Three out of seven days will consist of 2 p.m. -to-midnight call Prerequisite: PED 500 in the emergency room. Conference and other instructional

This special elective provides experience in pediatrics in an time scheduled around these clinical hours.

off-campus setting. It can be served either in a hospital or in a

preceptor's office by prior arrangement. PED 513A. Substitute Pediatric Intern. (Special Elective) PED 504. Pediatric Clerksliip at Gracewood. (Special Elective) PED 5138. Substitute Pediatric Intern. Prerequisite: PED 500 (Special Elective)

This clinical assistantship provides inpatient care, confer- Prerequisite: PED 500

ences and seminars related to the multidisciplinary problems The student serves as an active member (acting intern) of

of the mentally retarded. May include voluntary holiday, week- the pediatric housestaff under the supervision of the pediatric end and night calls. Appropriate additional credit may be resident and a pediatric faculty member. The student has pro- earned. Stipends may be available. gressive experience in inpatient care. In addition, the University

Hospital rotation includes a limited outpatient experience. PED 507. Off-Campus Preceptorship. (Special Elective) PED 514A. Pediatric Clerkship at Scottish Rite

Prerequisites: PhdiSe II Children's Hospital. (Special Elective)

Clinical experience in child health in an off-campus setting Prerequisite: PED 500 approved by director of student education. This special elective provides a choice of either general

pediatrics or one of several medical subspecialities— PED 508. Pediatric Cardiology. (Special Elective) allergy/immunology, endocrinology, hematology/oncology, neu- Prerequisite: PED 500 rology and rheumatology. Patient work-ups, rounds and con-

Experience in the study of congenital and acquired heart ferences are specified according to the setting selected by the disease with emphasis on the clinical manifestations and find- student. „ ings, and interpretation of diagnostic tests. Correlation of the anatomic malformation with the physiologic alterations is PED 5148. Pediatric Clerkship at Scottish Rite emphasized as well as the natural history and prognosis. A Children's Hospital. (Special Elective) series of tutorial sessions, a course of ECG readings and Prerequisite: PED 500 opportunity to attend teaching sessions within the section This special elective provides both office and operating room provided. Clinical material is based primarily in the inpatient experience. The focus can be on plastic surgery, neurosurgery, department with an emphasis on management of seriously orthopedics, otolaryngology and urology. ill and surgical patients. Some students may choose a different format, such as a pediatric cardiology outpatient or PED 515. Pediatric Gastroenterology. research elective. (Special Elective) Prerequisite: PED m PED 509. Allergy and Clinical Immunology. Participation in diagnosising and managing gastrointestinal

Prerequisite: PED 500 and hepatic disease in children and adolescents (acute and

Participation in evaluation and management of patients of all chronic). Patients are seen in clinic, on the inpatient wards and ages with suspected allergic and immunologic disorders. There through the operating rooms and endoscopy suite. Topics is flexibility of emphasis, depending on special interests of the include acute and chronic diarrhea, recurrent abdominal pain, student. Clinical experience is provided in MCG Hospital and inflammatory bowel disease, hepatitis (acute and chronic), per-

Clinics. sistent vomiting, hyperbilirubinmia, gastrointestinal bleeding,

constipation, enteral and parenteral nutrition. A directed read-

PED 511. Pediatric Research. (Special Elective) ing list is provided to supplement "hands-on" experience. Prerequisite: PED 500

Research experience in selected areas of pediatrics through special arrangement with the pediatric faculty. For example, students who desire an in-depth experience around a procedu-

ral technique or a specific Investigative methodology may arrange this with a member of the faculty. School of Medicine 171

FED 518A-518E. Pediatric Clerkship at Memorial cedures and major emergencies. Students assume progressive Ctiildren's Hospital at Memorial Medical Center. responsibility for patient care as an extern under the supervi-

(Special Elective) sion and guidance of emergency-room pediatricians. Emphasis

Location: Memorial Medical Center, Inc., on experiential learning and the student follows his patients'

Savannah, Ga. progress in this unique emergency-room setting. Students

518 A Neonatology required to work every other weekend. 518 B General Pediatrics 518 C Child Development PED 525. Pediatric Hematology/Oncology. 518 D Adolescent Medicine (Special Elective)

518 E Child Abuse and Prerequisite: PED 500

Protective Services Involves both outpatient and inpatient care. The student has

Enrollment: 1 maximun per area maximum inpatient census of three patients, and leams how to

Prerequisites: PED 500 formulate a diagnostic work-up to rule in or out pertinent diag-

Duration: One or two months noses. A treatment plan is developed and the multidisciplinary

Months offered: June through May approach to patient management emphasized. Includes participa- Responsible Physician: Martin H. Greenberg, M.D. tion in morning report rounds and attending rounds. Blood

This sub-internship elective can be arranged, provided that smears and bone marrow aspirates performed on assigned

at least six weeks' advance notice is given, with major interest patients reviewed. Student attends outpatient clinics each day and

in (A) neonatology, (B) general pediatrics, (C) child develop- evaluates both new and established patients. The student keeps a

ment, (D) adolescent medicine and (E) child abuse and protec- list of the patients he/she has seen during the elective. An oral tive services. (Outpatient or inpatient experience can receive examination is given at the conclusion of the rotation, based on

major emphasis.) Flexibility to meet the student's individual the required reading and the self-reported patient list.

clinical pursuits. Specify area you are requesting. (Dr. Weston). PED 526. Pediatric Critical Care. Prerequisite: PED 500 PED 519. Pediatric Infectious Disease. Critical care for infants and children. A pathophysiologic Prerequisite: PED 500 approach to organ systems failure is taught during patient Provides a one-month rotation on the pediatric infectious dis- rounds, didactic presentations, bedside care and individual ease service to gain greater experience in diagnosing and man- reading. Students are assigned patients under the supervision aging infectious diseases of infants and children. The student of housestaff and the ICU attending. The elective is not an leams the culture and specimen collection technique and identifi- acting internship and is not intended as a primary elective in cation of common pathogens encountered in an office practice, patient management. The setting is the pediatric ICU at MCG researches and presents one major topic in pediatric infectious- Hospital. Those interested in pediatric and/or anesthesia are diseases or helps prepare a paper for publication on a pediatric encouraged to enroll. Night call (out of hospital) is arranged infectious disease topic during this rotation. through the ICU attending.

PED 521. Intermediate and Well Baby Nursery- PED 527. Medical Genetics. (Special Elective) Substitute Intern. Prerequisite: PED 500 Prerequisite: PED 500 Exposes the student to all aspects of clinical medical genet- Students serve in same capacity as first-year house officer, ics. Students help evaluate and care for patients with genetic with progressive responsibility of well-baby management, disorders, e.g., birth defects, dysmorphology, dermatoglyph- delivery room management and care within the intermediate ics, metabolic screening, metabolic disease. Students partici- nursery. Students required to pass the American Heart pate in genetic counseling clinic and see prenatal testing. Association Newborn Resuscitation Course during the first two Students observe the cytogenetics laboratory function, and weeks. Special sessions are provided four days a week on vari- may perform their own karyotype. They also observe the ous newborn topics. Students present one lecture to NICU staff metabolic screening laboratory. Night call is not required. and newborn nursery staff on a topic of their choice. Includes a core curriculum of directed reading. If desired, stu-

dents may attend out-of-town satellite clinics. PED 522. Pediatric Oncology Laboratory Reaearch. (Special Elective) PED 528. Pediatric Endocrinology. (Special Elective) The student participates in basic science research with a Prerequisite: PED 500 clinical focus, working under direct supervision in the pediatric Familiarizes student with normal variations in growth prob- oncology research laboratory. Various projects in the area of lems, the diagnostic approach to pediatric endocrine condi- tumor immunology and macrophage cytotoxicity can be tai- tions and the ongoing management of the conditions. In the lored to the student's interests. No prior research experience is weekly pediatric diabetes clinic, the student becomes familiar required, but the student is expected to accomplish a meaning- with the multidisciplinary approach to a chronic condition. ful project in the time available. Weekly X-ray conference and discussion of an assigned topic.

PED 524. University Hospital Pediatric Emergency Room. (Special Elective) PED 530. Allergy-Immunology Research Elective. (Special Elective) Prerequisite: PED 500 Laboratory research is planned in advance with faculty Exposure to a variety of presentations and problems in pedi- member for presentation and/or publication. atric acute care, medical illnesses, trauma, minor surgical pro- 172 School of Medicine

PED 532. Pediatric Pulmonology (Special Elective) Pharmacology and Toxicology Location: MCG Hospital and Clinics

Enrollment: 1 maximum Cfiair:\N. Caldvi/ell; Professors: G. Best, R. Borison*, J.

Prerequisites: PED 500 Buccafusco, W. Caldv\/ell, A. Carr*, G. Carrier, J. Duration: One month Gatravas (Regents), B. Diamond*, L. Gangarosa*, B. '

Months Offered: My \hmQ\] Me ' Goldstein, L. Greenbaum, A. Karow, M. Kling, D. A four-week rotation in pediatric pulmonology includes both Martin*, K. Meador*, J. Pruett*, J. Ryan*; Associate inpatient and outpatient management of patients with cystic Professors: 0. Hannan*, S. Ikeda, D. Lewis, M. Logan; fibrosis, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, asthma, recurrent pneu- Assistant Professors: S>. Barman, R. Cox*, L. Jones, A. monias and other common and uncommon respiratory disor- Milici, J. Pauly, X. Wei*; Researcli Scientist:^. Gao*; ders. Time is equally divided between inpatient consultation and service management and outpatient clinics. Didactic ses- Instructors: I May (Adjunct), A. Terry (Adjunct); sions are conducted weekly with a reading list provided at the Clinical Instructor: M. Johnson. beginning of the course (Drs. Guill and Hudson).

* Joint Appointments PED 533. Adolescent Medicine Elective (Special Elective) PHM 301. Introduction to Pharmacology. (6-0-5) Location: MCG Hospital and Clinics Lectures designed to survey the interactions between drugs Enrollment: 2 maximum and living systems. Emphasizes chemicals and drugs to treat Prerequisites: PED 500 disease, what they do and how the body responds and disposes Duration: One month of them. Six hours of lectures per week. Months Offered: July through June

This elective provides a concentrated student exposure to PHM 501. Toxicology. (Special Elective) (one month) adolescent medicine in the primary-care (outpatient) environ- Prerequisite: PHM 551 ment. The spectrum of care can be expected to include acute Discussion and review of several aspects of toxicology and chronic illnesses, gyncologic care, sports medicine, psy- including heavy metals, gaseous poisons, industrial and agri- chosocial and family disorders, growth problems, contracep- cultural chemicals, poisonous plants and venoms. Emphasizes tive counseling and issues related to adolescent sexuality. The human toxicology and includes selected case reports. Time instructional focus concentrates on accurate, extended history- and credit to be arranged. taking and communication skills neede to care for this chal- lenging patient population. Also, recognition and appreciation PHM 502. Clinical Pharmacology of the common maladies of adolescence taught and their treat- (Special elective) (one month) ments demonstrated (Dr. Weston). Prerequisite: Medical Course in Pharmacology

PED 534. Molecular Medicine Without Tears: How to Interacting with a faculty of pharmacologists, physicians and Read and Understand the Medical Research Literature clinical pharmacists, students study rational approaches to drug of the 21st Century (Special Elective) therapy. An additional goal of this course is for students to under- for clinical development of drugs. Therapy Location: MCG Hospital and Clinics stand the process new Enrollment: 5 minimum and 10 maximum areas to be covered depend on interests of enrollees.

Prerequisites: None

Duration: One month PHM 509. Tutorial Elective in Pharmacology.

Months Offered: After January 1996 (Special Elective) (one or two months)

Can you make sense out of a Southern blot? Do you remem- Prerequisite: PHM 551 ber the difference between a transgenic mouse and a knockout Students may elect to study in depth a specific area in phar- faculty mouse? Do you know when Student's t test is a big mistake? If macology under the guidance of one or more members you thought you would never have to think about these "basic most familiar with that specific area. A list of faculty preceptors science" things after you left Phase II, just try reading the New and subject areas is available in the Pharmacology Department

England Journal days. Molecular medicine is here to stay. office. Arrangements to be made by the students with the

This course reviews the fundamental concepts and techniqes member(s) of the faculty involved in the tutorial program. most frequently encountered in the literature of molecular Topic time and credit to be arranged. medicine. Using a mixture of small-group instruction and guided reading, the student will gain confidence in reading and PHM 510. Research Elective in Pharmacology. critically interpreting cutting-edge medical science. Students (Special Elective) (one or two months) are encouraged to tailor their reading program to an area of Prerequisite: PHM 551 their own particular interest. Arrangements made through Dr. Participation in research programs being conducted by

Munn. members of the faculty of the Department of Pharmacology. A

list of faculty preceptors and projects is available in the phar-

macology department office. Arrangements to be made by the

students with a member of the faculty. Topic, time and credit to be arranged. School of Medicine 173

PHM 551. Human Pharmacology. (9-4-12) control. Includes lectures, demonstrations, discussion groups

Prerequisite: Second-year standing in the School of Medicine, and laboratory work as appropriate.

A two-quarter course Provides the necessary background to practice rational drug therapy. Emphasis is on the major PHY 501. Special Elective in Physiology. classes of drugs, their mechanisms of action, patient factors Prerequisite: Student m School of Medicine affecting their pharmacokinetics and adverse actions. Lectures and/or laboratories studies in physiology. Topic,

time and credit hours to be arranged. Physiology and Endocrinology

PHY 550. Medical Physiology I. (15-4- 1 7) Chair: \J. Mahesh; Professors: \I. Bhalla, E. Bransome,* Prerequisite: First-year standing in School of Medicine L. Ellison,* E. Feldman,* R. Gambrell,* R. Godt, K. A two-quarter course presenting an intensive treatment of mam-

Green,* C. Hendrich, W. Hofman, F. Leibach,* V. malian organ system physiology including the cell, electrophysiol-

Mahesh, P. McDonough,* T. Mills, D. Pashley,* M. ogy, peripheral nerve and reflexes, muscle, cardiovascular respira-

Stachura,* J. Weatherred,* G. Whitford;* Associate tion, body fluids, kidney, gastrointestinal and endocrine.

Professors: G. Bond, A. Costoff, G. Doetsch,* V. 555. Tutorial in Physiology. (2-0-2) Ganapathy, L, Hendry, W. Jackson, R. Kolbeck,* T. PHY Prerequisite: Only students previously registered for PHY550 Nosek, J. O'Conner, T. Ogle, S. Porterfield, S. Stoney, V. and 551 and permission of department. Wiedmeier; Assistant Professor: D.W. Brann, L. A brief review of medical physiology. Meszaros, R. Shimp*; Associate Clinical Progessor: M.

Freedman;* Assistant Clinical Professor:?. Natarajan,* ITD 550. Neuroscience. (7-4-9) E. Servy. Prerequisite: First-year standing in School of Medicine

See course description under Interdepartmental Courses. * Joint Appointments

Additional courses are listed under the School of END 501. Research in Endocrinology. Graduate Studies. (Special Elective)

Study of biosynthesis, secretion and metabolism of hor- Psychiatry and Health Behavior mones in health and disease and introduction to research techniques, including cytogenetic techniques in the field of Chair: R. Borison; Professors: R. Borison, P Boudewyns, endocrinology. Topic, time and credit hours to be arranged. J. Brandsma, J. Buccatusco*, M. Casanova, B. Diamond,

A. Josephson, D. Kirch, S. Mahadik, S. Mukherjee, J. ITD 501. Clinical Endocrinology and Reproduction. Rausch, L. Solursh, F. Treiber, E. Wallace; Associate See course description under Interdepartmental Courses. Professors: I Arena, G. Bennett*, R. Burket, F Carl, M.

Cohen, 0. Corbitt, B. Davidson, R. Elkins, J. Ernst, P ITD 520. Endocrinology I Gilman, K. Grigsby, J. Hughes, L. Hyer, R. Jarvis*, R. See course description under Interdepartmental Courses. Kaltenbach, G. Lee, A. Mabe, C. Meyer, 8. Sebastian, S. no 530. Endocrinology II See course descnption under Interdepartmental Courses. Shevitz, D. Solursh; Assistant Professors: S. Balogh, J.

Barger, D. Bate, W. Battles, T. Brown, G. Chowanec, D.D.

PHY 200. Introduction to Physiology. (5) Evans, D.R. Evans, C. Lemmon, E. McCranie, M.

An analytic approach to the principles of mammalian physi- McSwiggan-Hardin, D. Misch, R. Mohan, F. Moncher, G. ology with emphasis on life processes and homeostasis is pre- Morgan, J. Morgan, T. Muller, K. Murrell, V. Negrin, W. sented by means of lectures and conferences. The general Nolan, W. O'Leary, A. Pathiraja, S. Sato, D. Sinha, E. principles introduced at the start of the course highlight the Sperr, S. Sperr, D. Sunde, E. Sunde, K. Turner. coverage of the organ systems and their interaction presented during the remainder of the course. * Joint Appointments

PHY 210. Introductory Human Physiology. (5-2-6) PSY500. Basic Psychiatry Prerequisite: college biology This required clerkship provides intensive experience diagnos- The elements of human physiology with an introduction to ing and treating adult psychiatric inpatients. The student com- the function of the major organ systems of the body, their pletely evaluates assigned patients' physical and mental status interaction and control. with staff collaboration and guidance. The student assesses the

patients, then helps formulate and carry out a treatment plan,

PHY 31 1. Principles of Human Physiology I. (5-0-5) including use of individual psychotherapy, psychopharmacology, 312. Principles of Physiology II. (5-0-5) PHY Human family therapy, group therapy and other therapeutic modalities.

Prerequisite: PHY 31 1 . Inorganic chemistry, one physics course and a course m human anatomy (may be taken concur- PS Y 503. Geriatric Psychiatry. (Special Elective) rently), or permission of the instructor. Students learn important aspects of psychopharmacology, A two-quarter course sequence giving detailed coverage of psychotherapy and psychosocial issues as they apply to geri- the major organ systems of the body, their interactions and atric patients. Students work closely with the attending physi- 774 School of Medicine

cian, a behavioral neurologist and the treatment team. patients who are both medically and psychiatrically ill. Res-

ponsibilities include direct patient care, developing individual PSY 504. Consultation-Liaison Psycliiatry (Special treatment plans and didactic sessions. Elective)

Students explore the impact of mental and emotional factors PSY 522. Biological Psychiatry Elective (Special on disease by working on consultation cases with departments Elective) throughout MCG Hospital. The student interviews patients, Students work with inpatients and outpatients, including reviews chart work and discusses cases during rounds. those with movement disorders (Tardive Dyskinesia,

Provides direct experience with the medicine/psychiatry inter- Huntington's Disease and other abnormal involuntary move- face, offering a working knowledge of how illness and medica- ments) and acute and chronic psychoses. Material is covered tion affect mental and emotional life. informally by interaction with the staff, readings, discussions

and direct patient care. PSY 506. Acute Inpatient Psychiatry Subinternship (Special Elective) PSY 524. Inpatient Psychiatry

Students are given the opportunity to work as a team leader The student participates as an integral part of a general hos- in managing an acute-care treatment team. They function as an pital psychiatry inpatient team in the MCG Hospital's 3-South intern on the ward and learn principles of administrative psy- unit, an adult inpatient psychiatric unit with an interdisciplinary chiatry as well as sharpen their skills in psychiatric diagnoses approach to patient care. Responsibilities include direct patient and treatment. On this acute ward the student cares for pre- care, participation in team meetings, participation in group dominately acute psychiatric emergency admissions. therapy, psychotherapy with supervision and associated didac-

tic learning experiences. The diverse patient population on 3-

PSY 508. Family Therapy (Special Elective) South provides experience in eating disorders, electroconvul-

Students help directly treat faculty-supervised marital and sive therapy, organic mood disorders and mood and psychotic family therapy cases in inpatient and outpatient settings. Course disorders. Experience includes crisis intervention, family ther- includes live-case observation and co-therapy. Students attend apy, psychopharmacology, application of behavior therapy, residents' family therapy seminars, weekly outpatient live-case inpatient psychotherapy and managing medical problems con- conferences and inpatient family assessment and treatment tributing to psychiatric illness. teams. Readings about basic and advanced clinical issues involved in family-therapy approaches to treatment are assigned. PSY 525. Outpatient Psychiatry (Psychotherapy) Students work closely with second-year psychiatry residents PSY 511. Off-Campus Elective (Special Elective) and faculty supervisors to treat outpatients. Includes supervised

Special arrangements may be made for elective rotations at participation in intake assessment and disposition, individual and other institutions, or for preceptorships with individual psychi- group psychotherapy, hypnotherapy, psychopharmacology and atrists. Students also may apply for electives at the National family therapy. Students attend all teaching and case conferences.

Institute of Mental Health. PSY 528. Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder and Common

PSY 512. The Brain Vs. Mind Conundrunh—Elective in Related Disorders Neuroimaging Students participate as part of an inpatient team treating

Students explore the organic basis of behavioral disorders PTSD (combat-derived) on a non-psychoactive medication with special emphasis on schizophrenia. Modern neuroimaging ward. Experience includes admission work-up with team and techniques (computerized image analysis, quantitative shape group programs through a seven- to eight-week initial and sec- determinations, texture analysis) pinpoint areas of abnormal ondary treatment phase. Some outpatient contact available to brain morphology amenable to study with higher resolution provide context. Inpatient experience provides the opportunity techniques. Putative pathological foci dissected by light to work with commonly associated disorders in the realms of microscopy or neurochemistry. Students analyze the impor- sexual dysfunction, general medical disorders and substance tance of the results according to clinical application and study abuse/dependency. clinical applications of neuroimaging techniques. PSY 529. Readings in Psychiatry and Religion PSY 519. Eating Disorders Rotation (Special Elective)

Students are an active member of the MCG Eating Disorders A series of guided readings examining the interface of psy-

Team, responsible for initial assessment, evaluation and indi- chiatry and religion. Course includes reading assignments and vidual/group psychotherapy of inpatients and outpatients, weekly conferences (attendance required) with involved fac- commensurate with experience. Reading material provided ulty. Focus determined by student's interest and needs. regarding a comprehensive biopsychosocial approach to assessing and treating eating disorders. Psycho-pharmacologi- PSY 530. Detoxification in Psychiatric Settings cal management and medical assessment with treatment also This elective provides hands-on experience in managing emphasized. patients withdrawing from addictive substances.

Responsibilities include direct patient care, attending ward PSY 521. Extended Care Psychiatry conferences, case presentations, reading seminars and

This elective provides experience in the multidisciplinary, patient/family interfacing. biopsychosocial approach to treating resistant-psychotic patients, focusing on pharmacologic dilemmas encountered in School of Medicine 175

PSY 531. Psychiatry and the Law (Special Elective) hospital. Student learns the role of liaison psychiatrists and

Provides supervised experience in working m\\\ clinical and focuses on biopsychosocial needs of medial surgery patients.

legal issues in the evaluation of behavior Students exposed to Didactic instruction focuses on appropriate use of psychotrop-

prison, hospital and outpatient populations, institutional sys- ics, side effects of non-psychiatric medication and proper tems and milieus. Individual tutorial sessions with experienced medical management from a neuropsychiatric perspective. staff forensic psychiatrists. Supervision provided by a PGY-4 general psychiatric resident

and full-time staff psychiatrist.

PSY 533. Substance Abuse Eisenhower offers four-week clerkships in psychiatry and

This elective introduces students to diagnosing and treating neurology for medical students in their clinical years of train- patients with a variety of substance use disorders in the ing. (Two eight-week periods also can be accommodated.)

Department of Veterans Affairs Substance Abuse Treatment Military lodging available for eligible students on active-duty

Unit. The unit offers a comprehensive program of inpatient and status. Civilians from local area accommodated at local motels. outpatient detoxification and rehabilitation and is the site for a Third-year student clerkships designed for student with lim- variety of educational and funded research activities. Students ited clinical experience in psychiatry. Student develops requi- parficipate in interdisciplinary treatment team and provide ini- site skills to perform a diagnostic interview with mental status tial evaluation and medical management of selected inpatients exam, establish differential diagnosis and select an appropri- and outpatients. Students observe and participate in a wide ate biopsychosocial treatment. Student may be allowed to initi- variety of therapeutic modalities including psychoeducation, ate supervised treatment with selected patients. Both inpatient group therapy, therapeutic community, family therapy and and outpatient clerkships require work in a variety of psychia-

Alcoholics Anonymous. Students attend scheduled seminars try settings including emergency psychiatry. and may be involved in research projects. Specific focus based Elective clerkships for fourth-year students also available in on individual student's interest. Adult Outpatient Clinic, Consultation-Liaison and Chemical

Dependency. Specific curricula for these electives arranged to

PSY 535. Acute Adult Inpatient Psychiatry suit the students' training needs. Subinternship Common elements include:

Each student given primary responsibility for a selected weekly on-call duty with the NPOD (24-hour emergency cov- number of patients. Student does initial assessments, selects erage) with a written evaluation of one patient from that duty treatment regimens and participates in discharge planning. tour which is resented by the student at morning report;

Student monitors patient care daily and adjusts treatment participation in a special basic psychiatry didactic series according to progress. Close supervision provided via one-on- designed for medical students; one interactions with an attending. A wide variety of diagnoses evaluations based on level of participation and fund of available in this patient population, which allows excellent knowledge judged during formal presentations and informal exposure to psychiatric diagnosis and treatment. discussions, as well as ability to apply learned material to

patient evaluations, PSY 537. Psychiatric Intensive Care Unit

Students manage acutely psychotic, hostile/aggressive and PSY 540. Inpatient Drug and Alcohol Rehabilitation — acutely suicidal/depressed patients under direct supervision of Eisenhower Army Medical Center faculty. Students learn various modalities of treatment of acutely This elective focuses on diagnosis and state-of-the-art multi- disturbed patients, i.e. recognizing impending violence; verbal disciplinary treatment for substance-dependent patients. The intervention; psychopharmacologicai agents, including therapeu- student evaluates one to five new patients weekly and is a co- tic action and possible side effects; physical restraints; and man- counselor in group therapy, HPSP students learn about the aging acutely depressed/suicidal patients, including ECT Exten- military's system for drug and alcohol treatment. Student sive reading material provided. Student may learn Georgia State expected to provide a brief in-service to the multidisciplinary

Commitment proceedings and observe the Probate Courf System. team. Full-time staff psychiatrist provides on-site supervision,

PSY 538. Clinical Neurobiology Research Seminar PSY 541. Outpatient Adult Psychiatry — Eisenhower

Familiarizes student with current topics in clinical neurosciences, Army Medical Center emphasizing cntical reading of the literature. Teaching focused on The student evaluates active-duty outpatients and selected methods to evaluate the integrity and context of the research litera- civilian outpatients. Student provides staff-supervised evalua- ture. Topics focus on the relationship of behavior to brain chem- tion, assessment and treatment plan, followed by supportive istry. Discussion highlights functional role of different neurotrans- therapy. Student expected to attend appropriate case confer- mitter receptor subtypes, neumpeptides and second messengers in ences, lectures and seminars as determined by supervisor regulation stress adaptation, and the expression of cognitive, emo- HPSP students may participate in command/consultation activ- tional and perceptual behaviors. Selected advances in behavioral ities on Fort Gordon. Supervision provided by a PGY-4 psychi- neuroendocrinology, neuropharmacology and the genetic bases of atry resident and full-time staff psychiatrist.

personality reviewed. Composition of review paper required. PSY 542. Basic Research in the Pharmacology of the PSY 539. Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry-Eisenhower Opiate Withdrawal Syndrome (Special Elective) Army Medical Center. Student participates in ongoing research program using

Student evaluates two to five patients weekly (depending on animal (rat) models for morphine dependence and withdrawal.

experience) in the Eisenhower Army Medical Center Psychiatry Both behavioral and autonomic (including cardiovascular)

Consultation-Liaison Service, a unit of the 400-bed all-service symptoms of withdrawal measured. Pharmacological agents 176 School of Medicine

used to alter the expression of the withdrawal state to under- student will learn to recognize certain basic radiographic signs stand the basic underlying cause of the expression of each and patterns; however, it is not intended that students will be withdrawal symptom. Neurochemical changes associated with able to "read" a radiograph at the end of the elective. abstinence measured concomitantly. New potential withdrawal agents tests in animal model as well. RAD 502. Radiobiology. (Special Elective) This course focuses primarily on the physiological and PSY 543. Inpatient and Consultation Child Psychiatry anatomical effects of ionizing radiation on biological systems,

This elective consists of both inpatient and consultation-liai- dealing specifically with x, gamma and beta radiations as applied in son components. In the former, the student participates as a diagnostic and therapeutic protocols. Introduction to radiobiology, radiation hazards and member of a multidisciplinary inpatient treatment team in the radioprotection. Specific evaluation and inpatient care of children (ages 3-12 years) with topics include the production and use of x radiation at varying levels of energy as well as the development, application severe behavioral and emotional problems. The student is and effects of emitting involved in individual, family and group treatment modalities gamma and beta radiopharmaceuticals. The somatic and genetic effects of levels, and attends didactic presentations on topics in child psychia- diagnostic therapeutic and indadvertent to try. In the second component of the elective, the student par- doses exposure environmental and/or

industrial are is ticipates in the child psychiatry consultation-liaison service contaminations addressed. The material pre-

sented primarily in lecture format with limited through which psychiatric difficulties of children in other areas a number of lab- of the hospital are addressed. Elective goals include gaining a oratory exercises, but students are encourged to participate in knowledge of diagnostic issues, evaluation strategies, behav- ongoing or individual research projects. ioral and pharmacologic treatments and mental-health RAD 504. Advanced Clerkship in Diagnostic resources available for children. The student works directly Radiology. (Special Elective) with faculty and child psychiatry fellows. Prerequisite: RAD 501 (unless waived by preceptor and course

director) PSY 544. Geriatric Neuropsychiatry This advanced clerkship is designed for students who, after This is a primary-care elective with emphasis on the organic completing RAD 501, desire additional exposure to diagnostic causes of psychiatric manifestations in the elderly. The student radiology. The four weeks can spent in one specific section of participates in the initial evaluation, work-up and care of both the department or a combination of sections to accommodate inpatients and outpatients at the VAMC Uptown Division. The the desire and need of the individual student. major selection of patients includes patients who need an eval- The student is assigned to work with a mentor in the area of uation or reassessment of a diagnosis of dementia or patients his/her specific interest. Together, they plan objectives and with late-onset psychotic symptoms. The student learns about activities to include patient care, academic pursuits, and/or pharmacological and behavioral management of these patients. research. The mentor and the student agree on an evaluation The student also participates in the following educational meet- plan consistent with the objectives and activities. ings: 1) every second and fourth Wednesday 8:30 -9 a.m., team education conference 2) every Wednesday 9-1 1 a.m., RAD 505. Off-Campus Elective. (Special Elective) patient rounds. Special arrangements can be made for elective periods of

four weeks in the Department of Radiology of other institutions

Radiology or as preceptorships with individual radiologists, subject to

approval of the chairman of the MCG Department of Radiology. Chair: Binet; Professors: L Binet, K. Shah; Associate The student must work with a mentor at the off -campus site Professors: I Allison, G. Burke, E. Burton, C. Eubig, R. to plan objectives, activities and evaluation of experiences. This Figueroa, S. Freedman, C. Hannan, Sathyanarayana, W. course is generally considered comparable to RAD 501 in pur- Shells, R. Teeslink, J. Trueblood; Associate Clinical pose and design. It is often chosen by the student considering

Professors: ^. Fiveash, J. Howington, B. Dasher; pursuit of a radiology residency who wants additional and

Assistant Professors: I Barrett, W. Bates, R Battu, J. varied experiences in the field.

Bauza, S. Burch, J. Coriey, 6. David, C. Cover, V.

Hardin, G. Jackson, G. Jamarik, C. Joe, J. Locksmith, K. RAD 507. Clerkship in Radiation Therapy—Oncology. The student sees a large variety of tumors treated with vari- Macura, R. Macura, A. Marchand, J. Market, J. ous modalities of radiation therapy. He/she participates in Massman, M. Mercado-Deane, R. Neal, J. Rawson, V. tumor conferences at the various hospitals and also attends Robinson, D. Stubbs; Assistant Clinical Professor: S. the radiation therapy cancer clinics at the MCG and University Roberts; Instructors: S. Gregory, S. Lane, D. Martin, W. Hospitals. Student gets experience in the work-up and general Mundy, L. Schnuck, K. Weiss. management of the cancer patient in the areas of curative ther-

apy, palliation and supportive care. RAD 501. Radiology.

The four-week elective provides a basic overview of clinical RAD 511. Vascular/lnterventional Radiology. (Special radiology. Students rotate through most of the major areas of Elective radiology, participating in the clinical diagnostic process. In The student works one-on-one with faculty angiographers to addition to clinical rotations, lectures and case conferences are perform vascular and interventional procedures. The student scheduled throughout the rotation. The primary goal of the and the attending set specific goals and plan learning activities elective is to cultivate a better understanding of the functions of that lead to attaining the student's objectives. Students assist radiology as a contributor to primary care of the patient. The School of Medicine 177

with patient preparation and monitoring, write clinical SUR 506. Off'Campus Experience. (Special Elective)

workups, observe procedures and help resident/tellows pre- Students may elect off-campus experience in some phase of

pare for case conferences. Sufficient time allowed to study the surgery in some other medical school or institution for one to

teaching file and participate in similar learning activities. two months For help in making arrangements, interested stu-

dents should contact the Medical College of Georgia counter- Surgery part of the individual at the other institution with whom he wishes to work. Such electives must be an identifiable course of

Chair J. Gadacz; Professors: N, Bfiatti, T. Bowden, F. El instruction. An evaluation of the student's performance is

Etreby, T. Gadacz, K. Given, M. Hawkins, C. Howell, A. required. No student is eligible for more than one such elective.

Humphries, E. Joy, K. Kennox, G. Lee, R. Lewis, M.

Levme, D. McDonnell, H. Moore, R. Nesbit, G. Pai, E. SUR 507. Kidney Transplantation. SUR 508. Kidney Transplantation. Porubsky, J, Rubin, A. Smith, J. Smith, R. Students assist with care of post-transplant patients and Withermgton, C. Wray, T. Young; Associate Professors: pre-transfer patients. S. Bertrand, C. Brophy, J. Cue, G. Doetsch, A. Flannery,

R. Hatley, T, Howdieshell, J. McPherson, D. Rogers, R. SUR 509. Emergency Room Clerkship. Sherry, S. Steinberg, C. Stone, D. Ward, J. Wei,' This clerkship offers active participation in the care of Assistant Professors: I Bent, D. Bates, S. Corpe, R. patients in the University Hospital and the MCG Hospital emer- Cox, D. Crist. J. Duncan, H. Gross, S, Helman, E. gency departments. Expenence in the rapid assessment of

F. Lyie, Hobbs, H. Iwinski, Klippert, W. Kuhn, M. Lee, G. acutely ill and injured patients. The schedule is arranged on a

R. Martindale, J, Mena, M. Tucker, M.Williams, G. rotation basis to provide approximately 180 hours of active

Winburn, J. Wynn, K. Yeh, J. Yu; Researcti Scientists: involvement in the care of emergency patients.

X. Gao SUR 512. Advanced Clerkship at Savannah Memorial

SUR 500. Basic Clerkship in Surgery. Hospital. (Special Elective) Advanced surgical clerkship in general surgery. Basically a This 10-week course is the basic course required of all stu- sub-internship. Includes work-up of patients, clinics, rounds, dents and is the prerequisite for many patient-oriented and conferences, lectures, closely surgical experi- patient-contact surgical electives. Instruction includes basic some supervised ence. Teaching Medical College of Georgia affiliate faculty concepts of emergency medicine and anesthesiology. Students by and residents. are assigned patients for total patient-care participation, including complete write-ups and participation in operative

procedures. They take part in ward rounds, conferences, tumor SUR 513. Substitute Internship. (Special Elective) conferences, seminars and informal discussions. Student Students on this elective function as substitute interns on activities involve both inpatients and outpatients. Scheduled the general surgical services at the Medical College of Georgia June through May. Hospital or Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center. The

student is assigned to a specific surgical service and initiates

SUR 502. Research Elective. (Special Elective) the clinical database, begins diagnostic measures, and where possible, performs surgical procedures with supervision. In An area of mutual interest to the student and his supervisor addition, he/she participates in the teaching responsibilities, will be selected and the student will outline his research pro- conferences, clinics and operating experiences of the service ject, carry it out under supervision and submit to his supervi-

to which he/she is assigned and is assigned regular night call. sor a satisfactory report of his work toward the end of the project. For some projects, students undertake the project singly; in others, in pairs. Projects may be undertaken in the experi- SUR 514. Clinical Management of the Critically mental surgery laboratory or in the clinical research wing and Ill/Injured Patient. an occasional project may involve the use of clinical hospital The student is involved in the care of selected patients with

records. traumatic and/or burn injuries, etc. Such involvement may

comprise all phases of management. Patients are selected who

SUR 504. Tutorial. (Special Elective) offer opportunities for establishing new information in anatomy, pathophysiology, biochemistry, pharmacology and Individual students may elect to study in depth, for one to microbiology as these apply to the critically injured. The gamut two months, any specific area in surgery under the guidance of

of total systematic bodily is the faculty member most familiar with that specific area. A derangement examined by study and involvement in the course of these patients. Selected read- thesis or report on the subject chosen is required. No student ing, didactic presentations, preceptoral instruction and clinical is eligible for more than one such elective. interface are the principle methodology employed. The student

enters into the basic intermediate or advanced category based SUR 505. Preceptorship. (Special Elective) on previous experience and knowledge base. Clinical experience with individual private preceptor in his

office, operating room and hospital. (Individualized arrange- 515. Clerkship, ments must be made through both the chairman of surgery SUR Advanced Trauma and General

and the clinical surgeon involved.) Surgery in University of Florida Affiliated Hospital. Prerequisite: 500

Advanced surgical clerkship. Sub-internship. Includes trauma

participation, work-up of patients, operating room experience, 178 School of Medicine

pre- and postoperative care, seven conferences a week, clinics of neurosurgery. The extern is assigned five to eight patients and rounds with senior residents and attending staff. for which he/she has primary responsibility for daily care

under the supervision of the senior house officer and staff of

SUR 516. Clerkship, Georgia Baptist Medical Center. the neurosurgery service. The student participates in patient

Prerequisite: Core curriculum evaluations in the clinic and in daily teaching conference.

During assignment in surgery at Georgia Baptist Medical

Center in Atlanta, students are introduced to surgical practice in SUR 521. Neurosurgery Research Elective. a major private hospital setting. Includes daily morning aca- Students do research in the field of neurosurgery. The actual demic experiences through attending teaching covering various project may be initiated by the student or the student may elect areas of general and sub-specialty surgery, giving academic to participate in an ongoing research project of one of the fac- introduction to cardiovascular, pulmonary, urologic trauma, ulty members. This elective is arranged on an individual basis plastic and general surgery. The student is assigned daily to with the particular faculty member to satisfy the needs of the surgical scrubs and usually observes two or three cases daily. students and to assure facilities' availability.

Special attention devoted to principles of physical examination of the acute and the chronic surgical problem patient. Bedside SUR 523. Neurosurgery Preceptorship. teaching of details of bedside history-taking in the surgical Enables students to study neurosurgery at some other insti- patient. Surgical rounds conducted daily on the floors and in tution. This may be desirable because the student is already the intensive-care unit along with the surgical house officers taking another elective at the institution, or because he/she and the chief resident of surgery. Special attention given to plans to settle in that region or because a particular type of fluid problems of critical-care monitoring, and electrolyte neurological surgery is being done there that the student is replacement, hyperalimentation and placement of certain interested in. sophisticated monitoring devices such as Swan-Ganz catheters.

SUR 524. Combination Neurosurgery Clerkship and SUR 517, SUR 518. Nutrition, Enteral and Parental Research. Advanced Clerkship, Medical College of Georgia. Prerequisite: NEU 500

Prerequisite: Core curriculum Provides direct patient-care responsibilities of a junior house

Senior students are introduced to the principles and tech- officer with practice in performing neurological examinations niques of nutritional support (enteral and parental) in a major and participating in neurosurgical therapy and simultaneously private hospital setting. Includes daily rounds with members of becoming involved in a limited neurosurgical clinical research the metabolic support service, i.e., physician, nurse, dietitian and experience. The research project may be initiated by the stu- pharmacist. Lectures on the principles and concepts of total dent or he/she may elect to participate in an ongoing research parental nutrition, peripheral parenteral nutrition, peripheral pro- project with one of the faculty members. The patient-care tein sparing and enteral alimentation. In addition, the student responsibilities is limited to five or six patients and supervised participates in consultations, the initial work-up prior to begin- by the chief resident and staff. To be arranged on an individual ning nutritional support and daily follow-up and monitoring. The basis with the particular faculty member with whom the stu- student also is taught assessment of nutritional status, potential dent wishes to perform the research to assure facilities. metabolic complication, complications associated with the insertion of central venous catheters and the use of nutritional sup- SUR 526. Physiological Neurosurgery Elective. in renal failure. Attention port hepatic and also devoted to formu- Prerequisite: NEU 500 lation of solutions, drug interactions and composition of tube Involves participation in clinical electrophysiological studies feeding formulas. Teaching rounds are conducted weekly with all and computer guidance as related to surgical therapy of members of the health-care team, i.e., infection control, pathol- seizure disorders, movement disorders and pain. The student ogy department and pharmacy. During these rounds, adherence works closely with the supervising faculty member in the initial to protocols, fluid and electrolyte imbalance and individual clinical work-up of patients, in diagnostic laboratory proce- patient recommendations will be discussed. dures and in surgical procedures if performed. Compilation of

data for clinical research as well as participation in laboratory

SUR 519. Emergency Medicine Clerkship. research under way is expected. Prerequisite: Cote curriculum

The student actively participates in the care of emergency SUR 531. otolaryngology Surgery. patients at MCG Hospital. The student gains experience in deal- SUR 532. Otolaryngology Surgery. ing with conditions routinely seen in the emergency depart- Familiarizes the student with the diseases of the ears, nose ment. Additional instruction in the initial evaluation and stabi- and throat with emphasis on diagnostic techniques, including lization of the acutely ill and injured patient provided. The physical examination techniques, radiology, audiometries and schedule includes approximately nine hours of patient care five endoscopic procedures. The student is introduced to the prin- days a week (180 hours total). Students are expected to attend ciples of head and neck surgery, facial plastic surgery, when possible the lectures and conferences developed for the endoscopy and neuro-otology. The utilization of the office and emergency medicine residency program. hospital patients allows the student to participate in and

observe the specialty of otolaryngology. SUR 520. Neurosurgery Clerkship.

Combines the direct patient-care responsibilities of a junior house officer with practice in performing neurological examinations while participating with staff members in the practice School of Medicine 179

SUR 533. Otalaryngology Off-Campus Experience. SUR 552. Substitute Internship in Pediatric Surgery. (Special Elective) Prerequisite: senior students only

Students may elect off-campus experience in place of oto- For the senior student interested in general surgery as it laryngology in anotfier medical scfiool or institution for one to applies to the pediatric age group. The student acts as an two montfis. Interested students stiould contact tfie section of intern during the rotation, working closely with the residents otolaryngology at the Medical College of Georgia. and attendings. Pre- and postoperative care of the pediatric

Arrangements tfien can be made witfi tfie counterpart at tfie patient emphasized and in-house night rotation is expected. otfier institution. An evaluation of tfie student's performance is required. SUR 561. Cardiothoracic Clerkship.

Provides additional experience in pathophysiology and treat-

SUR 534. otolaryngology—DDEAMC. ment of intra-thoracic disease. The student participates with the chief resident and/or attending thoracic surgeon in answer- Familiarizes tfie student witfi the diseases of the ears, nose ing consultations regarding patients with potential and throat with emphasis on diagnostic techniques, including thoracic surgical other services. In addition, physical examination techniques, radiology, audiometries and problems on opportunities

are available for experience in treatment of critically ill patients endoscopic procedures. Introduction to the principles of head in the surgical intensive care unit. Responsibilities of the stu- and neck surgery, facial plastic surgery, endoscopy and neuro- dent are entirely separate from those taking the required clerk- otology. The utilization of the office and hospital patients will ship (SUR 500). allow the student to participate in and observe the specialty of otolaryngology. SUR 562. Cardiothoracic Surgery Research Elective.

For students who have an interest in research or in a particu- SUR 541. Orthopedics Clerkship. (Special Elective) lar clinical mtra-thoracic problem. A research goal or project SUR 543. Orthopedics Tutorial. (Special Elective) may be determined by discussion with a member of the tho-

SUR 544. Orthopedics Preceptorship, Augusta Private racic and cardiac surgery staff. This might consist of a pilot

Office or Eisenhower General Hospita.l laboratory project or analysis of clinical cases. A paper

(Special Elective) describing the research project and results is required. SUR 545. Orthopedics Off-Campus Experience. (Special Elective) SUR 563. Cardiothoracic Surgery Preceptorship.

SUR 546. Hand Surgery. (Special Elective) Prerequisite: Rotation through thoracic surgery at MCG. Arrangements may be made for a student to work with a pri- Prerequisite: SUR m vate thoracic-cardiac surgeon off-campus or at another medi- Orthopedic electives are a minimum of one month and give cal school to provide additional experience in this field, experience in the area of musculoskeletal disease and therapy. through observing methods of treatment of patients in hospi- Assignment to the on-call schedule at University Hospital is tals other than the MCG Hospital and Clinics. expected in SUR 541 . SUR 543, and SUR 544. Planning and assignment must be arranged with the faculty coordinator prior to beginning the elective. Orthopedic core is prerequisite SUR 571. Urology Clerkship. to clerkship and preceptorship electives and may be met by A four-week patient care elective in general urology which assignment to MCG Hospital and Clinics or VA for the first two can be taken at the MCG Hospital and Clinics (maximum four weeks of the elective if not completed in the third year. students) or Dwight David Eisenhower Army Medical Center,

Fort Gordon, Ga. (two students). Emphasis is on an evaluation

SUR 547. Spinal Cord Injury Service. of the urologic patient, both inpatients and outpatients. (Special Elective) Students have an opportunity to assist on cystoscopies and Prerequisite: Sm 500 several operative procedures. Opportunity to learn proper tech-

A primary-care elective. Students manage spinal cord- niques for urethral dilations, urethral catherizations and pro- injured patients admitted to SCI Service at the VAMC. Regular static evaluation is available. Students are assigned inpatients in daily bedside teaching rounds and preceptor-student sessions rotation and perform histories and physical examinations, then with SCIS faculty will be held. Exposure to the variety of altered follow the patient daily, including pre-operative, operative and physiologic and psychologic responses of spinal cord-injured postoperative care. Faculty, residents and students make ward patients, including neurosurgical and orthopedic problems. rounds and review all urologic X-rays daily. Informal confer-

Includes the application of all phases of medicine—for exam- ences with faculty and/or residents are held covering the topics ple, acute respiratory failure requiring ventilator support, pul- of G.U. malignancies, urolithiasis, prostatic disease, neurogenic monary thromboembolism, pneumonia, dysreflexia, pul- bladder and complications of the catheter.

monary, etc. The student will be part of a multidisciplinary team involved in various stages of rehabilitation. The student is SUR 572. Urology Off-Campus Experience (Special familiarized with various types of adaptive equipment and the Elective). direct application of rehabilitative medicine principles. A four-week patient care off-campus elective which can be

taken with a qualified urologist anywhere. The course content SUR 551. Pediatric Surgery. should about parallel SUR 571.

Offered to those completing the surgery core. Introduction to the fundamentals involved in the clinical care of the pediatric

surgical patient. 180 School of Medicine

SUR 581. Plastic Reconstructive Surgery. SUR 582. Plastic Reconstructive Surgery Off-Campus Experience. (Special Elective)

The plastic and reconstructive surgery service is a clinical service involved with evaluation and management of wound- healing problems, repair of nerves, tendons, vessels and bone, and incorporating clinical material including tumors of the head and neck, injuries of the extremities, thermal burns and congenital abnormalities. The elective may be taken as a one- month rotation to include participation in ward rounds, clinics and in the operating room. chool of Nursing

Dean— Dr. Vickie A. Lambert Associate Dean for Undergraduate

Programs— Df Katherine E. Nugent Associate Dean for Graduate Programs and Research—Di Virginia H. Kemp Assistant Dean for Business Affairs

— Dr. J. David Bass A iicademic Calendar

School of Hursing

Fall Quartet 1995 1996

New student orientation September 14 September 12

New SONAT students register (in Augusta) September 14 September 12 New students register September 15 September 13

Returning student registration September 18 September 16

Exemption examinations given at IVICG for U.S. and Georgia History and Constitution September 18 September 16 Augusta College classes begin September 18 TBA MCG classes begin September 19 September 17

Last day for late registration/schedule changes* September 22 September 20

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty October 23 October 22

Last day to apply for March graduation October 23 October 22

Pre-registration for winter quarter October 12-26 October 11-25 Regents' Test October 23 TBA Thanksgiving recess November 22-24 November 27-29

Last day of classes November 30 November 26

Examinations December 1, 4-6 December 2-5 Term ends December 6 December 5

Winter Quarter 1996 1997

Registration January 3 January 3

Exemption examinations given at MCG for U.S. and Georgia History and Constitution January 3 January 6 Augusta College classes begin January 4 TBA MCG classes begin January 4 January 6

Last day for late registration/schedule changes* January 11 January 9 * Last day to apply for June graduation* January 12 January 10

Martin Luther King, Jr. holiday January 15 January 20

Midterm: last day to withdraw from a course without penalty February 7 February 7 Regents' Test February 12 TBA

Pre-registration for spring quarter February 2-16 February 3-17

Last day of classes March 11 March 12 Examinations March 12-15 March 13-14, 17-18 Term ends March 15 March 18 School of Nursing 183

opriny miancf 195/0 1007

Rpni^tratinn March 19 Marrh 1Q

Exemption examinations given at MCG for U.S. and Georgia History and Constitution March 19 March 19 MCG classes begin March 20 March 20 Spring vacation (SONAT) March 22-29 March TBA Augusta College classes begin March 28 TBA

Last day for late registration and schedule ctiange* March 25 March 25

Spring vacation (Augusta) April 8-12 April 7-11

Midterm: last day to witfidraw from a course without penalty May 3 April 29

Last day to apply for August graduation May 3 April 29 Regents Test May 6 TBA

Pre-registration for summer and fall quarters May 1-15 May 2-16

Last day of classes May 30 May 30

Examinations May 31, June 3-5 June 2-5 (graduating students limp 9-d\

Term ends June 5 June 5 Graduation June 8 June 7

OUUImtfrWffmftiof liUaricf/Vftor^Of' 1QQ7

Registration June 17 June 16

Exemption examinations given at MCG for U.S. and Georgia History and Constitution June 17 June 16 MCG classes begin June 18 June 17

Last day for late registration and schedule changes* June 21 June 20 Augusta College classes begin June 19 TBA

Independence Day Holiday July 4 July 4

Pre-registration for fall quarter July 12-26 July 14-28 Regents' Test July 22 TBA

Midterm: last day to v\/ithdraw from a course without penalty July 22 July 21

Last day to apply for December graduation July 22 July 21

Last day of classes August 23 August 22 Examinations August 26-29 August 25-29 Term ends August 29 August 29

* A late fee is assessed beginning the day after the student's scheduled registration day.

* *To ensure diploma is received in time for graduation. as well as the requirements for professional nursing,

are incorporated into the teaching/learning process.

This process, which enhances the learner's acquisi-

tion of professional knowledge, skills and attitudes, Uchool of Nursing involves interaction between the learner and teacher with mutual responsibility and accountability. Faculty

serve as facilitators and models of competence in

nursing practice.

The undergraduate program prepares the baccalaure- Philosophy ate graduate for general professional nursing prac-

tice and leadership roles. Related course work in the The School of Nursing, as an integral part of the sciences and humanities provides a foundation and/or health sciences univer- Medical College of Georgia, the enhancement of the professional nurse's education. sity of the state of Georgia, conducts academic programs at the graduate and undergraduate levels, congruent with the purpose, mission and goals of the Accreditation university. Faculty in the School of Nursing develop curricula incorporating the follovi/ing beliefs: The School of Nursing is accredited by the National

League for Nursing and is a of the Each person is a unique human being who interacts member agency Council of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs. with others and the environment. A family is broadly

defined and may represent an individual's interaction The baccalaureate program is also approved by the Georgia of Nursing. are eligible to with persons in the environment in the context of Board Graduates take the state licensing examination. Successful completion daily living. Across the life span, all persons possess

worth and dignity and have unique capabilities for entitles the nurse to legally practice nursing using the

reasoning, adapting to change and advancing title "registered nurse" (R.N.).

through developmental stages in order to maximize

their individual potential. Facilities, General Education and Health is a dynamic state of being and influences the Professional interaction of the person within the family and larger

community. It is viewed on a continuum of The general facilities of MCG combined with those of wellness/illness and is defined in accordance with Augusta College offer excellent opportunities for a bal- cultural norms and the goals of individuals, families anced program of liberal and professional education in and communities. the bachelor and master's program. Environment is both internal and external and is the In addition to facilities for instruction as listed in the context through which individuals, families and com- General Information section of this catalog, the School munities grow and develop. As an individual and a of Nursing utilizes health-care institutions, including member of a family and community, each person has Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, a reciprocal relationship with the environment which University Hospital, Augusta Regional Hospital, St. affects health. Joseph Hospital, Department of Human Resources, Nursing is a practice-based discipline focused on nursing homes, day and nursery schools, and other caring and optimizing well-being throughout the life community agencies selected based on their contribu- span. Through a dynamic relationship among research, tion to the student's applying knowledge and develop- education and practice, nursing is in a key position to ing skills related to continuity of patient care, health- promote change in the health-care delivery process. care services and total health planning for individuals, The professional nurse practices nursing by utilizing families and communities. a broad knowledge base, exercising clinical judgment The School of Nursing at Athens (SONAT) offers the and being accountable to the profession and society. complete B.S.N, program. Clinical facilities utilize a The nurse works independently and collaboratively wide variety of health-care settings in primary, sec- with other health professionals to promote wellness ondary and tertiary care, including Athens Regional and manage responses to illness. The diversity and Medical Center, St. Mary's Hospital, University Health complexity of our changing health care system Service, Department of Human Resources, day care require professional nurses who think critically and nursing and other centers, schools, homes many com- j creatively in providing comprehensive health-care munity health-related agencies. services. Students enrolled in courses on both campuses may Learning is a lifelong dynamic process. The student's be required to travel to Atlanta, Augusta or other sur- life experiences, educational and professional goals, rounding areas for community experiences. School of Nursing 185

Fees and Expenses 2. Demonstrate accountability to the client, profession and community. Information section of this catalog See the General 3. Demonstrate critical thinking and independent deci- other general fees and dormitory for matriculation, sion-making in health-care situations. costs. housing 4. Collaborate with relevant publics and members of Estimated additional expenses and fees for nursing health-care teams in a variety of settings to promote

students include: books and supplies—$300 to S600 wellness and facilitate restoration of health. junior year, per academic year; uniforms— $135 and 5. Seek knowledge as a lifelong learner to maintain other (National senior year, $45; expenses, e.g. Board contemporary professional nursing skills. fees, equipment, professional insurance, etc.)—junior 6. Demonstrate leadership and management skills in a year, $85, senior year, $180. beginning professional nursing practice. Current information on estimated costs for personal Admission Criteria expenses, transportation, and off-campus housing can Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American College be obtained from the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Testing (ACT) scores.

Cumulative GPA, with some preference given for out- Financial Aid and Employment Opportunities standing grades in courses supportive to nursing.

The Student Financial Aid Bulletin may be obtained by Completion of all prerequisite course work. writing to the Financial Aid Office. A limited number of Preference to Georgia residents.

part-time employment opportunities are available Personal interview, if requested by the school. through the MCG Personnel Office. References.

An application form on which you may apply for any High school graduation or its equivalent.

of the programs listed in the brochure may be obtained Application Procedures by writing the Financial Aid Office. Application forms with instructions for completing Employment opportunities for nursing students are admission procedure may be obtained from the Office available in local health-care facilities in Augusta, of Undergraduate Admissions. Application for each including MCG Hospital and Clinics, University entering student must be filed (including all transcripts Hospital, St. Joseph Hospital and Augusta Regional and other admission requirements) by March 1 for the Hospital. Nursing students also have opportunities for fall quarter admission. Early application is encouraged. employment in hospitals in Athens. Transcripts from all colleges or other higher educa-

tional institutions are part of the application and are Student Organizations and Activities necessary to determine admission eligibility. SAT or

Students in the School of Nursing participate in the ACT scores must be submitted and should either be social, cultural and student development activities and requested from Educational Testing Service or

organizations at the Medical College of Georgia. American College Testing Service, or should appear on

An honor society was organized in 1969. It was char- the student's college transcript (or other document tered as Beta Omicron Chapter, Sigma Theta Tau, Inc., submitted) for undergraduate applicants.

1974. All completed applications received before the stated

In addition to the regular activities at the university, deadlines are given careful consideration; however, not

students in nursing may belong to class organizations all applicants are admitted.

and the Georgia Association of Nursing Students. Technical Standards for Admission to and Retention in the Undergraduate Program Non-Academic Exclusion A candidate for the B.S.N, degree must have four vari-

eties of abilities and skills: observation, communication, Any student may be denied permission to continue in motor and behavioral. Reasonable accommodations the School of Nursing if in the opinion of the faculty, may be made for some disabilities. However, a candi- the student's knowledge, character or mental or physi- date is expected to perform reasonably independently. cal fitness cast grave doubts concerning potential capa-

1 . Observation: A candidate must be able to observe a bilities as a nurse. patient/client accurately. Examples of observation

include listening to heart and breath sounds, visualiz- The Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program ing the appearance of a surgical wound, detecting the

Objectives presence of a foul odor and palpating an abdomen.

Upon completion of the Baccalaureate Nursing pro- 2. Communication: A candidate must be able to com-

gram, the graduate will: municate effectively with patients/clients and other

1 able . Deliver safe, comprehensive nursing care in a variety members of the health-care team. He must be

of settings to individuals, families and communities. to interact with patients/clients and other members 186 School of Nursing

of the health-care team to obtain information, Examination, and the examinations of the Georgia

describe patient situations and perceive non-verbal Constitution and history and the U.S. Constitution and

communication. history.

3. Motor. A candidate must have adequate motor func- Details regarding these required exams are published

tion to effectively work with nursing problems and in the General Information section of this catalog and

issues and carry out related nursing care. Examples should be carefully read and understood by all appli-

of nursing care include ambulating and positioning cants. CLEP exams do not meet these requirements.

patients; cardiopulmonary resuscitation; administer- Core Curriculum Requirements ing intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and All bachelor's-degree students must complete at least oral medications; applying pressure to stop bleeding; 90 quarter hours of core curriculum (or general educa- opening an obstructed airway; and patient/client tion) courses in accordance with the Board of Regents daily hygiene care. requirements. The core curriculum for School of 4. Behavioral: A candidate must have the emotional Nursing students is presented below. health required to maximize his/her intellectual abili-

ties. Candidates must be able to tolerate physically Area I—Humanities Quarter Hours taxing work loads and to function effectively during English composition r 5 stressful situations. He/she must be able to adapt to English composition ir 5 ever-changing environments, displaying flexibility, Humanities electives (choose from art, drama, interaction skills and ability to function in the case of literature, fine arts, foreign languages, uncertainty that is inherent in a clinical situation humanities, journalism, linguistics, music, involving patients/clients. philosophy, religion, speech, theater) 10

Non-Degree Applicants Total 20 A student seeking to enroll for nursing courses as a special student, non-degree seeking, should contact the Area II— Office of Undergraduate Admissions for additional Mathematics/Natural Sciences Quarter Hours

information and an application. General chemistry with lab* 5

Transfer Credit General biology with lab* 5 Sequential chemistry or biology with lab* 5 Only science and math courses with a grade of C or College algebra/college mathematics* 5 better will be accepted for transfer into the B.S.N, pro-

gram. Any credit which is more than 10 years old or Total 20 from unaccredited institutions is subject to validation to the satisfaction of the faculty. Information regarding the Area III—Social Sciences-History Quarter Hours

options for this validation may be obtained from the American history 5

School of Nursing, Office of Recruitment, Advisement American government 5 and Records. Applicants transferring general education Introductory sociology* 5

credit not earned in a unit of the University System of Introductory psychology* , 5

Georgia are required to meet the general requirements of Total 20 the core curriculum of the University System of Georgia. School policy permits completion of certain subject Area IV—

exams offered through the College Level Examination Courses Supportive to Nursing Quarter Hours Program (CLEP) and the American College Testing- Human growth and development,

Proficiency Examination Program (ACT-PEP) to be developmental psychology, child psychology* 5

accepted for credit in the core curriculum. Human anatomy with lab* 5 Human physiology with lab* 5 Immunizations Advanced psychology or sociology* 5 In addition to the immunization policy listed in the Microbiology with lab* 5 general information section of this catalog, students Statistics 5 must have HBV immunizations completed before begin- 30 ning the School of Nursing program; students not com- Total

pleting series must sign a disclaimer. HBV Total Quarter Hours 90

tJniversity System and Legislative Examination Requirements *These courses must be completed prior to beginning the program All undergraduate students are required to meet Board course including American gov- of Regents and legislative examination requirements. **A political science

These exams include the Regents Testing Program ernment is acceptable. School of Nursing 187

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Curriculum Spring Quarter—Senior Year The baccalaureate curriculum plan specifies required NUR 4030 Professional Nursing Practice (3-24-15)

courses and sequence in each of the four years of the Academic Eligibility and Progression Standards B.S.N, program. Students may transfer in after two years Students in the baccalaureate nursing program must eam of general preparatory work elsewhere. Students are a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 in all residence work to enter accepted at the junior level only. A minimum of 45 the senior year A grade of C or better is required in all under- quarter hours of nursing course work must be earned in graduate nursing courses (designated NUR). To progress, residence. The curriculum focuses on the knowledge and students must earn at least a C in each prerequisite. practice of nursing and draws on relevant arts, sciences Students earning grades of D, F or WF in a single nursing and the humanities. course may repeat the course one time. Students earning All undergraduate nursing students will take the grades of D, F or WF the second time will be academically courses listed below plus four credit hours of electives, dismissed. Upon notification of any grade of D, F or WR the in addition to the general education core requirements, student must meet with the associate dean, undergraduate to complete B.S.N, degree requirements. The nursing program, for academic advisement. courses are taken in sequence beginning the junior Students may repeat no more that two nursing courses year. In the junior and senior years, students will con- during one enrollment at the Medical College of Georgia centrate study in nursing theory and practice and con- School of Nursing. After the third failure, the student is aca- tinue study in general education. Students must com- demically dismissed. A student may apply for readmission plete their core curriculum courses prior to beginning one year following dismissal, in accordance with standard their senior year in nursing. (Numbers in parenthesis application procedures. are lecture-lab-credit hours). Dean's List and Honors Fall Quarter —Junior Year Qualifying undergraduate students may be design- NUR 3001 Dimensions of Professional Nursing ated for Dean's List and/or graduation with honors. (2-0-2) Qualifications are stated in the MCG General Information NUR 3002 Health Assessment & Health section of this catalog. Promotion (3-2-4)

NUR 3003 Nursing Care Across the Life Span (3-6-6) B.S.N. Graduation Requirements NUR 3004 Pathophysiology (4-0-4) In addition to the undergraduate graduation require-

ments specified in the MCG General Information sec-

Winter Quarter—Junior Year tion of this catalog, the following requirements have

NUR 3020 Clinical Pharmacology (4-0-4) been established for the B.S.N, degree: NUR 3021 Nursing Care of the Family: 1 . A grade of C or better for all undergraduate courses Preconception to Prepubescence (2-4-4) designated as NUR.

NUR 3022 Nursing Care of the Family: 2. A MCG cumulative grade point average of 2.0 for all

Adolescentto Young Adult (2-4-4) courses in residence.

NUR 3023 Family Theory (2-0-2) 3. Completion of at least 45 quarter hours in residence.

Spring Quarter—Junior Year Departmental Faculty NUR 3031 Ethical and Legal Aspects

in Nursing (2 0-2) Adult Nursing

NUR 3032 Nursing Care of the Family: Chair: P Lillis; Professors: L. Burrell, V. Lambert;

Middlescence (3 6-6) Associate Professors: P Lillis; Assistant Professors:

NUR 3033 Nursing Care of the Family: A. All, J. Bowsher, M. Bramlett, S. Butler. C. dlDonato-

Young-Old to Oldest-Old (2 -4-4) Gonzalez, M. J. Gerlach, P Graham. R. Havens, A. Lupien,

NUR 3034 Introduction to Nursing Research (3 -0-3) B. Pless, M. Spurr, P Wilson; Instructors: C. Berding,

L. Farris, B. George-Gay, D. Thompson, M. Tingen.

Fall Quarter—Senior Year Community Nursing NUR 4001 Individual and Family Problems Arising Chair: J. Boyle; Professors: I Boyle; Associate From Mental Health Disorders (3-4-5) Professors: J. Billue. V. King; Assistant Professors: E. NUR 4002 Nursing Management of Complex Health Daniels, C. Gorman, D. Moriarty, M.E. Quinn, S. Turner; Problems in Acute Care Settings (4-8-8) Instructors: G. Bentley, T. DeLong, D. Ruck.

Winter Quarter—Senior Year Mental Health-Psychiatric Nursing

NUR 4020 Health of the Community (5-0-5) Interim Chair: L. Ellis; Professors: M. Killeen;

NUR 4021 Families Experiencing Complex Health Associate Professors: L. Ellis, G. Bennett; Assistant

Problems in the Community (4-8-8) Professors: D. Anna, B. Cunningham, L. Gramling, C. 188 School of Nursing

Welch; Instructors: CSummrer. NUR 3020 Clinical Pharmacology (4-0-4) Prerequisites: NUR 3001 , 3002, 3003 and 3004. Administration Nursing Basic principles of pharmacology: pharmacokinetics, phar-

Cliair-.k. Lowenstein; Professors: A. Lowenstein; macodynamics, pharmacotherapeutics. Nursing implications

Associate Professors: I Dunkin; Assistant Professors: for pharmacologic agents that affect responses of persons in

L. Cohen, S. Hillman, N. Williamson. wellness or illness across the life span emphasized.

Parent-Cliild Nursing NUR 3021 Nursing Care of the Family: Preconception Cliair: B. Woodring; Professors: \l. Kemp; Associate to Prepubescence (2-4-4)

Professors: B. Woodring, K. Nugent; Assistant Prerequisites: and 3004. NUR 3001 , 3002, 3003

Professors: M. Bradshaw, A. Desmond, D. Hatmaker, Provides a theoretical foundation and learning opportunities

B. Kiernan, J. Salzer, C. Tiller; Instructors: I Behr, M. regarding nursing care of individuals and families from preconception through prepubescence. Health promotion of the Bravo, M. Chambers, G. Russell, J. Woods.

beginning family focuses on health in preparation for childbear-

ing and child-rearing. Didactic information and related clinical

activities progress in a developmental sequence through the

antepartal, intrapartal and postpartal periods, followed by the Course Descriptions neonatal, early childhood and elementary school age periods.

NUR 3022 Nursing Care of the Family: Adolescence to Young Adult (2-4-4) Lecture-lab-credit hours are shown. Prerequisites: NUR 3001, 3002, 3003 and 3004.

Provides a theoretical foundation and learning opportunities NUR 3001 Dimensions of Professional Nursing (2-0-2} regarding nursing care of individuals and families from adoles- Prerequisites: Junm-\m\ status in the School of Nursing. cence through young adulthood. Didactic information and Covers nurses' professional roles, professional values and related clinical activities focus on health promotion, growth the interaction of the nurse with health-care delivery systems. and development leading to maturation, and the influence of Historical development of the nursing profession analyzed. lifestyle on individuals and families during this period. Critical thinking, problem-solving, decision-making models and the contribution of nursing theory to nursing practice NUR 3023 Family Theory (2-0-2) emphasized. Prerequisites: and 3004. NUR 3001 , 3002, 3003

Provides the theoretical foundations necessary to work 3002 Healtli Assessment and Health Promotion NUR effectively with families in today's society, Examines the struc- (3-2-4) ture and functioning of families, family development and family Prerequisites: status in the School of Nursing. M'm-\eye\ assessment; social, economic and cultural influences on fami- Basic introductory course in health assessment and health lies; and community resources available to families for referral promotion. Strategies to assess and plan health promotion as and assistance. Teaching strategies appropriate to use in the well techniques for obtaining a health history; performing as nursing care of families examined. physical, developmental and nutritional assessments; and recording findings for clients across the life span emphasized. NUR 3031 Ethical and Legal Aspects In Nursing (2-0-2)

Prerequisites: Completion of required courses in fall and (3-6-6) NUR 3003 Nursing Care Across the Life Span winter quarters. Prerequisites: status in the School of Nursing. M'm-\eye\ In-depth exploration of legal and ethical issues in nursing. on the of knowledge acquisition to Focuses process used Preparation for dealing with the legal and ethical problems of care for individuals diverse cultural back- assess and from day-to-day nursing situations emphasized. Fundamental legal

across the life span. The enactment of nursing roles grounds issues affecting nursing and health care discussed. Models in variety of settings Clinical facilitate a examined. experiences developed along with values and priorities as guidelines for

learning individuals the life span. about across Students have decision-making based on Standards of Practice, the ANA opportunities to apply communication and assessment skills Code of Ethics, the Nurse Practice Act and the Patient Bill of care with clients in variety of settings. and provide nursing a Rights. Students given opportunity to apply principles to family

situations throughout the life span addressing moral-philo-

NUR 3004 Pathophysiology (4-0-4) sophical issues such as abortion, child-rearing, aging, alloca-

Prerequisites: Smm-\m\ status in the School of Nursing. tion of resources, confidentiality, futility and dying. Case stud-

Introduction to the pathophysiological basis of illness. ies demonstrating principles of malpractice and negligence as

Emphasizes alterations in structure and function as they inter- well as protection from potential lawsuits discussed. fere with the body's ability to meet needs for oxygen, nutrition, elimination and sensation and fluid, electrolyte and acid- NUR 3032 Nursing Care of the Family: base balance. Selected therapeutic modalities that moderate Middlescence (3-6-6) the disruptions in homeostasis and promote optimal health Prerequisites: NUR 3001, 3002, 3003 and 3004.

discussed. Examines nursing care of adults experiencing lifestyle alter-

ations affecting health. Emphasizes biopsychosocial and

behavioral changes related to chronic health problems. Actual School of Nursing 189

and potential health problems affecting various body systems gies designed to alleviate adverse outcomes and promote explored as a mechanism to examine lifestyle changes for indi- healthy coping. Clinical experiences in a variety of community viduals and families during middlescence. Students engage m settings. activities to promote quality of life and prevent complications of chronic illness of individuals with middlescent families. NUR 4030 Professional Nursing Practice (3-24- 15)

Clinical experience provided in a variety of community settings Prerequisites: M\0[-\eye\ courses; fall and winter senior-level including ambulatory care clinics, hospitals and work sites. courses.

Focuses on principles of professional nursing practice and

NUR 3033 Nursing Care of the Family: Young-Old provides opportunities to synthesize and integrate previous

To Oldest-Old (2-4-4) learning experiences and test them in clinical practice settings.

Prerequisites: NUR 3001 , 3002, 3003 and 3004. Students work directly with an experienced nurse preceptor

Focuses on individual, family and societal responses to during the clinical experience and moves to a self-directed, actual or potential health needs of the older adult. Emphasizes interdependent position as a beginning professional nurse on responses which maintain and promote independence and the health-care team. quality of life. Provides opportunities for interdisciplinary collaboration, continuity of care and integration of students into Electives aging networks, which are supportive of older persons, significant others and caregivers, NUR 3050 Substance-Abuse Nursing (2-0-2 or 4-0-4)

Introduction to basic concepts and skills pertinent to the NUR 3034 Introduction To Nursing Research (3-0-3) nursing diagnosis of problems related to substance abuse in Prerequisites: Fall and winter junior-level courses various practice settings. Learning experiences planned to Provides opportunity to study the research process in nursing. encourage students to examine their attitude toward substance Student develops critical thinking skills while critiquing pub- abusers and substance-abuse disorders as health problems. lished nursing research designs and methods. Student applies Strategies to assist substance abusers in recovery explored. beginning nursing research skills by identifying a nursing problem and identifying appropriate strategies to study the problem. NUR 3051 Therapeutic Nutrition (2-0-2 or 4-0-4)

Focuses on the currently known nutrients required to NUR 4001 Individual and Family Problems Arising achieve optimal health status, how they are used in the body From Mental-Health Disorders (3-4-5) and consequences of inadequate intake of these nutrients. The Prerequisites: Junior-level courses influences of religious, cultural and ethnic background on Focuses on helping individuals and families with problems nutrition discussed. Emphasizes the promotion of healthful arising from mental-health disorders to achieve an optimum lifestyles for students and their patients. level of mental health. Clinical experiences provide opportunities to observe and participate in selected treatment modalities. NUR 3052 Nursing and Human Sexuality Students apply assessment, communication and psychoeduca- (2-0-2 or 4-0-4) tion skills with individuals, families and groups. Student examines personal beliefs, attitudes and values

regarding sexuality and recognizes their effects on nursing NUR 4002 Nursing Management Of Complex Health practice. Emphasizes the need for a basic knowledge base in Problems In Acute-Care Settings (4-8-8) sexuality and communication skills in order to assess clients' Prerequisites: Junior-level courses needs, provide effective education and make referrals when Focuses on health restoration and rehabilitation of clients in appropriate. acute-care settings experiencing complex and multiple health problems. Emphasizes managed care and utilization of interdis- NUR 3053 Nursing in Complex Problems of ciplinary resources. Students concentrate on secondary and Childbearing (2-0-2 or 2-4-4) tertiary prevention strategies designed to alleviate and prevent Prerequisites: NUR 3021 and 3022 complications of these health problems in clients across the life Students deepen and expand their knowledge base in child- span. Clinical experiences in a variety of acute-care settings. bearing processes, family dynamics and the nursing process.

Current trends and issues relevant to deviations from the normal NUR 4020 Health Of the Community (5-0-5) childbearing process investigated. Students explore professional Prerequisites: Junior-level courses role of the nurse when dealing with childbearing clients. Combines knowledge from public health sciences and professional nursing to improve the health of the entire commu- NUR 3054 Issues Related to Successful Aging nity. Public health issues and trends explored as they relate to (2-0-2 or 4-0-4) health problems of populations. Increases understanding and appreciation of the normal

aging process. Emphasizes positive developmental attributes NUR 4021 Families Experiencing Complex Health and creative approaches that enrich the life processes of the Problems In the Community (4-8-8) older population. Prerequisites: Jun'\o^-\eve\ courses

Focuses on the health promotion, restoration and rehabilitation of individuals and families in the community with complex NUR 3055 Nursing in Human Loss and Grieving health problems. Emphasizes case management and mobiliza- (2-0-2 or 4-0-4) tion of community resources. Students concentrate on strate- Study of the conceptual models of loss, grief, death and School of Nursing

dying and their application in the nurse/client and group inter- HIV disease. Provides a foundation to develop professional actions. Emphasizes theories of caring, development, adapta- nursing practice. tion and ethics in nursing interventions with these clients.

NUR 3064 Introduction to Alternatives in Childbirth NUR 3056 Issues in Women's Health Care (1-2-2) (2-0-2 Of 4-0-4) Prerequisites: NUR 3021 and NUR 3022

Prerequisites: NUR 3022 Teaches various types of childbirth education and an

Introduction to contemporary issues in women's health. increased awareness of alternatives of childbirth.

Theoretical information presented and discussed in weekly seminars; students examine society's impact on women's NUR 3065 Community Focus: Nursing Support health and information about women's common health con- Following Natural or Manmade Disaster Devastation cerns. Nurse advocacy approach to the nurse-client relation- (2-4-4) ship emphasized. Research issues as they relate to women's Prerequisites: Permission of faculty. health discussed. In the event of a natural or manmade disaster, the student

studies a selected site, assesses needs and resources avail-

NUR 3057 Perioperative Nursing (1-6-4) able, offers assistance and interacts with available health-care

Prerequisites: Completion of first- and second-quarter junior- providers. The student must adapt to the needs and changes level nursing courses. as they occur in the environment and relate with the commu-

Introduces the concept of perioperative nursing and pro- nity and group as the week progresses. vides the opportunity to implement the nursing process within the perioperative, intraoperative, postoperative and pre-recov- NUR 3066 Group Dynamics (Variable Credit) ery phase of the patient's surgical experience. The course design is didactic experiential with theoretical

content presented and analyzed. The laboratory consists of

NUR 3058 Computer Applications in Nursing (2-4-4) the experiential application utilizing the theoretical content.

Provides the knowledge and skills to use computer applications in the discipline of nursing. NUR 3067 School Health Nursing (1-2-2) Prerequisites: NUR 3002, NUR 3003

NUR 3059 Nursing Care of Clients With Dysrhythmias This course provides an opportunity to focus on the health

(2-0-2 or 4-0-4) needs of the school health population including students, par-

Prerequisites: Completion of pathophysiology course. ents and faculty. An aggregate approach to health promotion

Provides a comprehensive understanding of normal and and disease prevention addressed with emphasis on primary abnormal cardiac electrophysiology. Student utilizes knowl- and secondary prevention measures. Students use health edge obtained from the previous pathophysiology course when assessment and health education principles in meeting the discussing pathology related to dysrhythmias. Emphasizes selected needs of individuals, families and groups. nursing interventions specific to the care of clients experiencing dysrhythmias. NUR 3900 Independent Study (Variable Credit)

Faculty permission required. NUR 3060 Organ and Tissue Donation and Transplantation: A Nursing Perspective (3-2-4) NUR 3901 Independent Study (Variable Credit) Focuses on the complex issues related to organ/tissue pro- Faculty permission required. curement and transplantation. Explores biological, psychological, social, legal and ethical ramifications of organ transplanta- NUR 4050 Intensive Coronary Care (2-4-4 or 2-0-2) tion. interact with patients their families Students and and Prerequisites: Completion of junior-level courses or consent of network with organ procurement teams across the United instructor. States. Covers recent advances in pathophysiology, pharmacology,

technology and treatment of persons with cardiovascular dis- NUR 3061 Conceptsof Rural Nursing (2-0-2) ease with an emphasis on coronary heart disease.

Prerequisites: Completion of fall-quarter junior-level courses.

Focuses on the organization and functioning of nursing NUR 4051 Pediatric Externship and Professional Nurse within health-delivery systems in rural areas. Development (2-6-5)

Prerequisites: Completion of junior-level courses. NUR 3062 Financial and Economic Impacts on Nursing Provides a unique learning opportunity that results from a (2-0-2) or (4-0-4) collaborative effort between MCG School of Nursing and MCG

Focuses on the relationship of the external and institutional Hospital Department of Nursing. Gives in-depth knowledge in financial and economic environments to the professional prac- the nursing care of the hospitalized child and his family. The tice of nursing. student utilizes this knowledge by applying the nursing pro-

cess for children with complex illnesses in pediatric tertiary-

care settings. The student utilizes the work setting to demon- NUR 3063 Nursing Management in HIV Disease (2-0-2) strate the acquisition of professional work behaviors. Introduces physical, psychosocial and ethical/legal issues related to planning/caring for persons across the spectrum of School of Nursing

NUR 4052 Ethics in Nursing (2-0-2 or 4-0-4)

Pre-requisites: Completion of junior-level courses.

Develops knowledge of ethics in nursing. Emptiasizes per- sonhood, major ethical theories and basic principles of health- care ethics. Philosophical considerations involving the value of life and the distribution of resources serve as prototypes for ethical issues in health care. Specific issues explored by applying ethical decision-making models to selected case studies.

NUR 4053 Adult Nursing Externship (3-4-5)

Prerequisites: Compleim of lunior-level courses.

Provides a unique learning opportunity to build on principles of nursing basic to the care of adult patients with various health alterations. Students explore selected concepts related to the care of the adult patient and use the nursing process to plan care of the patient and his family, building on knowledge acquired in the junior year. The student employed as a Senior

PCA II demonstrates responsible work-role behaviors in the work setting.

NUR 4054 Critical-Care Nursing (4-0-4)

Prerequisites: Completion of junior-level courses and permission of instructor.

Focuses on critical-care nursing in acute medical and surgical crises. Emphasizes common acute stressors, adaptive mechanisms of patients and the role of the nurse in working with critically ill patients and their families.

NUR 4055 Perinatal Externship (2-6-5)

Prerequisites: Completion of junior-level courses.

Provides opportunities to deepen and expand knowledge base in childbearing processes, neonatal-period family dynamics and the nursing process.

NUR 4056 Introduction to Child Mental Health Psychiatric Nursing (Variable Credit)

Prerequisites: Completion of courses in Psychiatric Mental

Health Nursing.

Focuses on nursing approaches with children and adolescents experiencing mental health and psychiatric problems.

An overview of problems from birth through adolescence is provided, including discussion of risk factors, typical manifestations of the problems, usual nursing interventions and expected outcomes of intervention. A wide variety of problems from mild and episodic behavior problems to chronic and severe developmental disabilities are discussed within the con- texts of the family and school. Effects of interventions such as medications and hospitalization are reviewed.

.ppendix A

University System of Georgia

Members of the Board of Regents Representing Current Term Expires

John H. Anderson, Jr., Hawldnsville State-at-Large 1997

J. Tom Coleman, Jr., Savannati State-at-Large 2002

Suzanne G. Elson, Atlanta State-at-Large 1999

Donald M, Leebern. Jr., Atlanta State-at-Large 1998

Charles H. Jones, Macon State-at-Large 2002

S. William Clark, Jr., M.D., Waycross First District 1999

Elsie P. Hand, Pelham Second District 1997

William B. Turner, Columbus Third District 2000

Dwight H. Evans, Atlanta Fourtti District 2000

EIridge W. McMillan, Atlanta Fifth District 1996

Kenneth W. Cannestra, Atlanta Sixth District 2001

Edgar L. Rhodes, Bremen Seventh District 1999

John Howard Clark, Moultrie Eighth District 1996

Edgar L. Jenkins, Jasper Ninth District 2001

Thomas F. Allgood. Sr., Augusta Tenth District 2000

Juanita Powell Baranco, Decatur Eleventh District 1998

Officers and Staff Members of the Board of Regents

* Donald M. Leebern, Jr.. Chairman* Vacant, Senior Vice Chancellor for Capital Resources

Juanita Powell Baranco, Vice Chairman* Douglas H. Rewerts, Vice Chancellor-Facilities

Stephen R. Portch, Chancellor* Peter J. Hickey. Assistant Vice Chancellor-Facilities

Sid Bremer. Special Assistant to the Chancellor (Interim)

Arthur N. Dunning, Senior Vice Chancellor for Human Vacant, Assistant Vice Chancellor-Facilities and External Resources/Acting Deputy* Jim Claffey, Director of Environmental Safety (Interim)

Vacant - Secretary & Special Assistant to the Board of Linda M. Daniels, Director of Facilities Planning

Regents Vacant, Associate Vice Chancellor-Fiscal Affairs

Thomas E. Daniel, Vice Chancellor of External Affairs C. Roger Mosshart. Assistant Vice Chancellor-Budgets

Arlethia Perry-Johnson, Assistant Vice Chancellor- Levy G. Youmans, Assistant Vice Chancellor-Accounting

Media & Publications Carole B. Riddle, Director of Business Services

Vacant, Assistant Vice Chancellor -Development & Joan M. Elifson, Senior Vice Chancellor for Academic

Economic Services Affairs (Interim)

Vacant. Vice Chancellor of Human Resources & Legal Barry A. Fullerton, Vice Chancellor-Student Services

Affairs J. B. Mathews, Vice Chancellor-Information/

T. Don Davis, Associate Vice Chancellor-Human Instructional Technology /CIO

Resources Randall A. Thursby, Assistant Vice Chancellor- John Fleischmann. Director of Personnel Management Information Technology

Elizabeth E, Neely, Associate Vice Chancellor-Legal Vacant, Assistant Vice Chancellor-Instructional Affairs* Technology

J. Burns Newsome. Assistant Vice Chancellor-Legal Haskin R. Pounds, Vice Chancellor-Planning and Affairs (Prevention) Policy Analysis

Vacant, Assistant Vice Chancellor-Legal Affairs Cathie M. Hudson, Assistant Vice Chancellor- Planning

(Contracts) Joseph J. Szutz, Assistant Vice Chancellor-Planning Vacant, Assistant Vice Chancellor-Legal Affairs yacM-Associate Vice Chancellor-Academic Affairs (Compliance) 194

Jan Kettlewell, Assistant Vice Chancellor-Academic

Affairs (Interim)

David M. Morgan, Assistant Vice Cfiancellor-Academic

Affairs

Joseph P. Silver, Assistant Vice Chancellor-Academic

Affairs

*Officers of the Board Dean. School of Nursing

Vickie A. Lambert A Academic Affairs Director Continuing Education and Health iippendix B Communication

Paul J. Brucker

Director, Institutional Research and Information Administration General Barbara P. Stephens and Academic Deans Director Library

Holly S. Buchanan President

Francis J. Tedesco Business Operations Director Supply Administration Vice President for Academic Affairs Harold L. Anderson, Jr. Barry D. Goldstein

Director, Personnel Services Vice President for Business Operations/ William G. Hayes Legal Advisor to ttie President

Gerald W. Woods Director, Physical Plant

W. Clay Adamson, Jr. Vice President for Clinical Activities

Charles H. Wray Director, Public Safety

R. Bruce Morgan Vice President for Fiscal Affairs and Planning

J. Michael Ash Fiscal Affairs

Director, Auxiliary Services Vice President for Research Thomas R. Pearre, Jr. J. Malcolm Kling (Interim)

Director, Budget Management Vice President for Student Affairs

William F. Smith James B. Puryear

Comptroller Vice President for University Advancement Allen E. Slavens James B. Osborne

Director, Facilities Planning Executive Director of ttie Medical College of Georgia William Y. McLean Hospital and Clinics

Patricia K. Findling-Sodomka Research Affairs

Director, Biostatistics Associate Vice President for Planning

William 0. Thompson, II (Hospital and Clinics)

LoisT. Ellison Director, Grants and Contracts

J. Russell Claybrook Director Internal Audits

Donald C. Smith Director, Research Support Services

J. Malcolm Kling Cfiief Information Officer

Dale M. Chernich Student Affairs

Director, Enrollment Management Senior Legal Advisor David J. Tucker Clayton D. Steadman

Director, Financial Aid Dean. School of Allied Health Sciences Sandra D. Fowler Biagio J. Vericella

Director, Housing and Foreign Visitor Advisor Dean, School of Dentistry Thomas J. Fitts, Jr David R. Myers

Director Minority Student Affairs Dean. School of Graduate Studies

James E. Carter, III Darren G. Kirch

Registrar Dean. School of Medicine James L. McLeod Darren G. Kirch 196

Director, Student Affairs

Randy R. Butterbaugh

Director, Undergraduate Admissions

Elizabeth Griffin Allison, Jerry D., Associate Professor, Radiology;

Associate Professor, Radiologic Technologies. Univ of

FL, PhD 1978; Old Dominion Univ, MS 1974; NC St A Univ, BS 1970. Appointed 09/14/78. iippendix C Allsbrook, William C, Jr., Associate Professor,

Pathology. Univ of NC (Chpl HI), MD 1970; Duke Univ, AB 1964. Appointed 07/01/80.

Full-time/Part-time Faculty* Altman, RoyE., Jr., Assistant Professor, Pathology.

Univ of GA, PhD 1976; Univ of GA, MS 1968; Berry Col, BS 1965. Appointed 09/15/80. Abdel-Latif, AtaA., Regents' Professor Biochemistry

Molecular Biology; Professor, Studies. IL and Graduate Anderson, GailC, Associate Professor, Library, Univ Inst of Tech, PhD 1963: De Paul Univ, MS 1958; De of Ml (Ann Arbor), AMLS 1970; Univ of Ml (Flint), AB Paul Univ, BS 1955. Appointed 08/01/67. 1969. Appointed 12/01/78.

Abney, Thomas 0., Professor. Physiology and Anderson, Ronald W., Associate Professor,

Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of Endodontics; Associate Professor, Oral Biology; Univ Univ GA. PhD 1972; of GA, MS 1969; of GA, BS Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of TX HIth 1966. Appointed 07/01/73. Sci Ctr (Hstn), DDS 1971 ; Univ of TX HIth Sci Ctr (Hstn), MS 1975. Appointed 02/01/86. Abraham, Edathara C, Professor, Biochemistry and

Molecular Biology; Professor. Graduate Studies. Univ of Anna, David J., Assistant Professor. Mental Louisville, Kerala. PhD 1971; Univ of BS 1958. Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Univ of TX HIth Sci Ctr (Sn Appointed 07/01/74. Ant). MSN 1977; St Univ of NY (Bflo), BSN 1971. Appointed 09/01/93. Adair, Steven M., Associate Professor. Pediatric

Dentistry. Univ of NC (Chpl HI). DDS 1973; Univ of lA, Arazie, JoanC, Instructor. Radiologic Technologies. 1976; Univ of NC (Chpl HI), BS 1970. Appointed MS Med Col of GA, BS 1975; Med Col of GA. AS 1974. 08/01/90. Appointed 11/15/84.

Adams, Francis W., Jr., Instructor, Oral Rehabilitation. Arena, John G., Associate Professor, Psychiatry and Med Univ of SC. DMD 1979; Clemson Univ. BS 1975. Health Behavior. St Univ of NY (Albany), PhD 1983; Appointed 09/01/92. Adelphi Univ. BA 1978; Nassau Comm Col, AA 1976. 07/01/84. Adams, Robert J., Professor. Neurology. Univ of AR Appointed for Med Scis. MD 1980; Univ of CO (BIdr), MS 1976; Arnette, AnnH., Assistant Professor, Medical Snt Louis Univ, BS 1971. Appointed 07/01/85. Technology. Med Col of GA, MHEd 1994; Erskine Col,

Akhtar, RashidA., Professor, Biochemistry and BA 1972, Appointed 05/01/90,

Molecular Biology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of Bailey, Joseph P., Jr., Charbonnier Professor, London. PhD 1974; Panjab Univ, MS 1964; Panjab Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD 1955; Mercer Univ, MEd Univ. BS 1963. Appointed 07/01/77. 1952; Mercer Univ, BS 1952. Appointed 07/01/61.

Albritton, Thomas A., Assistant Professor. Medicine. Baisden, C. Robert, Professor, Pathology. West VA Univ of Auto de Guadalajara. MD 1980; Univ of GA. BS

Univ, MD 1 965; West VA Univ, AB 1 961 . Appointed 1976. Appointed 10/01/89. 03/01/79,

All, Anita C, Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing. Univ Baker, R. Randall, Assistant Professor, Respiratory of North CO. PhD 1993; Univ of North CO. MS 1989; Therapy; Assistant Professor, Anesthesiology; Assistant Univ of WY, BS 1986; IN Univ-Prdue Univ (Indnpis), AA Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of AL (Birmnghm). 1969. Appointed 01/01/94. PhD 1991; John Carroll Univ, BS 1977. Appointed

Allen, Virginia R., Professor. Occupational Therapy; 05/01/93.

Professor. Graduate Studies. Univ of GA, EdD 1984; Balogh, Scott E., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Med Col of GA. MHEd 1977; IN Univ (Bloomington), BS Health Behavior. Univ of NE Med Ctr. MD 1988; Univ of 1967. Appointed 09/01/73. NE (Omaha). BA 1984. Appointed 09/01/93.

*Note; File effective May 15, 1995. including those

actions approved by the Board of Regents to take

effect July 1, 1995 ; 198 Appendix C

Baptists, Carlos A. C, Assistant Professor, Cellular Beall, Sharon P., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Med

Biology and Anatomy. Sch of Med of Itajuba, MD 1 981 Col of GA, MD 1990; GA St Univ, MS 1986; GA St Univ,

Univ of Sao Paulo, PhD 1987; Univ of Sao Paulo, MS BSE 1984. Appointed 09/15/93. 1986. Appointed 01/01/94. Behr, Julia L, Instructor, Parent-Child Nursing. Med Barenie, James 1, Professor, Pediatric Dentistry. IN Col of GA, MSN 1992; Med Col of GA, BSN 1988. Univ-Prdue Univ (Indnpis), DDS 1967; Univ of Appointed 01/14/93. Rochester, MS 1973. Appointed 08/18/77. Bell, Raymond A., Associate Professor,

Barger, James H., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Ophthalmology; Associate Professor, Neurology. Health Behavior. IN Univ-Prdue Univ (Indnpis), MD Queen's Univ (Kngstn), MD 1970. Appointed 04/01/91.

1966; IN Univ (Bloomington), BA 1962. Appointed Benjamin, John 1, Professor, Pediatrics. Columbia 09/01/90. Univ, MD 1966; Harvard Univ, BA 1962. Appointed Bah, Shalinaz, Assistant Professor, Anesthesiology; 10/01/94.

Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing. Univ of Karachi, Bennett, E. Gerald, Associate Professor, Mental MBBS 1983; Pak Emp Coop Hou Soc Col for Worn, FSc Health/Psychiatric Nursing; Associate Professor, 1976. Appointed 07/01/93. Graduate Studies; Associate Professor, Psychiatry and

Barman, Scott A., Assistant Professor, Pharmacology Health Behavior. Univ of TX (Austin), PhD 1983; Case and Toxicology; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Wstrn Resv Univ, MSN 1977; Med Col of GA, BSN

Univ of ND, PhD 1986; Univ of ND, MS 1983; 1974. Appointed 07/01/83.

Muhlenberg Col, BS 1980. Appointed 09/01/90. Bennett, James W., Professor, Pediatrics. Med Col of Barnard, Laura L, Instructor, Physician Assistant. Med GA.MD 1946. Appointed 07/01/53. Col of GA, BS 1986. Appointed 02/01/92. Bentley, Gayle W., Instructor, Community Nursing. Barrett, J. li/lichael. Associate Professor, Cellular Med Col of GA, MSN 1989; Clemson Univ, BSN 1974. Biology Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate and Appointed 01/01/93. Studies. Tulane Univ, PhD 1973; Univ of North CO, BA 1968. Appointed 07/01/77. Berding, Christine B., Instructor, Adult Nursing. Med Col of GA, MSN 1992; Med Col of GA, BSN 1983. Barrett, Jotin 1, Jr., Assistant Professor, Radiology. Appointed 09/01/92. Univ ofSC (Columbia), PhD 1981; Univ of SC (Columbia), MD 1985; Tulane Univ, BS 1976. Appointed Berg, Teresa G., Instructor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. 09/01/92. Univ of SD (Sprngfid), MD 1987; SD St Univ, BS 1983. Appointed 07/01/93. Bassali, Reda W., Instructor, Pediatrics. Univ of

Alexandria, MBChB 1979. Appointed 07/01/94. Berge, Bonavon B., Assistant Professor, Oral and

Maxillofacial Surgery. Univ of MN (Minn/Snt Paul), DDS Bate, Bavidli/I., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and 1970; Univ of MN (Minn/Snt Paul), BS 1968. Appointed Health Behavior. Med Col of GA, MD 1987; Emory Univ, 11/01/78. BA 1982. Appointed 01/01/92.

Bertrand, Leslie, Associate Professor, Surgery; Bates, DeboraliJ., Assistant Professor, Surgery. Med S. Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. TX Tech Univ, MD Col of GA, MD 1976; Agnes Scott Col, BA 1972. 1976. Appointed 09/01/85, 1980; Univ of TX (Austin), BA Appointed 12/01/85. Bates, William B., Assistant Professor, Radiology.

Med Col of GA, MD 1976; Univ of GA, MA 1972; Univ of Best, GaryK., Professor, Pharmacology and GA, BS 1970. Appointed 05/01/81. Toxicology; Professor, Graduate Studies. OK St Univ, PhD 1965; Southwest St Col, BS 1960. Appointed Battles, William M., Jr., Assistant Professor, 06/01/68. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Univ of Louisville, MD 1966; Jacksonville Univ, BS 1962. Appointed 07/01/91. Bhalla, VinodK., Professor, Physiology and Endocrinology; Associate Professor, Biochemistry and Battu, Prabhakar, Assistant Professor, Radiology. Molecular Biology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Agra Andhra Univ, MBBS 1969. Appointed 01/01/85. Univ, PhD 1968; Agra Univ, MS 1964; Agra Univ, BS Bauza-Armstrong, Jose A., Assistant Professor, 1962. Appointed 06/01/74. Radiology. Univ of PR, MD 1984; Boston Univ, BA Bhatia, JatinderJ. S., Professor, Pediatrics; 1980. Appointed 07/01/92. Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of Poona, MBBS 1975. Appointed 07/01/91. Appendix C 199

Bhatti, NazirA., Professor, Surgery. Univ of ttie Bowen, Paul A., II, Professor, Medicine; Assistant Punjab, MBBS 1957; Govt Col (Mngire), FSc 1950. Professor, Surgery. Emory Univ, MD 1978; Mercer Appointed 09/15/68. Univ, BS 1974. Appointed 07/01/83.

Billue, Joyces., Associate Professor, Community Bowsher, JuanitaE., Assistant Professor, Adult

Nursing. Univ of GA, EdD 1986; Med Col of GA, MSN Nursing; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of

1976; Med Col of GA, BSN 1974. Appointed 09/01/94. TX (Austin), PhD 1987; Med Col of GA, MSN 1973; Med Col of GA, BSN 1971. Appointed 09/15/86. Binet, Eugene F., Warren Professor, Radiology. Univ of Boyle, JoyceenS., Professor, Community Nursing; MN (Minn/Snt Paul), MD 1962; Col of Snt Thorn, BS Professor, Graduate Studies. UTTech Col (Salt Lk), 1958. Appointed 07/01/87. PhD 1982; Univ of CA (Berkeley), MPH 1971; Brigham Bittle, Charles R., Associate Professor, Young Univ, BS 1 961 . Appointed 06/1 3/88. Anesthesiology; Associate Professor, Adult Nursing. Bradshaw, Martha J., Assistant Professor, Parent- Wake Forest Univ, MD 1952. Appointed 12/12/69. Child Nursing. Univ of TX (Austin), PhD 1992; Univ of Blevins, Keith S., Assistant Professor, Oral and TX (Austin), MSN 1980; Baylor Univ, BSN 1970. Maxillofacial Surgery. Med Col of VA, DDS 1967; Hope Appointed 01/01/90. Col, BA 1959. Appointed 01/01/72. Bramlett, Martha H., Assistant Professor, Adult Bookman, BaleE., Professor, Cellular Biology and Nursing; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Med Anatomy; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of IL Med Col of GA, PhD 1990; Univ of NC (Grnsbr), MSN 1981; Ctr (Chicago), PhD 1963; CA St Univ (LA), MA 1958; Univ of NC (Grnsbr), BSN 1975. Appointed 09/01/90. Southwest MO St Col, BSEd 1956. Appointed 02/01/75. Brandsma, Jeffrey M., Professor, Psychiatry and Boedy, R. Frederiol(, Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Health Behavior. PA St Univ, PhD 1971; PA St Univ, MS Univ of FL, MD 1978. Appointed 07/01/89. 1967; Central Col, BA 1965. Appointed 06/01/81. Bollag, RoniJ., Assistant Professor, Medicine; Brann, Barrell VI., Assistant Professor, Physiology and Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy. Yale Endocrinology; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ, PhD 1989; Yale Univ, MPhil 1987; PA St Univ, BS Med Col of GA, PhD 1990; Henderson St Univ, BA 1984. Appointed 01/01/94. 1984. Appointed 04/01/91.

Bollag, Wendy B., Assistant Professor, Medicine; Bransome, Edwin B., Jr., Professor, Medicine; Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy. Yale Professor, Physiology and Endocrinology; Professor, Univ, PhD 1990; Yale Univ, MS 1988; PA St Univ, BS Graduate Studies. Columbia Univ, MD 1958; Yale Univ, 1984. Appointed 07/01/93. AB 1954. Appointed 09/01/70. Bond, GaryC, Associate Professor, Physiology and Bravo, Maureen S., Instructor, Parent-Child Nursing. ' Endocrinology; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of CA (San Frncsco), MS 1986; Univ of MD Univ of KS, PhD 1970; Univ of KS, BS 1965. Appointed (Baltmr Cnty), BSN 1974. Appointed 01/09/92. 09/01/76.

Brooks, Cathy G., Instructor, Associated Dental Borison, Richard L, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Sciences. Med Col of GA, BS 1985; Gainesville Col, AS Behavior; Professor, Pharmacology and Toxicology. 1983. Appointed 02/15/95. Univ of HIth Scis (Chicago Med Sch), PhD 1975; Univ

of IL Med Ctr (Chicago), MD 1977; Boston Univ, BA Brooks, Charles W., Jr., Assistant Professor,

1972. Appointed 07/01/81. Respiratory Therapy. Aug Col, MEd 1994; Med Col of

GA, BS 1984; Forsyth Tech Inst, AS 1981. Appointed Borke, James L, Associate Professor, Oral Biology; 09/15/90. Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. IL Inst of Tech,

PhD 1984; Northern IL Univ, MS 1977; Northern IL Brooks, Steven E., Assistant Professor, Univ, BS 1974. Appointed 07/01/93. Ophthalmology. Johns Hopkins Univ, MD 1988;

Dartmouth Col, AB 1984. Appointed 09/01/94. Boudewyns, Patrick A., Professor, Psychiatry and

Health Behavior. Univ of Wl (Milwke), PhD 1968; Univ Brophy, Colleen M., Associate Professor, Surgery.

of Wl (Milwke). MS 1966; Drake Univ, BA 1962. Univ of UT, MD 1983; Univ of UT BS 1979. Appointed Appointed 07/01/82. 07/01/93.

Bowden, TalmadgeA., Jr., Professor, Surgery. Med Brown, BaleE., Instructor, Medicine. Med Col of GA,

Col of GA, MD 1966; Univ of GA, BS 1962. Appointed MD 1990; Univ of GA. BS 1985. Appointed 07/01/93. 07/25/73. . 200 Appendix C

Brown, Gordon £., Jr., Assistant Protessor, Family Burch, Sandra £., Assistant Professor, Radiology;

Medicine. Univ of SC (Columbia), PhD 1983; Carson- Assistant Professor, Radiologic Technologies. GA Inst Newman Col, BA 1974. Appointed 07/01/90. of Tech, PhD 1993; Emory Univ, MMSc 1971; Emory Univ, BS 1970. Appointed 10/01/72. Brown, Jerry L, Assistant Professor, Anesthesiology;

Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing. KS Cty Col of Burke, George J., Associate Professor, Radiology;

Osteopthc Med, DO 1975; Wm Jewell Col, BA 1966. Associate Professor, Radiologic Technologies. Univ of

Appointed 07/01/88. MD (Baltmr Prof), MD 1958; Univ of MD (Baltmr Prof), BS 1954. Appointed 11/01/89. Brown, Jessie 0., Associate Professor, Associated

Dental Sciences. Med Col of GA, MHEd 1981; Med Col Burket, Roger C., Associate Professor, Psychiatry and 1969. 02/01/68. ofGA, BS Appointed Health Behavior. George Washington Univ, MD 1981; PA St Univ, BS 1971. Appointed 02/08/94. Brown, Terry li/l.. Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and

Health Behavior. Univ of Osteopthc Med & Surg, DO Burrell, Lenette 0., Professor, Adult Nursing; 1984; GA St Univ, BS 1977. Appointed 07/15/91. Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of GA, EdD 1978; GA

Brownell, George H., Professor, Biochemistry and Col, BSEd 1966. Appointed 09/01/72.

Molecular Biology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of Burton, Edward M., Associate Professor, Radiology; SD, PhD 1967; Univ of SD, MA 1963; Univ of MN Associate Professor, Pediatrics. Univ of FL, MD 1971; (Duluth),BA 1961. Appointed 07/01/67. Univ of Miami, BS 1967. Appointed 1 1/01/92.

Bruclcer, Paul J., Professor, Continuing Education and Bustos-Valdes, Sergio E., Professor, Oral Biology; Health Communication; Professor, Allied Health Assistant Professor, Biochemistry and Molecular

Sciences. IN Univ (Bloomington), EdD 1969; IN Univ Biology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of

(Bloomington), MS 1 965; Col of Wm & Mary, BA 1 961 Concepcion, DDS 1958; Univ of Rochester, PhD 1968. Appointed 09/01/69. Appointed 03/01/71.

Brudno, 0. Spencer, Associate Professor, Pediatrics; Butler, Sharon W., Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing.

Associate Professor, Physiology and Endocrinology. Med Col of GA, MSN 1972; Med Col of GA, BSN 1970. Med Col of GA, MD 1977; Univ of VA, BS 1973. Appointed 03/01/74. Appointed 09/01/85. Butterbaugh, Randy R., Associate Adjunct Professor,

Buccafusco, Jerry J., Professor, Pharmacology and Respiratory Therapy. MS St Univ, EdD 1982; Ball St

Toxicology; Professor, Graduate Studies; Professor, Univ, MA 1977; Manchester Col, BS 1976. Appointed

Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Univ of Med & Dent of 08/01/84.

NJ, PhD 1978; Canisius Col, MS 1973; Snt Peter's Col, Caldwell, R. William, Professor, Pharmacology and BS 1971. Appointed 10/01/79. Toxicology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Emory Univ,

Buclianan, Holly S., Associate Professor, Library. Univ PhD 1969; GA Inst of Tech, BS 1965. Appointed of Louisville, EdD 1994; Univ of Louisville, MBA 1983; 12/01/87. Emory Univ, MLn 1973; Georgetown Univ, BA 1971. Caldwell, RuthB., Professor, Cellular Biology and Appointed 08/01/93. Anatomy; Professor, Graduate Studies; Professor,

Univ, Memphis Buckner, Wendy S., Assistant Professor, Occupational Ophthalmology. Memphis St PhD 1979; 1964. Therapy. Med Col of GA, MHEd 1987; Cleveland St St Univ, MS 1976; Agnes Scott Col, BA 08/01/88. Univ, BS 1982; Cuyahoga Comm Col (Metro Campus), Appointed 1973. Appointed 07/01/87. AS Callahan, Leigh A., Assistant Professor, Medicine.

Med Col of GA, MD 1984; Aug Col, BS 1980. Appointed Budet-Bauza, Lynnette, Assistant Professor, 04/15/91. Pediatrics. Univ of PR, MD 1984; Univ of PR, BS 1980.

Appointed 07/01/92. Calle, Roberto A., Assistant Professor, Medicine;

Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy. Univ Bonn, Gerald 1, Assistant Professor, Oral of PR, MD 1984; Univ of PR, BS 1980. Appointed Rehabilitation. Emory Univ, DDS 1964; Univ of GA, BA -.-^ 07/01/93. , 1960. Appointed 11/01/72.

Cameron, Richard S., Assistant Professor, Medicine; Bunyapen, Chantrapa, Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy. Yale Mahidol Univ, MD 1972; Mahidol Univ, BS 1970. Univ, PhD 1984; Northeastern Univ, BA 1976. Appointed 06/01/79. Appointed 10/01/93. Appendix C 201

Cammisa, KathrynM., Assistant Professor, Caughman, Gretchen B., Professor, Oral Biology;

Occupational Therapy. Med Col of GA, MHEd 1991; Professor, Graduate Studies; Associate Professor,

Med Col of GA, BS 1982; Hillsborough Comm Col, AA Cellular Biology and Anatomy. Med Univ of SC, PhD 1978. Appointed 06/15/88. 1981; Clemson Univ, BS 1977. Appointed 07/01/85.

Campbell, Carol A., Associate Professor, Health Caughman, W. Franklin, Professor, Oral Rehabilitation;

Information Management. Univ of Redlands, MA 1984; Professor, Oral Biology; Professor, Graduate Studies.

Loma Linda Univ, BS 1978. Appointed 09/13/84. Med Univ of SC, DMD 1979; MS St Univ, MEd 1985; Clemson Univ, BS 1976. Appointed 07/01/85. Caput, William G., Associate Professor, Family

Medicine. Univ of Ml (Ann Arbor), MD 1961; Baylor Chamberlain, C. Richard, Jr., Associate Professor,

Univ, MHCA 1976; Univ of CA (Berkeley), MPH 1965; Pathology. Univ of VA, MD 1957; VA Military Inst, BA Wayne St Univ, BS 1957. Appointed 08/01/81. 1952. Appointed 08/01/78.

Carl, G. Franldin, Professor, Neurology; Professor, Chambers, Gerald 1, Assistant Professor, Continuing

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology; Professor, Education and Health Communication. Univ of GA, PhD

Psychiatry and Health Behavior; Professor, Graduate 1974; Univ of GA, MA 1967; West Carolina Univ, BA Studies; Professor, Medicine. Univ of WY, PhD 1972; 1966. Appointed 09/01/75. Gettysburg Col, BA 1967. Appointed 11/01/79. Chambers, MaryM., Instructor, Parent-Child Nursing.

Carrasco, Ricardo C, Associate Professor, Occupational Med Col of GA, MSN 1988; Med Col of GA, BSN 1975. Therapy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Union Appointed 09/01/88. Inst, PhD 1990; Univ of the Philippines, MS 1982; Univ of Chandler, A. Bleakley, Professor, Pathology. Med Col the Philippines, BS 1976. Appointed 09/01/83. of GA, MD 1948. Appointed 07/01/51. Carrier, Gerald 0., Professor, Pharmacology and Chandler, Francis W., Jr., Professor, Pathology. Univ Toxicology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of TX of GA, DVM 1967; Univ of GA, PhD 1973; Univ of GA, (Austin), PhD 1971; Univ of TX (Austin), MS 1968; BS 1966. Appointed 04/01/85. Univ of TX (Austin), BS 1966. Appointed 02/01/74.

Chang, Barbara K., Professor, Medicine. Yeshiva Univ, Carroll, James E., Professor, Neurology; Professor, MD 1973; Brandeis Univ, MA 1970; IN Univ Pediatrics. Univ of Louisville, MD 1969; Univ of (Bloomington), BA 1968. Appointed 07/01/78. Louisville, BS 1966. Appointed 01/01/91.

Chaudhary, BashirA., Professor, Medicine; Professor, Carter, A. Lee, Associate Professor, Biochemistry and Respiratory Therapy. Univ of the Punjab, MBBS 1970; Molecular Biology; Associate Professor, Graduate Govt Col (Mngire), FSc 1965. Appointed 07/01/77. Studies. Univ of TX HIth Sci Ctr (Dallas), PhD 1977;

Baylor Univ, BS 1971. Appointed 08/15/80. Chew, Catherines., Professor, Medicine; Professor,

Cellular Biology and Anatomy; Professor, Graduate Caruana, Ralph J., Professor, Medicine. Tufts Univ, Studies. Emory Univ, PhD 1977; Armstrong St Col, BS MD 1974; Yale Univ, BA 1970. Appointed 05/01/86. 1970. Appointed 07/01/93. Casanova, Manuel F., Professor, Psychiatry and Health Chowanec, Gregory D., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry Behavior; Professor, Neurology. Univ of PR (Rio Rd), and Health Behavior. McGill Univ, PhD 1984; Rutgers St MD 1979; Univ of PR (Rio Rd), BS 1973. Appointed Univ (Nwrk), BA 1975. Appointed 02/13/86. 10/01/91.

Claiborne, Maureen 0., Assistant Professor, Cassingham, Robert P., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Med Col of GA, MD 1984; Spring Hill Col, Anesthesiology; Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing. BS 1970. Appointed 10/15/88. Tulane Univ, MD 1979; Univ of TX (San Anton), MPH

1983; Tulane Univ, BA 1975. Appointed 07/01/91. Clark, Joseph H., Professor, Pediatrics. IN Univ-Prdue Univ (Indnpis), MD 1977; IN Univ-Prdue Univ Catravas, John D., Regents' Professor, Pharmacology (Indnpis), BA 1973. Appointed 07/01/87. and Toxicology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of

MS, PhD 1978; Univ of MS, MS 1975; Cornell Col, BA Clayton, Gloria M., Professor, Adult Nursing;

1972. Appointed 06/01/81. Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of SC (Columbia),

EdD 1978; Med Col of GA, MSN 1976; Armstrong St Catto, Brian A., Associate Professor, Medicine; Col, BSN 1972. Appointed 10/12/78. Assistant Professor, Oral Biology. Univ of Southern CA, MD 1973; Brown Univ, BA 1964. Appointed 08/01/84. 202 Appendix C

Cohen, LeIandB., Assistant Professor, Nursing Admin- Costoff, Allen, Associate Professor, Physiology and istration; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Endocrinology; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies.

Washington Univ, PliD 1979; Southern IL Univ (Edwrdsvl), Univ of Wl (Madsn), PhD 1969; Marquette Univ, MS MSN 1991; Maryville Col, BSN 1987; OH St Univ, BA 1959; Marquette Univ, BS 1957. Appointed 10/01/70. 1968; Maryville Col, ADN 1985. Appointed 09/01/91. Cox, Frederick, Associate Professor, Pediatrics.

Cohen, Morris J., Professor, Neurology; Professor, Boston Univ, MD 1964; Boston Univ, BA 1960.

Pediatrics; Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Appointed 07/01/77.

Univ of GA, EdD 1983; GA St Univ, EdS 1978; GA St Cox, Roberto., Assistant Professor, Surgery; Assistant Univ, MEd 1976; Univ of Rochester, BA 1975. Professor, Pharmacology and Toxicology. Univ of lA, Appointed 04/14/83. PhD 1980; Univ of TX HIth Sci Ctr (Dallas), MD 1987;

Coiborn, GeneL, Professor, Cellular Biology and Augustana Col, BA 1976. Appointed 08/01/91. Anatomy; Professor, Graduate Studies; Professor, Cream, TonyL, Associate Professor, Cellular Biology Surgery. Wake Forest Univ, PhD 1967; Wake Forest and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ, MS 1967; Univ of Pittsburgh, BS 1962; KY Med Col of GA, PhD 1980; Univ of GA. BS 1974. Christian Col, BA 1 957. Appointed 06/01/75. ,^ Appointed 09/01/84.

Coleman, Charles H., Jr., Assistant Professor, Creel, TeruA., Assistant Professor, Occupational Surgery. Med Col of GA, MD 1973; Univ of GA, BS Therapy. Mercer Univ (Atl), MS 1993; Med Col of GA, 1969. Appointed 07/01/78. BS 1985; Erskine Col, BA 1983. Appointed 09/15/93,

Comer, Robert W., Associate Professor, Oral Diagnosis Crist, Oavid W., Assistant Professor, Surgery. Univ of and Patient Services; Associate Professor, Oral KS, MD 1982; Mcpherson Col, BA 1978. Appointed Rehabilitation. Med Univ of SC, DMD 1978; Univ of GA, 04/06/92. MA 1972; Clemson Univ, BS 1968. Appointed 11/01/86. Croft, Arthur R., Associate Professor, Oral Confer, Melissa Instructor, Pediatrics. Med Col of L, Rehabilitation. Univ of NE (Lincoln), DDS 1968; Univ of GA, MD 1991; GA Southern Univ, BS 1987. Appointed Omaha, BS 1959. Appointed 08/01/87. 07/18/94. Crosby, JohnH., Professor, Pathology. Univ of TN Conkright, William F., Assistant Professor, Continuing (Memphis), MD 1967. Appointed 07/01/75. Education and Health Communication. Univ of SC Professor, Medical Technology; (Columbia), MEd 1978; Univ of Houston, AB 1970. Crowley, Julia R., Appointed 07/01/73. Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of GA, EdD 1987; Cntrl Mi Univ, MA 1980; Univ of HI (Honolulu Comm Connuck, David M., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics; Col), MS 1967; Med Col of VA, BS 1973. Appointed Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy. St 02/01/74. Univ of NY HIth Sci Ctr (Syrcs), MD 1983; Cornell Univ

Cntrl Off, AB 1979. Appointed 07/01/89. Crumrine, Roberts., Professor, Anesthesiology; Associate Professor, Pediatrics; Professor, Adult Cook, Lloyd 0., Assistant Professor, Pathology. IN Nursing. Univ of Rochester, MD 1962; Dartmouth Col, Univ-Prdue Univ (Indnpis), MD 1974; Taylor Univ, BA AB 1957. Appointed 07/15/85. 1970. Appointed 01/01/89.

Cue, Jorge I., Associate Professor, Surgery. Univ of TX Corbitt, Otis A., Associate Professor, Psychiatry and HIth Sci Ctr (Dallas), MD 1982; Univ of TX (Austin), BA Health Behavior. Columbia Univ, DSW 1981; NY Univ, 1978; Univ of TX (Austin), BS 1978. Appointed MSW 1967; Allen Univ, BS 1960. Appointed 12/01/91. 07/01/90.

Corley, James H., Assistant Professor, Radiology; Cunningham, Senna E., Assistant Professor, Mental Instructor, Radiologic Technologies. Univ of GA, MS Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Univ of KY MS 1973; Univ 1976; Univ of GA, BS 1969. Appointed 12/15/86. of Evansville, BSN 1969. Appointed 10/01/91. Cormier, ReneE., Associate Professor, Medicine; Curtis, James W., Jr., Associate Professor, Oral Associate Professor, Physician Assistant. McGill Univ, Rehabilitation. Med Univ of SC, DMD 1978; Clemson MD 1967; Boston Col, AB 1963. Appointed 10/01/73. Univ, BS 1975. Appointed 07/01/89. Corpe, Raymonds., Assistant Professor, Surgery. Med Curtis, W. Oavid, Assistant Professor, Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD 1980; GA Inst of Tech, BS 1976. Col of GA, MD 1986; Emory Univ, BA 1982. Appointed Appointed 10/15/92. 07/01/91. Appendix C 203

Dadig, Bonnie A., Associate Professor. Physician Dennison, Franklin H., Assistant Professor. Respiratory

Ass sta-: U"!V of CO Med Ctr. MS 1980: Univ of CO Therapy. Aug Col. MEd 1989: Med Col of GA. BS 1983: (BIdr). BA 1973: Univ of CO (Btdr). BS 1973. Appointed East Carolina Univ. BA 1975. Appointed 09/13/84. 1Z/28'84. Dennison, JacquelynH., Associate Professor. Library.

Dainer PaulM., Associate Professor. Medicine. Univ of SC (Columbia). ML 1977: Clemson Univ, BA Thomas Jefferson Univ. MD 1972: Col of Wm & Mary. 1975. Appointed 10/01/80. BS 1968. Appointed 04'01/92. Dennison, Robert L, Associate Professor.

Daniels. Elizabeth B., Assistant Professor. Community Anesthesiology. Med Univ of SC. MD 1981: Johns Nursing. Enor, Univ. MN 1977: Vanderbilt Univ. BSN Hopkins Univ. BS 1972. Appointed 07/01/84. 1973. Appointed 09/01/92. Desmond, Anne M., Assistant Professor, Parent-Child

Davenport. Michael B., Instructor. Oral Rehabilitation. Nursing. Emory Univ. MN 1972; Barry Univ, BSN 1957.

Mec JH;, ci SC. DMD 1979: Clemson Univ. BS 1976. Appointed 09/01 '87. Appointed 01/01/90. Devoe, Lawrence D., Professor. Obstetrics and David. George, Assistant Professor. Radiology: Gynecology. Univ of Chicago. MD 1970; Harvard Univ, Ass sia".: Professor. Radiologic Technologies. Univ of BA 1966. ADDomted 07'01'83. MO (Columbia). MS 1980: Univ of MO (Columbia). MS DiDonato-Donzalez, Caroline, Assistant Professor. 1978: Univ of MO (Columbia). BS 1974. Appointed 04 09/81. Adult Nursing. Med Col of GA. MSN 1987: Med Col of GA. BSN 1985: Mt Snt Mary's Col. ADN 1979. Davidson. Bernard, Associate Professor. Psychiatry Appointed 09/01/87. anc near Bena. or; Associate Professor. Mental

Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Univ of GA. PhD 1980: Univ Diamond, Bruce I., Professor. Psychiatry and Health of GA. MSW 1989: Fairleigh Dickinson Univ (Tean). MA Behavior: Associate Professor. Pharmacology and 1976: Seton Hall Univ. BA 1973. Appointed 09/01/89. Toxicology. Univ of HIth Scis (Chicago Med Sch). PhD

1975: Long Isl Univ Cntrl Off. MS 1969. Appointed Davis. LorettaS., Assistant Professor. Medicine. OH St 07/01/81.

Urn .. MD 1982: Univ of Miami. BA 1979. Appointed 08/01/92. Dickey, David J., Assistant Professor. Endodontics. Med Col of GA. DMD 1978: GA Southem Univ. BS Davis, P. Charlton, Jr., Professor. Pediatrics. Univ of 1974. Appointed 09/01/91. TN ,M5Tpns,. MD 1968: Univ of TN (Chatnga). AB 1966. Appointed 06/01/84. Dickinson, Gene L, Associate Professor. Oral Rehabilitation: Associate Professor. Oral Biology; Davis, W. Bruce, Professor. Medicine. Emory Univ. MD Associate Professor. Graduate Studies. Univ of TN 1975 E-r.. Univ. BA 1971. Appointed 08/01/92. (Memphis), DDS 1963; Univ of AL (Birmnghm). MS 1988. Appointed 08/01/91. De Lecuona, Juan M., Instructor. Neurology. Cty Univ

of NY (Mnt Sinai). MD 1986: Cty Univ of NY (Cty Col). Dinges, Emily J., Instructor. Associated Dental BS 1984 AoDOinted 09/01/94. Sciences. Wichita St Univ. BS 1985. Appointed 09/15/94. DeLong, Tamsen H., Instructor. Community Nursing.

Med Coi of GA. 1986: Med Col of GA. 1978: MSN BSN Dirksen, Thomas /?., Professor. Oral Biology; I Univ of 1974. I GA BA Appointed OZ- 10/93. P'O'essc'. BiOC^emistry and Molecular Biology;

Professor. Graduate Studies. Univ of IL Med Ctr Deane, Daniel A.. Assistant Professor. Pediatrics. LA (Chicago). DDS 1957; Univ of Rochester. PhD 1967: I St Univ & Agric & Mech Col. MD 1980; Univ of New Univ of Rochester. MS 1960: Bradley Univ, BS 1953. I Orleans. BA 1975. Appointed 02y'01/95. Appointed 08'01''67.

Dennis, Allen J., Jr., Professor. Medicine. Columbia Doetsch, Gemots., Associate Professor. Surgery; umv Coi of Pnarm. MD 1961: Rice Univ. AB 1957. j Associate Professor, Physiology and Endocrinology; Appointed 07 01 '67. I Associate Professor. Graduate Studies. Duke Univ. PhD Dennis, JancisK., Associate Professor. Physical 1967: De Pauw Univ. BA 1962. Appointed 06/01/72.

Tnerap; , Associate Professor. Graduate Studies. Dolen, William K., Associate Professor. Pediatrics; Swinburne Col of Tech. MAS 1987: Lincoln Inst of HIth Assoc.aie Professor. Medicine. Univ of TN (Memphis), Sci. BAS 1980. Appointed 09/15/86. MD 1977; Rhodes Col, BS 1974. Appointed 09/15/92. . m Appendix C

Dome!, Suzanne B., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. TX Ehrhart, Ina C, Professor, Physiology and Woman's Univ, PhD 1990; TX Woman's Univ, MS 1987; Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. OH St TX Christian Univ, BS 1981. Appointed 07/01/93. Univ, PhD 1972; OH St Univ, BS 1968. Appointed 06/01/74. Donahue, James G., Instructor, Obstetrics and

Gynecology. Univ of Miami, MD 1989; IN Univ-Prdue ElEtreby, M. Fathy, Professor, Surgery; Professor,

Univ (Indnpis), MS 1985; Loyola Univ, BS 1981. Physiology and Endocrinology. Univ of Munich, DVM

Appointed 07/01/93. 1963; Univ of Cairo, BVSc 1961. Appointed 12/01/94.

Dorsey, DeannaL, Assistant Professor, Elkins, Ralph L, Associate Professor, Psychiatry and

Anesthesiology; Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing. Health Behavior. Univ of GA, PhD 1970; Auburn Univ, Wake Forest Univ, MD 1989; Brown Univ, BA 1985. MS 1966; Auburn Univ, BS 1963. Appointed 08/01/72. Appointed 08/15/93. Ellis, Linda A., Associate Professor, Mental Domey, MaryC, Assistant Professor, Associated Health/Psychiatric Nursing; Associate Professor,

Dental Sciences. Univ of Ml (Ann Arbor), MS 1976; Graduate Studies. Univ of GA, EdD 1979; Med Col of

Med Col of 6A, BS 1 974. Appointed 09/1 5/91 GA, MS 1972; Med Col of GA, BS 1967. Appointed 06/01/72. Dransfield, Daniel 1, Assistant Research Scientist, Medicine. Tufts Univ, PhD 1992; Catholic Univ of Amer, Ellison, Lois 1, Professor, Medicine; Professor, BS 1986. Appointed 08/01/94. Surgery; Associate Professor, Physiology and

Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Med Col of Dromslcy, JosepliR., Instructor, Oral Rehabilitation. GA, MD 1950; Univ of GA, BS 1943. Appointed 10/01/51. Med Col of GA, DMD 1988; Univ of GA, BS 1984.

Appointed 09/03/90. Engler, Harold S., Professor, Surgery. Med Col of GA, MD 1950. Appointed 07/01/55. DuPre, Connie 1, Assistant Professor, Medicine. LA St

Univ Med Ctr, MD 1986; LA St Univ (Baton Rg), BS Erbland, John F., Associate Professor, Oral Biology; 1982. Appointed 07/01/90. Assistant Professor, Biochemistry and Molecular

Biology; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of DuPre, JohnR., Assistant Professor, Medicine. Med Rochester, PhD 1963; Med Col of GA, DMD 1975; Univ Col of GA, MD 1986; Univ of VA, BA 1982. Appointed of Rochester, AB 1953. Appointed 07/01/72. 11/01/92.

Ernst, Jeffrey L., Associate Professor, Psychiatry and Dubin, StevinA., Associate Professor, Anesthesiology; Health Behavior. Southern IL Univ (Crbndl), PhD 1978; Associate Professor, Adult Nursing. Yeshiva Univ, MD Univ of MO (Snt Louis), MEd 1974; Univ of IL (Chicago 1983; Queen's Col, BA 1979. Appointed 07/14/86. Cir),BS 1972. Appointed 07/01/83.

Duncan, Jewell B., Assistant Professor, Surgery. Med Etersque, Stanley, Associate Professor of Biomedical Col of GA, MD 1984; North GA Col, BBA 1982; Computing, Allied Health Sciences. West VA Univ, EdD Gainesville Col, AA 1977. Appointed 08/01/92. 1975; Duke Univ, MAT 1964. Appointed 04/01/78.

Dunkin, Jeri W., Associate Professor, Nursing Eubig, Casimir, Associate Professor, Radiology; Administration. Univ of TX (Austin), PhD 1988; Univ of Assistant Professor, Radiologic Technologies. Univ of TN (Knoxvie), MPH 1974; East TN St Univ, BSN 1980; AZ, PhD 1970; Univ of AZ, MS 1965; Fordham Univ, BS Islamic Women's Col (Pakistan), BA 1972. Appointed 1962. Appointed 06/01/75. 08/01/94.

Evans, D. Durrell, Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Duvall, Roberta M., Instructor, Medical Technology. Health Behavior. Med Col of OH, MD 1984; St Univ of Univ of GA, BS 1965. Appointed 01/01/72. NY (Bflo), MA 1979; Col of Wooster, BA 1977.

Edwards, Barbara H., Assistant Professor, Pathology; Appointed 07/01/88.

Associate Professor, Medical Technology. Cntrl Ml Univ, Evans, DeniseR., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and MA 1984; Med Col of VA, BS 1962. Appointed Health Behavior. Med Col of OH, MD 1984; Univ of 09/01/74. Toledo, BS 1978. Appointed 07/01/88.

Edwards, Wallaces., Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Ewald, Frank W., Jr., Assistant Professor, Medicine.

Med Col of VA, DDS 1965; Univ of I A, MA 1974; Univ of Eastern VA Med Sch, MD 1976; Univ of PA, BA 1973; Richmond, BA 1961. Appointed 07/01/74. Bucks Cnty Comm Col, AS 1971. Appointed 02/01/85. Appendix C 205

Faguet, GuyB., Professor, Medicine; Associate Findling-Sodomka, Patricia K., Assistant Adjunct

Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy. Xavier Univ, Professor, Physical Therapy. OH St Univ, MS 1978; OH MD 1965; Biffe-LaSalle Col, BS 1958. Appointed St Univ, BS 1972. Appointed 01/20/87. 07/01/71. Fisher, LyIeE., Jr., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics.

Faircloth, Sharon P., Assistant Adjunct Professor, West VA Univ, MD 1988; West VA Univ, BS 1984.

Medicine. Univ of AL (Birmnghm), MAE 1974; Univ of Appointed 09/01/93. AL, BS 1969. Appointed 01/01/91. Flannery, Ann Marie, Associate Professor, Surgery;

Fall, Pamela J., Assistant Professor, Medicine. Snt Associate Professor, Pediatrics. Rush Univ, MD 1979;

Louis Univ, MD 1988; Univ of CA (Los Angeles), MA Univ of IL (Urbana), BS 1972. Appointed 10/01/87.

1981; Univ of CA (Los Angeles), BA 1977. Appointed Flannery, David B., Professor, Pediatrics. Emory Univ, 08/01/94. MD 1976; Columbia Univ, BA 1972. Appointed

Falls, D. Greer, III, Associate Professor, Pattiology. 07/01/84.

Med Univ of SC, MD 1979; Wofford Col, BS 1975. Forde, Deborah L, Instructor, Associated Dental Appointed 07/01/83. Sciences. Med Col of GA, BS 1994; Med Col of GA, AS

Farley, Beverly A., Instructor, Oral Rehabilitation. Med 1977. Appointed 08/15/94.

Col of GA, DMD 1991 . Appointed 07/01/92. Forde, Edward B., Assistant Professor of Dental

Farris, Lee A., Instructor, Adult Nursing. Med Col of Education, Dentistry; Assistant Professor, Continuing

GA, MSN 1994; Med Col of GA, BSN 1990; Armstrong Education and Health Communication. Univ of GA, MEd

StCol, AS 1987. Appointed 09/01/94. 1968; Erskine Col, BA 1966. Appointed 08/01/72.

Fee, Deborahs., Instructor, Associated Dental Forney, PaulD., Associate Professor, Family Medicine;

Sciences. Med Col of GA, BS 1982; Aug Col, AA 1981. Associate Professor, Community Nursing. Univ of MD

Appointed 09/01/94. (Baltmr Prof), MD 1975; Yale Univ, BA 1971. Appointed 04/01/79. Fei, You-Jun, Assistant Research Scientist,

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Med Col of GA, Fortson, Weston M., Jr., Assistant Professor,

PhD 1992; Guang Xi Med Col, MS 1981. Appointed Orthodontics. Med Col of GA, DMD 1983; Med Col of 06/01/95. GA, BS 1979. Appointed 10/11/90.

Feldman, David S., Instructor, Pharmacology and Foshee, William S., Associate Professor, Pediatrics. Toxicology; Instructor, Neurology. Med Col of GA, MD Univ of AL (Birmnghm), MD 1966; Univ of AL, BS 1994; Emory Univ, BA 1986. Appointed 01/15/95. 1961. Appointed 08/01/87.

Felz, Michael W., Assistant Professor, Family Frazier, Kevin B., Assistant Professor, Oral

Medicine. Univ of MO (Columbia), MD 1978; Univ of Rehabilitation. Univ of FL, DMD 1983; Univ of FL, BS

MO (Columbia), AB 1972. Appointed 11/01/87. 1978; Univ of FL, BA 1978; Edison Comm Col, AA 1975. Appointed 01/02/95. Ferris, Daron G., Associate Professor, Family

Medicine. Wake Forest Univ, MD 1979; Davidson Col, Freant, Lawrence J., Assistant Professor, Pathology;

BS 1975. Appointed 12/01/88. Assistant Professor, Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD

1967; Univ of Notre Dame, BS 1963. Appointed Field, Richards. Associate Professor, Medicine. Med 08/01/94. Col of GA, MD 1976; Univ of GA, BS 1972. Appointed

07/01/86. Freedman, Sandra N., Associate Professor, Radiology.

Med Col of GA, MD 1968; Univ of GA, BS 1965. Figueroa, Ramon E., Associate Professor, Radiology. Appointed 07/01/72. Univ of PR, MD 1980; Univ of PR, BS 1977. Appointed 10/09/86. Prison, LisaM., Assistant Professor, Anesthesiology; Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing. PA Col Osteopthc Fincher, Michael E., Associate Professor, Medicine. Med, DO 1983; Mercer Univ, BA 1979. Appointed Emory Univ, MD 1976; Univ of NC (Chpl HI), BA 1972. 07/01/90. Appointed 07/01/88.

Frye, Thomas V., Instructor, Respiratory Therapy. lA St Fincher, Ruth-Marie E., Professor. Medicine. Emory Univ of Sci & Tech, BS 1978. Appointed 06/01/94. Univ. MD 1976; Dartmouth Col, BMS 1974; Colby Col, BA 1972. Appointed 09/01/84. Fuqua, Kevin R., Instructor, Anesthesiology. Med Univ

of SC, MD 1990; Clemson Univ, BS 1985. Appointed 07/15/94. 206 Appendix C

Fuszard, Barbara M., Professor, Nursing Administration; Garver, Frederick A., Professor, Biochemistry and

Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of lA, PhD 1973; Molecular Biology; Professor Graduate Studies. Univ of

Univ of lA, MA 1969; CO St Univ, BE 1960. Appointed CO (BIdr), PhD 1969; OH St Univ, BS 1959. Appointed 09/01/84. 08/01/71.

Gadacz, Thomas R., Professor, Surgery. Snt Louis Gelbart, Arthur 0., Associate Professor, Family

Univ, MD 1966; Univ of Notre Dame, BS 1962. Medicine. Ludwig Max Univ (Munich), MD 1959; NY Appointed 07/15/91. Univ, BA 1954. Appointed 07/01/77.

Gale, Thomas F., Associate Professor, Cellular Biology George, Shirley A., Associate Professor, Community and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Nursing; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. IN Univ

Albany Med Col, PhD 1970; Univ of VT & St Agric Col, (Bloomington), EdD 1980; Boston Univ, MS 1966; St

MS 1965; Univ of VT & St Agric Col, BA 1963. Univ of NY (Col of Bflo), BS 1954. Appointed 09/01/82. Appointed 07/01/76. George-Gay, Beverly E., Instructor, Adult Nursing.

Galileo, DeniS., Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology Univ of FL, 1 991 Cty Univ of NY (Cty Col), BA MSN ; and Anatomy; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. 1982. Appointed 09/01/92.

Univ of FL, PhD 1988; New Col Univ of S FL, BA 1983. Gerlach, Mary Jo M., Assistant Professor, Adult Appointed 07/01/92. Nursing. IN Univ (Bloomington), MSN 1960; Col of Mt

Gallup, Donald G., Professor, Obstetrics and Snt Jos-OH, BSN 1957. Appointed 09/01/84. Gynecology. Emory Univ, MD 1963; Clemson Univ, BS Gerrity, RossG., Professor, Pathology. Austrain Natl 1958. Appointed 07/01/84. Univ, PhD 1973; Univ of Saskatchwn, MA 1969; Univ of Ganapathy, MalligaE., Assistant Professor, Medicine. Saskatchwn, BA 1966. Appointed 07/01/90.

Univ of Madras, MBBS 1975. Appointed 09/01/93. Getts, Alan G., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Univ of

Ganapathy, Vadivel, Professor, Biochemistry and IL Med Ctr (Chicago), MD 1981 ; US Mil Academy, BS Molecular Biology; Professor, Physiology and 1977. Appointed 08/01/93.

Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of Gilman, PriscillaA., Associate Professor, Psychiatry Madras, PhD 1978; Univ of Madras, MSc 1974; Univ of and Health Behavior. Case Wstrn Resv Univ, MD 1962; Madras, BSc 1971. Appointed 08/01/82. Swarthmore Col, BA 1957. Appointed 01/01/95.

Gangarosa, Louis P., Sr., Professor, Oral Biology; Given, KennaS., Professor, Surgery. Duke Univ, MD Professor, Pharmacology and Toxicology; Professor, 1964; West VA Univ, AB 1960. Appointed 06/01/77. Graduate Studies. St Univ of NY (Bflo), DDS 1955; Univ of Rochester, PhD 1965; Univ of Rochester, MS 1961. Godt, Robert E., Professor, Physiology and Appointed 07/01/68. Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of WA, PhD 1971. Appointed 09/01/78. Gao, Xiaoxing, Research Scientist, Surgery; Research

Scientist, Pharmacology and Toxicology. Med Col of Goldenring, James R., Associate Professor, Medicine;

GA, PhD 1991; Shanghai Inst of Chem Ind, BS 1981. Associate Professor, Surgery; Associate Professor, Appointed 05/01/92. Cellular Biology and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Yale Univ, PhD 1984; Yale Univ, MD Gardner, F. Michael, Associate Professor, Oral 1986; Yale Univ, MPhil 1984; Harvard Univ, AB 1980. Rehabilitation. Baylor Col of Dent, DDS 1967; George Appointed 07/01/93. Washington Univ, MA 1988. Appointed 07/01/91. Goldman, Barry M., Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Garnick, Jerry J., Professor, Periodontics; Professor, Emory Univ, DDS 1964; Univ of TX Med Brch (Galvstn), Graduate Studies; Professor, Oral Biology. Univ of Ml MS 1972. Appointed 06/01/72. (Ann Arbor), DDS 1957; Univ of Ml (Ann Arbor), MS Goldstein, Barry D., Professor, Pharmacology and 1959. Appointed 08/01/74. Toxicology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of Med & Garrett, W., Instructor, Physician Assistant. Shavonne Dent of NJ, PhD 1979; Adelphi Univ, BA 1975. Med Col of GA, BS 1993. Appointed 02/01/95. Appointed 05/01/81.

Garrison, GlenE., Professor, Medicine; Professor, Gorman, Carole A., Assistant Professor, Community

Family Medicine. Wake Forest Univ, MD 1958; Wake Nursing. Univ of Ml (Ann Arbor), MPH 1969; Marquette

Forest Univ, BS 1954. Appointed 08/01/65. Univ, BSPH 1958. Appointed 01/01/87. ; . Appendix C 207

Gossage, James R., Jr., Assistant Professor, Medicine. Gutin, Bernard, Professor, Pediatrics; Professor,

Rush Univ, MD 1984; Univ of IL (Urbana), BS 1979. Physiology and Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Appointed 08/01/94. Studies. NY Univ, PhD 1965; NY Univ, MA 1961; Cty

Univ of NY (Hunter Col), AB 1960. Appointed 07/01/91 Gourdin, Frederick W., Assistant Professor, Medicine.

Emory Univ, MD 1975; Davidson Col, BS 1971, Haas, Richard E., Instructor, Adult Nursing. St Univ of

Appointed 08/01/94, NY (Bflo), MS 1985; Boston Univ, MEd 1983; George Washington Univ, BSN 1976. Appointed 07/01/95. Go¥er, Charles B., Instructor, Radiology. Univ of PR,

Univ of PR, 1982. Appointed 07/01/93. MD 1986; BS Haburchak, David R., Associate Professor, Medicine.

Johns Hopkins Univ, 1973; Johns Hopkins Univ, BA Graham, Patricia B., Assistant Professor, Adult MD 1969. Appointed 10/01/87, Nursing. Emory Univ, MN 1975; Adelphi Univ, BSN 1970. Appointed 08/01/90. Hadsell, Michael J., Assistant Professor,

Gramling, LouF., Assistant Professor, Mental Anesthesiology; Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing.

Healtfi/Psycfiiatric Nursing. Med Col of GA, PfiD 1991 Emory Univ, MD 1986; GA Inst of Tech, BEE 1980.

Med Col of GA, MSN 1983; Med Col of GA, BSN 1978. Appointed 07/01/90. Appointed 09/01/91. Hall, Charles R., Sr., Instructor, Respiratory Therapy.

Green, Keith, Regents' Professor, Ophtfialmology; Med Col of GA, BS 1994. Appointed 09/01/94. Professor, Graduate Studies; Professor, Pfiysiology and HaH, Jerri A., Instructor, Oral Diagnosis and Patient Endocrinology. Univ of Snt Andrews, PhD 1964; Univ of Services. Med Col of GA, DMD 1977; Furman Univ, BS Snt Andrews, DSc 1984; Univ of Snt Andrews, BSC 1975. Appointed 03/10/94. 1961. Appointed 04/01/74.

Hamilton, Edward H., Jr., Professor, Orthodontics. Greene, JaneM., Assistant Professor, Medicine, Univ Univ of TN (Memphis), DOS 1 954; Univ of TN of TN (Nashvie), MS 1967; Univ of GA, BS 1966. (Memphis), BS 1954. Appointed 07/05/94. Appointed 05/01/69.

Hanes, Carole M., Professor, Pediatric Dentistry. Univ Greever, C. Martin, Assistant Professor, Medicine. of Louisville, DMD 1981; Univ of Louisville, BS 1974. Med Col of GA, MD 1986; Univ of Cincinnati, BS 1982. Appointed 09/01/86. Appointed 08/01/93.

Hanes, Philip J., Associate Professor, Periodontics; Gregory, Scott 1, Associate Professor, Radiologic Associate Professor, Oral Biology; Associate Professor, Technologies; Instructor, Radiology. St Univ of NY Graduate Studies. Baylor Univ, DOS 1974; Univ of (Bflo), MS 1977; Aldrsn Brddus Col, BS 1974. Rochester, MS 1985; North TX St Univ, BA 1971. Appointed 07/01/79. Appointed 09/01/86.

Griffin, Joseph W., Jr., Professor, Medicine. Univ of Hanevold, Coral D., Associate Professor, Pediatrics. NC (Chpl HI), MD 1968; Univ of NC (Chpl HI), BA 1964, Med Col of GA, MD 1982; Emory Univ, BSN 1976. Appointed 07/01/75. Appointed 04/01/95. Grigsby, R. Kevin, Associate Professor, Psychiatry and Hanly, Mark G., Assistant Professor, Pathology. Univ of Health Behavior. Univ of PA, DSW 1990; FL St Univ, Zimbabwe, MBChB 1983. Appointed 01/01/95. MSW 1981; Univ of GA, BA 1976. Appointed 12/01/91. Hanna, James D., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Med Gross, Hartmut, Assistant Professor, Surgery. Univ of Col of WI.MD 1983. Appointed 10/15/92. AL, MD 1985; Univ of AL, BA 1981; Univ of AL, BS 1981. Appointed 07/01/92. Hansen, Keith A., Assistant Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Washington Univ, MD 1983; Carroll Col, Guill, Margaret Professor, Pediatrics; Associate F, BA 1979. Appointed 07/01/93. Professor, Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD 1972; Agnes Hardin, John A., Professor, Medicine. Med Col of GA, Scott Col, BA 1969. Appointed 01/01/81. MD 1969; Univ of GA, BS 1965. Appointed 08/12/91. Gulati, Marsh K., Associate Professor, Cellular Hardin, VirgHM., Assistant Professor, Radiology; Biology and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Associate Professor, Radiologic Technologies. Meharry Studies. West VA Univ, PhD 1979; Univ of Delhi, BS Med Col, MD 1960; Xavier Univ (LA), BS 1955. 1975. Appointed 08/01/84. Appointed 01/01/83. Gunderia, MitaD., Assistant Professor, Anesthesiology.

Univ of Bombay, MBBS 1976. Appointed 04/15/94. 208 Appendix C

Harp, RollieJ., Assistant Professor of Biostatistics, Hendry, Lawrence B., Associate Professor, Physiology Biostatistics; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. FL and Endocrinology; Associate Professor, Graduate

St Univ, MS 1956; Carson-Newman Col, BS 1954. Studies. Cornell Col, PhD 1970; Lafayette Col, BS 1966. Appointed 07/01/73. Appointed 10/01/78.

Harrison, Steven J., Assistant Professor, Medical Hennecl(en, John-Francis HH., Associate Professor,

Illustration; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Med Medicine. St Univ of NY HIth Sci Ctr (Brklyn), MD 1981;

Col of GA, MS 1 970; Med Col of GA, BS 1 969. Snt John's Univ, BS 1976. Appointed 08/01/92. Appointed 09/15/91. Herman, Wayne W., Assistant Professor, Oral

Harrison, Theresa A., Assistant Professor, Cellular Diagnosis and Patient Services. IN Univ (Bloomington),

Biology and Anatomy; Assistant Professor, Graduate DDS 1967; Univ of lA, MS 1974; IN Univ Studies. Harvard Univ, PhD 1979; Tufts Univ, BS 1973. (Bloomington), BA 1963. Appointed 02/01/93. Appointed 10/01/88. Hertel, Joachim, Assistant Professor, Medicine. Univ

Hartlage, Patricia L, Professor, Neurology; Professor, of Santo Tomas, MD 1984. Appointed 10/01/92. Pediatrics. IN Univ-Prdue Univ (Indnpis), MD 1967; Snt Hess, David C, Associate Professor, Neurology; Mary-of-the-Woods Col, BA 1963. Appointed 09/01/72. Assistant Professor, Medicine. Univ of MD (Baltmr Assistant Professor, Medicine. Hartney, TliomasJ., Cnty), MD 1983; Johns Hopkins Univ, BA 1979. Med Col of GA, MD 1983; Emory Univ, BS 1978. Appointed 07/01/89. Appointed 07/01/86. Hesser, Alfred W., Associate Professor of Medical Hatley, RobynM., Associate Professor, Surgery; Education, Medicine. VA Polytech Inst, EdD 1981; VA Associate Professor, Pediatrics. Univ of KY, MD 1981; Polytech Inst, MA 1974; St Univ of NY (Col of Crtind), Eastern Univ, 1977. Appointed 07/01/86. KY BS BS 1972. Appointed 09/13/82.

Hatmalier, DebraD., Assistant Professor, Parent-Child Heuer, Gerald A., Associate Professor, Oral Nursing. Med Col of GA, PhD 1993; Med Col of GA, Rehabilitation. Marquette Univ, DDS 1970; Univ of GA, MSN 1986; Univ of TN (Memphis), BSN 1979. EdD 1987. Appointed 07/01/74. Appointed 01/01/94. High, James A., Assistant Professor, Orthodontics. Havens, RobynL, Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing. Emory Univ, DDS 1971; Emory Univ, BS 1971. Wright St Univ (Main Campus), MS 1988; Miami Univ Appointed 05/01/87. Oxford Camp, BSN 1983; Miami Univ Oxford Camp, ADN 1974. Appointed 09/01/94. Hill, W. David, II, Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Hawkins, Isaac K., Assistant Professor, Oral Wake Forest Univ, PhD 1989; Wake Forest Univ, MS Rehabilitation; Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and 1982; Wake Forest Univ, BA 1979. Appointed 07/01/92. Anatomy. Univ of TX Med Brch (Galvstn), DDS 1962;

CO St Univ, PhD 1969. Appointed 07/01/69. Hillman, Sandra M., Assistant Professor, Nursing Administration. Boston Col, PhD 1983; Boston Univ, Hawldns, li/lichaelL, Professor, Surgery; Professor, MS 1976; Univ of CT, BS 1969. Appointed 01/01/93. Anesthesiology. Emory Univ, MD 1968. Appointed

07/07/86. Hines, Franklin B., Ill, Assistant Professor, Orthodontics. Med Univ of SC, DMD 1978; Georgetown Haywood, Van B., Associate Professor, Oral Univ, MSC 1981; Univ of SC (Columbia), BS 1974. Rehabilitation. Med Col of GA, DMD 1974; Univ of GA, Appointed 08/01/81. BS 1971. Appointed 08/01/93. Hines, RandaUS., Assistant Professor, Obstetrics and Helman, Sandra W., Assistant Professor, Surgery; Gynecology. Univ of MS, MD 1988; Reed Col, BA 1982. Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy. Univ Appointed 08/01/92. of Louisville, PhD 1987; Univ of Louisville, MS 1976. Appointed 05/01/90. Hines, Sarah F, Assistant Professor, Anesthesiology.

Univ of MS, MD 1987; Auburn Univ, BS 1978. Hendrich, Chester E., Professor, Physiology and Endo- Appointed 09/01/92. crinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of MO

(Columbia), PhD 1964; Univ of MO (Columbia), MS 1961; Hobbs, Elgin, Jr., Assistant Professor, Surgery. Univ of

Univ of MO (Columbia), AB 1959. Appointed 06/08/73. NC (Chpl HI), MD 1984; Univ of NC (Chpl HI), BA 1979. Appointed 07/01/87. Hendrich, Julia E., Assistant Professor, Family

Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD 1987; Clemson Univ, BS Hobbs, Joseph, Professor, Family Medicine. Med Col of

1983. Appointed 08/01/90. GA, MD 1974; Mercer Univ, BS 1970. Appointed 03/01/77. .

Appendix C 209

Hodge, Lon D., Professor, Cellular Biology and HuH, Davids., Professor, Ophthalmology. Univ of IL

Anatomy; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of PA, Med Ctr (Chicago), MD 1967; Univ of IL (Urbana), BA VMD 1961; Univ of NC (Cfipl HI), PhD 1966; Univ of 1964. Appointed 06/01/74. MA (Boston Camp), BS 1957. Appointed 07/01/78. Humphries, Arthur L, Jr., Professor, Surgery. Johns

Hodges, Thomas!., Jr., Assistant Professor, Oral Retia- Hopkins Univ, MD 1952; Citadel Mil Col of SC, BS

bilitation. Emory Univ, DDS 1961. Appointed 08/01/80. 1948. Appointed 07/01/60.

Hoffman, WHHamH., Professor, Pediatrics. Marquette Hunt, Winston H., Instructor, Physician Assistant. Med Univ. MD 1965; Marquette Univ, AB 1961. Appointed Col of GA, BS 1974. Appointed 12/15/92. 09/01/84. Hyer, Leon A., Associate Professor, Psychiatry and

Hofman, WendeHF., Professor, Physiology and Health Behavior. Lehigh Univ, EdD 1970; Lehigh Univ,

Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Ml St MEd 1969; Snt Peter's Col, AB 1965. Appointed 02/01/78.

Univ. PhD 1970; Western Ml Univ, MS 1966; Western Il(eda, Stephen R., Associate Professor, Pharmacology Ml Univ, BS 1964. Appointed 09/01/70. and Toxicology; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies.

Hood, DannisE., Jr., Instructor, Medicine. Med Col of Univ of MD (Baltmr Prof), MD 1980; Univ of MD

GA, MD 1990; Univ of GA, BS 1986. Appointed 07/01/94. (Baltmr Prof), PhD 1983; George Washington Univ, BS 1976. Appointed 08/01/88. Hornsby, J. Larry, Sr., Associate Professor, Family Introna, P.S., Professor, Anesthesiology; Medicine. Univ of GA, EdD 1973. Appointed 08/01/73. Robert Professor, Pediatrics. Med Col of GA, MD 1980; Univ of Howard, Eugene F., Associate Professor, Biochemistry GA, BS 1976. Appointed 07/01/83. and Molecular Biology; Associate Professor, Graduate Isales, Carlos M., Assistant Professor, Medicine; Studies. Univ of Wl (Madsn), PhD 1967; Univ of Wl Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy. Univ (Madsn), MS 1962; Univ of Wl (Madsn), BS 1960. of PR, 1982; Tufts Univ. 1978. Appointed Appointed 09/01/71. MD BS 07/01/93. HowdiesheH, Thomas R., Associate Professor, Ivanhoe, John R., Associate Professor, Oral Surgery. Med Col of GA, MD 1982; Univ of GA, BS Rehabilitation. Loyola Univ (New Orlns), DDS 1968. 1978. Appointed 07/01/88. Appointed 08/15/93. HoweH, Charles G., Jr., Professor, Surgery; Professor, Iwinski, Henry J., Jr., Assistant Professor, Surgery; Pediatrics. Med Col of GA, MD 1973; Valdosta St Col, Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Brown Univ, MD 1985; BS 1970. Appointed 07/01/78. Niagara Univ, BS 1981. Appointed 07/01/90. Hudson, ValeraL, Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Jackson, Gloria H., Assistant Professor, Radiology. Med Col of GA, MD 1985; Aug Col, MS 1981; Aug Col, Case Wstrn Resv Univ, MD 1979; Kent St Univ, BA BS 1980. Appointed 07/01/92, 1970. Appointed 03/01/93.

Huechtker, Edward D., Sr., Assistant Professor, Jackson, Mark VI., Assistant Professor, Medicine. Univ Physician Assistant. Long Isl Univ (CW Post Campus). of MO (Columbia), MD 1985; Westminster Col, BA MPA 1981; Marymount Col, BA 1979; St Univ of NY 1981. Appointed 07/01/91. (Albany). AS 1977. Appointed 09/15/90. Jackson, Rebecca 1, Assistant Professor, Medicine. Huff, Thomas A., Professor, Medicine. Emory Univ, MD Med Col of GA, MD 1991; Emory Univ, BS 1986. 1961; Rhodes Col. AB 1957. Appointed 01/15/71. Appointed 07/01/94.

Huffnagle, VeraH., Assistant Professor, Neurology. Jackson, Thomas W., Associate Professor, Medicine. Thomas Jefferson Univ, MD 1989; Bucknell Univ, BS Med Col of GA, MD 1982; Emory Univ, BS 1978. 1991. Appointed 08/01/93. Appointed 07/01/91.

Hughes, JohnL, Associate Professor, Psychiatry and Jackson, William J., Associate Professor, Physiology Health Behavior. Med Col of GA, MD 1959; Univ of GA, and Endocrinology; Associate Professor, Graduate BS 1955. Appointed 09/01/89. Studies. TX Tech Univ, PhD 1966. Appointed 05/01/71

Huisman, Titus H.J. Regents' Professor, , Biochemistry Jaffe, Lynn E., Assistant Professor, Occupational and Molecular Biology; Professor, Medicine; Professor, Therapy. Columbia Univ, MS 1977; Mt Holyoke Col, BA Graduate Studies. Univ of Groningen, PhD 1948; St 1973. Appointed 08/01/93. Univ of Utrecht, DSc 1950; Univ of Groningen. MS 1946. Appointed 09/01/59. 210 Appendix C

Jarvis, Reynolds G., Associate Professor, Medicine; Kanto, William P., Jr., Hawes Professor, Pediatrics.

Associate Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Univ of VA, MD 1966; Univ of VA, AB 1962. Appointed Med Col of GA, MD 1976; Univ of the South, BA 1972. 03/01/83. Appointed 07/01/82. Karow, ArmandM., Jr., Professor, Pharmacology and dense, Holly G., Associate Professor, Anesthesiology; Toxicology; Associate Research Professor, Surgery;

Assistant Professor, Pediatrics; Associate Professor, Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of MS Med Ctr, PhD

Adult Nursing. Yeshiva Univ, MD 1983; Bryn Mawr Col, 1968; Duke Univ, BA 1962. Appointed 02/01/68. AB 1979. Appointed 08/01/89. Karp, Warren B., Professor, Pediatrics; Professor,

Jerath, Rita S., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics; Biochemistry and Molecular Biology; Professor, Oral

Assistant Professor, Medicine. Victoria Univ Biology; Professor, Oral Diagnosis and Patient Services; (Manchstr),MBChB 1977. Appointed 10/01/89. Professor, Graduate Studies. OH St Univ, PhD 1970; ,

Med Col of GA, DMD 1977; Pace Univ l\IY, BS 1965. Joe, Clarence, Associate Professor, Radiology;

Appointed 07/01/71. . , Associate Professor, Surgery. Med Col of GA, DMD

1973; Med Col of GA, MD 1977. Appointed 07/01/83. Kelly, Thomas, Jr., Adjunct Instructor, Health

Information Management. Aug Col, MBA 1978; Aug Johnson, William M., Associate Professor, Medicine. Col, BBA 1973. Appointed 12/01/78. Stanford Univ, MD 1968; Harvard Univ, MIH 1971;

Harvard Univ, MPH 1970; Stanford Univ, AB 1963. Kemp, Virginian., Professor, Parent-Child Nursing;

Appointed 04/01/95. Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of TX (Austin), PhD

1983; Emory Univ, MN 1972; Med Col of GA, BSN Johnston, Charlotte A., Associate Professor, Health 1971. Appointed 07/01/89. Information Management. GA St Univ, PhD 1987; Med

Col of GA, MS 1 971 ; Med Col of GA, BS 1 964. Keskula, Douglas R., Assistant Professor, Physical

Appointed 12/16/81. Therapy. Univ of VA, PhD 1993; Springfield Col, MS

1990; St Univ of NY (Stoney Brk), BS 1987. Appointed Johnston, Joseph F., Professor, Anesthesiology. Med 07/01/93. Col of GA, MD 1968. Appointed 11/15/82.

Khan, M. Iqbal, Associate Professor, Obstetrics and Jones, Leslie F., Assistant Professor, Pharmacology Gynecology; Associate Professor, Cellular Biology and and Toxicology; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Anatomy. Gothenburg Univ, PhD 1980; Univ of Karachi, Univ of GA, PhD 1990; Univ of GA, BS 1987. Appointed MSc 1970; Univ of Karachi, BSC 1969. Appointed 04/01/93. 03/01/90. Jones, Rhonda M., Instructor, Associated Dental Kiefer, Charles R., Assistant Professor, Immunology Sciences. Med Col of GA, BS 1985. Appointed 10/01/91. and Microbiology. Med Col of GA, PhD 1981; Univ of Josephson, Allan M., Professor, Psychiatry and Health Cincinnati, BS 1969. Appointed 08/01/87. Behavior. Univ of Alberta, MD 1976; Univ of Alberta, BMSc 1974. Appointed 02/13/86. Kiernan, Barbaras., Assistant Professor, Parent-Child

Nursing. Univ of PA, MSN 1971 ; Seton Hall Univ, BSN Joy, Edwin D., Jr., Professor, Oral and Maxillofacial 1965. Appointed 09/01/91. - , . Surgery; Professor, Surgery. Univ of PA, DDS 1958. Appointed 09/01/75. Kiernan, Thomas W., Professor, Medicine. Univ of Med & Dent of NJ, MD 1967; Univ of Pittsburgh, BS 1963. Joyner, Charles D., Jr., Associate Professor, Oral Appointed 09/17/90. Rehabilitation. Emory Univ, DDS 1958; Univ of SC (Columbia), BS 1954. Appointed 09/01/71. Killeen, Maureen R., Professor, Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing; Professor, Graduate Kaltenbach, Robert F, Jr., Associate Professor, Studies. Univ of GA, PhD 1984; Emory Univ, MN 1973; Psychiatry and Health Behavior; Associate Professor, D'YouvIe Col, BSN 1970. Appointed 09/01/84. Oral Rehabilitation. Univ of GA, PhD 1975; Baylor Univ,

MA 1966; Southeastern LA Univ, BA 1964. Appointed Kimbrough, William F., Assistant Professor,

10/01/76. Endodontics. Univ of TX HIth Sci Ctr (Hstn), DDS 1964; George Washington Univ, MS 1974; West TX St Univ, Kaminer, Sharon J., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. BA 1960. Appointed 09/10/92. Univ of Miami, MD 1980; Jacksonville Univ, BA 1976.

Appointed 08/01/90. King, Don W., Professor, Neurology. Univ of TX Med Brch (Galvstn), MD 1969; Baylor Univ, BA 1965. Appointed 07/01/77. Appendix C 211

King, J. Valerie, Associate Professor, Community Kuhn, Sharon C, Assistant Professor, Family Medicine.

Nursing. Univ of GA, EdD 1987; Univ of GA, IVIEd 1971. PA St Univ (Hrsh Med Ctr)002394, MD 1976; Univ of

Appointed 01/01/72. NC (Chpl HI), BA 1972. Appointed 06/01/93.

Kirby, Margaret L. Regents' Professor, Cellular Kuhn, Walter F, Assistant Professor, Surgery. PA St

Biology and Anatomy; Professor, Graduate Studies; Univ, MD 1974; Univ of NC (Chpl HI), BA 1970.

Professor, Pediatrics. Univ of AR, PfiD 1972; Appointed 12/01/90.

Manhattanvie Col. AB 1968. Appointed 06/01/77. Kuske, Terrence 1, Professor, Medicine. Snt Louis

Kirch, DarrellG., Professor, Psycfiiatry and Health Univ, MD 1960; Univ of Portland, BS 1957. Appointed

Betiavior; Professor, Pfiarmacology and Toxicology; 06/15/71.

Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of CO HIth Sci Ctr, Kutlar, Abdullah, Associate Professor, Medicine; MD 1977; Univ of CO (Denver), BA 1973. Appointed Associate Professor, Graduate Studies; Associate 02/07/94. Professor, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Univ of

Kline, Kerry L, Assistant Professor, Obstetrics and Ankara, MD 1971. Appointed 07/01/85.

Gynecology. Univ of Louisville, MD 1978; IN Univ Kutlar, Ferdane, Assistant Professor, Medicine. (Bloomington), BA 1974. Appointed 10/01/90. Istanbul Univ, MD 1971. Appointed 07/01/85.

Kling, J. Malcolm, Professor, Pharmacology and Laduzenski, Eugene A., Instructor, Oral Rehabilitation. Toxicology; Professor, Surgery; Professor, Graduate Tufts Univ, DMD 1962. Appointed 03/10/94. Studies. Univ of GA, DVM 1959; Univ of FL, PhD 1967;

Auburn Univ, MS 1961. Appointed 08/01/67. Lake, Francis T., Associate Professor, Oral Biology; Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy. Klippert, Frederick N., Assistant Professor, Surgery.

Loyola Univ, DDS 1 961 ; CO St Univ, PhD 1 976; OH St Univ, MD 1966; Mt Union Col, BS 1962. McNeese St Univ, BS 1957. Appointed 12/01/73. Appointed 06/20/91.

Lam, Rebecca W., Associate Professor, Radiologic Knoernschild, KentL, Associate Professor, Oral Technologies, Aug Col, MEd 1981; Med Col of GA, BS Rehabilitation; Associate Professor, Oral Biology; 1976; Med Col of GA, AS 1975. Appointed 09/13/76. Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Southern IL

Univ (Crbndl), DMD 1986; Univ of lA, MS 1990; Univ of Lambert, Vickie A., Professor, Adult Nursing;

IL (Urbana), BS 1982. Appointed 08/01/90. Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of CA (San Frncsco),

DNSc 1 981 ; Case Wstrn Resv Univ, MSN 1 973; Univ of Kocheril, Abraham G., Assistant Professor, Medicine. lA, BSN 1966. Appointed 07/01/90. NY Univ, MD 1986; NY Univ, AB 1982. Appointed

07/01/93. Lanclos, Kenneth D., Professor, Biochemistry and

Molecular Biology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Baylor Kolbeck, Ralph C, Associate Professor, Medicine; Col of Med, PhD 1972; Lamar Univ, BS 1964. Associate Professor, Physiology and Endocrinology; Appointed 01/01/74. Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of MN

(Minn/Snt Paul), PhD 1970; Univ of MN (Minn/Snt Lane, Samuel D., Instructor, Radiology. Univ of TN Paul), BA 1966. Appointed 07/01/73. (Memphis), MD 1968; Vanderbilt Univ, BE 1960. Appointed 07/01/94. Konzelman, JospehL, Jr., Associate Professor, Oral

Diagnosis and Patient Services. Seton Hall Univ, DOS Lapp, Carol A., Assistant Professor, Oral Biology; 1960; Snt Peter's Col, AB 1956. Appointed 08/01/94. Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Med Col of GA,

of Rl, Krakowiak, Francis J., Associate Professor, Pediatric PhD 1985; Univ MS 1968; Bucknell Univ, BS

Dentistry. Georgetown Univ, DDS 1959; St Univ of NY 1963. Appointed 10/15/90.

(Col of Bflo). BS 1953. Appointed 12/01/89. Lapp, David F, Associate Professor, Biochemistry and

Krauss, Jonathans. Professor, Pathology. Univ of FL, Molecular Biology; Associate Professor, Graduate

MD 1970; Cornell Univ (Statutory Cols), AB 1966. Studies. Rice Univ, PhD 1968; Univ of PA, BA 1962. Appointed 07/01/78. Appointed 07/01/71.

Krupa, Joseph J., Ill, Assistant Professor, Oral and Larison, Patricia J., Assistant Professor, Pathology;

Maxillofacial Surgery; Assistant Professor, Surgery. Associate Professor, Medical Technology. Cntrl Ml Univ,

Baylor Col of Dent. DDS 1987; Baylor Univ, BA 1983. MA 1982; AL Col, BS 1955. Appointed 12/01/72. Appointed 08/01/93. Laurich, Gerald A., Assistant Professor, Medical

Technology. AR St Univ, PhD 1980; Otterbein Col, BS 1967. Appointed 09/15/94. 212 Appendix C

Lause, David B., Associate Professor, Cellular Biology Leonard, Sandra B., Assistant Professor, Medicine. FL and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. St Univ, MS 1974; FL St Univ, BS 1972. Appointed OH St Univ, PhD 1975; OH St Univ, MS 1975; OH 10/01/80. Northern Univ, BS 1970. Appointed 08/01/77. Lesher, JackL., Jr., Professor, Medicine. Med Col of

Lavin, Nancy L, Associate Professor, Radiologic GA, MD 1981; Emory Univ, BMSc 1974; Bucknell Univ,

Technologies. Aug Col, MEd 1980; Aug Col, BA 1973. AB 1970. Appointed 07/01/85. Appointed 07/01/75. Levine, Monroe I., Professor, Surgery. NY Univ, MD layman, ElizabetliJ., Assistant Professor, Health 1961; VA Military Inst, BA 1957. Appointed 08/01/85.

Information Management. Col of Snt Catherine, MA Levy, Maurice, Professor of Pediatrics (Education), 1989; Univ of MN (Minn/Snt Paul), BA 1974. Appointed Pediatrics. Univ of GA, EdD 1968; Univ of IL (Chicago 08/01/90. Cir), EdM 1959; Univ of IL (Chicago Cir), BS 1956. Appointed 10/01/76. LeClair, Bruce li/l., Assistant Professor, Family

Medicine. Univ of CA (Davis), MD 1981; San Diego St Lewis, Charles C, Assistant Professor, Physician

Univ, BS 1975. Appointed 03/01/92. Assistant. Univ of SC (Columbia), MPH 1982; Duke

Univ, BA 1969. Appointed 06/15/92. Leatlierbury, Linda, Associate Professor, Pediatrics.

Med Col of GA, MD 1978; Univ of VA, BA 1974. Lewis, Deborah L., Associate Professor, Pharmacology

Appointed 09/01/85. and Toxicology; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Kent St Univ, PhD 1983; Clemson Univ, MS 1976; Lee, Carol E., Associate Professor, Occupational Clemson Univ, BS 1974. Appointed 08/15/89. Therapy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of GA, EdD 1986; Med Col of GA, MHEd 1976; Univ of Lewis, MB., Assistant Professor, Oral Biology. Med

TX Med Brch (Galvstn), BS 1973. Appointed 10/01/76. Col of GA, PhD 1989; IL Wesleyan Univ, BA 1980;

Springfield Col (IL), AA 1978. Appointed 06/01/89. Lee, Gregory P., Professor, Psychiatry and Health

Behavior; Professor, Surgery. FL Inst of Tech, PhD Lewis, Lloyd A., Professor of Medical Education,

1980; Lone Mtn Col, MA 1975; Univ of North CO, BA Medicine. FL St Univ, PhD 1969; FL St Univ, MS 1965; 1975. Appointed 11/01/86. FL St Univ, BS 1964. Appointed 06/01/74.

Lee, li/larl(R., Assistant Professor, Surgery. Univ of Lewis, Ronald VI., Professor, Surgery. Tulane Univ, MD

Chicago, MD 1986; Univ of Chicago, PhD 1988; Univ of 1968; Tulane Univ, BS 1965. Appointed 12/01/94. CA (Los Angeles), BS 1981. Appointed 08/01/94. Lightsey, Alton L., Jr., Associate Professor, Pediatrics.

Lefebvre, Carol A., Associate Professor, Oral Univ of MS, MD 1970; Rhodes Col, BS 1966. Appointed

Rehabilitation; Associate Professor, Oral Biology; 10/01/89.

Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of Ml (Ann Lillis, Patricia P., Associate Professor, Adult Nursing; Arbor), DDS 1983; Univ of Ml (Ann Arbor), MS 1986; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of AL Ml St Univ, BS 1979. Appointed 08/01/89. (Birmnghm), DSN 1985; Univ of CA (San Frncsco), MS

Leibach, Frederick H., Professor, Biochemistry and 1972; Northwstrn St Univ of LA, BSN 1963. Appointed Molecular Biology; Professor, Physiology and 07/17/72. Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Emory Under, Charles W., Professor, Pediatrics. Med Col of Univ, PhD 1964; Soutwestern MO St Univ, BS 1959. GA, MD 1963; Furman Univ, BS 1959. Appointed Appointed 06/01/67. 09/01/69.

Lemmon, Christian R., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry Liou, Gregory I.H., Associate Professor, and Health Behavior. Univ of MS, PhD 1991 ; Univ of TX Ophthalmology; Associate Professor, Biochemistry and (El Paso), MA 1984; Washington Col, BA 1982. Molecular Biology; Associate Professor, Cellular Appointed 10/01/91. Biology and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate

Lennox, Kenneth W., Professor, Surgery. NY Med Col, Studies. NC St Univ, PhD 1976; NC St Univ, MS 1973;

MD 1959; Univ of Miami, BS 1955. Appointed Natl Taiwan Norm Univ, BS 1969. Appointed 10/01/90. 01/01/78. Locksmith, John P., Assistant Professor, Radiology. Lentz, Linda M., Assistant Professor, Medicine. Med Marquette Univ, MD 1959; Marquette Univ, BS 1955. Col of GA, MD 1988; GA Southern Univ, BS 1984. Appointed 10/01/88. Appointed 08/01/93. Loebl, Donald H., Associate Professor, Medicine. Northwestern Univ, MD 1971; Northwestern Univ, BS 1968. Appointed 07/01/86. .

Appendix C 213

Logan, Mary Ella, Associate Professor, Pharmacology Macura, Robert 1, Assistant Professor, Radiology. and Toxicology; Associate Professor, Medicine. Univ of Silesian Univ, MD 1986; Silesian Univ, PhD 1990;

OK HIth Sci Ctr, MD 1970; OK Cty Univ, BA 1966. Polish Academy of Sci, MS 1987. Appointed 09/01/92. Appointed 07/01/70. Mahadlk, Sahebarao P., Professor, Psychiatry and

Loring, David W., Professor, Neurology. Univ of Health Behavior. Univ of Poona, PhD 1970; Univ of

Houston, PhD 1982; Univ of Houston, MA 1980; Poona, MSc 1965; Univ of Poona, BSc 1963. Appointed Wittenberg Univ, BA 1978. Appointed 09/01/85. 01/01/92.

Louard, Rita J., Associate Professor, Medicine. Mahesh, VIrendraB., Regents' Professor, Physiology

Columbia Univ, MD 1981; Bryn Mawr Col, AB 1976. and Endocrinology; Greenblatt Professor of Appointed 09/01/94. Endocrinology, Physiology and Endocrinology;

Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of Delhi, PhD 1955; Lovell, Roger D., Assistant Professor, Medicine. Med Oxford Univ, DPhil 1958; Univ of Delhi, MSc 1953; Univ Col of GA, MD 1986; Med Col of GA, BS 1980. of Patna, BSC 1951. Appointed 11/01/59. Appointed 03/01/92.

Maler, Robert C, Associate Professor, Obstetrics and Loweitsteln, ArleneJ., Professor, Nursing Gynecology. Univ of TX HIth Sci Ctr (Dallas), MD 1965; Administration; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of Univ of OK HIth Sci Ctr, BA 1961. Appointed 10/16/86. Pittsburgh, PhD 1985; NY Univ, MA 1974; Fairleigh

Dickinson (Rthfd), BSN 1969. Appointed 08/01/85. Mallhot, Jason M., Assistant Professor, Periodontics;

Assistant Professor, Oral Biology. Univ of Pittsburgh, Luetkehans, LaraM., Assistant Professor, Library.

DMD 1 981 ; Med Col of GA, MS 1 993; St Univ of NY Rosary Col, MALIS 1992; Loyola Univ of Chicago, AB (Col of Oneonta), BS 1978; St Univ of NY (A&T Col of 1989. Appointed 09/21/92. Frmgdl),AA 1976. Appointed 07/01/91.

Lunn, Josephs., Professor, Medicine. St Univ of NY Maloney, Joseph P, Associate Professor, Adult HIth Sci Ctr (Syrcs), MD 1958; Wesleyan Univ, BA Nursing; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of 1953. Appointed 04/01/80. MD (Col Park), PhD 1979; Univ of Pittsburgh, MN

Luplen, Alfred E., Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing. 1971; Wilkes Col, BSNEd 1965. Appointed 09/01/92.

Univ of AL (Birmnghm), MSN 1989; Univ of MD Mammen, Annamma 1, Assistant Professor, Family (Baltmr Prof), BSN 1976. Appointed 10/01/94. Medicine. Univ of Madras, MBBS 1972; Univ of

Lutcher, C. Lawrence, Professor, Medicine. Madras, MD 1986. Appointed 08/01/93.

Washington Univ, MD 1961; Whitman Col, BA 1957. Mansberger, Arlie R., Jr., Professor Emeritus, Appointed 06/15/70. Surgery. Univ of MD (Baltmr Prof), MD 1947; Western

Lutin, William A., Associate Professor, Pediatrics. MD Col, AB 1943. Appointed 06/01/73.

Vanderbilt Univ, MD 1981; Vanderbilt Univ, PhD 1984; Marchand, Arturo E., Assistant Professor, Radiology. Princeton Univ, BA 1973. Appointed 09/01/90. Univ of PR, MD 1977; Boston Univ, BS 1973. Luxenberg, Malcolm N., Professor, Ophthalmology. Appointed 08/23/93. Univ of Miami, MD 1960. Appointed 08/01/72. Marcus, Dennis M., Assistant Professor,

Lyie, W. Glenn, Assistant Professor, Surgery. Wayne St Ophthalmology. Yeshiva Univ, MD 1987; St Univ of NY

Univ, MD 1986; Univ HI (Manoa), MS 1982; Univ of MA (Stoney Brk), BS 1983. Appointed 07/11/94. (Amherst Camp), BS 1980. Appointed 08/01/94. Markle, Janet 1, Assistant Professor, Radiology. Med

Mate, P. Alex, III, Associate Professor, Psychiatry and Col of PA, MD 1981; PA St Univ, MS 1978; PA St Univ,

Health Behavior. Univ of FL, PhD 1982; East Carolina BS 1976. Appointed 08/01/92. Univ, MA 1974; Wake Forest Univ, BA 1972. Appointed Martin, DanC, Professor, Anesthesiology; Professor, 09/01/82. Pharmacology and Toxicology. Med Col of GA, MD

Mackert, J. Rodway, Jr., Professor, Oral 1979; GA St Univ, BS 1975. Appointed 07/01/84.

Rehabilitation; Professor, Oral Biology; Professor, Martin, Richard M., Associate Professor, Medicine. Graduate Studies. Med Col of GA, DMD 1976; Univ of Duke Univ, PhD 1974; Duke Univ, MDiv 1970; VA, PhD 1979. Appointed 09/01/80. Birmingham-Sthrn Col, BA 1967. Appointed 08/01/72. Macura, KatarzynaJ., Assistant Professor, Radiology.

Univ of Lodz, MD 1 989; Univ of Lodz, PhD 1 991 Appointed 08/01/93. 214 Appendix C

Martin, Sharon M., Associate Professor, Medical McKie, Kathleen M., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics; Technology; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Assistant Professor, Biochemistry and Molecular

Univ of GA, EdD 1993; Med Col of GA, MHEd 1986; Biology. Med Univ of SC, MD 1973; Col of Charleston, Marshall Univ, BS 1974. Appointed 07/01/86. BS 1970. Appointed 07/01/82.

Martin, W. Dean, Instructor, Radiology. Med Col of GA, McKie, Virgil C, Professor, Pediatrics. Med Univ of

MD 1989; Mercer Univ, BS 1980. Appointed 07/15/94. SC, MD 1969; Claflin Col, BS 1965. Appointed 07/01/82.

Martindale, Robert G., Assistant Professor, Surgery. McNeil, PaulL, Associate Professor, Cellular Biology

Univ of CA (Los Angeles), PhD 1982; George and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Washington Univ, MD 1984; Humboldt St Univ, MA Univ of CA (Los Angeles), PhD 1980; AZ St Univ, BS 1977; Humboldt St Univ, BA 1975. Appointed 07/01/93. 1975. Appointed 08/01/92.

Mascaro, David J., Associate Professor, Medical McPherson, James C., Jr., Associate Professor,

Illustration; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Surgery; Associate Professor, Biochemistry and

Med Col of GA, MS 1969; Med Col of GA, BS 1968. Molecular Biology; Associate Professor, Graduate

Appointed 08/01/71. Studies. Univ of TX HIth Sci Ctr (Dallas), MD 1960;

Univ of TX HIth Sci Ctr (Dallas), MA 1 955; North TX St Massman, James E., Assistant Professor, Radiology. Univ, BS 1946. Appointed 09/01/63. Univ of Cincinnati, MD 1959; Hanover Col, BA 1955. Appointed 05/13/91. McSwiggan-Hardin, Maureen 1, Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Univ of MD (Baltmr Matliews, Wayne S., Jr., Associate Professor, Prof), MSN 1977; Univ of CA (San Frncsco), BSN 1972. Anesthesiology; Associate Professor, Pediatrics. Med Appointed 12/01/91. Col of GA, MD 1980; Univ of GA, BS 1976. Appointed

07/01/83. Meador, KimfordJ., Professor, Neurology; Professor,

Pharmacology and Toxicology. Med Col of GA, MD May, Bella J., Professor, Physical Therapy; Professor, 1976; GA Inst of Tech, BS 1972. Appointed 07/01/84. Graduate Studies. Univ of Miami, EdD 1970. Appointed

09/01/70. Mealing, Henry G., Jr., Professor, Medicine. Med Univ

of SC, MD 1963; Univ of GA, BS 1955. Appointed McClure, Charles G., Associate Professor, Neurology. 07/01/69. Duke Univ, MD 1972; Duke Univ, BA 1968. Appointed 09/07/76. Mena, Jose, Assistant Professor, Surgery. Autonomous

Univ of Ctrl America, MD 1985. Appointed 02/07/94. McConnell, Kevin R., Assistant Professor, Medicine.

George Washington Univ, MD 1983; Davidson Col, BA Mensah, George A., Associate Professor, Medicine. 1977. Appointed 08/01/94. Washington Univ, MD 1985; Harvard Univ, AB 1980. Appointed 06/01/95. McCord, James W., Associate Professor, Neurology.

Med Col of GA, MD 1964; Univ of GA, BS 1960. Mercado-Deane, Maria-Gisela, Assistant Professor,

Appointed 07/01/74. Radiology; Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Univ of PR

(Rio Rd), MD 1982; Univ of PR (Rio Rd), BS 1980. McCranie, Edward W., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry Appointed 03/01/93. and Health Behavior; Assistant Professor, Graduate

Studies. Emory Univ, PhD 1971; Emory Univ, MA 1967; Merin, Robert G., Professor, Anesthesiology;

Emory Univ, AB 1965; Emory Univ, AA 1963. Appointed Professor, Adult Nursing. Cornell Univ Med Ctr, MD

09/01/71. 1958; Swarthmore Col, BA 1954. Appointed 09/01/88.

McDaniel, Thomas F., Assistant Professor, Associated Messing, Mark J., Associate Professor, Obstetrics and

Dental Sciences. Univ of Louisville, DMD 1987; Gynecology. Emory Univ, MD 1984; Univ of GA, BS Transylvania Univ, BA 1983. Appointed 06/01/91. 1979. Appointed 07/01/90. ,

McDonnell, Dennis E., Professor, Surgery. Creighton Meszaros, LaszloG., Assistant Professor, Physiology

Univ, MD 1962; Rockhurst Col, BS 1958. Appointed and Endocrinology; Assistant Professor, Graduate 10/01/84. Studies. Eotvos Lorand Univ of Sci, DSc 1984; Eotvos

Lorand Univ of Sci, MS 1984. Appointed 10/01/90. McDonough, PaulG., Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology; Professor, Physiology and Endocrinology; Meyer, Carol F., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics; Professor, Pediatrics. Thomas Jefferson Univ, MD Assistant Professor, Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD

1956; Col of the Holy Cross, BS 1952. Appointed 1967; Duke Univ, BA 1957. Appointed 02/01/90. 10/01/66. Appendix C 215

Meyer, Charles A., Jr., Associate Professor, Psychiatry Moore, PaulM., Assistant Professor, Surgery. Univ of and Health Behavior. Thomas Jefferson Univ, MD 1967; Wl (Madsn), MD 1986; Univ of Wl (Madsn), BS 1982. Villanova Univ, BS 1963. Appointed 02/01/76. Appointed 02/01/95.

Middleton, Henry M., Ill, Professor, Medicine. Univ of Moores, Russell R., Professor, Medicine. Univ of AR NC (Chpl HI), MD 1969; Univ of NC (Chpl HI), AB 1965. for Med Scis, MD 1958. Appointed 07/01/65. Appointed 07/01/74. Morgan, Gwen V., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Miler, Veronica, Assistant Professor, Anesthesiology. Health Behavior; Assistant Professor, Physician

Tufts Univ, MD 1981; Columbia Univ, BA 1974. Assistant. Med Col of GA, MD 1981; La Grange Col, BA Appointed 10/17/94. 1977. Appointed 10/01/85, li/liller, Donna L, Instructor, Associated Dental Morgan, JoelL, Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and

Sciences. Univ of NC (Chpl HI), MS 1986; Univ of NC Health Behavior. Med Col of GA, MD 1987; Univ of GA,

(Chpl HI), BS 1983. Appointed 10/01/90. MS 1979; Valdosta St Col, BS 1976. Appointed 07/01/91.

Miller, MaxD., Professor, Medicine; Professor of Moriarty, Donna R., Assistant Professor, Community

Medical Education, Medicine. Univ of Houston, EdD Nursing. Univ of NE Med Ctr, MSN 1977; Univ of NE

1972; Aug Col, MBA 1985; Univ of Houston, MEd 1969; Med Ctr, BSN 1968. Appointed 01/01/89. Lamar Univ, BS 1963. Appointed 07/01/73. Morris, Charles F., Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Univ

Mills, Luther R., IV, Professor, Pathology. Med Col of GA, of TN (Memphis), DDS 1959. Appointed 07/01/72. MD 1965; Mercer Univ, AB 1960. Appointed 11/01/68. Mosley, LethaJ., Assistant Professor, Occupational

Mills, Thomas M., Professor, Physiology and Therapy. Univ of OK (Norman), MEd 1993; Univ of OK

Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of lA, HIth Sci Ctr, BS 1980. Appointed 02/15/94. PhD 1967. Appointed 07/01/71. Moulin, Nancy, Associate Professor, Occupational Minasian, LoriM., Assistant Professor, Medicine. Therapy; Associate Professor, Physical Therapy;

George Washington Univ, MD 1987; Univ of CA (Los Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. OH St Univ, MS

Angeles), BA 1983. Appointed 01/15/94. 1972; Univ of lA, BA 1959. Appointed 09/01/72.

Misch, Donald A., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Mruthinti, SatyanarayanaS., Assistant Professor, Health Behavior. Rush Univ, MD 1978; Harvard Univ, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology; Assistant

AB 1974. Appointed 10/01/92. Professor, Ophthalmology. Mahara Saya Univ Brda, PhD 1982; Mahara Saya Univ Brda, MSc 1977; Andhra Mishoe, LeonaC, Associate Professor, Respiratory Univ, BSc 1974. Appointed 04/01/88. Therapy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of GA, PhD 1994; Aug Col, MEd 1981; St Univ of NY Mruthinti, Shyamala, Assistant Research Scientist, HIth Sci Ctr (Syrcs), BS 1977; St Univ of NY HIth Sci Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Mahara Saya Univ Ctr (Syrcs), AAS 1975. Appointed 09/01/77. Brda, PhD 1982; Mahara Saya Univ Brda, MSc 1977;

Osmania Univ, MA 1974; Osmania Univ, BSc 1971. Mobley, Regina C, Assistant Professor, Medical Appointed 11/01/90. Technology. Med Col of GA, MHEd 1981; Clemson Univ,

BS 1976. Appointed 02/01/83. Mukherjee, Sukdeb, Professor, Psychiatry and Health

Behavior. Univ of Calcutta, MBBS 1969. Appointed Mohan, Ramanujam, Assistant Professor, Psychiatry 01/01/92. and Health Behavior. Univ of Madras, MBBS 1972.

Appointed 07/01/88. Muller, Thomas W., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior; Assistant Professor, Molinaro, John R., Assistant Professor, Anesthesiology. Duke Univ, MD 1975; MA Inst of Tech, Anesthesiology. Emory Univ, MD 1969; Siena Col, BS SB 1971. Appointed 10/15/87. 1965. Appointed 01/01/94.

Mulloy, Anthony L, Associate Professor, Medicine. Moncher, Frank J., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry Chicago Col of Osteopthc Med, DO 1984; Purdue Univ, and Health Behavior. Univ of SC (Columbia), PhD 1992; PhD 1978; Univ of CA (Davis), MS 1974; TX Agric & Kent St Univ, BA 1986. Appointed 12/01/92. Mech Univ (Main Campus), BS 1973. Appointed 07/01/90. Mongan, Patrick F., Assistant Professor, Family Mulloy, Laura L, Associate Professor, Medicine. Medicine. Univ of Miami. MD 1974. Appointed 08/01/80. Chicago Col of Osteopthc Med, DO 1984; Ml St Univ, Moore, H. Victor, Professor, Surgery. Wake Forest BS 1980. Appointed 07/01/90. Univ, MD 1963; Wake Forest Univ, BS 1959. Appointed 08/01/73. 216 Appendix C

Mulroy, MichaelJ., Professor, Cellular Biology and Nesbit, Robert R., Jr., Professor, Surgery. Univ of Anatomy; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of CA Rochester, MD 1965. Appointed 08/01/74. (Berkeley), PhD 1968. Appointed 10/16/80. Newman, Cheryl L, Associate Professor, Medicine. Mundy, Wanda M., Assistant Professor, Radiology; Med Col of GA, MD 1982; Wake Forest Univ, BS 1976. Associate Professor, Radiologic Tecfinologies; Appointed 08/01/87.

Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of GA, EdD Nichols, Fenwick 1, III, Associate Professor, 1988; Med Col of GA, MHEd 1977; Union Col, BS 1963. Neurology. Med Col of GA, MD 1976; Duke Univ, BA Appointed 10/15/73. 1972. Appointed 07/01/82.

Munn, David H., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics; Nichols, Martha E., Assistant Professor, Neurology. Assistant Professor, Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD Med Univ of SC, MD 1985; Duke Univ, BS 1979. 1984; Mercer Univ, BA 1978. Appointed 07/01/90. Appointed 07/01/92.

Murdison, KennetliA., Associate Professor, Pediatrics. Nixon, George A., Associate Professor, Family Queen's Univ (Kngstn), MD 1984; Queen's Univ Medicine. Meharry Med Col, MD 1977; Dartmouth Col, (Kngstn), BSc 1980. Appointed 08/01/94. BA 1973. Appointed 08/13/81. l\/lurdocl(, Eugene J., Jr., Instructor, Anesthesiology; Nolan, William P., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Instructor, Adult Nursing. St Univ of NY (Bflo), MSN Health Behavior. Univ of Cincinnati, PhD 1977; Univ of 1984; Med Col of GA, BSN 1977; North GA Col, BS Cincinnati, MA 1973; Creighton Univ, BA 1970. 1975; North GA Col, BS 1974. Appointed 07/01/92. Appointed 07/01/83. l\/lurrell, Kevin J., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Nosek, Thomas M., Professor, Physiology and Health Behavior. Med Col of GA, MD 1977; Aug Col, BA Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. OH St 1973. Appointed 07/01/82. Univ, PhD 1973; Univ of Notre Dame, BS 1969.

Murro, Antliony li/l., Associate Professor, Neurology. St Appointed 06/07/76.

Univ of NY HIth Sci Ctr (Brklyn), MD 1981; Rensselaer Nugent, KatherineE., Associate Professor, Parent- Polytech Inst, BS 1977. Appointed 07/01/86. Child Nursing; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies.

Myers, David R., Merritt Professor, Pediatric Dentistry; TX Agric & Mech Univ (Main Campus), PhD 1987; TX Professor, Graduate Studies. West VA Univ, DDS 1965; Woman's Univ, MSN 1977; TX Woman's Univ, BSN

Univ of NE Med Ctr, MS 1970. Appointed 07/01/70. 1970. Appointed 07/01/92. flayers, l\/lichael L, Associate Professor, Oral O'Connor, James L, Associate Professor, Physiology

Rehabilitation. Med Univ of SC, DMD 1975; Clemson and Endocrinology; Associate Professor, Graduate

Univ, BS 1972. Appointed 07/01/90. Studies. Univ of GA, PhD 1971; Univ of GA, MS 1966;

Univ of GA, BS 1964. Appointed 03/01/72. Nair, Cherukantath H., Associate Professor, Medicine;

Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of CO O'Connor, Randolph P., Jr., Associate Professor, Oral

(BIdr), PhD 1968; Gov Vic Col, BS 1956. Appointed Rehabilitation. Univ of AL (Birmnghm), DMD 1963;

07/01/73. Univ of AL, BS 1959. Appointed 10/01/80.

Natoli, Anne li/l.. Assistant Professor, Physical O'Dell, NorrisL, Associate Professor, Oral Biology;

Therapy. Med Col of VA, MS 1979; Russell Sage Col, Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy; BS 1972. Appointed 12/15/87. Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Med Col of GA,

PhD 1972; Med Col of GA, DMD 1975; Med Col of GA, Nayyar, ArunB., Associate Professor, Oral MS 1968; Emory Univ, BA 1966. Appointed 07/01/72. Rehabilitation. Univ of Calcutta, BDS 1969; Med Col of

GA, DMD 1974. Appointed 07/01/71. O'Leary, William C, Jr., Assistant Professor,

Psychiatry and Health Behavior, Univ of SC (Columbia), Neal, Henry A., Assistant Professor, Oral and PhD 1975; Univ of GA, MEd 1972; Trinity Col, BA 1968; Maxillofacial Surgery. Emory Univ, DDS 1970. Armstrong St Col, AA 1961. Appointed 07/01/83. Appointed 07/01/76.

O'Neal, Kyle H., Assistant Professor, Oral and Neal, RuthE., Assistant Professor, Radiology. Howard Maxillofacial Surgery. Univ of TN (Memphis), DDS Univ, MD 1973; Xavier Univ (LA), BS 1969. Appointed 1987; Univ of TN (Chatnga), BA 1983. Appointed 09/01/77. 10/15/92.

Nelson, Stuart J., Associate Professor, Medicine. St Oblak, Thomas G., Research Scientist, Cellular Biology Univ of NY HIth Sci Ctr (Brklyn), MD 1975; Univ of CA and Anatomy. West Liberty St Col, BA 1972. Appointed (Berkeley), BS 1970. Appointed 06/12/91. 07/01/82. Appendix C 217

Occhipinti, Donna J., Research Scientist, IVIedicine. Pashley, David H., Regents' Professor, Oral Biology;

Univ ot GA, PharmD 1991; Univ of GA, BS 1990. Professor, Physiology and Endocrinology; Professor,

Appointed 07/11/94. Graduate Studies. Univ of OR HIth Sci Ctr, DMD 1964;

Univ of Rochester, PhD 1971; Univ of Portland, BS Oehrlein, Frederick E., Assistant Professor, 1960. Appointed 10/15/70. Anesthesiology; Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing.

Med Col of GA. MD 1988; St Univ of NY (Stoney Brk), Pashley, EdnaL, Associate Professor, Oral Diagnosis BA 1973. Appointed 07/01/92. and Patient Services; Associate Professor, Pediatric

Dentistry. Med Col of GA, DMD 1978; Univ of OR, MEd Ogilvie, Mariann, Instructor, Health Information 1963; Univ of Portland, BS 1961. Appointed 07/01/80. Management, GA Inst of Tech, MS 1982; GA Inst of

Tech, BS 1978; Aug Col, AA 1975. Appointed 09/15/93. Passmore, Gregory G., Assistant Professor, Radiologic

Technologies. Univ of MO (Columbia), MS 1987; Ogle, nomas F., Professor, Physiology and Northeast MO St Univ, MS 1980; Northeast MO St Univ, Endocrinology; Professor, Graduate Studies. WA St BS 1978. Appointed 08/15/90. Univ, PhD 1973; WA St Univ, MS 1968; Purdue Univ,

BS 1966. Appointed 08/15/74. Pathiraja, Ananda P., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry

and Health Behavior. Univ of Ceylon, MBBS 1972. Oliver, Robert E., Assistant Professor, Anesthesiology. Appointed 09/01/89. LA St Univ & Agric & Mech Col, MD 1988; LA St Univ (New Grins), DDS 1983; LA St Univ (Baton Rg), BS Pauly, James R., Assistant Professor, Pharmacology 1979. Appointed 10/01/92. and Toxicology; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Marquette Univ, PhD 1986; Western KY Univ, MS 1982; Oliver, Trudy L, Assistant Professor, Associated Dental Northern KY Univ, BS 1980. Appointed 07/15/92. Sciences. GA Southern Univ, MHS 1994; Savannah St

Col, BBA 1991; Armstrong St Col, AS 1987. Appointed Payne, Franklin E., Jr., Associate Professor, Family

10/15/94. Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD 1969; Mercer Univ, BS 1965. Appointed 07/01/75. Orr, T. Edward, Assistant Research Scientist, Psychiatry

and Health Behavior. Univ of GA, PhD 1988; Univ of GA, Payne, Peter M., Assistant Professor, Obstetrics and

MS 1985; Univ of GA, BS 1977. Appointed 05/01/91. Gynecology. Med Col of GA, MD 1964; Univ of GA, BS 1964. Appointed 07/01/87. Owen, Bonnie H., Instructor, Library. Univ of SC

(Columbia), MLS 1990; Baptist Col (Charleston), BS Peacock, Lamar B., Assistant Professor, Medicine.

1975. Appointed 05/01/90. Univ of AL (Birmnghm), MD 1989; Vanderbilt Univ, BS 1985. Appointed 07/01/92. Pai, Ganesh P., Professor, Surgery. Univ of Mysore,

MBBS 1968; Univ of Mysore, MS 1972. Appointed Peacock, Ronald 1, Assistant Professor, Oral and 07/01/78. Maxillofacial Surgery. Emory Univ, DDS 1968. Appointed 04/01/76. Pallas, Christopher W., Assistant Professor, Medicine.

Forest Univ, Wake MD 1982; Univ of TN (Chatnga), BA Pearson-Shaver, Anthony L, Assistant Professor, 1978. Appointed 07/01/88. Pediatrics. Univ of Cincinnati, MD 1979; Wesleyan Univ, 1974. 08/01/86. Pandey, KailashH., Associate Professor, Biochemistry BA Appointed

and Molecular Biology; Associate Professor, Graduate Pereira, Graham I., Assistant Professor, Neurology. Studies. Univ of KY, PhD 1979; Kanpur Univ, MSc Univ of PR, MD 1979; Univ of PR, BS 1975. Appointed 1968; Agra Univ, BSc 1966. Appointed 07/01/90. 08/01/94.

Pantazis, CooleyG., Associate Professor, Pathology; Perry, David W., Assistant Professor, Periodontics. Associate Professor, Medical Technology. Univ of TX Med Col of GA, DMD 1984; Univ of GA, BS 1980. (San Anton), MD 1975; Univ of AL (Birmnghm), BS Appointed 08/01/86. 1971. Appointed 12/01/80. Perry, Jan F, Professor, Physical Therapy; Professor, Park, YongO., Assistant Professor, Neurology; Graduate Studies. Univ of GA, EdD 1988; Univ of NC Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Yonsei Univ, MD 1976; (Chpl HI), MA 1973; Univ of NC (Chpl HI), BS 1966. Yonsei Univ, BS 1972. Appointed 10/15/91. Appointed 07/01/78.

Parr, Gregory R., Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. St Petry, L. Jeannine, Associate Professor, Family Univ of NY HIth Sci Ctr (Syrcs), DDS 1972; Med Col of Medicine. Med Col of OH, MD 1978; Manchester Col, GA, MS 1980. Appointed 07/01/77. BA 1975. Appointed 02/01/86. 218 Appendix C

Phillips, William G., Assistant Professor, Family Puryear, James B., Professor of Health Education,

Medicine. Univ of FL, MD 1984; Univ of FL, BS 1980. Student Affairs. FL St Univ, PhD 1969; MS St Univ, MEd Appointed 07/01/90. 1961; MS St Univ, BS 1960. Appointed 07/01/69.

Philpot, Thomas E., Assistant Professor, Quinn, Mary Ellen B., Assistant Professor, Community

Anestfiesiology. Med Col of GA, MD 1986; Emory Univ, Nursing. Univ of GA, PhD 1993; GA St Univ, MS 1980; BS 1981; Emory Univ, AA 1979. Appointed 07/01/90. Med Col of GA, BSN 1975. Appointed 09/01/87.

Pinson, Marion K., Assistant Professor, Periodontics; Rafoth, Robert F., Assistant Professor, Oral and Assistant Professor, Associated Dental Sciences. Maxillofacial Surgery. OH St Univ, DDS 1971; OH St Univ, BA 1968. Appointed 04/01/76. Howard Univ, DDS 1982; Univ of I A, BA 1978. Appointed 10/15/92. Rahn, Arthur 0., Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Marquette Univ, DDS 1958. Appointed 06/01/68. Pless, Betsy S., Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing.

Univ of CO (BIdr), MS 1981 ; Univ of SC (Columbia), Rahn, Baniel IV., Professor, Medicine. Yale Univ, MD BSN 1976. Appointed 09/14/87. 1976; Yale Univ, BA 1972. Appointed 08/05/91.

Plouffe, Leo, Jr., Associate Professor, Obstetrics and Rainge, LouveniaA., Instructor, Oral Diagnosis and

Gynecology. McGill Univ, MDCM 1980; Ahuntsic Col, Patient Services. Med Col of GA, DMD 1990; GA DCS 1975. Appointed 07/01/87. Southern Univ, BS 1986. Appointed 03/18/93.

Porterfield, Susan P., Associate Professor, Physiology Rao, Raghunatha N., Professor, Pathology. Andhra and Endocrinology; Associate Professor, Graduate Univ, MD 1961; Med Col (Madras), MBBS 1956. Studies. OH St Univ, PhD 1973; OH St Univ, MS 1967; Appointed 07/01/72. OH St Univ, BS 1965. Appointed 06/15/76. Rasmussen, Howard, Professor, Medicine; Professor,

Porubsky, Edward S., Professor, Surgery. OH St Univ, Cellular Biology and Anatomy; Professor, Surgery. MD 1966; John Carroll Univ, BS 1962. Appointed Harvard Univ, MD 1952; Rockefeller Univ, PhD 1959;

04/01/73. Gettysburg Col, AB 1948. Appointed 06/01/93.

Potter, Brad J., Associate Professor, Oral Diagnosis Rauholt, Borthe, Assistant Professor, Family Medicine. and Patient Services; Associate Professor, Oral Biology; Loyola Univ of Chicago, MD 1980; Univ of CA Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Northwestern (Berkeley), BA 1977. Appointed 09/01/94. Univ, DDS 1979; CO St Univ, BS 1975. Appointed Rausch, Jeffrey L, Professor, Psychiatry and Health 10/15/91. Behavior. Med Col of GA, MD 1978; Mercer Univ, BS Powell, Billy J., Associate Professor, Oral Diagnosis 1974. Appointed 08/15/91. and Patient Services. Univ of AL (Birmnghm), DMD Ray, Patty G., Assistant Research Scientist, Neurology. 1963; Huntingdon Col, BA 1960. Appointed 08/01/84. Med Col of GA, PhD 1987; Valdosta St Col, BS 1979; Powell, J. Nicholas, Assistant Professor, Periodontics. South GA Col, AS 1976. Appointed 07/01/90. Univ of TN (Memphis), DDS 1965; Univ of NE ShirlieA., Assistant Professor, Anesthesiology. (Lincoln), MS 1971. Appointed 07/01/71. Redd, Med Col of GA, MD 1985; Med Col of GA, BSN 1980; Powell, Roberts., Assistant Professor, Orthodontics. Med Col of GA, ADN 1977. Appointed 10/23/89. Med Col of GA, DMD 1981; Aug Col, BS 1977. Appointed 09/01/88. Reese, AndyC, Associate Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Prendergast, Nancy B., Professor, Occupational Univ of MO (Columbia), PhD 1970; Univ of OK Therapy; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of GA, EdD (Norman), BS 1964. Appointed 09/01/75. 1984; Temple Univ, MEd 1970; OH St Univ, BS 1954. Appointed 07/01/71. Reid, Camilla B., Assistant Professor, Library. Univ of

NC (Chpl HI), MSLS 1976; Samford Univ, AB 1973. Prisant, L. Michael, Professor, Medicine. Med Col of Appointed 10/15/88. GA, MD 1977; Emory Univ, BA 1971. Appointed 07/01/82. Reimche, BonavonL, Instructor, Physical Therapy. Pruett, JackK., Professor, Anesthesiology; Associate Howard Univ, BS 1976. Appointed 07/01/88. Professor, Pharmacology and Toxicology; Professor,

Graduate Studies. Med Univ of SC, PhD 1967. Renew, Margaret M., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics.

Appointed 05/01/77. Med Col of GA, MD 1987; Berry Col, BS 1981. Appointed 09/01/91. Appendix C 219

Reyes, LynnetteK., Instructor. Radiologic Rubin, Joseph W., Professor, Surgery. McGill Univ,

Technologies. Med Col of GA, BS 1988. Appointed MDCM 1965; McGill Univ, BS 1961. Appointed 07/01/73. 08/01/88. Ruck, DoraF., Instructor, Community Nursing. Univ of

Richards, CiiesleyL, Assistant Professor, Medicine. CA (San Frncsco), MS 1983; Univ of NC (Grnsbr), BSN

Med Univ of SC, MD 1987; Presbyterian Col, BS 1983. 1976. Appointed 01/01/95. Appointed 07/01/90. Rucker, BendelL, Instructor, Occupational Therapy.

Richards, f. Earl, Associate Professor, Oral Univ of SC (Columbia), MBA 1989; Univ of GA, BS

Refiabilitation; Associate Professor, Community 1977; Univ of GA, BS 1972. Appointed 09/15/92.

Dentistry. Loma Linda Univ, DDS 1958; Univ of Ml (Ann Rueggeberg, Frederick A., Associate Professor, Oral Arbor), MPH 1967; Nortfieastern Univ, BA 1958. Rehabilitation; Associate Professor, Oral Biology; Appointed 04/01/86. Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Emory Univ,

Ringle, Robert D., Senior Research Scientist, Oral DDS 1979; Univ of Ml (Ann Arbor), MS 1987; Univ of

Rehabilitation. Aug Col, BA 1991. Appointed 06/01/75. DE.BS 1974. Appointed 07/01/87.

Rinker, Geraldine, Instructor, Pathology; Professor, Rumph, Frank M., Sr., Associate Professor, Family

Medical Technology. Univ of GA, EdD 1990; Aug Col, Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD 1971 ; Ft Valley St Col, BS

MBA 1976; Med Col of GA, MS 1964; Univ of KY, BA 1965. Appointed 02/01/92. 1959. Appointed 10/04/67. Rupp, Ned 1, Assistant Professor, Pediatrics; Assistant

Rissing, J. Peter, Professor, Medicine. Snt Louis Univ, Professor, Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD 1986; Emory

MD 1969; IN Univ (Bloomington), AB 1965. Appointed Univ, MEd 1980; Taylor Univ, BS 1977. Appointed 09/01/76. 07/01/91.

Rivera, Warren C, Assistant Professor, Oral Russell, CarlM., Associate Professor, Oral Diagnosis

Rehabilitation. Univ of PR, DMD 1982; Univ of PR, BS and Patient Services; Associate Professor, Biostatistics; 1981. Appointed 09/01/89. Associate Professor, Oral Biology. Univ of AL (Birmnghm), DMD 1983; Univ of AL (Birmnghm), PhD Rivner, Michael H., Associate Professor, Neurology. 1992; Univ of AL (Birmnghm), MS 1988; Auburn Univ, Emory Univ, MD 1978; Duke Univ, BA 1972. Appointed BS 1979. Appointed 08/01/93. 07/01/82. Rutlen, David L, Creel Professor, Medicine. Harvard Roberts, Alan, Associate Professor, Medicine. Case Univ, MD 1973. Appointed 01/01/92. Wstrn Resv Univ, MD 1956; Oberlin Col, AB 1952. Appointed 07/15/92. Ryan, James W., Professor, Anesthesiology; Professor,

Pharmacology and Toxicology. Cornell Univ Med Ctr, Robinson, Fonda G., Assistant Professor, Oral MD 1961; Univ of Oxford, DPhil 1967; Dartmouth Col, Rehabilitation. Univ of KY, DMD 1992; Univ of KY, BS AB 1957. Appointed 01/12/95. 1988. Appointed 07/15/94.

Sabio, Hernan, Professor, Pediatrics. Univ of PR (Rio Robinson, Vincent J. B., Assistant Professor, Rd), MD 1970; Univ of Ml (Central Off), MS 1974; Univ Medicine; Assistant Professor, Radiology. Univ of the of PR (Rio Rd), BS 1966. Appointed 09/01/85. West Indies, MBBS 1976. Appointed 04/01/94.

Salbert, Bonnie A., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. NY Rogers, David A., Associate Professor, Surgery. Univ Inst of Tech, DO 1984; Hartwick Col, BA 1980. of South FL. MD 1984; Univ of South FL, BS 1980. Appointed 08/01/93. Appointed 07/01/90.

Salzer, Judith S., Assistant Professor, Parent-Child Rogers, Laura Q., Assistant Professor, Medicine. Univ Nursing; Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. VA of South FL, MD 1984; Erskine Col, BS 1980. Commnwith Univ, MS 1979; VA Commnwith Univ, BSN Appointed 08/01/94. 1977. Appointed 02/01/95. Roper, B. Kenneth, Assistant Professor, Pathology; Sams, DeirdreR., Associate Professor, Pediatric Assistant Professor, Medical Technology. Med Col of Dentistry. Howard Univ, DDS 1985; Spelman Col, BS GA, PhD 1969; Med Col of GA, MA 1965; Berea Col, BA 1981. Appointed 08/01/91. 1961. Appointed 11/01/74.

Sanal, Salahattin M., Associate Professor, Medicine. Rosema, Pamela E., Instructor, Respiratory Therapy; Univ of Ankara, 1970. Appointed 12/01/91. Instructor, Anesthesiology. Med Univ of SC, MHS 1992; MD

Univ of Toledo, BS 1980; Univ of Toledo, AS 1979. Appointed 03/15/85. . 220 Appendix C

Sanchez, Anne 1, Assistant Professor, Orthodontics. Searle, Jotin R., Assistant Professor, Research

Med Col of GA, DMD 1981; Univ of GA, BS 1966. Support Services; Assistant Professor, Oral

Appointed 07/01/83. Rehabilitation. Duke Univ, PhD 1975; NC St Univ, BS 1970; Wake Forest Univ, BS 1968. Appointed 06/15/77. Sanders, JayH., Professor, Medicine; Professor,

Surgery. Harvard Univ, MD 1963; Colgate Univ, BA Sebastian, C. Simon, Associate Professor, Psychiatry 1959. Appointed 10/15/92. and Health Behavior. Snt Johns Med, MBBS 1972. Appointed 07/01/89. Sangueza, Omar P., Associate Professor, Pathology; Associate Professor, Medicine. Univ of Valencia, MD Sekul, Elizabeth A., Assistant Professor, Neurology;

1980. Appointed 10/17/94. Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. Univ of MS Med Ctr, MD 1986; Millsaps Col, BS 1982. Appointed 08/01/94. Sarkar, NurulH., Professor, Medicine; Professor,

Graduate Studies; Professor, Biochemistry and Sethi, KapilD., Associate Professor, Neurology.

Molecular Biology. Univ of Calcutta, PhD 1966; Univ of Punjabi Univ, MBBS 1976. Appointed 12/01/85.

Calcutta, MSc 1960; Berhampore K N Med Col, BSc Seyed-Mozaffari, Mahmood, Assistant Professor, Oral 1957. Appointed 03/15/86. Biology; Assistant Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Univ

Sathyanarayana, Associate Professor, Radiology; of South AL, PhD 1988; Univ of AL (Birmnghm), DMD

Associate Professor, Radiologic Technologies. Karnatak 1 991 ; East Carolina Univ, BS 1 982; Univ of South AL,

Univ, MBBS 1971. Appointed 04/01/79. BS 1984. Appointed 07/14/94.

Professor, Sato, Susan D., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Shah, KamlaJ., Radiology; Professor,

Radiologic Technologies. Univ of Bombay, 1 961 Health Behavior. WA St Univ, PhD 1984; WA St Univ, MBBS Appointed 11/15/82. MS 1 981 ; Univ of the Pacific, BA 1 978. Appointed 07/01/87. Shah, VipulB., Assistant Professor, Medicine. Univ of Baroda, Univ Satya-Prakash, Kanithahalli L, Associate Professor, MBBS 1982; of Baroda, MD 1987. Appointed 10/21/94. Pathology. Univ of Mysore, PhD 1976; Univ of Mysore,

MS 1970; Univ of Mysore, BS 1968. Appointed 03/01/86. Shaikh, Abdul H., Associate Professor, Medical

Technology; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Schade, Robert R., Professor, Medicine. George Col of GA, Univ of Karachi, Washington Univ, MD 1973; Colgate Univ, BA 1969. Med MS 1972; MS 1967; Appointed 08/15/94. Univ of Karachi, BS 1966. Appointed 01/01/72.

Shapiro, Michael B., Assistant Professor, Surgery. Schnuck, Lloyd B., Jr., Instructor, Radiology. Med Col Northwestern Univ, 1985; Princeton Univ, 1981. of GA, MD 1968; Anderson Col, AB 1964. Appointed MD AB 07/01/95. Appointed 07/01/92.

Sharawy, Mohamed, Professor, Oral Biology; Schoenlein, Patricia V., Assistant Professor, Cellular Professor, Cellular Biology Professor, Biology and Anatomy; Assistant Professor, Graduate and Anatomy; Graduate Studies; Professor, Oral and Maxillofacial Studies; Assistant Professor, Radiology. Univ of SC Surgery. Univ of Rochester, PhD 1970; Univ of Cairo, (Columbia), PhD 1988; Univ of SC (Columbia), MS 1981; 1962. Appointed 08/01/70. Univ of SC (Columbia), BS 1978. Appointed 12/01/92. BDS

She, Zhi-Wu, Assistant Research Scientist, Medicine. Scltuman, Bernard l\/l.. Professor, Medicine. Albany Hunan Univ, 1977; Hunan Univ, 1983. Med Col, MD 1954; Brown Univ, BA 1950. Appointed MD MS 11/01/83. Appointed 08/01/92.

Shells, W. Chris, Associate Professor, Radiology. Med Scliuster, George S., Merritt Professor, Oral Biology; Col of GA, Univ of GA, 1969. Appointed Associate Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy; MD 1972; BS 01/01/91. Professor, Graduate Studies; Merritt Professor, Oral

Rehabilitation. Northwestern Univ, 1966; Univ of DDS Sherline, Donald M., Brooks Professor, Obstetrics and Rochester, PhD 1970; Northwestern Univ, MS 1966; Gynecology; Associate Professor, Anesthesiology. Washington Univ, AB 1961. Appointed 07/01/70. Northwestern Univ, MD 1958; Utica Col (Syracuse Univ), AB 1953. Appointed 11/01/82. Scott, David F., Associate Professor, Biochemistry and

Molecular Biology; Associate Professor, Graduate Sherry, Richard M., Associate Professor, Surgery. Univ Studies. IN Univ (Bloomington), PhD 1968; of PA, MD 1982; Tufts Univ, BA 1977. Appointed Northeastern Univ, BA 1963. Appointed 07/01/71. 07/01/91. Appendix C 221

Shevitz, Stewart A., Associate Professor, Psychiatry Smith, Joseph R., Professor, Surgery. Univ of WA, MD and Health Behavior. Univ of MD (Baltmr Prof), MD 1967; Univ of WA, BS 1963. Appointed 03/01/86.

1971 ; Univ of CO (Denver), MSHA 1991 ; Univ of VA, BA

Smith, Roger P., Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology, i 1967. Appointed 08/01/92. Northwestern Univ, MD 1967; Northwestern Univ, BSM Shimp, Robert G., Assistant Professor, Physiology and 1969; Purdue Univ, BS 1969. Appointed 11/01/85. Endocrinology; Assistant Professor, Surgery. Auburn Smith, Sylvia B., Associate Professor, Cellular Biology Univ, DVM 1966; Univ of FL, MS 1975. Appointed and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies; 06/01/74. Associate Professor, Ophthalmology. Univ of South AL,

Shrout, Michael K., Associate Professor, Oral PhD 1987; Univ of IL (Urbana), MA 1979; Univ of Diagnosis and Patient Services; Associate Professor, South AL, BS 1985; Auburn Univ, BS 1977. Appointed

Oral Biology; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. 07/01/91.

Washington Univ, DMD 1975; Univ of Tulsa, BS 1967. Sohal, G. S., Professor, Cellular Biology and Anatomy; Appointed 11/01/89. Professor, Graduate Studies. LA St Univ Med Ctr, PhD

Sickles, Dale W., Professor, Cellular Biology and 1973; Punjab Agric Univ, BS 1969. Appointed 08/18/75. Anatomy; Professor, Graduate Studies. West VA Univ, Solursh, Diane S., Associate Professor, Psychiatry and PhD 1978; West VA Univ, AB 1974. Appointed 08/10/78. Health Behavior. York Univ, PhD 1973; Univ of British

Simons, PaulK., Assistant Professor, Orthodontics. Columbia, MA 1969; Univ of British Columbia, BA

Med Col of VA, DDS 1969. Appointed 08/01/81. 1966. Appointed 05/01/86.

Singh, BaldevB., Professor, Oral Pathology; Professor, Solursh, Lionel P., Professor, Psychiatry and Health

Oral Biology; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of Behavior. Univ of Toronto, MD 1959; Univ of Toronto,

Rochester, PhD 1970; Univ of Bombay, BDS 1955; Univ BA 1955. Appointed 05/01/86. of Rochester, MS 1961. Appointed 07/01/71. Speir, William A., Jr., Professor, Medicine. Med Col of

Singh, Manjit, Professor, Medicine. Punjabi Univ, GA, MD 1965; Univ of GA, BS 1961 . Appointed 07/01/71. MBBS 1959; Punjabi Univ, MD 1964. Appointed Spencer, Michael A., Instructor, Medicine. Med Col of 07/01/73. GA, MD 1984; Loyola Univ, BS 1980. Appointed Sinha, DharmB., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and 07/01/87.

Health Behavior. Univ of Bihar, MBBS 1972; Magadh Sperr, Edwin V., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and Univ, BSC 1967; Univ of Patna, BSc 1966. Appointed Health Behavior. Florence St Univ, PhD 1972; Villanova 07/01/87. Univ, MS 1967; Villanova Univ, BS 1965. Appointed Sisk, Allen L, Professor, Oral and Maxillofacial 07/01/83.

Surgery; Associate Professor, Surgery. Emory Univ, Sperr, Shelby J., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and DDS 1974; Emory Univ, BS 1970. Appointed 10/01/81. Health Behavior. FL St Univ, PhD 1973; FL St Univ, MS

Smith, Arthur M., Professor, Surgery. Univ of MD 1970; Univ of NC (Grnsbr), BA 1969. Appointed

(Baltmr Prof), MD 1963; Cornell Univ (Endowed Col), 07/01/83. AB 1959. Appointed 09/01/76. Sprague, Thomas E., Instructor, Anesthesiology; Smith, C. Douglas, Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. OH Instructor, Adult Nursing. Cntrl Ml Univ, MA 1984; Univ

St Univ. DDS 1959. Appointed 11/01/74. of Wl (Oshkosh), BSN 1976. Appointed 06/01/92.

Smith, Diane K., Associate Professor, Medicine. IN Sprinkle, Terry J.C., Sr., Professor, Neurology; Univ (Bloomington), MD 1976; IN Univ (Bloomington), Professor, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology;

MA 1974; IN Univ (Bloomington), AB 1971. Appointed Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of FL, PhD 1974;

08/10/81. Univ of FL, MEd 1970; Univ of FL, BS 1966. Appointed 04/01/78. Smith, Harold G., Associate Professor, Physical

Therapy; Associate Professor, Occupational Therapy. Spurr, Melissa J., Assistant Professor, Adult Nursing.

Univ of GA, EdD 1988; Snt Louis Univ, MEd 1959; Snt Univ of AL (Birmnghm), MS 1976; Univ of HI (Honolulu

Louis Univ, BS 1954. Appointed 05/01/71. Comm Col), BS 1974. Appointed 09/01/90.

Smith, James K., Associate Professor, Medicine. Med Sridharan, Marandapalli R., Professor, Medicine. Univ

Col of GA, MD 1979; GA Inst of Tech, BS 1975. of Mysore, MBBS 1972. Appointed 07/01/84. Appointed 07/01/83. 222 Appendix C

Stachura, MaximillianE., Professor, Medicine; Professor, Strain, Jon D., Associate Professor, Oral Diagnosis and

Physiology and Endocrinology. Harvard Univ, MD 1965; Patient Services. Emory Univ, DDS 1967; Emory Univ, Hamilton Col, BA 1961. Appointed 05/01/81. MAT 1977; Emory Univ, MBA 1988. Appointed 09/01/93. Stafford, Chester 1, Professor, Medicine; Professor, Pediatrics. Univ of AL (Birmnghm), MD 1964; Univ of Strong, William B., Charbonnier Professor, Pediatrics.

AL, BS 1960. Appointed 04/01/78. Hahnemann Med Col & Hosp, MD 1962; Col of the Holy Cross, BS 1958. Appointed 06/01/69. Steadman, Clayton D., Assistant Professor of Medical

Jurisprudence and Ethics, Medicine; Instructor, Health Stubbs, David M., Associate Professor, Radiology;

Information Management. Emory Univ, JD 1982; Associate Professor, Radiologic Technologies. Med Col

Clemson Univ, BA 1978. Appointed 11/01/85. of GA, MD 1967; Berry Col, BA 1963. Appointed - 09/01/88. , . n . . Stec, Thomas L, Instructor, Physical Therapy. West VA

Univ, BS 1980; Wheeling Col, BS 1975. Appointed Sullivan, Daniel B., Professor, Surgery. Med Col of 11/15/90. GA,MD 1949. Appointed 09/17/60.

Steele, John C.H., Jr., Professor, Pathology. Duke Summerer, Robert W., Assistant Professor,

Univ, PhD 1977; Duke Univ, MD 1978; Duke Univ, BS Ophthalmology. Univ of CA (Los Angeles), MD 1975;

1971. Appointed 12/01/81. Univ of CA (Berkeley), MS 1971 ; Univ of IL (Urbana), BS 1968. Appointed 06/01/89. Steflik, David E., Associate Professor, Oral Pathology; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies; Associate Sonde, David A., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and

Professor, Oral Biology. Univ of GA, EdD 1987; St Univ Health Behavior. Case Wstrn Resv Univ, PhD 1971; of NY (Bnghmptn), MA 1978; Univ of PA, BA 1974. Dartmouth Col, MD 1975; Ml St Univ, BS 1964. Appointed 07/01/84. Appointed 03/01/85.

Stein, Peter P., Associate Professor, Medicine. Univ of Sonde, Elizabeth R., Assistant Professor, Psychiatry

PA, MD 1981; Univ of Rochester, BA 1977. Appointed and Health Behavior; Assistant Professor, Pediatrics. 06/01/94. Med Univ of SC, MD 1978; Univ of SC (Coast Car), BA 1973. Appointed 06/01/84. Stein, Sidney H., Assistant Professor, Periodontics;

Assistant Professor, Oral Biology; Assistant Professor, Swift, Thomas R., Professor, Neurology; Professor,

Graduate Studies. Washington Univ, DMD 1982; Univ Cellular Biology and Anatomy. Cornell Univ Med Ctr, of Rochester, PhD 1992; Univ of Rochester, MS 1989; MD 1965; Trinity Col, BA 1961. Appointed 07/01/73.

Washington Univ, BA 1977. Appointed 11/01/91. Taft, Arthur A., Associate Professor, Respiratory

Steinhart, CurtM., Associate Professor, Pediatrics; Therapy. Armstrong St Col, MHS 1985; Univ of TX

Associate Professor, Surgery; Associate Professor, (Austin), BA 1975. Appointed 07/01/85.

Anesthesiology. Boston Univ, MD 1978; St Univ of NY Takeda, Yoshihiko, Assistant Professor, Medicine. (Bflo), BA 1974. Appointed 07/01/83. Keio Univ, MD 1978; Keio Univ, DMS 1986. Appointed Sterrett, JohnD., Associate Professor, Periodontics. 08/01/92.

Univ of TN (Memphis), DDS 1976; Col of Wm & Mary, Talbert, F. Suzanne, Assistant Professor, Family BSC 1973. Appointed 09/01/93. Medicine. Auburn Univ, PhD 1989; Univ of NC (Cht),

Stoming, TerranceA., Associate Professor, MHDL 1983; Univ of MS, BA 1971. Appointed 08/01/90.

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology; Associate Tedesco, Francis J., Professor, Medicine; Professor, Professor, Graduate Studies. Purdue Univ, PhD 1972; Graduate Studies. Snt Louis Univ, MD 1969; Fairfield Purdue Univ, MS 1969; Purdue Univ, BS 1966. Univ, BS 1965. Appointed 08/01/78. Appointed 06/23/75. Teeslink, C. Rex, Associate Professor, Radiology. Stone, Christopher D., Associate Professor, Surgery. Tulane Univ, MD 1964. Appointed 07/01/68. Univ of OK HIth Sci Ctr, MD 1984; OK Cty Univ, BS 1979. Appointed 07/01/94. Tho, Sandra P. 1, Associate Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Univ of Saigon, MD 1965; Univ of Saigon, Stoney, David, Jr., Associate Professor, Physiology S. BS 1958. Appointed 11/16/81. and Endocrinology; Associate Professor, Graduate Thompson, Mason P., Associate Professor, Family Studies. Tulane Univ, PhD 1966; Univ of SC (Columbia), Medicine. Col of GA, 1973; Univ of GA, BS BS 1962. Appointed 07/15/70. Med MD 1969. Appointed 12/15/82. Appendix C 223

Thompson, William 0., II, Associate Professor of Truemper, Edward J., Assistant Professor. Pediatrics.

Biostatistics, Biostatistics; Associate Professor, Univ of MS Med Ctr, MD 1982; Univ of MS, MS 1979; Graduate Studies; Associate Professor, Pediatrics. VA Univ of MS, BS 1976. Appointed 08/01/88.

Polytech Inst, PhD 1968; Univ of VA, BA 1963. Tuan, Dorothy Y. H., Professor, Biochemistry and Appointed 12/01/86. Molecular Biology; Professor, Graduate Studies. CA Inst

Thornberry, TamiM., Instructor, Oral Rehabilitation. of Tech, PhD 1967; Natl Taiwan Norm Univ, BS 1962. Loma Linda Univ, DDS 1995; Southern Col, BS 1989. Appointed 06/01/93. Appointed 04/13/95. Turnbull, Diane fill., Assistant Professor, Medical

Threlkeld, AnisaB., Assistant Professor, Technology. Med Col of GA, MHEd 1987; Rush Univ, BS Ophthalmology. Johns Hopkins Univ, MD 1989; Emory 1977. Appointed 08/15/85. Univ, BS 1984. Appointed 08/15/94. Turner, J. Roderick, Associate Professor, Pediatrics. Assistant Professor, Throckmorton, Douglas C, Univ of Birmingham. PhD 1984; Univ of Sheffield, BS Medicine; Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology and 1979. Appointed 05/01/95.

Anatomy. Univ of l\IE Med Ctr, MD 1985; Hastings Col, Turner, M. Kevin, Assistant Professor, Psychiatry and BA 1981. Appointed 07/01/93. Health Behavior. Univ of SC (Columbia), PhD 1991; Thurmond, VeraB., Associate Professor of Medical Western KY Univ, MA 1982; Citadel Mil Col of SC, BA Education for Minority Affairs, Medicine. Univ of GA, 1980. Appointed 09/01/90. EdD 1975; Univ of GA, MEd 1970; Clark Col, BA 1969. Appointed 09/14/80. Turner, SaundraL, Assistant Professor, Community Nursing. Univ of GA, EdD 1990; Catholic Univ of Amer, Tiller, Cecilia M., Assistant Professor, Parent-Child MSN 1974; American Univ, BA 1972. Appointed 09/01/87. Nursing; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of

AL (Birmnghm), DSN 1988; Univ of SC (Columbia), Vann, A. Marie, Assistant Professor, Radiologic

MSN 1981; Univ of KS, BSN 1967. Appointed 10/01/88. Technologies. Aug Col, MEd 1988; Med Col of GA, BS 1980; Med Col of GA, AS 1979. Appointed 10/24/83. Tingen, Martha S., Instructor, Adult Nursing. Med Col of GA, MSN 1983; Univ of SC (Columbia), BSN 1979. Varma, JayR., Professor, Family Medicine. Univ of Appointed 09/01/91. Bombay, MBBS 1964; London Univ Col, DPH 1975. Appointed 05/10/78. Tollison, Joseph W., Professor, Family Medicine. Med

Univ of SC, MD 1967; Citadel Mil Col of SC, BS 1963. Vericella, BiagioJ., Professor of Health Education,

Appointed 07/01/75. Allied Health Sciences; Professor, Graduate Studies.

Univ of Miami, EdD 1971; Westminster Col, MEd 1967; Tompkins, Geoffrey R., Assistant Professor, Oral Youngstown St Univ, BS 1965. Appointed 08/01/73. Biology; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of

Otago, PhD 1986; Univ of Otago, BS 1977. Appointed Vernon, Michael 0., Instructor, Oral Rehabilitation.

09/01/90. Med Col of GA, DMD 1977. Appointed 10/01/79.

Trainer, Donna J., Assistant Professor, Library. Univ of Volkmann, Keith R., Associate Professor, Oral Biology;

SC (Columbia), MLS 1986; Aug Col, BA 1977; Aug Col, Associate Professor, Oral Diagnosis and Patient

AA 1962. Appointed 01/15/87. Services. Univ of Rochester, PhD 1973; Med Col of GA,

DMD 1976; Univ of Rochester, AB 1965. Appointed Trefz, Jill I., Research Associate, Neurology. OH St 03/01/73. Univ, BS 1963. Appointed 08/01/72.

Voyles, Walter R., Assistant Professor, Cellular Biology Treiber, Frank A., Professor, Pediatrics; Professor, and Anatomy. Univ of TN (Memphis), MD 1950. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Univ of GA, PhD 1981; Appointed 04/01/89. Univ of GA, MS 1979; TN Tech Univ, BS 1975.

Appointed 09/01/84. Wagner, Peggy Jo, Assistant Professor, Family

Medicine. Univ of FL. PhD 1975; Univ of FL. MA 1973; Trott, Edward A., Instructor, Obstetrics and Wilson Col, BA 1971. Appointed 07/01/91. Gynecology. Thomas Jefferson Univ, MD 1990; Univ of CA (Rivrsde), BS 1983. Appointed 07/01/94. Wakefield, Marshal., Associate Professor,

Anesthesiology. Univ of AL (Birmnghm), MD 1982; Trueblood, JonH., Associate Professor, Radiology; Birmingham-Sthrn Col, BS 1978. Appointed 08/01/86. Associate Professor, Radiologic Technologies. Univ of

SC (Columbia), PhD 1971; Wheaton Col, BS 1965. Wall, Donna M., Assistant Professor, Family Medicine.

Appointed 02/15/71. Med Col of GA, MD 1980; Univ of TN (Chatnga), BA 1975. Appointed 07/15/85. 224 Appendix C

Wallace, Sarah J., Instructor Physical Therapy. Univ Weller, R. Norman, Associate Professor, Endodontics; ot CT, MS 1993; Russell Sage Col, BS 1988. Appointed Associate Professor, Oral Biology. Med Univ of SC, 03/15/95. DMD 1972; George Washington Univ, MS 1978; Clemson Univ, BS 1968. Appointed 07/01/94. Walters, Paul A., Ill, Assistant Research Scientist,

Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Univ of GA, PhD 1991; Welter, Dave A., Associate Professor, Cellular Biology Wake Forest Univ, MA 1981; Wake Forest Univ, BA and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies.

1979. Appointed 07/15/89. Med Col of GA, PhD 1970; Med Col of GA. MS 1962;

Univ of GA, BS 1961. Appointed 07/01/70. Ward, Daniel F., Associate Professor, Surgery; Associate Professor, Medicine; Associate Professor, Wessling, Kenneth C, Assistant Professor, Physical

Family Medicine. Med Col of GA, MD 1961. Appointed Therapy; Assistant Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of

01/01/71. TN (Knoxvie), PhD 1981; Univ of FL, BS 1972. Appointed 10/01/81. Ward, Sue 1, Instructor, Associated Dental Sciences.

Med Col of GA, BS 1975. Appointed 04/13/89. Weston, William, III, Professor, Pediatrics. Duke Univ,

MD 1960; Univ of SC (Coast Car), BS 1956. Appointed Ware, DebraJ., Assistant Professor, Obstetrics and 08/01/77. Gynecology. Am Univ of the Caribbean, MD 1987; Univ of IL Med Ctr (Chicago), BSN 1975. Appointed 08/01/92. Whitaker, S. Bryan, Assistant Professor, Oral

Pathology; Assistant Professor, Oral Diagnosis and Wark, Elizabeth 1, Assistant Professor, Physical Patient Services. Univ of MO (Kans Cty), DDS 1989; Therapy. Univ of MA (Amherst Camp), MBA 1990; Univ of AR, BA 1985. Appointed 08/12/93. Ithaca Col, BS 1981. Appointed 05/01/95.

White, Christopher B., Associate Professor, Pediatrics. Waugh, Robert L, Jr., Assistant Professor, Univ of VA, MD 1978; US Mil Academy, BS 1974. Orthodontics. Med Col of GA, DMD 1987; Baylor Col of Appointed 07/15/94. Dent, MSD 1989; Med Col of GA, MS 1987; Mercer

Univ, BS 1983. Appointed 01/01/90. White, Evelyn W., Instructor, Obstetrics and

Gynecology. Med Col of GA, MD 1989; Emory Univ, BS Weatherred, Ted W., Assistant Professor, 1984. Appointed 07/01/93. Anesthesiology. Med Col of GA, MD 1989; Univ of TX

(Austin), BA 1985. Appointed 07/01/93. Whitford, GaryM., Regents' Professor, Oral Biology; Professor, Graduate Studies; Associate Professor, Webster, PaulD., Ill, Professor, Medicine. Wake Physiology and Endocrinology. Med Col of GA, PhD Forest Univ, MD 1956; Univ of Richmond, BS 1952. 1971; Univ of Rochester, DMD 1975; Univ of Rochester, Appointed 07/01/68. MS 1969; Univ of Rochester, BS 1965. Appointed Wei, John P., Associate Professor, Surgery. Boston 07/01/72. Univ, MD 1982; Boston Univ, BA 1982. Appointed Whitney, J. Barry, III, Associate Professor, 07/01/90. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology; Associate

Wei, Xiangyang, Assistant Professor, Medicine; Professor, Graduate Studies. Univ of NC (Chpl HI), PhD

Assistant Professor, Pharmacology and Toxicology. St 1972; Emory Univ, BS 1966. Appointed 06/01/80. Univ of NY (Bflo), PhD 1988. Appointed 10/01/93. Wiedmeier, Vernon 1, Associate Professor, Physiology Weidman, Thomas A., Associate Professor, Cellular and Endocrinology; Associate Professor, Graduate

Biology and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Marquette Univ, PhD 1968; ND St Univ, MS Studies. Univ of KS, PhD 1968; Univ of IL Med Ctr 1961 ; ND St Tchrs Col at Valley Cty, BS 1959. (Chicago), MS 1963; IL Wesleyan Univ, BS 1955. Appointed 12/01/71. Appointed 07/01/75. Williams, Henry A., Professor, Oral Rehabilitation.

Weisman, Manuel I., Professor, Endodontics. Loma Linda Univ, DDS 1962; La Sierra Col, BA 1958. Northwestern Univ, DDS 1951. Appointed 10/01/71. Appointed 08/01/71.

Weiss, Kenneth L, Instructor, Radiology. Univ of Ml Williams, MarkF., Assistant Professor, Surgery. Med

(Ann Arbor), MD 1981; Harvard Univ, BA 1977. Col of GA, MD 1988; Emory Univ, BS 1982. Appointed Appointed 07/01/94. 08/01/94.

Welch, Christopher W., Assistant Professor, Mental Williams, Roger S., Assistant Professor,

Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Nevi/port Univ, PhD 1989; Anesthesiology. Med Col of GA, MD 1985; Univ of GA,

Univ of North CO, MA 1977; Pepperdine Univ, MA BS 1981; Univ of GA, BSA 1979. Appointed 04/01/90. 1975; MT St Univ, BS 1973. Appointed 09/01/91. . Appendix C 225

Williamson, MancyD., Assistant Professor, Nursing Wrenn, Robert W., Associate Professor, Cellular Biology

Administration. GA St Univ. PhD 1991; Med Col of GA. and Anatomy; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. MSN 1979; Med Col of GA. BSN 1977. Appointed Wake Forest Univ, PhD 1979; Appalachian St Univ, MA 09/01/83. 1975; Davidson Col. BS 1973. Appointed 06/01/81.

Winner, William A., Assistant Professor, Continuing Wynn, James J., Associate Professor. Surgery. Med

Education and Health Communication; Assistant Col of GA. MD 1980; Davidson Col, BS 1976. Appointed

Professor, Medical Illustration. Clark Univ, MA 1973; 07'0r'87. Case Wstrn Resv Univ, BA 1971. Appointed 03/01/83. Yaghmai, Farlvar, Associate Professor, Pathology. Univ

Wilson, Jerry B., Associate Research Professor. of Teheran. MD 1 963. Appointed 07/01/71

Medicine. Med Col of GA. MS 1967; Univ of GA. BS Yates, Laurie J., Instructor. Anesthesiology; Instructor, 1963. Appointed 03/01/68. Adult Nursing. TX Wesleyan Col. MHS 1988; Indiana

Wilson, Patricia R., Assistant Professor, Adult Univ of PA. BSN 1984. Appointed 11/01/93.

Nursing. Univ of SC (Columbia), PhD 1993; Univ of SC Yates, Robert J., Instructor, Anesthesiology; (Columbia), MS 1989; Univ of Pittsburgh, BSN 1972. Instructor, Adult Nursing. TX Wesleyan Col, MHS 1985; Appointed 09/01 '94. Univ of lA. BSN 1981; lA Central Comm Col, AA 1980,

Winburn, Virginia B., Assistant Professor, Surgery. Appointed 07/01/93.

Tulane Univ. MD 1986; Univ of NC (Grnsbr), BA 1978. YodlowskI, Edmund H., Assistant Professor Appointed 07/01/91. Anesthesiology. Case Wstrn Resv Univ. PhD 1979; Case

Winkley, Gall P., Associate Professor, Associated Wstrn Resv Univ, MS 1977; Manhattan Col. BEE 1972. Dental Sciences; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies; Appointed 12/15/85.

Assistant Professor. Periodontics. Boston Univ, MS Young, Timothy R., Professor, Surgery. PA Col 1976; Tufts Univ, BS 1961. Appointed 10/15/76. Osteopthc Med. DO 1976; Johns Hopkins Univ, MA

Witherlngton, Roy, Professor. Surgery. Med Col of GA. 1970; US Mil Academy. BS 1963. Appointed 11/01/86.

MD 1953; Univ of GA, BS 1949. Appointed 07/01/60. Yousufzai, Sardar Y.K., Assistant Professor.

Wood, Arthur P, Instructor, Surgery. PA St Univ (Hrsh Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Aligarh Muslim

Med Ctr)002394. MD 1981; Univ of VA, BA 1977. Univ. PhD 1977; Aligarh Muslim Univ, MPhil 1975; Appointed 07/01/94. Uttar Pradesh Agric Univ, MS 1971; Agra Univ. BS 1967. Appointed 03/01/82, Woodring, Barbara C, Associate Professor. Parent-

Child Nursing; Associate Professor, Graduate Studies. Yu, Jack C., Assistant Professor. Surgery. Univ of PA.

Ball St Univ, EdD 1983; Ball St Univ, MA 1986; Johns DMD 1982; Univ of PA. MD 1985; Univ of PA. MS

Hopkins Univ, MEd 1975; Snt Francis Col, MS 1970; 1984. Appointed 07/01/94.

Grace Col, BSN 1966. Appointed 12/13/93. Zhong, Qing, Assistant Research Scientist. Medicine.

Woods, Gerald W., Assistant Professor of Medical St Univ of NY (Bflo). MS 1988. Appointed 10/01/93.

Jurisprudence and Ethics, Medicine. Emory Univ. JD Zwemer, JackD., Professor. Community Dentistry. 1973; Univ of NC (Chpl HI), BS 1968. Appointed Univ of IL Med Ctr (Chicago). DOS 1946; Univ of IL 03/01/78. Med Ctr (Chicago). PhD 1956; Univ of IL Med Ctr

Woods, T. Jan, Instructor. Parent-Child Nursing. Univ (Chicago), MS 1954. Appointed 09/01/76. of TX (El Paso). MSN 1983; Angelo St Univ. BSN 1980. Appointed 01 01/91. Clinical/Adjunct Faculty*

Work, Bruce A., Jr., Professor, Obstetrics and Abdulla, M. Abdulla, MBBS. Clinical Professor. Gynecology. Univ of Ml (Ann Arbor). MD 1959. Medicine; Clinical Professor, Adult Nursing, Appointed 10/15/91.

Acevedo, J. Harold, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor. Wray, Betty B., Professor, Pediatrics; Professor. Physician Assistant. Medicine. Med Col of GA. MD 1960; Mercer Univ, BS 1956. Appointed 07/01/68. Ackerman, Larry L, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior, Wray, Charles H., Professor. Surgery. Med Col of GA,

MD 1959; Mercer Univ (At!), AB 1955. Appointed

07/01/64. *Note: File effective May 15, 1995, including those

actions approved by the Board of Regents to take effectJuly 1,1995 226 Appendix C

Adams, Joseph D., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral Anderson, Jennifer B., BS. Clinical Instructor,

Rehabilitation. Respiratory Therapy.

Adams, Robert J., PhD. Assistant Adjunct Professor, Anderson, Stanley J., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Physiology and Endocrinology. Rehabilitation.

Addiss, David G., MD, MPH. Associate Adjunct Angeletti, J. Fred, Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Medicine. Professor, Community Dentistry.

Ades, Edwin W., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Angood, Peter B., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Pediatrics. Surgery.

Agar, John R., DDS. Associate Adjunct Professor, Oral Arkin, Murray C, MD. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Biology; Associate Adjunct Professor, Oral Arnold, Thomas S., MD. Clinical Instructor, Obstetrics Rehabilitation. and Gynecology. Agostas, William N., MD. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Arnold, W. Stanley, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Alherts, LoraM., BS. Clinical Instructor, Radiologic Medicine. Technologies. Arora, Rajesh, MDBS. Assistant Adjunct Professor, Albrecht, Nettie N., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Ashline, Vivian M., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Albright, Daphne G., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Nursing. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Assad, Ramzi 1, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Alderman, Emery J., Jr., DDS. Associate Clinical Medicine. Professor, Community Dentistry. Atkinson, Charles D., DDS. Assistant Clinical Alex, Glenn C, DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral Professor, Orthodontics. Diagnosis and Patient Services.

Atwell, Eddie A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Alexander, James D., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Family Medicine.

Austin, JackH., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Alexander, TamraJ., PharmD. Assistant Adjunct Medicine. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Azar, Kenneth A., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Allen, Candace V., BS. Adjunct Instructor, Health Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Information Management.

Rabat, Oded, BBS. Clinical Professor, Periodontics. Allen, David C, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Surgery. Bailey, E. Jean, MBA. Adjunct Instructor, Health Information Management. Allison, David A., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Endodontics. Bailey, Thomas E., Jr., MD. Clinical Professor, Surgery.

Alperin, Henry, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Bailey, Thomas E., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Radiology. Pediatrics.

Amarasinghe, AmarasingheA.W., MDBS. Associate Bairas, Diane S., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Assistant.

Ambroze, Wayne L, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Baker, Allen F., MS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Radiology.

Anders, David L, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Baker, David H., MD. Clinical Professor, Radiology. Medicine. Baker, Michael R., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Anderson, Dorothy A., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Mental Medicine. Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Raker, Susan J., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Anderson, Emily D., MHEd. Assistant Clinical Periodontics. Professor, Occupational Therapy. Randisode, MadhukarS., MD. Assistant Clinical

Anderson, Frances D., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine.

Professor, Adult Nursing. > , Appendix C

Bannon, Michelle D., BS. Clinical Instructor. Physician Beeson, Timothy N., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Assistant. Anesthesiology.

Barber, James S., AS. Clinical Instructor, Respiratory Belger, Peggy C, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Mental Therapy. Health/Psychiatric Nursing.

Barber, PaulL, BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Belton, JettiyaS., MN. Assistant Clinical Professor, Technology. Nursing Administration.

Barber, Robert L, BS. Clinical Instructor, Respiratory Beltran, PaulM., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Therapy. Medicine.

Barfield, William E., Jr., MB. Assistant Clinical Ben, Raymond F., BS. Clinical Instructor. Physical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Therapy.

Barfield, William E., Sr., MB. Associate Clinical Bence, Priscilla J., MPH. Clinical Instructor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Professor, Community Nursing.

Barmore, Burton B., Ill, MB. Assistant Clinical Benton, EdredC, III, BBS, MSB. Associate Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Professor, Periodontics.

Barnett, Janet E., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Berens, Sanford V., MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Assistant. Radiology.

Barron, MarkR., PhB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Bergeron, Glynn A., MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Radiology.

Bartee, LacyH., Sr., MS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Berman, Earl J., MB. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Assistant,

Bernstein, Arnold, MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Bashinski, Benjamin, III, MB. Assistant Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology. Professor, Neurology.

Besson, Cindy G., MB. Clinical Instructor, Obstetrics Battey, Louis L, MB. Clinical Professor, Medicine. and Gynecology. Baumann, Martha A., MSH. Clinical Instructor, Adult Beusse, Terry Q., BMB. Clinical Instructor, Community Nursing. Dentistry. Baxter, J. Bavid, MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Beveridge, Laura H., MEd. Assistant Clinical Medicine. Professor, Respiratory Therapy. Bays, Robert A., BBS. Associate Clinical Professor, Bigger, JohnF., Jr., MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Community Dentistry. Ophthalmology. Beacham, Charles H., MB. Assistant Clinical Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor. Pathology. Bikoff, Williams., MB. Medicine. Beaver, Melissa P., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Information Management. Billingsley, GaryM., MB. Clinical Instructor. Pediatrics.

Beck, Elaine R., BBS. Clinical Instructor, Oral Billman, Michael A., BBS. Associate Adjunct

Rehabilitation. Professor, Oral Biology.

Beck, KathyL, MBA. Clinical Instructor, Health Bingham, KayH., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Information Management. Assistant.

Beckham, Bruce M., BMB. Assistant Clinical Bitar, Sawsanl., BMB. Clinical Instructor, Oral Professor, Endodontics. Rehabilitation.

Becton, James L, MB. Clinical Professor, Surgery. Bivins, Harold A., Jr., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Bedingfield, Amy P., MSH. Clinical Instructor, Parent- Child Nursing. Black, KatherineA., BS. Clinical Instructor. Medical Technology. Beeson, C. Walker, II, MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Medicine. Black, Maria M., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. 228 Appendix C

Blackwood, R. Adair, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Brannen, Alfred L, II, MD. Clinical Instructor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Medicine.

Blalocl(, H. Slierman, HUD. Associate Clinical Brannon, James E., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Surgery. Anesthesiology.

Blalocl(, Jacl(H., Jr., li/ID. Assistant Clinical Professor, Braswell, Lorraine C, PhD. Assistant Clinical Medicine. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Bland, Gail G., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical - Brawner, Darnell L., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Technology. Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Blaskis, MarkG., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Brett, Miles E., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Family Medicine.

Bledsoe, Donna S., MS. Clinical Instructor, Mental Bridges, E. Glenn, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Surgery.

Blitch, Pierce G., Jr., MD. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Broadnax, GaryB., DO. Associate Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Blount, WadeB., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Brocato, Simone, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Boisvert, William H., MA. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology. Brooks, Franklin R., PhD. Associate Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Booker, David L, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Pathology. Brooks, Patricia A., MS. Clinical Instructor, Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Boone, Daniel H., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Brouillard, MaryE., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Boss, J. Larry, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family F., Clinical Instructor, Obstetrics Medicine. Brown, Charles MD. and Gynecology. Boss, Nathan C, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Brown, David BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Family Medicine. G., Assistant. Bottini, Peter B., PharmD. Assistant Clinical Brown, Elaine F., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Professor, Medicine. Nursing. Bowcutt, Marilyn A., MS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Brown, Mary J., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Mental Nursing Administration. Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Bowman, Mac A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Brown, SherriR., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Community Dentistry.

Boyd, Barbara W., MSN. Assistant Clinical Professor, Brown, Stephen W., MD. Associate Clinical Nursing Administration. Professor, Radiology.

Boyd, CarlR., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Brown, Walter J., Jr., MD. Clinical Professor, Surgery. Medicine.

Boyd, Williams., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Brownell, Julie P., BA. Clinical Instructor, Medical Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Technology. ; •

Boyter, Charles H., MS. Assistant Adjunct Professor, Browning, Larry N., DMD. Assistant Clinical Medical Illustration. Professor, Oral Rehabilitation.

Bradley, C. Jayni, DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Bruce, AnneL., MA. Assistant Clinical Professor, Community Dentistry. Nursing Administration.

Bradley, EdD. Associate Clinical Professor, KathyP, Bruce, Ronald J., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Occupational Therapy. Radiology.

Branch, Clinton E., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Bruce, Vernon R., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Neurology. Family Medicine. Appendix C 229

Bruno, Ralph D., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Cantwell, John D., MD. Associate Clinical Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Professor, Medicine.

Bruns, William L, Jr., MB. Assistant Clinical Caplan, Gerald E., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Radiology.

Buchanan, Ralph W., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Garden, B. Lamar, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Family Medicine.

Burch, Kenneth B., MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Cardosa, David, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Pediatrics. Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Bures, Joseph K., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Carlton, William H., PhD. Associate Clinical

Technology. Professor, Radiology; Associate Clinical Professor, Radiology. Burg, Hans A., BBS. Associate Clinical Professor,

Endodontics. Carroll, Dorothy R., MA. Clinical Instructor, Medical

Technology; Clinical Instructor, Radiologic Burgamy, Clyde A., MB. Clinical Instructor, Obstetrics Technologies. and Gynecology.

Carter, David B., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Burgess, Russell E., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Medicine.

Carter, Georgia B., MA. Clinical Instructor, Mental Burgher-Jones, Janine E., MB. Assistant Clinical Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Professor, Family Medicine.

Carter, Jack W., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Burnes, Carol A., MSN. Assistant Clinical Professor, Orthodontics; Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Community Nursing.

Carter, Michael P., MD. Associate Clinical Burnette, Edwin R., BBS. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Radiology. Community Dentistry. Carter, William C, MS. Assistant Adjunct Professor, Burton-lwinski, Lesley 1, MB. Assistant Clinical Medical Illustration. Professor, Family Medicine. Cassidy, James L., Jr., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Bush, LisaN., MN. Clinical Instructor, Community Oral Rehabilitation. Nursing.

Castresana, Manuel R., MD. Clinical Professor, Butcher, Brian 1, PhB. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Anesthesiology.

Butler, Clarence C, MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Catalano, Philip W., MD. Assistant Clinical Medicine. Professor, Surgery.

Byck, BavidB., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Chalker, Dan K., MD. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Chambers, Mary P., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Byck, Peggy L, MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Information Management. Medicine.

Chandler, A. Bleakley, Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Byers, Gregory B., BMB. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Medicine. Community Dentistry.

Charleston, Gail Y., DDS. Assistant Clinical Byrd, M. Daniel, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Community Dentistry. Medicine. Chaudhary, TesneemK., MBBS. Assistant Clinical Byrd, Nina J., MS. Clinical Instructor, Physical Professor, Pediatrics. Therapy. Cheeks, Eddie R., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Cadenhead, David J., MD. Assistant Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology. Professor. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Cheng, Walter C, MSW. Assistant Clinical Cameron, Stephen M., DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Chestnut, Sharon K., BS. Clinical Instructor, Cannady, Robert W., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Radiologic Technologies. Assistant. 230 Appendix C

Chilton, Simona G., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Copeland, LannyR., MD. Associate Clinical Technology. Professor, Family Medicine.

Cliinn, Robert C, DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Cornelison, W. Fred, MDiv. Clinical Instructor, Communi^y Dentistry. Physician Assistant.

Chisholm, Marie A., PtiarmD. Assistant Adjunct Correnti, Elizabeth E., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Christian, Joe D., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Correnti, Lawrence M., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Chuang, Augustine H. L, PhD. Assistant Adjunct Costrini, Anthony M., MD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Oral Biology. Professor, Medicine.

Ciucchi, Bernard, DMD. Clinical Professor, Cote, LiseA., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Community Dentistry. Family Medicine.

Clarl(, David D., BS. Clinical Instructor, Occupational Covington, Steven C, AS. Clinical Instructor, Therapy. Respiratory Therapy.

Clark, Michael D., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Cowan, Connie F., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Surgery. Nursing.

Clark, Sarah L, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Craft, David W., PhD. Assistant Adjunct Professor, Medicine. Oral Biology.

Clark, William L, Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Craft, James H., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Surgery. Radiology.

Clay, CassiusM., SM. Assistant Clinical Professor, Crapanzano, Kathleen A., MD. Assistant Clinical Radiology. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Clepper, Douglas P., DMD. Assistant Clinical Crawford, Marynell, BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Professor, Oral Diagnosis and Patient Services. Information Management.

Coats, Davids., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral Crawley, WestineD., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult

Rehabilitation. Nursing.

Cohen, Stanley A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Crenshaw, Connie L, MSN. Assistant Clinical

Pediatrics. Professor, Parent-Child Nursing.

Cole, Wilfred Q., Ill, MD. Clinical Instructor, Crow, Robert W., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Pediatrics. Surgery.

Colman, AlanE., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Crowley, Janet G., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult

Assistant. Nursing.

Colosetti, Sherman D., MSW. Clinical Instructor, Cuartas, Francisco I., MD. Assistant Clinical Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Professor, Medicine.

Conner, Harold M., BMS. Clinical Instructor, Cundey, PaulE., Jr., MD. Clinical Professor, Pathology. Medicine.

Cook, E. Lawrence, MD. Associate Clinical D'Arco, Ruth A., DDS. Clinical Instructor, Oral Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Rehabilitation.

Cook, Gregory C, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Daniel, FredL., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Surgery.

Cook, JohnR., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Daniel, Mary Anne, MD. Assistant Clinical • Medicine. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Cook, TerrenceJ., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Danko, Lance E., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Pediatrics; Associate Clinical Professor, Medicine. Information Management.

Cooper, James W., Jr., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Appendix C 231

Dasher, Byron G., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Dickens, Victor F., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Radiology; Assistant Clinical Professor, Radiologic Surgery. Technologies. Dickson, Stephen K., AS. Clinical Instructor, Dasher, M. Nesbit, Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Respiratory Therapy. Professor, Medicine. Dimond, Keith A., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Daspit, Sharon G., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Pathology. Diver, VernaB., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

David, Cynthia L, PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Oral Rehabilitation; Assistant Clinical Professor,

Physical Therapy. Pediatrics Assistant Clinical Professor, Oral Diagnosis

and Patient Services. Davidson, Elmer H., PhD. Associate Adjunct

Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Dominy, Wilburn T., Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Davidson, James A., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Rehabilitation. Domyslawski, Raymond F., MS. Clinical Instructor, Occupational Therapy. Davis, Carol H., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician

Assistant. Don Diego, Frank R., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Davis, Deborah H., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical

Technology. Doshi, Dinesh M., MDBS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Davis, James P., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Rehabilitation. Douglas, Lacy A., MS. Clinical Instructor, Physician

Assistant. Davis, JohnB., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Surgery. Dowling, Jeffreys., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physical Therapy. Day, Thomas E., DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Endodontics. Dozier, F. Augustus, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. De Carvalho, Ricardo M., DDS, PhD. Assistant

Adjunct Professor, Oral Biology. Drew, Joel P., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Rehabilitation. DeGrazia, Joseph A., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical

Professor, Radiologic Technologies. Dross, David L., DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Oral Rehabilitation. DeGroot, James F., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. DuBois, Richard E., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Medicine. DeLoach, ErvinD., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Surgery. Dube, VolkerE., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Pathology. DeRamus, Leonard D., BS. Clinical Instructor,

Physician Assistant. Dubin, Jonathan S., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Community Dentistry. Deal, J. Ben, DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Rehabilitation. Ducey, DanitaA., BS. Clinical Instructor. Health Information Management. Deering, Thomas F., MD. Associate Clinical

Professor. Medicine. Duncan, Scott D., MD. Clinical Instructor,

Pediatrics. Dent, Jeffrey J., DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Periodontics. Duncan, Titus D., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Derrick, Corliss G., MSN. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Nursing Administration. Dunn, CeliaP, DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Rehabilitation. DiBenedetto, Robert J., MD. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Durham, Laura C, DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Pediatric Dentistry. DiPiro, Joseph T., PharmD. Clinical Professor, Surgery. Echelberger, Scott F, MHA. Adjunct Instructor, Health Information Management. 232 Appendix C

Eckert, Richard E., MD. Assistant Clinical Faulkner, Alva H., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Pediatrics; Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Surgery. Feely, James M., MD. Clinical Instructor, Obstetrics Edwards, M. Delmar, MD. Assistant Clinical and Gynecology. Professor, Surgery. Feldman, Jack A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Elisanipoor, Kaveli, MD. Associate Clinical Surgery. Professor, Medicine. Feldman, Mary T., BMS. Clinical Instructor, Elder, Herman A., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral Physician Assistant.

Rehabilitation. Ferguson, A. Drew, DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral Eller, Peter C, DPM. Assistant Clinical Professor, Rehabilitation. Pfiysician Assistant. Ferrell, Robert T., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Elliott, PaulM., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Family Medicine. Fink, Laura M., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Ellis, Judy P., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Medicine. Technology. Fischer, Asma Q., MDBS. Associate Clinical

Ellis, Keith E., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Pediatrics. Family Medicine. Fishbein, Sumner L, MD. Associate Clinical

Enelow, Cathy T., MM. Clinical Instructor, Mental Professor, Ophthalmology. Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Fisher, Emile T., DDS. Clinical Professor,

English, Charles E., DDS. Assistant Clinical Community Dentistry. Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Fitch, Margaret H., MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. English, Debra C, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Fiveash, Arlie E., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Radiology.

Epperly, TedD., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Flaherty, Michael G., AS. Clinical Instructor, Family Medicine. Respiratory Therapy.

Epstein, Franklin M., MD. Assistant Clinical Flexon, Phillip B., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Surgery. Surgery.

Erne, JerelJ., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Flynt, Thomas H., PharmD. Assistant Clinical Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Esposito, Michael, BSHRP. Adjunct Instructor, Folley, Martha H., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Respiratory Therapy. Technology.

Evans, Bridgets., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Forbes, E. Faye, BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Technology. Assistant.

Evans, William S., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Forbes, L. Andrew, BA. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Physician Assistant. Ewing, Douglas E., MD. Assistant Adjunct Forney, Mary Ann, PhD. Associate Clinical Professor, Physiology and Endocrinology. Professor, Family Medicine.

Fadel, HossamE., MBBCh. Clinical Professor, Foss, John T., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Obstetrics and Gynecology. Assistant.

Farman, Douglas P., MD. Assistant Clinical Foster, Gregory A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Professor, Family Medicine.

Farr, William L, Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Fournier, Joseph A.A., MSW. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Fatteh, Hasanali V., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Fowler, JohnE., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Technology. Family Medicine. Appendix C 233

Fraysure, Paul W., Jr., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Gay, Gregory L., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor. Community Dentistry. Anesthesiology.

Freedman, Murray A., MD. Associate Clinical Gay, Tammy K., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology; Associate Technology.

Clinical Professor, Physiology and Endocrinology. Gazda, George M., EdD. Clinical Professor, Freeman, Charles, Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Professor, Surgery. Gemmill, Robert H., DSW. Assistant Clinical Freeman, Davidson L, MD. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Pediatrics. Gentile, Nerve F, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Freeman, James K., MD. Assistant Clinical Surgery. Professor, Psycfiiatry and Health Behavior. Gerardot, Robert J., MSW. Clinical Instructor,

Frentzel, Michael, BS. Clinical Instructor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Respiratory Therapy. , Gerrard, Cynthia A., PhD. Assistant Clinical

Frey, Joseph, III, PhD. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Gershon, Charles R., MD. Assistant Clinical

Fritz, Michael E., DDS. Clinical Professor, Professor, Surgery. Periodontics. Gibson, Carl A., MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine.

Fuller, GaryK., MHEd. Clinical Instructor, Medical Gibson, Hugh H., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Technology. Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Fullerton, LeroyR., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Giddens, M. Dianne, BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Professor, Surgery. Technology.

Fuqua, Anita M., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Mental Gillett, R. Clark, Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Professor, Family Medicine.

Gaffney, Carolyn F, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Gilliland, Cynthia H., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Nursing. Adult Nursing.

Gainer, James S., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Gilmore-Lee, Nancy K., MN. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Medicine. Adult Nursing.

Galloway, Ronald F, MD. Associate Clinical Godowns, Angela B., BS. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Surgery. Respiratory Therapy.

Gallup, Deborah C, MD. Assistant Clinical Goldberg, Ronald F, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor. Obstetrics and Gynecology. Professor, Medicine.

Gambrell, R. Don, Jr., MD. Clinical Professor, Goldfinger, Michael P., MD. Assistant Clinical Physiology and Endocrinology; Clinical Professor, Professor, Medicine. Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Goldklang, Gerald A., MD. Assistant Clinical Gambrell, Robert C, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Professor, Family Medicine.

Goldkrand, John W., MD. Clinical Professor, Gantt, David G., PhD. Associate Adjunct Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Oral Biology.

Goldman, Kenneth L, MD. Assistant Clinical Garber, David A., DMD. Clinical Professor, Professor, Surgery. Periodontics; Clinical Professor, Oral Rehabilitation.

Goldstein, CaryE., DMD. Clinical Instructor. Oral Gardner, M. Regina, BS. Clinical Instructor, Radiologic Rehabilitation. Technologies. Goldstein, Marvin C, DDS. Clinical Professor, Gaston, MaxL, DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor. Orthodontics. Oral Rehabilitation. Goldstein, Robert W., MD. Assistant Clinical Gavigan, Dawn M., BS. Clinical Instructor. Professor, Medicine. Respiratory Therapy. 234 Appendix C

Goldstein, Ronald E., DOS. Clinical Professor, Oral Grimm, Jenny M., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult

Rehabilitation. Nursing.

Gongaware, Roberto., MD. Associate Clinical Grimsley, Edwin W., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Professor, Medicine.

Gongaware, Theodora L, MD. Associate Clinical Grubbs, Kenneth, DDS. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Professor, Medicine. Rehabilitation.

Gonzalez, Evangelio, MD. Assistant Clinical Gugino, HilahA., PhD. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Family Medicine. Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing.

Goodman, Lloyd S., MD.C\\n\ca\ Pioiessor, Guill, Marshall A., Ill, MD. Associate Clinical Medicine. Professor, Medicine.

Goodricli, J. Allan, MD. Associate Clinical Guinn, John W., Ill, DDS. Associate Clinical

Professor, Surgery. Professor, Oral Rehabilitation.

Goodrich, Samuel M., MD. Assistant Clinical Gunn, Omega, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Nursing Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Administration.

Goodwin, Burton D., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Haas, MelvynL., MD. Clinical Professor, Neurology. Professor, Radiology. " '^^ Hackett, Earl A., DMin. Assistant Adjunct '

Goodwin, H. North, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Professor, Surgery. Hackman, Steven T., DDS. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Gordon, Lynne 71, BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Rehabilitation. Information Management. Haddow, Sara V., MS. Clinical Instructor, Physician

Gould, Mary Jo W., AS. Clinical Instructor, Assistant. Occupational Therapy. Hagler, William S., MD. Associate Clinical

Gowda, Sridhar, MDBS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Ophthalmology. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Hair, Joe F., Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Grenade, James A., DDS. Clinical Instructor, Community Dentistry.

Community Dentistry. Hale, Cynthia T., BS. Clinical Instructor,

Gray, OtisL, Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Occupational Therapy. Family Medicine. HaU, Charles A., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Green, A. Joseph, MD. Clinical Professor, Oral Rehabilitation; Assistant Clinical Professor, Oral

Pediatrics. Diagnosis and Patient Services.

Green, Cathy L, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Hall, Patricia B., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Nursing. Nursing.

Green, Charles G., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Hall, Samuel A., Jr., MEd. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Medicine. Medical Technology.

Green, Michael F., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Ham, 0. Emerson, Jr., MD. Associate Clinical

Surgery. Professor, Medicine; Associate Clinical Professor, Neurology. Greenberg, Joel A., MD. ^ss\sMC\\n\c^\ Professor, Medicine. Hemes, Curtis G., MD. Clinical Professor, Medicine;

Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Greenberg, Martin H., MD. Clinical Professor,

Pediatrics. Hamil, George B., Jr., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physical Therapy. Greene, James T., MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine.

Hamilton, Carol D., MEd. Assistant Clinical Griffin, Donald L, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, [ Professor, Physician Assistant. Family Medicine.

Hand, Robert A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Griffin, Louie H., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Pathology. Professor, Surgery. Appendix C 235

Handy, JohnR., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Hatch, Richard T., MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Medicine. Hatch, Richard, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Hannay, Keith E., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Family Medicine. Hauenstein, Julia P., MD. Assistant Clinical

Hansard, SteptienJ., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Rehabilitation. Haverstock, Susan L, MD. Assistant Clinical

Harasym, Myron, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Hawkins, B. Lee, DDS. Clinical Instructor,

Haraszti, Rosalie B., MD. Assistant Clinical Community Dentistry. Professor, Family Medicine. Hawkins, David W., PharmD. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Harbeson, M. Ellen, BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Information Management. Haynes, Michael S., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Medicine. Harbour, Robert C, MD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Ophthalmology. Haysman, MelvinL., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Hardy, Linda B., DO. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Heard, William C., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Hardy, MaryD., PhD. Associate Clinical Professor,

Adult Nursing. Hedrick, Fred, Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Community Dentistry. Harkins, CarenM., BS. Clinical Instructor,

Respiratory Therapy. Helman, John R., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Rehabilitation. Harkness, Katharine T., MSN. Clinical Instructor,

Adult Nursing. Hemphill, J. Michael, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Neurology. Harmon, John D., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Surgery. Henderson, Kenneth C., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Pediatrics. Harper, Harry L, HI, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Henderson, Linda F., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Information Management. Harper, Herberts., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Pediatrics. Hendricks, Daniel E., PhD. Associate Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Harrington, Gregorys., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Hennessey, Thomas A., DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Harris, Donald W., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Herskowitz, Ian C., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Harris, Hugh C, DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Community Dentistry. Hester, Thomas W., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Harris, William E., DDS. Clinical Professor, Endodontics. Hickman, Kathleen R., MSN. Assistant Clinical Professor, Nursing Administration. Hartley, JohnH., Jr., MD. Clinical Professor, Surgery. Hill, James J., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Surgery. Harvey, Queen S., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Assistant. Hill, Jerome C, MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine.

Raskins, Arthur L, MD. Clinical Professor, Hill, Julius N., HI, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Anesthesiology.

Raskins, Noel CP., MD. Assistant Clinical Hillson, Willie J., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Radiology. Medicine.

Hastings, Jessie G., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Hinely, Lewis J., Jr., MS. Assistant Clinical Technology. Professor, Medical Illustration. 236 Appendix C

Mines, Franldin B., Jr., DOS. Associate Clinical Hudson, IV. Howard, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Orthodontics. Professor, Surgery.

Hinz, Ellen R., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Huffnagle, M. James, //, MD. Assistant Clinical Information Management. Professor, Family Medicine.

Hobbs, Calvin L, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Hulsebus, Robert C, PhD. Assistant Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology. Professor, Family Medicine.

Hague, W. Larry, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Hutchinson, Kenneth K., DMD. Assistant Clinical

Radiology. Professor, Community Dentistry.

Holland, Richard W., BA. Clinical Instructor, Hynd, George W., EdD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Medical Technology; Clinical Instructor, Respiratory Neurology. Therapy. Igartua, Rafael J., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Holland, Thomas P., PhD. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Inabinet, Judith B., MM. Clinical Instructor,

Helton, Isaac F., Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical Community Nursing.

Professor, Endodontics; Assistant Clinical Professor, Inglett, Rebecca E., MSH. Clinical Instructor, Orthodontics. Community Nursing.

Honeycutt, Wayne L, MD. Assistant Clinical Inglett, Vandella W., BSH. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Professor, Nursing Administration.

Hooks, VendieH., HI, MD. Associate Clinical Me, Lisa A., BA. Clinical Instructor, Respiratory f Professor, Surgery. Therapy.

Horton, Philip A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Jablow, Mitchell A., MD. Assistant Clinical Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Professor, Family Medicine. ^

Hosford, Sarah L, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Jackson, Eugene H., MD. Assistant Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology. Professor, Family Medicine.

Hough, Patricia L, PhD, MD. Assistant Clinical Jackson, Gordon W., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology.

House, Fredrick C, MD. Assistant Clinical Jackson, Henry C., Jr., MD. Clinical Instructor, n Professor, Medicine. Medicine.

Houser, Frank M., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Jackson, Joseph L., MD. Assistant Clinical Family Medicine.

Howard, John C, Jr., DDS. Clinical Instructor, Oral Jackson, Stanley G., JD. Assistant Adjunct Rehabilitation. Professor, Oral Rehabilitation.

Howard, Matthew L, MD. Assistant Clinical Jacobs, William C, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Pediatrics. Professor, Medicine.

HoweH, ReneeB., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Jarrett, William H., //, MD. Associate Clinical Information Management. Professor, Ophthalmology.

Howington, Jerry W., MD. Associate Clinical Jellrey, DanaeM., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Radiology. Medicine.

Hubbard, Linda B., M.SN. Clinical Instructor, Jenkins, Jeffreys., MD. Assistant Clinical Community Nursing. Professor, Family Medicine.

Hubert, Lucille P., DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Jenkins, MarkG., MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Community Dentistry.

Jenkins, Sharon K., BS. Clinical Instructor, Hudson, James H., Jr., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Radiologic Technologies. Oral Rehabilitation.

Jerant, Anthony F., MD. Assistant Clinical Hudson, Ronald M., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Professor, Family Medicine. Appendix C 237

Jerath, Ravinder, MBBS. Assistant Clinical Keaton, Mark R., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Medicine.

Johnson, C. David, III, MD. Assistant Clinical Kelley, John W., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor. Professor, Family Medicine. Medicine.

Jotinson, C. F., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Kelly, Richard J., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Anesthesiology. Radiology.

Johnson, JimpseyB., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Kemie, KathyA., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Professor, Radiology. Assistant.

Johnson, Julius T., MD. Associate Clinical Kendrick, Suzanne B., BS. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Medical Technology.

Kent, David E., Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Johnson, Laura J., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Nursing MD. Administration. Keown, Kevin 0., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Johnson, Linda L, MM. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Community Nursing. Kilpatrick, Allie C, PhD. Associate Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Johnson, MaryH., BS. Clinical Instructor,

Pharmacology and Toxicology. Kim, 0. Mary, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior Johnson, RayE., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Medicine. Kim, S. Peter, MD, PhD. Clinical Professor,

Psychiatry and Health Behavior; Clinical Professor, Johnson, Robert W., MD. Assistant Clinical Pediatrics. Professor, Surgery. Kinder, Jacquelyn S., EdD. Associate Adjunct Jonah, MaryH., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Professor, Adult Nursing. Technology.

King, Julian D., Jr., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Jones, B. Webb, Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical Technology. Professor, Periodontics. Kinney, Patricia A., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physical Jones, Debra G., BS. Clinical Instructor, Therapy. Occupational Therapy. Kirch, Deborah M., PhD. Assistant Clinical Jones, Ronald D., AS. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Respiratory Therapy. Kirchner, Allen W., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Jones, Susan B., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Obstetrics and Gynecology. Technology. Kitchens, William R., MD. Assistant Clinical Jordon, Thomas D., BS. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Surgery. Radiologic Technologies. Kitchens, William D., DMD. Clinical instructor, Oral

Jurgensen, PaulF., MD. Clinical Professor, Rehabilitation. Medicine. Kittle, William M., Ill, MD. Assistant Clinical Jusino, John C, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Medicine. Surgery, Klacsmann, Peter C, MD. Associate Clinical Kahan, Joel, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Pathology. Psychiatry and Health Behavior Klein, Darlene S., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Kaminski, Robert J., MD. Assistant Clinical Psychiatry and Health Behavior

Professor, Radiology; Assistant Clinical Professor, Knuth, Thomas E., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Radiologic Technologies. Surgery. Kandil, HossamA., BBS, MS. Assistant Adjunct Kohanski, Phillip, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Oral Biology. Radiology.

Kasin, James V., MBBS. Assistant Clinical Kolmar, Linda A., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Professor, Pathology. Assistant. 238 Appendix C

Korwin, Joseph J., BMS. Clinical Instructor, Lecce, Michael B., MB. Assistant Clinical Physician Assistant. Professor, Medicine.

Kothari, Ajay M., MBBS. Assistant Clinical Lee, James M., BS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Physician Assistant. Physician Assistant.

Kozar, Michael P., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Lee, BobertE., BMB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Technology. Oral Rehabilitation.

Krissman, PaulH., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Leibert, Bruce A., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Family Medicine.

Krywicid, BohertF., MB. Assistant Clinical Leighton, Leslie S., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Professor, Medicine.

Kudyba, PauiS., BBS. Clinical Instructor, Oral Lemke, Jimmy V., MB. Clinical Instructor, Medicine.

Rehabilitation. Leopold, Louis P., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Obstetrics and Gynecology. ; :. v.^.^ Kuglar, Everett C, MB. Clinical Professor, •v,,,'^

Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Leslie, George A., BS. Clinical Instructor, Respiratory Therapy. LaVigne, William E., MB. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Letton, A. Hamblin, MB. Clinical Professor, Surgery.

Lain, BavidC, AAS. Assistant Adjunct Professor, Levine, BavidL., PhB. Clinical Professor, Psychiatry Respiratory Therapy. and Health Behavior.

Lam, Henry, MBA. Clinical Instructor, Medical Levine, Stanley I., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Technology. Pediatrics.

Lamb, Edwin L., BMB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Levy, Alan M., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Periodontics. Surgery.

Lambert, Clinton E., Jr., PhB. Associate Clinical Levy, Eric N., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Pediatrics.

Lambert, J. Stanley, BBS. Assistant Clinical Lewis, Jesse F., PhB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Community Dentistry. Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Lamis, Pane A., MB. Clinical Professor, Surgery. Limoli, Tom M., BBS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Periodontics. Lane, John B., Jr., BMB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Community Dentistry. Lindsey, William E., BS. Clinical Instructor, Respiratory Therapy. Latif, Bhonda C, MB. Clinical Instructor, Obstetrics Lipman, Assistant Clinical and Gynecology. Bradford C, MB. Professor, Medicine. Lattouf, BmarM., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Lloyd, Andree J., PhB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Physician Assistant. Lawhead, B. Allen, Jr., MB. Associate Clinical Lloyd, BobertG., MHS. Clinical Instructor, Adult Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Nursing. Lawhorne, Thomas W., Jr., MB. Assistant Clinical Lloyd, Susans., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Professor, Surgery. Information Management. Lawrence, MalloryA., MB. Associate Clinical Lodge, Charles G., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Surgery. Family Medicine.

Lawrence, William P., MB. Assistant Clinical Long, Eugene M., Jr., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Radiology. Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology.

LeClair, Jesse B., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Long, BohertF, Jr., MB. Associate Clinical Assistant. Professor, Radiology.

Leblang, Michael N., MB. Assistant Clinical Longe, B. Leon, PharmB. Clinical Professor, Family Professor, Family Medicine. Medicine. Appendix C 239

Lorch, Alexander H., MD. Assistant Clinical Marcy, Elona G., DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Protessor, Medicine. Community Dentistry.

Lorenzen, Earl A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Marionneaux, Ralph D., MD. Assistant Clinical Family Medicine. Professor, Family Medicine.

Loring, SherrillR., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Marlow, Clyde D., DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Neurology. Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.

Lotner, GaryZ., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor. Marschalk, Frederick F., Jr., MD. Assistant

Pediatrics. Clinical Professor, Medicine.

Lett, Thomas M., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Marshall, Virginia L., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Radiology. Adult Nursing.

Loushlne, Robert J., DDS. Assistant Clinical Martin, John M., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Endodontics. Medicine.

Lowry, Dorothy P., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Martin, M. Jeanette, MEd. Assistant Clinical Information Management. Professor, Occupational Therapy.

Lucas, George W., MD. Clinical Professor, Surgery. Martin, William H., BA. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology. Lucas, William L, MD. Associate Clinical Professor,

Surgery. Mason, Edward M., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Luce, David J., BS. Clinical Instructor, Respiratory

Therapy. Masters, 0. Vincent W., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Lynch-Hayes, Patricia, MSN. Clinical Instructor,

Community Nursing. Matson, Charles R., BS. Clinical Instructor, Respiratory Therapy. Mack, Sarah R., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Surgery. Maughon, James S., Sr., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Surgery. Maddox, Lynda J., BA. Clinical Instructor, Health

Information Management. May, Chris A., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician

Assistant. Maddox, S. Fleetwood, Jr., MD. Associate Clinical

Professor, Ophthalmology. May, Helen, BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology. Magharious, William D., MBBCh. Assistant

Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. May, JereR., PharmD. Adjunct Instructor,

Pharmacology and Toxicology; Assistant Clinical Magruder, Richard L., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Adult Nursing. Professor, Medicine.

May, Stephen C, Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Mahoney, Karen M., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Professor, Medicine.

Mays, Wallace D., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Mahoney, Ormonde M., MD. Associate Clinical Physician Assistant. Professor. Surgery.

McAfee, William H., EdD. Assistant Clinical Malone, Stephen B., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Professor. Medicine.

McBee, Wanda H., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Manjunath, Bettadapura R., MD. Assistant Clinical Technology. Professor. Medicine.

McCarty, JuanitaS., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Manly, LewinR., Jr., DDS. Clinical Instructor, Nursing. Community Dentistry.

McCarty, Sally J., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Mansell, Karon M., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology. Technology.

McCaslan, Carolyn W., BS. Clinical Instructor, Marcum, J. Michael, MD. Assistant Clinical Medical Technology. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. 240 Appendix C

McCauley, MarkD., BA. Clinical Instructor, ^-m. Meeks, William H., MD. Assistant Clinical Respiratory Therapy. Professor, Surgery.

McCluskey, George M., Jr., BS. Clinical Instructor, Meguiar, Ramon V., MD. Associate Clinical Physical Therapy. Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology.

McCormack, John C, PhO. Associate Clinical Melcher, NeilR., DOS. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Endodontics; Assistant Clinical Professor, Oral

Rehabilitation. McCranie, W. Morgan, MO. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Mellinger-Adams, Judy C, BS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medical Technology. McCuen, Jesse 0., Jr., BA. Clinical Instructor,

Respiratory Therapy. Meloan, Susan N., BBA. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology. McDonald, J. Kenneth, MO. Associate Clinical

Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Merriweather, Jeanette G., MSN. Clinical

Instructor, Nursing Administration. McDonald, Thomas R., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral Rehabilitation. Messer, Rosa W., MSN. CWnicaWnsUucXor, Community Nursing. McFerrin, LeIaB., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health

Information Management. Meyer, George W., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Medicine. McGahee, Ollie 0., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical

Professor, Family Medicine. Michelich, Robert J., DOS. Associate Clinical Professor, Endodontics. Mclntyre, GarlanS., Jr., DOS. Clinical Instructor,

Oral Rehabilitation. Michigan, Stephen, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. McKee, Thomas W., MD. Clinical Instructor,

Pediatrics. Middlebrooks, Tracy W., Jr., MD. Assistant

Clinical Professor, Pediatrics. McKenzie, Gregg W., DOS. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Periodontics. Millen, James L, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Afc/fer/ia/i, J. Farry, Af/?. Clinical Professor,

Surgery. Miller, James W., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. McLeod, Natalie B., MD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Medicine. Miller, Jerome T., BANS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Assistant. McPeake, Ernest T., II, BS. Clinical instructor,

Radiologic Technologies. Miller, JudyL, BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology. McPhail, Franklin E., Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Miller, RossH., MD. Clinical Professor, Surgery.

McPhail, John A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Miller, William A., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Radiology.

McPhail, Nanci P., MD. Clinical Instructor, Mintz, Greg A., DMD. Associate Clinical Professor,

Medicine. Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery; Associate Clinical

Professor, Oral Pathology. McPherson, James C., Ill, PhD. Assistant Adjunct

Professor, Oral Biology. Mitchell, Catherine, BS. Clinical Instructor, Radiologic Technologies. McRae, Matthew, Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Oral Diagnosis and Patient Services. Mitchell, John C., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. McRee, JohnB., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Mitchum, Michael L, BS. Clinical Instructor, Radiologic Technologies. Mecredy, Timothy E., MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Mode, Donald G., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Appendix C 241

Moen-Nogueras, Cynthia S., MN. Associate Nalley, Logan, Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical

Clinical Professor, Parent-Child Nursing. Professor, Oral Rehabilitation.

Molian, ParvatliiD., MBBS. Assistant Clinical Nappier, Phyllis D., MN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Professor, Psyctiiatry and Heattti Behavior. Nursing.

Montana, Nicola, MD, PhD. Assistant Clinical Nash, Michael L, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Anesthesiology. Medicine.

Moore, Walter J., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Nash, Ross W., DDS. Clinical Instructor, Oral Medicine. Rehabilitation.

Moretz, William H., Jr., MD. Clinical Professor, Natrajan, Puthugramam K., MBBS. Assistant

Surgery. Clinical Professor, Physiology and Endocrinology.

Morin, Claudia T., MHEd. Assistant Clinical Nayyar, Patricia, MSN. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Occupational Therapy. Nursing Administration.

Moritz, Jeffrey A., DDS. Assistant Clinical Neal, Jule C, Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Periodontics. Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Morley, Andrew P., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Nelson, E. Harold, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor. Family Medicine. Radiology.

Morris, Stephen L, MD. Assistant Clinical Nelson, George J., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician

Professor, Medicine. Assistant.

Morrison, 8. Faye, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Mental Nelson, K. Eric, MD. Clinical Professor, Psychiatry Health/Psychiatric Nursing. and Health Behavior.

Morrison, Joseph V., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Newman, Lewis L, Jr., BS. Clinical Instructor,

Professor, Pediatrics. Physician Assistant.

Moskowitz, MarcE., DDS. Clinical Instructor, Oral Nichols, Joseph J., MD. Assistant Clinical Rehabilitation. Professor, Surgery.

Moti, Udaya G., MBBS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Nicholson, Benjamin E., MD. Assistant Clinical Physician Assistant. Professor, Family Medicine.

Mucha, Edgardo, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Nicholson, William L., MD. Assistant Clinical Medicine. Professor, Family Medicine.

Mulherin, NeitaH., BS. Clinical Instructor, Nicol, Charles F., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Medicine.

Mullins, Stephen C, MD. Assistant Clinical Nobles, LoriA., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Professor, Pathology. Information Management.

Mullins, William B., MD. Associate Clinical Nolan, Lucyanne, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Mental Professor, Pathology. Health/Psychiatric Nursing.

Munns, Meridyth K., MD. Clinical Instructor, Noland, Patricia E., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Obstetrics and Gynecology. Rehabilitation.

Murden, Michael R., DDS. Assistant Clinical Norcross, John C, EdD. Assistant Adjunct Professor, Community Dentistry. Professor, Radiologic Technologies.

Murray, Samuel D., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Norman, Carol H., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Professor. Surgery. Nursing.

Mushet, George R., MD. Clinical Professor, Norton, P. Mary Alice, BS. Clinical Instructor, Neurology. Medical Technology.

Myers, Cecil 0., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Norwood, ConnisM., MSN. Clinical Instructor,

Oral Rehabilitation. Adult Nursing. 242 Appendix C

Nusbaum, Margaret R. H., DO. Assistant Clinical Parnell, Benyse N., MBBS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Professor, Pathology.

O'Brien, Barbara A., MD. C\\n\cdi\\ns\[\ic\o[, Parrott, Frank H., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Medicine.

O'Quinn, James L, MB. Clinical Professor, Pathology. Parrott, Roxanne, PhB. Assistant Adjunct Professor, Medicine. O'Quinn, MaryH., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Pathology. Parsons, George S., BBS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Endodontics. Odom, Jotin W., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Patel, Bipinchandra R., MBChB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Neurology. Oellericti, TedO., BMB. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Rehabilitation. Patterson, E. C., BBS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Periodontics. BIdiiam, Harry M., MB. Clinical Instructor, Patton, Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Robert M., MB. Medicine. Oppen/ieimer, KimberlyC, PhB. Assistant Clinical Payne, Lauren J., BMS. Clinical Instructor, Health Professor, Family Medicine; Assistant Clinical

Information Management , Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Peebles, Jimmy L, BO. Assistant Clinical Professor, Orangio, GuyR., MB. Clinical Instructor, Surgery. Surgery. Osborne, William E., MB. Assistant Clinical Peel, James R., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Medicine.

Ostendorff, Martha H., BA. Clinical Instructor, Perloe, Mark, MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medical Technology. Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Bswald, Stephen G., BB. Assistant Clinical Perrow, GuerrantH., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Radiology; Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Family Medicine. Radiologic Technologies. Persad-Maharaj, Sureshl., MBBS. Assistant Bwen, R. Glen, MB. Clinical Instructor, Obstetrics Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. and Gynecology. Peskin, Herman, MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Owens, Ronald E., BMB. Clinical Instructor, Oral Medicine. Rehabilitation. Peters, Alfred B., BMB. Assistant Clinical Page, Malcolm I., MB. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Professor, Community Dentistry.

Page, Thomas E., BB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Phelan, Brian K., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Medicine.

Palmer, Patricia H., Assistant Clinical BMB. Phelps, Karen S., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Family Medicine.

Palmisano, Glenn P., MB. Assistant Clinical Phillips, George, BMB. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Community Dentistry.

Paris, Catherine E., MMSc. Associate Clinical Phillips, Robert L, MB. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Physical Therapy. Professor, Family Medicine. • :,•

Paris, RayB., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Phillips, Thomas G., BBS. Assistant Clinical Family Medicine. Professor, Community Dentistry.

Paris, Stanley V., PhB. Clinical Professor, Physical Piatt, Lynn A., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Therapy. Pediatrics.

Park, Mary Anne, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Plowman, KentM., PhB, MB. Adjunct Professor,

Nursing. Oral Biology.

Parler, Bavid W., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Pohlmann, Bernard H., BBS. Assistant Clinical Family Medicine. Professor, Community Dentistry. Appendix C 243

Poole, Frank K., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Quattlebaum, Julian K., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Oral Rehabilitation. Professor, Surgery.

Pope, John C, III, BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Que, Mila C., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Assistant. Technology.

Porterlield, Sharon S., 05. Clinical Instructor, Quick, Harriet H., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Information Management. Respiratory Therapy.

Portt, James C, BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Quinn, William H., PhD. Associate Clinical Assistant. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Powell, Mildred F., MS. Assistant Clinical Rackley, R. Hunter, DDS. Clinical Professor, Oral Professor, Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Rehabilitation.

Raez, Eduardo R., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Pradhan, Avinash C, MBBS. Associate Clinical Professor. Physician Assistant. Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Rahimi, All R., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Pradhan, MedhaA, MBBS. Assistant Clinical Medicine. Professor, Physician Assistant.

Rainsford, George L., MD. Assistant Clinical Presnell, Richard W., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Professor, Medicine.

Ralston, Thomas M., MD. Assistant Clinical Pressley, Lucius C, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Radiology. Professor. Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Ramage, James E., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Price, Billy R., II, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Medicine. Family Medicine.

Ramage, Nolle B., MSN. Assistant Clinical Price, Lawrence IV., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Community Nursing. Professor, Family Medicine.

Ramsey, SpeirN., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Price, Paula F, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Mental Obstetrics and Gynecology. Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Raunikar, Robert A., MD. Clinical Instructor, Price, Virginian., MD. Clinical Instructor, Family Pediatrics. Medicine. Ray, James L., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Primack, Patrice D., DMD. Assistant Clinical Family Medicine, Professor. Endodontics; Assistant Clinical Professor,

Oral Biology. Ray, John W., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Radiology. Proctor, AnneS., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology. Reddy, Niranjini T., MBBS. Associate Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Prohaska, M. Gregory, DO. Assistant Clinical Reeves, Kenneth W., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Professor, Medicine. Pruitt, William C, BA. Clinical Instructor, Reid, David E., DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Respiratory Therapy. Oral Rehabilitation. Pryor, Carol G., MD. Clinical Instructor, Obstetrics Reid, William A., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, and Gynecology. Surgery. Puskas, Jane C, DMD, MPH. Assistant Clinical Reimer, Jonathan E., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor. Oral Diagnosis and Patient Services. Professor, Family Medicine,

Pye, Jacques R., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Reynierson, James H., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Family Medicine. Oral Rehabilitation,

Pylant, F Neal, Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical Reynolds, John D., HI, MD. Associate Clinical Professor. Periodontics. Professor, Surgery,

Quantz, Newton G., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Reynolds, Keith E., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Professor, Community Dentistry. 244 Appendix C

Rhoades, Robert B., MO. Associate Clinical Ross, Jack R., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Professor, Pediatrics. Family Medicine.

Rhoden, Carolyn S., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Rousso, JackB., BBS. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Technology. Community Dentistry.

Richards, CalitaS., PtiarmD. Adjunct Instructor, Rowlett, JohnB., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Medicine. Pediatrics.

Rictiman, Colin S., DMD. Assistant Clinical Ruck, Bavid C, MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Periodontics. Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Richwine, Samuel W., Jr., MB. Associate Clinical Rucker, Benjamin L, MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Professor, Medicine.

Rigdon, Claude M., MSN. Assistant Clinical Rudolph, Raymond, MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Nursing Administration. Professor, Surgery.

Ringler, MaryB., PhB, BMB. Assistant Clinical Rufo, Raymond T., BBS. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Oral Rehabilitation; Assistant Clinical Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Professor, Endodontics. Russell, BeeB., MB. Associate Clinical Professor,

Rivell, Maria J., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Russell, GuerryK., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Parent-

Roberts, BavidB., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Child Nursing. Obstetrics and Gynecology. Rychly, Robert E., MB. Clinical Instructor, Medicine.

Roberts, Michael F., MB. Associate Clinical Sacks, Linda M., MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Pediatrics. Pediatrics.

Roberts, Sava M., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Saltzman, Steven L, MB. Associate Clinical Radiology. Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Roberts, William H., MB. Assistant Adjunct Samonsky, BanielM., Jr., MB, MSPH. Assistant Professor, Surgery. Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Robertson, RoseE., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Sanders, Beverly B., Jr., MB. Clinical Professor, Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing; Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Sanders, Conrad W., Jr., MB. Assistant Clinical Robins, Guy W., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Surgery. Family Medicine.

Sasnett, Richards., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Robinson, Carole C, MPH. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Professor, Community Nursing.

Saxton, Craig R., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Rogers, KentH., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Anesthesiology.

Schear, Nancy K., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Rogers, Michael B., BBS. Assistant Clinical Community Nursing. Professor, Orthodontics.

Schilling, Robinson W., Jr., MB. Assistant Clinical Roloff, James S., MB. Clinical Professor, Pediatrics. Professor, Surgery.

Rosen, Howard M., MB. Associate Clinical Schoborg, Thomas W., MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Medicine. Professor, Surgery.

Rosenblum, Frederick J., MB. Assistant Clinical Schroen, John F., Sr., BS. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Medicine. Radiologic Technologies.

Rosengart, CartL, MB. Associate Clinical Schultz, Everett H., Jr., MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Neurology. Professor, Radiology.

Rosenthal, Bavid, MB. Clinical Professor, Surgery. Schwartz, Meyer P., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Appendix C 245

Schwartz, PaulB., MB. Clinical Professor, Shirey, Theresa L, BS. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Occupational Therapy.

Schwartz, Seth, MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Shivaswamy, Subbarayappa, MBBS. Associate

Obstetrics and Gynecology. Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Schweinebraten, Marie C, BMB. Assistant Shiver, Charles B., Jr., MB. Clinical Professor,

Clinical Professor, Periodontics. Medicine.

Scott, Eric W., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Shiaer, Stephen M., MB. Associate Clinical Surgery. Professor, Medicine.

Scurry, R. Brooks, Jr., MB. Assistant Clinical Shieifer, Nison H., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Surgery. Medicine.

Seals, BeedeeH., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Shoemaker, Boris M., MLM. Assistant Adjunct Information Management. Professor, Medical Technology.

Seegar, Charlon, MSW. Assistant Clinical Professor, Shoemaker, MaryM., BS. Clinical Instructor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Medical Technology.

Sel(lecl(i, Roger M., BB. Assistant Clinical Shook, Thomas E., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Family Medicine. Surgery.

Servy, EdouardJ., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Showman, LonnieJ., MSN. Assistant Clinical Physiology and Endocrinology. Professor, Nursing Administration.

Sethi, RanjitK., MBBS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Shull, Nancy B., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Neurology. Pediatrics.

Seward, PaulN., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Sibley, Beborah, MSN. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Parent-Child Nursing.

Sexton, JoelS., MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Sigg, Linda F., BA. Clinical Instructor, Medical Pathology. Technology.

Shaefer, Charles F., Jr., MB. Assistant Clinical Silk, Howard J., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Medicine. Pediatrics.

Shaffer, Bon W., II, MB. Assistant Clinical Silver, William E., MB. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Medicine. Surgery.

Shannon, George W., MB. Associate Clinical Silverstein, LeeH., BBS. Associate Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Professor, Periodontics.

Shantha, T. R., MBBS, PhB. Clinical Professor, Simon, Joseph E., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Anesthesiology. Pediatrics.

Sharma, Kailash B., MBBS. Associate Clinical Simpson, Jon A., MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Pathology. Surgery.

Sharma, Sarita B., MBBS. Assistant Clinical Simpson, William B., Jr., MB. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Sharon, Benise, MB, PhB. Clinical Instructor. Sims, Michael C, MB. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Family Medicine.

Shell, Sheila A., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Singh, Harinderjit, MBBS. Assistant Clinical Technology. Professor, Ophthalmology.

Sherman, Harry C, MB. Associate Clinical Singh, RamB., MBBS. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Surgery. Physician Assistant.

Shippey, John E., Jr., MB. Assistant Clinical Skandalakis, John E., MB. Clinical Professor, Professor, Pathology. Surgery. 246 Appendix C

Sloan, Wyman P., Ill, MD. Assistant Clinical Sparks, J. Martin, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Nursing Professor, Medicine. Administration.

Slone, Charles W., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Sparrow, John G., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Technology. Surgery.

Smith, Anthony V., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Spearman, D. Ronald, MD. Associate Clinical Family Medicine. Professor, Medicine.

Smith, Cathy J., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Specht, William J., MA, MS. Assistant Clinical

Oral Rehabilitation. Professor, Respiratory Therapy.

Smith, Connie L, BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Spencer, Sally A., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Information Management. Technology.

Smith, Craig E., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Spinks, IraL, Jr., BA. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Occupational Therapy.

Smith, David H., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Spirnak, Joseph P., MD. Assistant Clinical Surgery. Professor, Radiology.

Smith, Don T., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Sridharan, Vidya C, MDBS. Assistant Clinical Family Medicine. Professor, Medicine.

Smith, James D., MD. Clinical Instructor, Obstetrics Stamer, MarciaH., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physical and Gynecology. Therapy.

Star, Franklin Assistant Clinical Smith, Kenneth L, BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician J., MD. Professor,

Assistant. Surgery.

Stark, Nancy L, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Smith, MalloryG., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Nursing.

Stead, Nancy W., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Smith, Michael 0., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Medicine. Assistant.

Stein, Stanley A., DMD. Assistant Clinical Smith, Randolph R., MD. Clinical Instructor, Surgery. Professor, Community Dentistry. Smith, Robert E., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Steinberg, Sidney R., MD. Associate Clinical Family Medicine. Professor, Surgery. Smith, Roberta M., MD. Associate Clinical Stella, Ronald A., MD. Clinical Instructor, Surgery. Professor, Pediatrics.

Stephens, Julius A., DDS. Assistant Clinical Smith, Stanley T., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Oral Rehabilitation. Professor, Medicine.

Stephens, William H., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Smith, W. Stuart, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Medicine. Medicine.

Stern, Phyllis N., DNS. Adjunct Professor, Smith-Lee, Helen W., DDS. Clinical Instructor, Oral Community Nursing. Rehabilitation.

Stewart, Carbon T., BS. Clinical Instructor, Snowdy, Harry A., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Physician Assistant. Professor, Surgery.

Stewart, Mark J., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Sobrinho, Tito CM., MD. Assistant Clinical Anesthesiology. Professor, Pediatrics.

Stilp, Francis J., DSN. Clinical Instructor, Soparas, Joseph S., BS. Assistant Clinical Nursing. Professor, Physician Assistant. Community

S. Allan, Clinical Instructor, Sowell, Richard L, PhD. Assistant Clinical Stocks, MD. Professor, Nursing Administration. Ophthalmology.

Instructor, Oral Spangler, Dennis L, MD. Assistant Clinical Stockwell, KarynL, DMD. Clinical

Professor, Pediatrics. Rehabilitation. Appendix C 247

Stone, Susan K., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Taylor, Dai-Mar Deeni, BS. Clinical Instructor, Nursing. Physician Assistant.

Story, Frank C, Jr., MD. Clinical Instructor, Taylor, David M., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Medicine.

Story, Stacy H., Ill, MD. Clinical Instructor, Taylor, Roslyn D., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Anesthesiology. Family Medicine.

Stowers, Robert D., BS. Clinical Instructor, Taylor-Glover, SonyaS., DMD. Clinical Instructor,

Physician Assistant. Oral Rehabilitation.

Stowers, Sheryl W., BS. Clinical Instructor, Temples, HeideS., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Parent- Physician Assistant. Child Nursing.

Stringer, Edward F., Ill, MD. Assistant Clinical Templeton, Damon A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery. Professor, Anesthesiology.

Styne, Silvia M., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Terry, Alvin V., Jr., PhD. Adjunct Instructor,

Assistant. Pharmacology and Toxicology; Adjunct Instructor, Neurology. Suhrland, Carol S., MHA. Adjunct Instructor, Health

Information Management. Terry, Valerie D., BS. Clinical Instructor, Respiratory Therapy. Sullwold, Arthur F, MD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Thaxton, PaulM., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Summers, MaryN., PhD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Thevaos, Theo G., MD. Clinical Professor,

Neurology; Associate Clinical Professor, Pediatrics. Summers, Roland S., MD. Associate Clinical

Professor, Medicine. Thigpen, C. Mark, MD. Clinical Instructor, Surgery.

Sumner, Jean R., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Thigpen, CorbettH., MD. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Sussman, HyC, MD. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Thomas, David R., Ill, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Medicine. Suter, Robert E., DO. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Surgery. Thomas, Goodwin G., Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Orthodontics. Swanson, GregS., PhD. Assistant Adjunct Professor,

Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Thomas, LisaM., PhD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Swayne, Gregory M., MS. Assistant Adjunct

Professor. Medical Illustration. Thomas, Luther M., Jr., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Medicine. Tamareseivy, Krishnan, PhD. Adjunct Instructor,

Oral Rehabilitation. Thomas, Lynda L, BS. Adjunct Instructor, Respiratory Therapy. Tanenbaum, Julian B., MD. Clinical Professor,

Pediatrics. Thompson, Elizabeth J., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Information Management. Tanner, R. Eugene, MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Pediatrics. Thompson, Herman 0., Jr., MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Tanner, Terrell B., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Family Medicine. Thompson, KatharinaM., BS. Clinical Instructor,

Physician Assistant. Tarpley, Barry T., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Medicine. Thompson, MaryL. M., MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Taylor, A. Thomas, PharmD. Associate Clinical

Professor, Medicine; Associate Clinical Professor, Thompson, Myrna R., MD. Assistant Clinical

Family Medicine Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Community Nursing. 248 Appendix C

Thompson, Robert E., MD. Assistant Clinical Tsaltas, Theodore T., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Family Medicine. Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Thoresen, Robert J., PhD. Associate Clinical Tucker, JeffG., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Surgery.

Thurmond, George W., MD. Assistant Clinical Turner, Robert F., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Professor, Surgery. Community Dentistry.

Thyer, Bruce A., PhD. Associate Clinical Professor, Turner, Wiley H., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Family Medicine.

Tierney, Elizabeth D., MBA. Assistant Clinical Tyson, Mary Lynn, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Health Information Management. Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Tiliare, Satyanarayana K., MBBS. Assistant Ujheiyi, Michael R., PharmD. Assistant Clinical

Clinical Professor, Medicine. Professor, Medicine.

Til(are, Sneha, MBBS, MD. Assistant Clinical Ulbrich, Peter J., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Tilby, Linda, MSN. Assistant Clinical Professor, Unwin, Brian K., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Nursing Administration. Family Medicine.

Till, Alice H., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Van Giesen, George E., MD. Clinical Professor, Nursing. Medicine.

Tindol, George A., Jr., MD. Clinical Instructor, Veazey, Charles R., MD. Assistant Clinical Medicine, Professor, Surgery.

Tinkelman, David G., MD. Clinical Professor, Veazey, Philip R., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Pediatrics. Surgery.

Tinsley, Sheila J., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Venable, James H., MD. Assistant Clinical Technology. Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Toland, A. Daniel, DO. Assistant Clinical Professor, Vetrosky, Daniel L, BHS. Clinical Instructor, Surgery. Physician Assistant.

Tollison, C. David, PhD. Associate Clinical Victor, Irving, MD. Associate Clinical Professor,

Professor, Anesthesiology. Surgery.

Torch, Evan M., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Vigrass, Howard G., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Family Medicine.

Towner, Susan B., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Vogel, F. Stephen, MD. Clinical Professor, Nursing. Pathology,

Clinical Instructor, Physical Tracy, LeeH., MN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Nursing. Wade, MaryS., BS. Therapy, Trapp, John D., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Associate Adjunct Professor, Surgery. Waldo, Karen L., MS. Medical Illustration. Treadwell, Catherine G., BS. Clinical Instructor, Walker, George S., Ill, MD. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology. Medicine. Trincher, Rose C., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Walker, Willis J., Jr., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral Medicine. Rehabilitation. Trinh, HongC., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Wall, Albert M., Ill, MD. Associate Clinical Technology. Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Trotter, T. Barrett, DMD. Assistant Clinical Wall, Hilton F., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Orthodontics. Medicine.

Tsai, Enoch N., MD. Clinical Instructor, Wallace, Edwin R., IV, MD. Clinical Professor, Ophthalmology. Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Appendix C 249

Wallace, Patricia B., MM. Assistant Clinical Wherry, Richard A., MD. Assistant Clinical Protessor, Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing. Professor, Family Medicine.

Waller, James T., MD. Clinical Professor, Medicine. Whigham, Rebecca K., DDS. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Pediatric Dentistry. Walsh, Eugenia S., MD. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Family Medicine. White, Keith C., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Walter, Jonne B., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Medicine. Whitfield, Margaret J., MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Nursing. Walters, Gordon E., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Medicine. Whitlock, Warren L, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Walters, Patrick I., MEd. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Physician Assistant. Whitworth, JeriG., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health

Wansley, William D., BS. Clinical Instructor, Information Management. Medical Technology. Wicker, Marie S., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical

Waters, Candace C, MSN. Clinical Instructor, Adult Technology. Nursing. Widmann, Alison R., DMD. Assistant Clinical

Waters, Donald B., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Oral Rehabilitation.

Professor, Family Medicine. Wier, Marion A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Waters, Richard W., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral Radiology. Diagnosis and Patient Services. Wiley, Daryl C, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Watkins, Patricia N., MD. Assistant Clinical Family Medicine. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Wilhelmi, Louis J., MD. Assistant Clinical

Watne, AlvinL., MD. Clinical Professor, Surgery. Professor, Family Medicine.

Watson, Benjamin L, MD. Clinical Instructor, Wilkes, Leslie L., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine. Surgery.

Watts, Michael A., MD. Assistant Clinical Williams, Dennis G., MD. Assistant Clinical ^

Professor, Surgery. Professor, Family Medicine.

Webb, Robert H., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Williams, Donna M., BS. Clinical Instructor, Professor, Family Medicine. Respiratory Therapy.

Weinman, Richard A., DMD. Assistant Clinical Williams, Edward M., DDS. Assistant Clinical

Professor, Community Dentistry. Professor, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.

Weinstein, Raymond M., PhD. Associate Adjunct Williams, G. Patrick, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology; Assistant

Clinical Professor, Parent-Child Nursing. Weiser, Harry C, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Surgery. Williams, George W., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology. Wells, David B., DDS. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Community Dentistry. Williams, Harrison E., Jr., DMD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Community Dentistry. Wells, Donald L, MS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology. Williams, James S., MD. Clinical Professor, Surgery. Wells, Larry J., DD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Radiology. Williams, R. Lane, BS. Clinical Instructor, Health

West, John H., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Information Management. Medicine. Williams, Sandra S., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health

Weyermann, Andrea G., PhD. Assistant Clinical Information Management. Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior. Williamson, Eugene H., DDS. Clinical Professor,

Wheeler, George A., Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Orthodontics; Clinical Professor, Surgery. Professor, Family Medicine. 250 Appendix C

Willingham, KimberlyH., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Yount, AvisB., MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine. Oral Diagnosis and Patient Services. Yrizarry, Elizabeth G., BS. Clinical Instructor,

Willis, Sharon, BSDMS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Assistant. Radiologic Technologies. Zaenglein, James M., MD. Assistant Clinical

Willoughby, Michael L, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Radiology. Professor, Medicine. Zamrini, Edward Y., MD. Associate Clinical Wilson, John P., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior; Associate

Surgery. Clinical Professor, Neurology.

Wimberly, GretchenS., BS. Clinical Instructor, Zange, Rita A., BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Health Information Management. Technology.

Winecoff, Allison P., PharmO. Assistant Clinical Zange, Thomas G., MS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Professor, Medicine. Technology.

Wing, Anthony R., DMD. Clinical Instructor, Oral Zoller, Michael, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor,

Rehabilitation. Surgery.

Winn, William M., MS. Assistant Adjunct Professor, Zubowicz, Vincent N., MD. Assistant Clinical

Medical Illustration. Professor, Surgery. ,i

Wirth, Fremont P., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Zumbro, G. Lionel, Jr., MD. Assistant Clinical Surgery. Professor, Surgery.

Wise, Scott C, BS. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology.

Wispert, Charles M., BS. Clinical Instructor, Physician Assistant.

Wolf, Charles R., Ill, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Neurology.

Wood, James H., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Surgery.

Wooten, Carta R., BS. Clinical Instructor, Health Information Management.

Wylie, William J., MD. Clinical Instructor, Medicine.

Wynn, Robert A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery.

Xenakis, Stephen N., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Psychiatry and Health Behavior.

Yarbrough, John A., MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine.

Yau, Suh-Jen, PhD. Clinical Instructor, Medical Technology.

Yaylaci, Mustafa, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Medicine.

Yeager, E. Stephen, MD. Assistant Clinical Professor, Surgery.

Yeh, Thomas J., MD. Associate Clinical Professor, Surgery.

Young, Kenneth H., DOS. Clinical Instructor, Oral

Rehabilitation.

Division of Student Affairs Nonprofit

Medical College of Georgia Organization

Augusta, Georgia 3091 2 p^l^^' Permit No. 210 Augusta, Georgia